Eia PPCJ

Sponsor :
Reliance Jamnagar Infrastructure Limited
Consolidated EIA document with Clarifications & Additional

information Provided to the MoEF, New Delhi
October 2009
Contents
Index No.
Title
Page No.
Executive Summary
(I- XVIII)
List of Plates
List of Figures
List of Tables
List of Annexure
viii
ix
xii
xvi
1.0 Introduction
1.1
1.2
Preamble
Project Setting
1.1
1.3
1.2.1
1.2.2
Existing industrial Estate in Jamnagar District

Common facilities for the SEZ
1.4
1.10
1.2.2.1
1.2.2.2
1.2.2.3
1.2.2.4
1.2.2.5
1.10
1.10
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.2.3
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1. 7
1.8
1.9
Captive Power Plant (CPP)

Desalination Plant
Central Effluent Treatment Plant
Common Incinerator Facility
Common Secured Landfill Facility
Project Cost and Schedule
1.12
Stage of EIA
Scope of EIA
Objectives
Study Area
Approaches and Methodology
1.12
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.14
1.7.1
1.14
1.14
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.19
1.20
1.21
Establishing Baseline Environmental Status

1.7.1.1 Physical Resources
1.7.1.2 Ecological Resources
1.7.1.3 Economic Development
1.7.2 Anticipated Environmental Impacts
1.7.3 Environmental Management Plan
Contents of the Report
Environmental Clearance Process
2.0 Description of the Project

2.1
2.2
Indian SEZ Policy
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.3
Some of the Key benefits of an SEZ are as follows:

SEZs and Labour Laws
Emerging Domestic SEZ's in Gujarat
Gujarat State SEZ Policy
The National Economy
2.5
Index No.
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
Title
Page No.
The State Economy
2.7
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.8
2.8
2.8
Economic Growth of Gujarat

Sectoral growth
Industrial Development in Gujarat
Location & Connectivity
2.10
2.4.1
2.4.2
Scale (Size - Scalability)

Port Operations
2.11
2.11
Regional Attributes of Jamnagar

The Development Plan
2.12
2.12
2.6.1
Targeted Industrial Components
2.13
2.6.2
2.6.3
The Housing
Building Social Health
2.15
2.16
Infrastructure Facilities
2.16
2.7.1
Water Supply
2.16
2.7.1.1
2.17
2.7.2
Sources of Supply:
Power
2.19
3.0 Process Description

3.1
3.2
3.3
Introduction
C1 based Units
3.1
3.3
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
3.2.6
3.3
3.7
3.7
3.9
3.10
3.11
C2 Based Units
3.12
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.12
3.3.3
3.4
Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle(Petcoke Gasification)

Methanol
Acetic Acid
Vinyl Acetate Monomer
Poly Vinyl Acetate
Poly Vinyl Alcohol
Multifeed Steam Cracker

Monoethylene glycol (MEG)/Diethylene Glycol (DEG) and
Triethylene Glycol (TEG)
Polyethylene (LDPE/LLDPE)
3.16
3.17
C3 Based Units
3.18
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.5
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.22
3.23
Acrylic acid
Super Absorbent Polymer (SAP)
2-Ethyl Hexanol
n-butyraldehyde
n-Butyl Acrylate
ii
Index No.
3.4.6
3.4.7
3.4.8
3.4.9
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
Title
n-Butanol
Propylene Oxide
Hydrogen Peroxide (H2O2)
Polypropylene (PP)
Page No.
3.24
3.25
3.28
3.31
C4/C5 Based Units
3.31
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.31
3.34
3.35
Butyl /Halo Butyl Rubber

E-SBR Project
Maleic anhydride
C6/C7/C8 based Units
3.36
3.6.1
3.6.2
3.6.3
3.6.4
3.6.5
3.6.6
3.6.7
3.6.8
3.6.9
3.6.10
3.6.11
3.6.12
3.6.13
3.36
3.37
3.38
3.39
3.40
3.41
3.43
3.44
3.45
3.47
3.49
3.51
3.54
Mono Nitro Benzene

Aniline
Methylene Di Aniline
Phosgene
Methylene Diphenyl Diisocyanate
Styrene
Paraxylene and Orthoxylene
Purified terepthalic acid (PTA)
Polyester/ Polyethylene Tere-phthalate (PET)
PSF - Process Description
Staple Fibre Production
Downstream Process
POY Process
Carbon Black
Lube Oil Cum Refinery Complex
Captive Power Plant
3.55
3.56
3.58
3.10 Desal Plant
3.59
3.11 JERP Refinery
3.62
3.12 Product, Process and Utility Integration

4.0 Baseline Environmental Status
4.1
Air Environment
3.64
4.2
4.1.1
Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring Locations
4.1.2 Reconnaissance
4.1.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
4.1.4 Instruments used for Analysis
4.1.5 Micrometeorology
4.1.5.1
4.1.6
4.1.7
Mixing Height/Inversion Study
Existing Ambient Air Quality Status

Ambient Air Quality Concentrations vis--vis
Stipulated Standards
4.2
4.2
4.3
4.3
4.4
4.4
4.5
4.8
_____________________________________________________________________
iii
Index No.
4.2
Title
Noise Environment
4.41
4.2.1
4.2.2
Reconnaissance
Background Noise
4.41
4.41
4.2.2.1
4.2.2.2
4.2.2.3
4.42
4.42
4.42
4.2.3
4.3
Traffic Study
4.43
4.47
4.3.1
4.3.2
Reconnaissance
Baseline Data
4.47
4.47
4.3.2.1
4.3.2.2
4.3.2.3
4.3.2.4
4.3.2.5
4.47
4.48
4.48
4.49
4.50
Surface Water Resources

Methodology for Water Quality Assessment
Surface Water Quality
Groundwater Resources
Ground Water Quality
Bacteriological Characteristics
Biological Characteristics
4.50
4.50
Land Environment
4.64
4.4.1
4.4.2
4.4.3
Reconnaissance
Geology at Project Site
Baseline Status
4.64
4.64
4.65
4.4.3.1
4.4.3.2
4.65
4.65
4.4.4
4.4.5
4.4.6
4.5
Noise Levels in Residential and Commercial Areas

Noise Levels in Industrial Areas
Noise Levels in Silence Zone
Water Environment
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.4
Page No.
Physical Characteristics of Soil

Chemical Characteristics
Soil Microbiology
Landuse Pattern
Remote Sensing Studies for Land use Analysis
4.67
4.67
4.67
Biological Environment
4.93
4.5.1
4.5.2
4.5.3
4.5.4
4.93
4.94
4.94
4.95
Introduction
Study Area
Survey Methodology
Vegetation Biodiversity in Study Area
_____________________________________________________________________
iv
Index No.
Title
4.5.5
Floristic Structure and Composition

4.5.5.1
4.5.5.2
4.5.6
4.5.7
4.5.8
4.5.9
4.5.10
Page No.
Floristic Characteristic within 15 km

radius from the Proposed Project Site
Floristic Characteristic within 15-25 km
radius from the Proposed Project Site
4.96
4.97
Medicinal Plants in Study Area

Social Forestry
Reserved Forest
Threatened Plant Species
Agriculture
4.98
4.98
4.99
4.99
4.99
4.5.10.1 Agroclimatic Condition of Study Area
4.100
4.5.11 Assessment of Wildlife and Avifauna

4.5.11.1 Faunal Diversity
4.5.11.2 Avifauna
4.5.11.3 Rare, Endangered and Vulnerable Faunal Species
4.6
4.96
4.100
4.100
4.100
4.101
4.5.12 Fishery
4.101
Socio-Economic Environment
4.123
4.6.1
4.6.2
Reconnaissance
Baseline Status
4.123
4.123
4.6.2.1
4.6.2.2
4.6.2.3
4.6.2.4
4.6.2.5
4.124
4.124
4.125
4.126
4.126
4.6.3
4.6.4
4.6.5
Demographic Structure
Infrastructure Resource Base
Economic Attributes
Health Status
Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes
Socio-economic Survey
Awareness and Opinion of the People about the Project
Quality of Life
4.126
4.128
4.128
5.0 Identification and Prediction of Environmental Impacts

5.1
Impacts During Construction Phase
5.3
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.1.5
5.1.6
5.1.7
5.4
5.5
5.5
5.6
5.6
5.7
5.7
Air Environment
Noise Environment
Water Environment
Land Environment
Socio-economic Environment
Impacts on Health & Safety
Index No.
5.2
Title
Page No.
Impacts during Operation Phase
5.11
5.2.1
Air Environment
5.11
5.2.1.1
5.2.1.2
5.2.1.3
5.11
5.12
5.12
5.2.2
5.2.3
Air Pollutant Emissions

Micro-Meteorology
Air Quality Modeling
Noise Environment
5.28
5.2.2.1
5.28
Impacts due to Stationary Noise Source
Water Environment
5.32
5.2.3.1
5.32
Water requirement
5.2.4
Land Environment
5.2.4.1 Land use Pattern
5.34
5.34
5.2.5
5.2.6
5.34
5.34
5.3
Pollution Load
5.39
5.4
Public Consulation Summary
5.39
6.0 Environmental Management Plan

6.1
6.2
EMP during Construction Phase
6.3
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.6
6.1.7
6.1.8
6.3
6.3
6.5
6.5
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
Site Preparation
Air Environment
Noise Environment
Water Environment
Land Environment
Energy and Water Use
Environmental Management Plan during Operational Phase
6.10
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.11
6.16
6.17
Air Environment
Noise Environment
Water Environment
vi
Index No.
Title
6.2.4
6.2.5
6.2.3.1 Sewerage Management Plan

6.2.3.2 Drainage
6.2.3.3 Wastewater treatment plant
6.18
6.19
6.20
Land Environment
6.23
6.2.4.1
6.2.4.2
6.2.4.3
6.24
6.28
6.31
Hazardous /Solid Waste Management

Common Incinerator Facility
Common Secured Landfill Facility
6.2.5.1
6.2.5.2
6.3
6.4
Page No.
6.38
Preparation of greenbelt plan keeping in

view the selected plant species
Guidelines for plantation
6.39
6.39
6.2.6
6.2.7
Health and Safety
6.2.8
A note on Occupational and surveillance and safety measures 6.41
Capital/ Recurring Expenditure on Environmental Management

Proposed Environment Monitoring
6.40
6.40
6.41
6.41
7.0 Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan

7.1
7.2
7.3
Socio Economic Survey
7.1
7.1.1
7.1.2
7.1
Demographic Profile of Project affected People

Recommendations from National
Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan
7.4
Recommendations
R&R Programme Monitoring and Reporting Procedure
7.6
7.7
vii
List of Plates
Plate No.
Plate I
Title
Page No.
False Colour Composite of Study area around Proposed
4.74
SEZ Site at Jamnagar

Plate II
Land use / Land Cover Status around 25 km of the

proposed SEZ
4.75
4.5.1
A View of Thorny Vegetation near the Tebhada Reserve

Forest
4.104
4.5.2
A View of Mangrove Vegetation near Vadinar Village salt pan
4.104
4.5.3
A View of forest observed near the Sansora Reserve Forest
4.105
4.5.4
Reef Heron observed near the Vadinar Jetty
4.105
_______________________________________________________________________
viii
List of Figures
Figure No.
Title
Page No.
1.1
Location of SEZ at Jamnagar
1.23
1.2
Location of SEZ Area
1.24
1.3
Overall Plot Plan of Proposed SEZ
1.25
1.4
Study Area around the Proposed SEZ
1.26
2.1
Existing and Proposed SEZs in India
2.21
2.2
Water Balance for SEZ (All figures in m3/hr)
2.22
3.1
Proposed Units of SEZ
3.67
3.2
Process Flow Diagram for IGCC Unit
3.68
3.3
Process Flow Diagrams for the Production of Methanol by the

Copper Catalyzed Intermediate Pressure Process
3.69
3.4
Process Flow Diagram for Acetic Acid
3.70
3.5
Process Flow diagram for Vinyl Acetate Monomer by the

Vapor Process
3.71
3.6
Process Flow Diagram for Poly Vinyl Acetate
3.72
3.7
Process Flow Diagram For The Production Of Poly Vinyl

Alcohol By Solution Polymerization
3.73
3.8
Block Flow Diagram for Multifeed Steam Cracker
3.74
3.9
Propane Dehyfrogenation in cracker complex
3.75
3.10
Block Diagram for Mono Ethylene Glycol
3.76
3.11
Block Flow Diagram of PE (I & II) Process
3.77
3.12
Process Flow Diagram for Crude Acrylic Acid Production

Process
3.78
3.13
Process Flow Diagram for Production of SAP
3.79
3.14
Process Flow Diagram for 2-EthylHexanol
3.80
3.15
Process Flow Diagram for n-butyraldehyde
3.81
_______________________________________________________________________
ix
Figure No.
Title
Page No.
3.16
Process Flow Diagram for n-Butyl Acrylate
3.82
3.17
Process Flow Diagram for n-Butanol
3.83
3.18
Propylene Derivatives- Cumene process
3.84
3.19
Propylene Derivatives Phenol process
3.84
3.20
The Anthraquinone Process for H2O2 Manufacture
3.85
3.21
Block Flow Diagram of Poly Propylene (PP)
3.86
3.22
Process Flow Diagram of ESBR
3.87
3.23
Process Flow Diagram of Maleic Anhydride
3.88
3.24
Schematic of Mono Nitro Benzene Process
3.89
3.25
Process Flow Diagram for Aniline
3.90
3.26
Block Diagram For MDA Production Process
3.91
3.27 A
Process Flow Diagram : Phosgene Manufacture
3.92
3.27 B
Process Flow Diagram for Scrubbing of Remaining Gases
3.92
3.28
Schematic of Polymeric Methylene Dianiline Phosgenation

Process
3.93
3.29
Process Flow Diagram of Styrene
3.94
3.30
Block Diagram for Aromatics
3.95
3.31
Block Flow Diagram for Production of PTA
3.96
3.32
1000 KTA Bottle Grade PET: Continuous Polymerisation

Section (CP)
3.97
3.33
Block Diagram for production and Packing of Bottle Grade PET
3.98
3.34
Block Flow Diagram For POY / FDY / DTY Production
3.99
3.35
Block Diagram of the Carbon Black Manufacturing Process
3.100
3.36
Block Diagram of Captive Power Plant
3.102
3.37
Process Flow of Desal Plant
3.103
3.38
Overall Integration of petroleum and petrochemical complex
3.104
3.39
Overall Energy Integration
3.105
3.40
Overall water balance Integration
3.106
4.1.1
Sampling Location for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
4.9
4.1.2
Windrose diagram during Winter Season
4.10
4.2.1
Sampling Location for Noise Monitoring
4.44
4.3.1
Sampling Locations for Water Quality Monitoring

(Surface and Ground Water)
4.53
Figure No.
Title
Page No.
4.4.1
Location Identified for Soil Sampling
4.71
4.4.2
Texture Diagram for Soil Samples
4.72
4.4.3
Pie Chart Showing the Land use Pattern in the Study Area
4.73
4.5.1
Location Identified for Biological Survey
4.103
4.6.1
Socio-economic in the study area
4.131
4.6.2
Employment pattern in the study area
4.132
5.1
Estimated GLCs of SO2 due to Proposed SEZ in Winter Season 5.15
5.2
Estimated GLCs of NOx due to Proposed SEZ in Winter Season 5.16
5.3
Predicted Noise Contours due to Proposed Units at SEZ
5.30
5.4
Water Balance Diagram
5.33
6.1
Schematic Flow Diagram of Proposed Central Effluent

Treatment Plant in SEZ
6.43
6.2
Schematic Profile of an FML Plus Composite Double

Liner System for a Landfill
6.44
6.3
Schematic of an FML plus Composite Double-liner System

for a Landfill
6.45
6.4
Block Flow Diagram of MEG pretreatment
6.46
xi
List of Tables
Table No.
Title
Page No.
1.1
Feasibility Analysis For The Location of SEZ
1.27
1.2
List of Units Proposed for SEZ Project
1.30
1.3
Recommended Methods of Monitoring & Analysis for

Criteria Parameters and Pollutants
1.34
2.1
Existing & Proposed Special Economic Zones in India
2.23
3.1
Proposed Storage tanks SEZ
3.107
3.2
Proposed Solid Storage Tanks SEZ
3.109
3.3
Proposed Storage Tanks for the Liquid Products
3.109
3.4
Proposed Storage Tanks for Safe Stock
3.110
4.1.1
Environmental Attributes & Frequency of Monitoring
4.11
4.1.2
Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations
4.12
4.1.3
Instruments Used for Analysis
4.13
4.1.4
Techniques Used for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
4.14
4.1.5
Ambient Air Quality Status (Winter Season)
4.15
4.1.6
Ambient Air Quality Status (Winter Season)
4.17
4.1.7
Cumulative Percentile of SPM (Winter Season)
4.19
4.1.8
Cumulative Percentile of RSPM (Winter Season)
4.20
4.1.9
Cumulative Percentile of SO2 (Winter Season)
4.21
4.1.10 Cumulative Percentile of NOx (Winter Season)
4.22
4.1.11 Cumulative Percentile of NH3 (Winter Season)
4.23
4.1.12 Concentrations of Non-methane Hydrocarbons and

Carbon Monoxide (Winter Season)
4.24
4.1.13 Comparison of Ambient Air Quality Levels with Stipulated

Standards
4.25
4.2.1
Background Noise Levels in the Study Area
4.45
4.3.1
Sampling Locations for Water Quality
4.54
___________________________________________________________________
xii
Table No.
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
Title
Page No.
Standard Operating Procedure for Water and

Wastewater Sampling & Analysis
4.55
Analytical Techniques and Test Detectable Limits for

Water and Wastewater Sampling and Analysis
4.56
Water Quality - Physical Parameters
4.57
4.3.5
Water Quality - Inorganic Parameters
4.58
4.3.6
Water Quality - Nutrient, Demand and Organic Parameters
4.59
4.3.7
Water Quality - Heavy Metals
4.60
4.3.8
Water Quality - Bacteriological Parameters
4.61
4.3.9
Water Quality Biological Parameters (Phytoplankton)
4.62
4.3.10
Biological Parameter Zooplankton
4.63
4.4.1
Soil Sampling Locations
4.76
4.4.2
Soil Texture in Study Area
4.77
4.4.3
4.78
4.4.4
Chemical Characteristics of Soil Extract
4.79
4.4.5
Cation Exchange Capacity of Soil
4.80
4.4.6
Relationship of CEC with Adsorptivity
4.81
4.4.7
Relationship of CEC with Productivity
4.81
4.4.8
Fertility Status of Soils in the Study Area
4.82
4.4.9
Soil Quality - Heavy Metals
4.83
4.4.10
Microbiological Characteristics of Soil
4.84
4.4.11
Landuse Pattern in Villages of the study Area
4.85
4.4.12
Landuse/Land Cover Classification System
4.91
4.4.13
Inventory of Landuse /Landcover (25 km)
4.92
4.5.1
4.5.2
Sampling Locations for Biological Environment Survey in

the Study Area
4.106
Common Plant Species Present in Jamnagar Dist
4.107
_______________________________________________________________________
xiii
Table No.
Title
Page No.
4.5.3
Medicinal Plants in Jamnagar District and their Medicinal Value
4.112
4.5.4
Simpsons Diversity Index (SDI) of Flora in the Study Area
4.115
4.5.5
List of Agricultural Crops in Jamnagar District
4.116
4.5.6
List of Fauna found in the Jamnagar District
4.117
4.5.7
Rare, Endangered and Vulnerable Status of Birds

in Jamnagar District
4.120
4.5.8
List of Marine Fish Species
4.121
4.5.9
Different Prawn Species Found in the Gulf of Kutch
4.122
4.6.1
Distance and Direction of the Villages Surveyed
4.133
4.6.2
Demographic Structure in Study Area
4.134
4.6.3
Summary of Demographic Structure
4.139
4.6.4
Infrastructure Resource Base of the Study Area
4.140
4.6.5
Mortality Rate of the Study Area
4.141
4.6.6
Existing Quality of Life in the Study Area
4.142
5.1
Likely Impacts of Construction Phase
5.9
5.2
Likely Impacts of Operational Phase
5.17
5.3
SEZ Units
5.19
5.4
Stack Details for the Refinery, Power Plant and the Petrochemical 5.20
Units
5.5
Meteorological Data for winter season
5.6
Cumulative Values of GLCs for SO2 and NOx after Superimposing

with the Baseline AAQM Data
5.27
5.7
Noise Impact from Stationary Sources at SEZ at Nearby

Communities
5.31
Prediction of Qualitative Impacts on Socio-economic

Environment
5.36
Expected Change in Subjective Quality of Life
5.37
5.8
5.9
xiv
5.24
Table No.
Title
Page No.
5.10
Expected Change in Cumulative Quality of Life
5.11
Pollution Load from Units in Petroleum & Petrochemical complex 5.41
5.12
Water requirement and effluent generation from each unit
5.43
6.1
Hazardous Waste Quality and Mode of Disposal
6.47
6.2
List of Plant Species suggested for Green belt
6.50
6.3
Post-project Environmental Monitoring Plan
6.51
6.4
Effluent Characteristics of PFY unit
6.56
xv
5.38
List of Annexure
Annexure
No.
Title
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) (1994)
II
Noise Standards
III
Damage Risk Criteria of Noise Levels for

Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA)
IV
Classification of Inland Surface Water (CPCB Standards)
General Standards for Discharge of Environmental

Effluents (Gazette Notification of MoEF, May 1993)
VI
Procedure for Environmental Clearance of the project
VII
Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook (World Bank

Group) for Petrochemicals Manufacturing, July 1998.
VIII
Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan Instructions of Government of India

(Ministry of Industry) 1988
IX
Safe Management of Phosgene
Salient Futures of Multi feed cracker complex
XI
Technical Details of Incinerator
XII
A note on Occupational health and Surveillance at Jamnagar Refinery

Complex
XIII
Safety Management systems at RIL, Jamnagar Refinery Complex
xvi
Hearing
Loss,
Pollutants-
Executive Summary
1.0
Introduction
The enactment of SEZ Act 2005 by the Central Government and the State SEZ
Act and rules notified by the State Government of Gujarat has enthused Reliance
Jamnagar Infrastructure Limited (RJIL) to set up a multi-product Special Economic Zone in
the backward rural area of Jamnagar district of Gujarat with modern integrated
infrastructure. The SEZ will have all the required infrastructure and facilities to ensure
sustainable development of medium and large-scale industries and service activities.
The proposed site is located near the State Highway No 25 on the way from Rajkot
to Okha and is adjacent to the existing refinery complex of Reliance Industries Limited
(RIL). The overall size of the SEZ is approximately 4,545 hectares (11,231 acres).
The latitude and longitude of the center of the proposed SEZ are 22o 20 30 North and 69o
53 00 East.
The various petroleum and petrochemical downstream units which can be set up
in the proposed SEZ are as follows:
C1 Based Units
Coke Gasification
Methanol Synthesis
Acetic Acid
Polyvinyl Acetate (PVA)
Polyvinyl Alcohols (PVOH)
C2 Based Units
Multifeed Cracker Complex
Ehtylene Oxide Derivatives like Mono Ethylene Glycol (MEG), Di Ethylene

Glycol (DEG) Tri Ethylene Glycol (TEG)
Polyethylene polymers like Low Density Polyethylene, Linear Low Density

Polyethylene (LLDPE), High Density Polyethylene
C3 Based Units
Acrylic Acid & derivatives , Super Absorbent Polymer (SAP)
Acrylates (Methyl, Butyl & 2 Hexyl & Oxy Alcohols)
Propylene derivatives like Propylene Oxide, Cumene, Phenol
Propylene Glycols
Polyols
Polypropylene PP (Non woven)
Polypropylene (PP)
C4/C5 Based Units
Butyl Rubber , Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR) ,
Poly Butadiene Rubber (PBR)
Butene 1
Maleic Anhydride (MA)
Fumaric Acid
C6/ C7/ C8 Based Units
Benzene
Styrene
Paraxylene (PX), Orthoxylene (OX)
Putrefied Teraphthalic acid (PTA)
Polyethylene Tera-phthalate (PET)
Polyesters Complex Polyester Oriented Yarn (POY)
Polyester Stable Fibre (PSF)
Carbon Black Feedstock

Lube Oil cum refinery Complex (LOBS)
Captive Power Plant
& Jamnagar Export Refinery Project (JERP) which has already been accorded
Environmental Clearance by the MoEF in 2005 / 2006.
ii
The Modernization and de-bottle necking of the existing refinery and expansion
refinery (called as Jamnagar Export
Refinery) along with their infrastructure had been
accorded the environmental clearance by the ministry in 2005 and amended in 2006. Since
this JERP is being built in the SEZ area, JERP is included in the EIA. However, the
emissions of JERP are included in the analysis of this study.
The common facilities for the proposed SEZ are Captive power plant, Desalination
Plant, Central ETP, Incinerator and a Secured disposal facility. The desalination plant will
be providing 15,000 cu m/hr of water required for the industrial and the residential complex.
The power requirement for the proposed zone would be met through a captive
power plant of 2100 MW capacity to be set up as a part of the SEZ infrastructure.
Government of India have announced a Policy of Special Economic Zones (SEZs)
during March 2005 with a view to augmenting infrastructure facilities for export production.
The Central Government has offered various incentives and facilities both to
developer of SEZ as well as the industrial units coming up on SEZ. All approvals are to be
given by the Development Commissioner for establishment of the unit in SEZ.
The
management of the Special Economic Zone will be under the designated Development
Commissioner.
The Development Commissioner will grant all the permissions as Single Point
Clearance from his office. These will include registration of the unit, allocation of land,
permission for construction of building and approval of building plan, power connection,
environmental clearance, water requirement etc.
Transactions within the SEZ shall be exempted from all State taxes including
Sales Tax, VAT, Motor spirit tax, luxury tax and entertainment tax, purchase tax and other
state taxes.
SEZ located in the Jamnagar district the, in close proximity to Arabian Sea. The
other advantages are:
It is well connected with important state road network (state highway no. 25)
and other important national node via NH- 8A. It is about 30km from
Jamnagar and 340km from Ahmedabad
A broad gauge railway network connects Reliance SEZ with Jamnagar and
other rail network
Reliance port at Sikka, being a part of Reliance industries would contribute a

good deal of efficiency in the functioning of the SEZ
iii
Airports at Jamnagar are in near proximity to the SEZ site only 25 km.
The Reliance will develop the industry, housing, social infrastructure needed for
their refinery and its allied activities. The SEZ is expected to generate employment for
40,000 people.
A new Residential township is being proposed to house the employees and the
growing influx of immigration due to the new industries coming up in the SEZ unit. The
township will be designed on sectoral basis where each sector will be self-sufficient in
terms of commercial, retail, public/semi-public amenities.
2.0
Key Findings
2.1
Air Environment
The ambient air environment monitoring was done in the year of 2005-06 winter
seasons and the analysis is as follows.

AAQM locations were monitored on 24 hourly average basis as per the guidelines
of CPCB and NAAQS. The conventional and project specific parameters such as
Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM),
Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ammonia (NH3), Carbon Monoxide (CO)
and Non-Methane Hydrocarbons (NMHC) were monitored at AAQM Locations.
The overall 24 hourly wind rose during winter season indicates the predominant
winds from N-E sector. During winter season, 98th percentile values of 24 hourly SPM
concentration ranged between 99.9-396 g/m3. The arithmetic mean varied between 87256 g/m3. 98th percentile and arithmetic mean of 24 hourly RSPM concentrations varied in
the range of 60.8-175 g/m3 and 6-114 g/m3 respectively. The 98th percentile
concentrations
of
24
hourly
SO2
in
winter
season
varied
from
6-31 g/m3. The arithmetic mean ranges from 4.5-22 g/m3.The 98th percentile
concentrations
of
24
hourly
NOx
in
winter
ranged
between
10-30 g/m . The arithmetic mean values varied between 6-20.33 g/m .The arithmetic
3
mean and 98th percentile values of NH3 were observed in the range of 10-192 g/m3 and
31-274 g/m3 .CO and NMHC concentrations at all the monitoring locations are observed to
be varying in the range of 263-1139 g/m3 and BDL 138 g/m3.
It was observed that SPM and RSPM concentrations exceeded the stipulated
standards at most of the ambient air quality monitoring locations.
The Industrial Source Complex Short Term Version 3 (ISCST-3) model has been
developed to simulate the effect of emissions from point sources on air quality. As per the
iv
model, the maximum GLCs of SO2 and NOX from SEZ emission are estimated to be 57
g/m3 (4.16 km, SSW Direction) and 56 g/m3 (4.16 km, SSW Direction) respectively in
winter season. The estimated GLCs for SO2 and NOX after superimposing with the
baseline are in the range of 14-60 g/m3 and 23-51 g/m3 respectively within the stipulated
standards for the industrial areas.
Subsequently, the ambient air monitoring was done for 2007-2008 winter season.
The analysis as follows.
SPM:
The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out by NEERI
during winter
season (2008) wherein SPM concentration were observed at the border line / more than
the average for the area at 15 places out of 24 locations.
As the Jamnagar SEZ located in a semi arid area with low green cover and very
scanty rainfall in the last two years which are the main contributing factors for getting more
values of Ground Level Concentration of SPM. The very low green cover (only 15%) can be
seen from Landuse/land cover pattern satellite image given in EIA Report
The main contributing factor for the variation in the SPM values can be co-related
with rainfall occurred during that period. The rainfall in 2007-08 season spread is confined
to only 3 days. If the rain is spread over the season then moisture content in the soil
remains for longer period which is helpful to minimize the dust resuspension and
subsequently results in lower SPM value.
More SPM values are observed at Moti Khavadi, Arablus, Mungani, Satalus can
be attributed because of the higher vehicular traffic, poor road conditions, dirt tracks, cattle
movements etc. in the area.
SO2
The average SO2 concentration was observed to be marginally more ( than 30
g/m3 ) at three locations. However, These SO2 concentration are much less than the
standards of National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NNAQS) for industrial / residential
area.
Cl2
Generally the chloride in the ambient air is found out in the form of sodium chloride
in the aerosol type condition typically near the sea coast due to the wind action. However, it
will be quite difficult to measure by using the standard high volume sampling method. This
is also has been checked in the literature.
As suggested by the honorable members of the committee the Cl2 concentrations

in the above mentioned range very rarely occur in typical urban pollution.
HCl
As in the case of CL2 the results are very erroneous.
2.2
Noise Environment
The noise levels ranged between 30-70 dBA during daytime and 38-60 dBA during
nighttime. The noise levels in commercial areas varied in the range of 30-60 dBA during
daytime and 43-53 dBA during nighttime.
Noise levels were measured in front of these industries during daytime and
nighttime and observed to varying in the range of 46 59 dBA during daytime and
42 51 dBA during nighttime.
Noise levels were also monitored in schools, hospitals and temples in the study
area. The noise levels varied from 47-55 dBA during daytime and 38-53 dBA during night
time.
The noise levels are observed to be within the stipulated standards of CPCB for
the respective zones in the study area except at few places.
The cumulative noise impact from different stationary sources at proposed project
site has been predicted at 100mx100m grid intervals over an area of 33.52 km x 31.8 km
noise impact area mainly covering project premises.
The predicted noise contours indicate that the maximum noise levels outsite the
proposed SEZ would be 22 dBA. The predicted noise levels after superimposing the
predicted noise levels with the baseline data is in the range of 41-60 dBA during the day
time and 34-42 dBA during the night time.
2.3
Water Environment
In order to determine the surface and groundwater quality, three sampling
locations for surface water, 18 sampling locations for groundwater were identified in the
study area.
Surface Water
pH varied in the range of 8.6 8.8, turbidity 7 - 12 NTU, total dissolved solids
(inorganic) 393-510 mg/l, hardness 206-313 mg/l, chloride 112-128 mg/l, and sulphate 2532 mg/l.
Nutrient values in the form of nitrate-nitrogen and total phosphates are low in the
range of 5.0 9.0 mg/l and 0.16-0.21 mg/l respectively. The values for demand parameters
vi
like DO, COD and BOD are in the range of 5.9 7.1 mg/l, 43 99 mg/l and 20-40 mg/l
respectively. Oil & grease and hydrocarbons are found in non-detectable levels. The
bacteriological characteristics of surface water showed total coliform counts in the range of
220 to 310 CFU/100 ml. Both the reservoirs were found to be faecally contaminated having
faecal coliforms in the range of 30-45 CFU/100 ml.
Ground Water
The groundwater quality showed high mineral contents in the form of total
dissolved solids, total hardness, chloride, sulphate and sodium and were found in the range
of 477-3024 mg/l, 259-1592 mg/l, 123-1200 mg/l, 42-328 mg/l and 36-500 mg/l
respectively. CFU/100 ml.
The groundwater in four villages (Gagwa, Kanachikari, Nanikhavdi and Mungni) is
found to be faecally contaminated and unfit for human consumption, unless suitably
treated.
The Shannon-Weaver Diversity Index for phytoplanktons varies from 2.25-3.79
and from 1.0-2.75 in surface water and groundwater (dug wells) respectively. The Shannon
Weaver Diversity Index of zooplanktons which is found to vary in the range of 1.846-2.320
in surface water and 0.918 to 105 in groundwater indicates low to moderate productivity.
The proposed SEZ project requires water for boilers & heaters, processes,
process cooling, utilities cooling, domestic consumption, fire water make up and greenbelt
development/horticulture. The entire water requirement will be met from the desalination of
seawater and supplemented with water from the Narmada Water project. The desal water
requirement after expansion is estimated to be 15000 m3/hr, and accordingly sea water
requirement will be 36000 m3/hr and the discharge back to the sea will be 23400 m3/hr.
2.4
Land Environment
It is observed that soil texture varies from clay to sandy clay. The bulk density of
soil of the impact zone is found to be 1.11 - 1.35 gm/cm3 which is considered to be
moderate. The porosity and water holding capacity of soil are in the range of 39-66% and
40-69% respectively. The soils have moderate water holding capacity.
The pH of soil in the study area are in the range of 6.52 - 8.6. The pH range of soil
is found to be favorable for plant growth. Electrical conductivity, a measure of soluble salts
in soil is in the range of 0.27-1.6 mS/cm. It is observed that calcium and magnesium
concentrations are in the range of 0.12-3.92 meq/l and 0.02-1.43 meq/l respectively;
whereas sodium and potassium are in the range of 0.08-1.03 meq/l and 0.02-0.15 meq/l
respectively.
vii
The landuse / landcover classification based on remote sensing analysis indicates

6.65% mudflat, 0.68% fringe vegetation, 2.40% saltpan, 26.09% agricultural land, 24.19
fallow land, 2.65% seawater, 3.07% built-up land, 32.23% barrenland, 2.02% waterbodies.
The major source of solid waste generated from SEZ complex will mainly consists
of oily sludge, spent clay, spent catalysts, slope oil, biological sludge, canteen wastes,
batteries, surplus drums, etc. The quantification of solid/hazardous wastes has been
carried out and handling/management/treatment and disposal of these wastes will be
carried out as per the stipulated guidelines and requirements of CPCB/MoEF.
2.5
In all 30 locations were selected for study on biological aspects. The study area
around the proposed SEZ comprises of terrestrial and marine ecosystems due to nearness
to Gulf of Kutch. During the floristic survey in study area, a total of 165 plant species were
recorded. A total of 76 tree species, 28 shrub species, 22 herb species, 23 grasses and 16
climbers were recorded from the study area.The study area shows presence of medicinal
plants. Out of total 165 plants studied, 51 plant species including 25 trees, 10 herbs and 16
shrubs are of medicinal value. Not a single species out of 165 plant species was observed
to be threatened in the study area. The staple food of the people in the study region is rice
and wheat. The common Kharif crops of this region are groundnut, sesamum, cotton,
castor, bajra etc. whereas wheat, gram, cumain, ajwan (semi-rabi) are the Rabi crops.
30 sampling sites were selected at various places in the study area for the
assessment of avifauna. A total number of 20 species of birds were encountered during the
survey.
2.6
Socioeconomic Environment
The study comprises 115 villages consisting of 38 villages of Jamnagar taluka, 41
villages of Khambaliya Taluka and 36 villages of Lalpur Taluka from Jamnagar district.
The significant demographic features are:
The total no of households in the study area are 216222
The total population in the study area is 1175132
Sex ratio (No. of females per 1000 males) is 928
It is observed that the study area has an average literacy rate of 60.24% and
the employment rate is 30.33%
During the socio-economic survey in the 18 villages it was observed that people
are facing certain problems.
viii
The average QoL index value for the study area is leaning towards satisfactory
level due to good economic status like low income, unemployment and also availability of
basic needs, viz. food, clothing, and housing.
The area lacking with medical, educational facilities and social security, besides
water scarcity, inadequate irrigation, lack of sanitation, which are subjective conditions and
are not much satisfactory as compared to objective conditions.
It is estimated that about 50,000 construction workers on average will be involved
for a period of 2-3 years. The total employment during the construction phase will be about
24 lakh man months (both skilled and non-skilled employment). The manpower required for
these activities should preferably be employed from nearby villages so that avenues of
employment will be open to local people
During the socio-economic survey it was observed that the proposed SEZ might
create certain beneficial as well as adverse effects on the socio economic environment.
Some of these impacts would be more effective for the immediate vicinity with short-term
effects whereas the others would be higher order or of long term in nature.
3.0
Environmental Management Plan

RIL group has got a strong, consistent and committed corporate policy in the
Environmental management in all the complexes. The Environmental parameters are

internalized into the project planning, design, procurement, constructional and operational
aspects. The RIL group as accorded several prestigious environmental management
awards for their complexes by national and international agencies. For the purpose of the
C1 to C8 petroleum and petrochemical complex the technology providers, licensors,
vendors, EPC contractors and possible JV partners will be instructed to follow and
implement the project environmental specifications which will be developed according to the
applicable standards of Govt of India, State government and pollution control boards. The
IFC /WB standards will also be integrated into the design.
3.1
Air Environment
The impact on air quality due to emissions from multiple sources during the
continuous operations has been assessed by use of mathematical models. The incremental
predicted GLCs of major air pollutants viz., SO2 and NOx due to the proposed SEZ
developmental activities over the baseline air quality are within the stipulated standards of
CPCB for industrial regions 1i.e. 120 g/m3. However measures proposed for mitigating
impacts on ambient air quality during the project operations include the following:
ix
Best Available Control Technology (BACT) should be installed at individual

emission sources to minimize the air pollutant emissions
Regular record on sulphur emission should be maintained at SEZ units as

part of the environmental data records
Off gases from proposed units should also be treated in amine absorption
units and regeneration unit meant for H2S removal as already in practice for
desulphurization of off gases (fuel gas) in existing Reliance refinery
Performance evaluation of Sulfur Recovery Units with Tail Gas Treatment

Units should be done on regular basis (at scheduled intervals) through
monitoring off gas flow rate
In case of any failure in sulfur recovery units appropriate steps should be

taken to match the generation with SRU feed
FCCU should have particulate control systems such as Electrostatic

Precipitators/cyclones/wet scrubbers
The measures to reduce the SO2 in furnaces, boilers, gas turbines is by

quantifying the contribution of various sources in order to determine the main
source, increase in the energy efficiency of the plant, heat recovery, vapor
management and change of combustibles
All the combustion units should be maintained properly at optimum efficiency
All fuel combustion units should be operated with minimum excess air so that
fuel consumption is optimized and emission of NOx is minimized. Low NOx
burners should be implemented in all combustion units of proposed units in
SEZ
Energy conservation projects/schemes to result into reduction in quantity of

fuel should be implemented
Port holes and sampling facilities should be provided at proper location for all
the stacks coming up in the SEZ for monitoring of flue gas velocity and flue
gas temperature and also for checking concentration of different pollutants at
regular intervals
The SEZ complex should comply with proposed emission standards of CPCB
for stacks located in the SEZ complex
Ambient air quality with respect to SPM, SO2, NOx, H2S and CO monitoring
shall be done at minimum 4 locations around the SEZ complex. The
monitoring stations should be set up in consultation with the GPCB
A digital weather station for monitoring wind speed, direction, temperature,

relative humidity and rainfall with automatic data logging and analysis facility
should be installed at the SEZ complex. The same should be operated
continuously for maintaining micrometeorological data record at SEZ site
Continuous sources of emissions should be installed with stacks having

sufficient height (CPCB norms) to ensure adequate dispersal of pollutants.
Further, pollution control systems such as low NOx burners and low sulphur
fuel should be used
Gas powered or low sulphur diesel and unleaded petrol in conventional

vehicles should be used within the project area and for product evacuation.
Proposed Incinerator design and emissions should be as per the Guidelines

of CPCB
Idling of vehicles should also be minimized during transport and handling

activities
Loading/unloading and storage areas should be paved to reduce dust

emissions
All access roads (internal as well external) to be used by the project

authorities should be made pucca (either with WBM, concrete or bitumen) to
suppress the dust generation along the roads
To control fugitive emissions of VOCs in the SEZ complex, following steps should
be taken:
Provision of internal floating roof tanks with flexible double seal for MS and
intermediate products.
Provision of mechanical seals in pumps
Regular inspection of floating roof seals and proper maintenance of floating

roof seals for proposed storage tanks
Preventive maintenance of valves and other equipment
Regular skimming of oil from separators/equalization basin in ETP
Fugitive VOC emissions should be assessed and minimized whenever

possible (vapor recovery systems, joints, pumps, fittings etc.). They shall also
be monitored at regular intervals
Fugitive emissions should be controlled through proper maintainance
xi
It would be a best practice to avoid burning in flaring stacks and to recover

these gases whenever feasible
Use of high grade gasket material for packing, provision of motor operated
valves for critical services such as high vapour pressure components and
chemicals
Fuel leaks should be prevented from on land equipment. Further

implementation of Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programme using a
portable VOC detection instrument should be done on distribution lines and
tanks
Inventory of odorous compounds should be maintained and release of such

compounds should be prevented
3.2
Noise Environment
The design of the project will be such that the sound pressure level in the work
area will not exceed 90 dBA. Restricted areas will be those locations where it is not
reasonably practicable to reduce the noise level below the work area limit. Wherever
practicable, attempts shall be made to reduce the noise level below 85 dB(A). The noise
levels will not exceed 60 dB(A) at the perimeter of the project area. The equipment will be
chosen in such a way that the above noise limit is not exceeded. The noise levels at the
nearest habitation after refinery expansion will be less than the stipulated standards of
CPCB. However, as a good operational procedure, the following generic measures will be
implemented in addition to the existing green belt:
Similar measures as proposed in the construction phase for noise making

machinery, to ensure practicably low noise levels within the work
environment
Specification for procuring major noise generating machines/ equipments

should include built in design requirements to have minimum noise levels
meeting CPCB/MOEF requirements. The monitored noise levels at sensitive
locations should be taken to ensure that the impact due to high noise levels
is practically minimized
Monitor job and location specific noise levels for compliance with HSE
regulations by verifying acceptability of noise levels caused by the project
activities and comparison with noise criteria
Conduct periodic audiometric tests for employees working close to high noise
levels, such as compressors, DG sets, the loading, unloading sections etc.
xii
Provision of PPEs should be done and their proper usage should be ensured
for eardrum protection of the workers as well as visitors
It should be ensured that low noise (generating) equipment are procured

wherever feasible
Acoustic laggings, and silencers should be used in equipment wherever

necessary
Sound proofing /glass paneling should be provided at critical operating

stations, and control rooms
Either Acoustic barriers / shelter should be developed in noisy workplaces or

acoustic enclosures should be provided for the high noise generating
equipment
Noise generating sources in the plant areas should be monitored regularly.

Monitoring of ambient noise levels should also be carried out regularly both
inside the refinery area as well as outside the greenbelt
3.3
Water Environment
Since fresh water is a scarce resource in the area, only seawater should be
used for proposed expansion project. Desalination units should be installed
to meet the water requirement of SEZ units. The impact on the ground
water/saline intrusion if any should be monitored through the existing network
of monitoring wells and piezometers
An effluent treatment plant based on the raw wastewater quality and required
treated wastewater quality should be designed. However the effluent
standards should be well within the prescribed limits of GPCB & CPCB. The
performance of ETP should be continuously monitored and any deviation in
performance should be corrected on priority
Reduction in water requirements should be achieved by implementation of

closed circuits within the petroleum and petrochemical complex
Use of desalinated water as service water should be minimized
Reuse of effluent should be attempted
Recycle of pump gland cooling water should be undertaken
Condensate recovery should be maximized
xiii
Treated effluent should be used for hydrotesting of vessels/tanks/pipelines

instead of desalinated water. Treated effluent should also be used for
cleaning of columns/vessels during turnaround
Holding ponds should be provided so that bio-systems of wastewater

treatment system should be prevented against shock load
Dosing of chlorine or biocides as part of advanced cooling water treatment in

the cooling water system should be done to take care of biological growth
The detailed record of raw water intake at refinery (for processes, CT

makeup, fire water, green belt development and sanitary and drinking
purpose) as well as township complex and wastewater generation from
different sources should be maintained on daily/regular basis w.r.t. flow rates
and
characteristics.
These
details
should
be
useful
in
preparing
comprehensive water balance at project site and also for identification and
implementation of reuse/recycle practice of treated effluent at project site
leading to mitigation of effluent discharges
Water flow measurement facilities (metering) should be provided at inlet and

outlets of major process units, which should help in minimizing wastage,
conserving the water as well as maximizing the recycle/reuse of treated
effluent
Regular monitoring of effluent from different treatment units and also

combined final discharge of treated wastewater including outlet of STP at
township is recommended. Performance evaluation of effluent treatment
plant as well as sewage treatment plant should be undertaken at regular
intervals for all relevant parameters covered under this study
Use of polishing pond for aquaculture should be explored, where bio-assay

tests could be conducted at regular intervals
The effluents discharged into the sea should be done through the multipore
diffuser system designed by the National Institute of Oceanography (NIO).
The location of discharge should also be identified by NIO. The diffuser
system shall discharge the wastewater generated by the refinery, power plant
and the petrochemical units
The effluents discharged into the surface water or the natural environment,
their physicochemical characteristics after any treatment should comply with
the maximum levels defined by the CPCB
xiv
Regular monitoring of the discharge of the main pollutants is required to

ensure that the regulatory maximum levels are complies with. Periodic
measurements of the pollutants in the natural environment is considered best
practice
A Treatment Scheme for the effluents generated from the petroleum and
petrochemical complex has been suggested in the report. A Sewerage
Treatment scheme also has been suggested in the report for the effluents
generated from the residential colony and the sewage generated from the
various units within the SEZ
3.4
Land Environment
Soils in the adjoining areas are sandy loam to silty loam with moderate
infiltration rates, amenable to groundwater pollution. Considering this fact,
every precaution should be taken to avoid spillage of oils and other
petroleum products on soils to protect groundwater and to avoid any danger
to other soil microbial groups which are sensitive to oil pollution
Oil is a potential hazardous substance present in wastes generated from

refinery. Special care has to be taken in all oil removal operations. Disposal
of Oily sludge generated from effluent treatment plant through Coker to be
continued. Oily sludge from other locations may be disposed off by secured
landfill / incineration.
Greenbelt in and around the refinery may be strengthened/maintained
A record w.r.t quantity, quality and treatment/management of solid/hazardous

waste shall be maintained at environmental monitoring cell for different
process units (sources)
Mixers and insitu tank cleaning procedures which maximise recovery of oil
should be adopted to reduce tank bottom sludge
Recovery of oil from oily sludge using techniques such as centrifuging,

thickening and filtration should be undertaken
A Common Secured Landfill Facility has been suggested in the report for the
disposal of the Hazardous Waste. The Hazardous Waste within the SEZ shall
be compliant to the Hazardous Waste Management, Handling Storage and
Disposal Rules. A Common Incinerator Facility has also been suggested for
the proposed SEZ, which shall be designed and operated as per the CPCB
guidelines
xv
3.5
Following measures are recommended to mitigate adverse impacts on biological
activities during operation phase:
Development of green belt with carefully selected plant species is of prime

importance due to their capacity to reduce noise and air pollution impacts by
attenuation/assimilation and for providing food and habitat for local macro
and micro fauna. This not only overcomes the problem but also enhances
the beauty of area that will attract bird and insect species and by this way
ecology of the area will maintain to great extent
For developing the greenbelt in and around proposed project site care need
to be taken to plant the evergreen species. The planting of evergreen species
may have certain advantages that may reduce the environmental pollution
Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored and the trees
which could not survive should be counted. Equal number of trees should be
replaced and their survival should be closely monitored
The rainwater harvesting should be done. Treated sewage and effluent in the
best combination should be used for greenbelt development. Water scarcity
should not be the reason for not expanding and strengthening greenbelt.
Provision for irrigation water should be made as part of proposed project
3.6
In order to mitigate the impacts likely to arise out of the proposed project and also
to maintain good will of local people for the proposed project, it is necessary to take steps
for improving the social environment. Necessary social welfare measures by the industry
shall be useful in gaining public confidence depending on local requirement.
The EMP measures are suggested for smooth functioning of the activities are
given below:
SEZ should continue to undertaken social welfare programes for the

betterment of the Quality of Life of villages around in collaboration with the
local bodies
Some basic amenities, viz. education, safe drinking water supply to the
nearby villages may be taken up
Regular medical check up should be continued on routine basis in the

villages around the SEZ and also by providing mobile hospital services
xvi
SEZ shall in collaboration with local government improve the road

infrastructure in the vicinity
Formal and informal training to provide direct and indirect employment to the
affected villagers due to the project shall be taken up on priority
Entrepreneurship Development programme (EMP) should be undertaken for

both male and female group irrespective of their age and education,
qualification
Job
oriented
skill
training,
courses
may
be
organized.
Through
industrial/technical training institutions for educational youth (both for male

and female), like home need appliances, tailoring, plumbing, light & heavy
vehicles driving
Personal protective facilities like helmets, safety (gas) mask/safety dress,

shoes etc. be ensured for all workers, engaged in operation of process units
within the refinery complex
The health checkups (diagnostic) for all regular employees at the refinery
complex at
scheduled
intervals
to
be
maintained
along
with
the
corresponding health records
3.7
Capital / Recurring Expenditure on Environmental Management

The details on proposed SEZ project cost and capital / recurring expenditure on
environmental management.
3.8
Project Cost
Rs. 60,000 crores
Cost for pollution control facilities
Rs. 1,800 crores
Environment Monitoring in Refinery

Since the SEZ Complex is big enough, each industry should have senior
executives who shall report to their respective Site President. The SEZ complex will have
an Environment Cell for the entire SEZ and units therein. The Environment cell should
consists of environmental professionals with experience in various aspects of Environment
Management ranging from 7 years to 20 years. This cell should be set up during the
construction of the SEZ itself and they should have adequate expertise and competency in
handling and implementing the Environment Management systems and practices. The
Environment Cell should monitor and measure the environmental performance of each
industry in terms of efficiency of pollution control devices, and conduct regular energy and
water audits. The cell should also on a regular basis also coordinate third party
Environmental Audits. Members of the Environment Cell shall participate in National Task
xvii
Forces under CREP (Charter for Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection)
and in committees for reviewing National Standards for the petroleum and petrochemical
industry. The Corporate Environment Cell at the Headquarters shall be an advisory body on
all environmental related issues and support the Environment Cell at the SEZ.
Every industry within the SEZ should in due time aim to be certified for ISO 14001
standards. The Environment cell in each industry should be responsible for implementing
and maintaining environment management systems. These industry should co-ordinate
with the Environmental Management Cell of SEZ for establishing and monitoring the
compliance of ISO 14001. The Management Systems should be established in compliance
with the ISO 14001 standards which should be audited internally by qualified internal
auditors and externally by the certifying body as per the stipulated frequency.
3.9
Recommendation for compliance to the World Bank Guidelines

NEERI recommends M/s RJIL to develop the SEZ projects in compliance with the
industry specific IFC Guidelines presented in this report as Annexure VII.

3.10 Environmental Clearance Process / Status
As per the Environmental Clearance procedures of 14th Sept- 2006 EC notification
the project application was made (07.02. 2007) in a prescribed format along with the draft
EIA & RA reports (This reports has been prepared before the 14th September 2006
notification) and submitted to MoEF.
The Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) apprised this project in their meeting
(01.03.2007) and suggested/ directed additional Terms Of Reference (TOR) to be
incorporated in the EIA & RA reports and asked to conduct public hearing (28.03.2007).
The public hearing was conducted (08.01.2008) by the Gujarat Pollution Control; Board
(GPCB) with the EIA and RA reports updated with the additional Terms of Reference and
the Minitues of Meeting was send to Ministry.
The EIA & RA documents were finalized with the public hearing comments and
submitted to ministry (18.07.2008) for the Environmental Clearance. The project has gone
through three appraisal meetings (19.08.2008, 15.04.2009, 15.06.2009 and the project was
approved by the EAC for grant of Environmental Clearance in 15.06.2009 EAC meeting.
Subsequently, the MoEF advised to provide further clarifications with respect to the
Captive Power Plant (CPP) on 3rd Aug 2009 and submit a composite updated document for
the discussion with the newly constituted EAC committee_2.
xviii
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1
Preamble
Special Economic Zones Act 2005 is a major milestone in Indias Foreign Trade
Policy and a clear pointer to the avowed intention of the Government of India to encourage
growth of the countrys manufacturing and service sectors and to usher an era of enhanced
level of confidence for Indian products and services in the global arena.
The enactment of SEZ Act 2005 by the Central Government and the State SEZ Act
and rules notified by the State Government of Gujarat has enthused Reliance Infrastructure
Limited (RFL) to set up a Special Economic Zone in the backward rural area of Jamnagar
district of Gujarat with modern integrated infrastructure.
The SEZ developer, RFL,
subsequently changed its name to Reliance Jamnagar Infrastructure Limited (RJIL).
The
development of this project will lead to fast track development of Saurashtra region of the state
and will open up avenues for larger volumes of exports, employment and foreign exchange
earning for the Country.
Reliance continues to be a major contributor to the national economy through its
vision and commitments & believes that Government & Industry have to work together to
create world-class infrastructure, which is now a pre-requisite to attain leadership in the global
market
1.1
Reliances proposes, to build a product specific economic zone of refinery and

petrochemical units, which will be further synergically developed as a multi-product zone. The
Ministry of Industry and Commerce, Government of India has now notified this SEZ as a Multiproduct SEZ.
The proposed SEZ will be developed by Reliance Jamnagar Infrastructure
(RJIL) Limited, a RIL group Company. All these proposals fall under the National Policy on
Developing SEZs as notified by the Ministry of Commerce & Industry, GOI. The SEZ will have
all the required infrastructure and facilities to ensure sustainable development of medium and
large-scale industries and service activities. The proposed site is located near the State
Highway No 25 on the way from Rajkot to Okha and is adjacent to the existing refinery
complex of Reliance Industries Limited (RIL). The overall size of the SEZ is approximately
4,545 hectares (11,231 acres). The Fig. 1.1 shows the location of the SEZ at Jamnagar and
Fig. 1.2 shows the location of SEZ area.
RIL has already established a petroleum refinery and petrochemical complex, and is
in operations since 1999. This complex has got the environmental clearance from the Ministry
of Environment and Forest (MoEF) to modernize and expand the refinery capacity to
approximately 60 MMTPA, crude processing in 2005. The existing refinery capacity has been
enhanced to 33 MMTPA by the way of debottlenecking and value/production maximization.
The balance approved capacity is being implemented by Reliance Petroleum Limited as an
Export oriented Refinery Project. This project is called as Jamnagar Export Refinery Project
(JERP) with an integrated 1.0 MMTPA polypropylene unit by Reliance Petroleum Limited, a
group Company of RIL. This Jamnagar Export Refinery Project (JERP) and the PP Plant are
located in the approved SEZ area. The JERP has already got the environmental approval from
the MoEF and other statutory agencies and is already under implementation and expected to
go on stream shortly.
Proposed Land use in SEZ
Reliance proposes to develop a total area of 4545 Hectares, as a Multiproduct
Special Economic Zone. The proposed land use for the entire SEZ is tabulated below:
Proposed land allocation
(Area in hectares)
Residential
810
Commercial
275
Industrial
2,275
Public/Semi Public/Green Belt/Transportation
1,185
Total
4,545
1.2
1.2
Project Setting
Jamnagar district lies in the peninsular region in the North West, in the state of
Gujarat, known as Kathiawar or Saurashtra. The Gulf of Kutch binds this district to the north,
on the East by Rajkot district, on the South by Junagadh district and on the West by the
Arabian Sea. Saurashtra region has been away from the mainstream economic development
of the country. The Jamnagar region falls in an arid zone. The area is covered by Deccan trap
basalt of cretaceous age. The landuse of this region highlights that maximum is scrub land
(wasteland) followed by fallow land. This is one of the reason the site has been selected for
the development of SEZ. Recently, industrial development of public sector undertakings and
Port development has ushered in recognizable economic growth. The latitude and longitude
of the center of the proposed SEZ are 22o 20 30 North and 69o 53 00 East.
Mithapur, 157 kms. from Jamnagar, has heavy chemical industrial unit manufacturing
salt, soda ash, etc. by the TATA group of India named Tata Chemicals Ltd, and Moti Khavdi
(Sikka) near Jamnagar, has a petroleum refinery complex by the Reliance Group, which is one
of the largest grassroots refinery in the world. Even the famous & internationally renowned
wollen
textile-manufacturing
unit
DIGJAM
is
located
in
Jamnagar
city.
Jamnagar itself is a centre for the Brass industry, Bandhani fabrics (tie-&-dye work on fabrics)
and Zari sarees, Silken & Gold embroidery.
Near the refinery complex, there are other
industries like a thermal Power Plant of the Gujarat Electricity Board, Cement manufacturing
unit of Digvijay Cements and a fertilizer unit of the Gujarat State Fertilizer Corporation.
The following siting criterion delineated by MoEF, New Delhi has been followed by
Reliance, which includes:
I.
No prime agricultural land/forest land has been proposed for conversion into an
SEZ.
II.
Land proposed for the SEZ is a barren arid land and has sufficient space to provide
for a green belt wherein the treated wastewater, could be utilized from wastewater
treatment systems
III.
Enough space is available for storage and disposal of hazardous / solid wastes.
IV.
Layout and form of the project will conform to the landscape of the area without
affecting the scenic features of that place. However the scenic beauty shall
increase with the development of green belt.
V.
Associated township of the project is planned to provide for space for phyto graphic barrier between the project and the township and takes into account
predominant wind direction.
1.3
In addition to the siting criteria listed above, the proposed project location is reviewed
for the following salient issues:
The site is not prone to natural disaster areas, however the industry shall be
designed to the seismic codes specified by ISI and allied agencies. It is pertinent to
note that Gujarat Earthquake 2002 with epicenter near Bhuj has not affected any
of the facilities of the Refinery.
The water for operation will be made available from the proposed desalination plant
for SEZ. Further the Narmada water is also available for the construction and for
temporary labor camps. It is proposed that desalination plant related facilities will
be created upfront of the project. A CPP has been planned during the operation
phase to supply power to the SEZ units and the residential colony. Roads with
adequate width and capacity shall be developed to handle the increase in traffic
load. All these facilities shall not exert a pressure on the local infrastructure.
1.2.1
Existing industrial Estate in Jamnagar District

The major industries like Agro & food processing, biotechnology, chemical & allied
industry, drugs & pharmaceuticals, engineering industry including automotive industry, gems &
Jewelry etc, are some of the industries located in the Jamnagar district of Gujarat.
The existing industrial estate by GIDC in Jamnagar is as follows:
Shankar Tekri industrial estate, Jamnagar1
Kamsudra industrial estate, Jamnagar 2
Dared industrial estate, Jamnagar 3
Jam Khambhaliya industrial estate
Bhatia (RIDC)
Arambhada industrial estate
Dhrol (RIDC)
Bhanvad
The site for the proposed SEZ covers evaluation of site with special reference to
siting criteria including projects.
1.4
The principal drivers for the proposed projects in the Jamnagar SEZ are:
1.
Maximize value addition of raw materials, sourced from the RIL domestic
refinery, and the RPL export oriented refinery.
2.
Enhance competitive strengths, by minimizing the cost of production, with

intimate integration between the two refineries and the Jamnagar SEZ
manufacturing complex.
3.
Exploit economies of scale for each product in the Jamnagar SEZ.
4.
Strive to be the lowest cost producer for each product in the Jamnagar SEZ.
5.
Develop world-class infrastructure and logistics facilities to support the Jamnagar

SEZ to exploit the supply chain for each product in the Jamnagar SEZ.
Proposed Jamnagar SEZ has following strengths.

1.
Promoters have a successful track record in executing Mega projects and have
set up technically complex projects in record time and at globally competitive
project cost and at the same time adhering to the highest international standards
of safety and environmental protection.
2.
The SEZ is located in a highly industrialized state of India and has potential to
attract Petrochemical & other industries with high export potential.
3.
Jamnagar is ideally located on the western coast of the country, has a unique
advantage in terms of accessibility to the Middle east & Far-east & European
markets
4.
The SEZ will have access to the existing port facilities, which will facilitate easy
evacuation of the export products, which will not call for building new marine
facilities, thereby minimizing the marine impacts.
5.
The project will have state of the art infrastructure facilities to attract investment.
The SEZ meets the siting criteria/guidelines of the MoEF for the following:
i.
Located away from the coastal belt
ii.
Barren land (entire stretch)
iii.
Road transportation will be reduced due to utilization of marine facilities
6. SEZ is well connected with the national and state highways.

The Feasibility Analysis for the location of SEZ is given in Table 1.1. Essentially the
various petroleum and petrochemical downstream units are synergically derived of the carbon
chains C1 to C8+ products and their derivatives.
1.5
The C1 to C8 complex is based on the existing refinery and petrochemical complex

products. It is pertinent to note:
a. Along with the existing modernized and expanded refinery and the proposed petroleum
and petrochemical complex will be under the EOU scheme, aimed to maximize the
value addition along the entire carbon chain of C1 through C8 and higher.
b. The various units within this complex will be homogeneous to the C1 to C8 hydrocarbon
chain. All the units and product plants are integrated with each other to derive the
advantage of optimum utilization of various resources.
c. Jamnagar has the most suitable seafront in the Gulf of Kutch for raw material import and
finished products export. This complex is fully integrated with the existing refinery
complex as well as export oriented Refinery.
This Petrochemical Complex produces distinct petrochemical products by processing

and synthesizing from the various streams of the refinery complex. The manufacturing units of
these products consist of similar equipment and machinery which synergistically work to
produce these distinct products. In this particular configuration of the conglomerate, the raw
materials intermediate products, by-products, material and energy flows are integrated so as to:
a. Maximize value of raw materials, sourced from the RIL & RPL refineries.
b. Optimally utilize the various process streams derived from the refinery complex and
petrochemical units
c. Conservation of the water resources through integrated recycle and reuse among the
various process units.
d. Enhance competitive strengths, by minimizing the cost of production, with intimate
integration between the two refineries and the Jamnagar SEZ manufacturing complex.
e. Exploit economies of scale for each of the products in the Jamnagar SEZ.
f.
Minimal transportation cost of raw materials.
g. Minimize the requirement for infrastructural facilities.

h. Optimization of effluent treatment facilities, hazardous waste handling & disposal
facilities, etc
i.
Strive to be the lowest cost producer for each of the products in the Jamnagar SEZ.
j.
Develop of world-class infrastructure and logistics facilities to support the Jamnagar

SEZ to exploit the supply chain for each of the products in the Jamnagar SEZ.
1.6
These are synergistically integrated in three main areas. i.e
a. Process Integration of various process streams derived from the refinery complex
b. Energy integration of various producing units to optimize / minimize the energy
consumption in the various units.
c. Conservation of the water resources by recycle and reuse through various utilization
processes starting from the raw seawater.
By internalizing the resources and related environmental parameters the overall synergistic
integration is achieved. This in turn leads to optimum utilization of all the streams into various
value added products.
This integration / synergy helps in leaving a smaller carbon foot print and thus a lower
impact on the environment
The environmental parameters at Jamnagar has been continuously studied and assessed
for the Reliance Group of Industries at Jamnagar since 1993. For the existing Refinery a post
project Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) has been done and was also assessed by the
MoEF in 2003. Later Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) & Risk Assessment (RA) studies
were conducted for the modernization and expansion of the refinery complex and the MoEF has
granted the Environmental Clearance for the same in 2005 . The modernization and expansion
of project is Commissioned now.
The results of these studies have been considered and internalized in the planning,
design,
construction
and
operations
and
specific
environmental
characteristics like emissions, discharge and other relevant parameters.
related
operational
These cumulative
affects already get reflected in the latest environmental baseline studies for the SEZ petroleum
and petrochemical complex at Jamnagar.
Later, these draft EIA and RA reports were discussed by the MoEF EAC committee and
additional Terms Of Reference (ToR) were given. Accordingly the EIA reports were updated
and upgraded by incorporating the Terms of Reference (TOR). Public Hearing was conducted
in 2008 and the draft EIA was finalized by updating the process related information, emissions
and other relent parameters, Public hearing comments and the final reports were submitted to
MoEF.
1.7
The process technology suppliers, licensors and vendors are instructed to strictly
comply with the prescribed petroleum and petrochemical standards of the CPCB as the
minimum criteria to be met in the basic engineering design, detailed engineering and
construction, commissioning and operation to maintain the emissions within the prescribed
limits.
The various units which can be set up in the proposed SEZ are as follows:
C1 Based Units
Coke Gasification
Methanol Synthesis
Acetic Acid
Vinyl Acetate Monomer (VAM)
C2 Based Units
Multifeed Cracker Complex for maximising the C2, C3 , C4 and C5 carbon chains
Ehtylene Oxide Derivatives like Mono Ethylene Glycol (MEG), Di Ethylene Glycol
(DEG) ,Tri Ethylene Glycol (TEG)
Polyethylene Polymers like Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE), Linear Low Density
Polyethylene (LLDPE), High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
C3 Based Units
Acrylic Acid & derivatives, Super Absorbent Polymer (SAP)
n-Butyl Acrylate, n-butylaldehyde, n-butanol and 2-ethylhexanol
Propylene derivatives like Propylene Oxide, Cumene, Phenol
Propylene Glycols
Polyols
1.8
Polypropylene (PP)
C4/C5 Based Units
Butyl/ Halo Butyl Rubber, ESBR, Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR) ,Poly Butadiene
Rubber (PBR), SSBR
Butene 1
Fumaric Acid
Mono nitro Benzene, Aniline, Methylene Di Aniline, Phosgene, Methylene Diphenyl

Diisocyanate (MDI), Toluene Diisocyanate (TDI) and Benzene
Styrene
Polyesters Complex Polyester Oriented Yarn (POY) Polyester Stable Fiber (PSF)
Carbon Black
Lube Oil cum Refinery Complex
Captive Power Plant
The Modernization and de-bottle necking of the existing refinery and expansion
refinery (called as Jamnagar Export Refinery) along with their infrastructure had been accorded
the environmental clearance by the ministry in 2005 and amended in 2006. Since this JERP is
being built in the SEZ area, JERP is included in the EIA. However, the emissions of JERP are
included in the analysis of this study.
The Table 1.2 shows details of the units coming under the proposed SEZ are shown
in Fig. 1.3.
1.9
1.2.2
Common facilities for the SEZ

The common facilities for the proposed SEZ are Captive power plant, Desalination
Plant, Central ETP, Incinerator and a Secured disposal facility.
1.2.2.1 Captive Power Plant (CPP)

Captive power plant comprises of three components
Gas turbines
Heat recovery steam generation (HRSG)
Steam turbo generators
Gas turbines
Gas turbines, consists of axial flow compressor, to compress air in to combustion
chambers. In combustion chambers, fuel (natural gas/ syngas, liquid fuel) is added and the
products of combustion are allowed to expand through impulse turbine. The turbine rotor is
coupled with generator to produce electric power.
HRSG
Turbine exhaust gases are taken to a water boiler, through a duct where
supplementary firing is done using a fuel in the furnace zone. The hot gases heat the water to
generate steam and are exhausted to atmosphere through a boiler stack. Demineralised
water, after dearation ,is fed to the water boiler for steam generation. Duct firing arrangement
to consume unburnt oxygen provided to rise more steam
Steam turbine generators

High-pressure steam is expanded through a turbine/ expander to reduce the pressure
and recover power. This expander is coupled with a generator to produce electric power.
These STG,s can operate on back pressure basis to be integrated into the steam grid.
1.2.2.2 Desalination Plant

Considering the water shortage in the region, the seawater intake is provided at the
maritime terminal area where water is pumped and treated. The desalination plant has been
designed using multiple effect Distillation process integrating it with energy sources. The
energy (heat) requirement for desalination is met from the waste heat from processing units.
This scheme eliminates the venting of low pressure and low temperature steam from the
process units and eliminates the condensing and also used as a steam sink for the effective
1.10
steam requirement and balancing. This plant also integrated with the ultra filtration / reverse
osmosis plant, which will/can process the gray water from the complex.
Currently the water requirement of the existing Refinery cum Petrochemical
complexes is met from the Desalination of Seawater. The desalination plant is of multi affect
distillation of Israeli origin technology. The existing plant capacities is 2600 Cu m/hr or 2.6
million liter/hr of water required for the complex and the residential complex.
The desalination plant is designed with flexibility to operate on a low level energy
input sufficient for the operations.
For the proposed project, for SEZ the overall desalination plants capacity will be
15,000 m3/hr with suitable number of units.
1.2.2.3 Central Effluent Treatment Plant
A central effluent treatment plant has been proposed as a common facility for
effluents generated from all the units of proposed SEZ. The different effluent sources would
be, effluent streams from the Refinery and downstream Petrochemical plants. The details of
the common effluent treatment schemes have been given in Chapter 6.
1.2.2.4 Common Incinerator Facility
The incinerator shall be designed for capacity more than 200 kg/hr. Incinerator shall
be installed with venturi scrubbing system, which is an air pollution control system.
The
incinerator will be designed as per the CPCB Guidelines.

The double chamber incinerator shall preferably be designed on "controlled-air"
incineration principle, as particulate matter emission is low in such incinerator. Minimum 100%
excess air shall be used for overall design. Air supply in the primary and secondary chamber
shall be regulated between 30% - 80% and 170% - 120% of stoichiometric amount
respectively. Primary air shall be admitted near / at the hearth for better contact. Flow meter /
suitable flow measurement device shall be provided on the primary & secondary air ducting.
The combustion air shall be supplied through a separate forced draft fan after accounting for
the air supplied through burners.
The details of common incinerator facility have been
provided in Chapter 6.
1.2.2.5 Common Secured landfill Facility
The secured landfill facility for disposal of hazardous waste like ETP sludge, oily
sludge, spent clay and incinerator ash will also be designed as per the CPCB guidelines. A
detailed section comprising of selection of landfill site, design of landfill site, facilities at landfill
site and the management scheme is given separately in Chapter 6 of this report.
1.11
1.2.3
Project Cost and Schedule
Investment and NFE Earning Potential of The Zone

Reliance proposes to invest about Rs. 25000 Crores (approx. US$ 5.8 Billion) in
refinery.
Based on the feed stock availability, further investment in the downstream
petrochemical units is expected to be around Rs. 35000 Crores (approx. US$ 8.2 Billion).
Thus the Petroleum and Petrochemical Sector Specific Area would attract investment of
approx. Rs. 60000 Crores (approx. US$ 14 Billion)
The Petroleum & Petrochemical Complex in the SEZ is proposed to be set up by Reliance or
as a JV with an international manufacturer. The Complex will have a NFE earning potential of
$18-20 Bn over a 10 year period. The other petrochemical down stream units would further
contribute additional NFE earning for the country to the tune of minimum $ 5-6 Bn over a 10
year period.
Implementation Period
The components of the Special Economic Zone Projects will be implemented by M/s
Reliance Jamnagar Infrastructure Ltd. (RJIL), wholly owned subsidiary of RIL & hence a
Deemed Public Limited Company. The project will be developed progressively over the next 23 years and will be operational by 2008.
1.3
Stage of EIA
The area earmarked for the development of Special Economic Zone at Jamnagar is
of about 4544.76 ha (4545 Ha).
In line with the new notification for prior environmental
clearance (S.O. 1533, dated 14/09/2006), this reports has been prepared for the SEZ and the
proposed industrial units therein.
The multi product SEZ will house a petroleum and
petrochemicals complex and hence the activities within the SEZ are defined.
EIA is being carried out for the SEZ project so as to incorporate environmental
concerns in the design stage of the project. The basic data required for preparation of EIA has
been taken from the information report provided by the client.
1.4
Scope of EIA
The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Govt. of India (GoI), issued a
Gazette Notification on 27th January 1994, called as the EIA Notification under the
Environmental protection Act 1986 and subsequently this notification has been modified /
replaced on 14th Sept 2006. A transition period of two years has been provided between both
notification will be concurrently operative, and the GoI to that effect issued the notification
1.12
instruction /clarification.
This notification set up a procedure for environmental approval /
rejection of the various categories of industries and allied projects. Under this process an EIA
Study is required to be conducted for projects that are enlisted in the schedule to the
notification. Subsequently this notification has been replaced by a fresh notification on 14th
September 2006. A transition period of two years has been provided wherein both the
notifications will be concurrently reinforced.
This EIA report has been prepared basing on the guidelines including the EIA manual
issued by the MoEF, New Delhi. Further the sector specific Environment, Health & Safety
guidelines as applicable to refinery and petrochemicals issued by the International Finance
Corporation (IFC) also have been followed in preparation of EIA report. Please refer
Annexure VII for the relevant sections of the industry specific guidelines issued by the IFC. In
order to assess the environmental impacts due to the proposed development of the SEZ
project, Reliance Infrastructure who is developers of this project retained National
Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI), Nagpur to undertake Environmental
Impact Assessment for various environmental components and delineate a detailed
Environment Management Plan (EMP).
1.5
Objectives
Assessment of the present status of air, water, land, socio-economic and biological
components of the environment including noise and other parameters of human
interest within a 10 km radial distance surrounding the SEZ area.
Emissions modelling for Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) based on the

emissions from units within the SEZ.
Delineation of the proposed waste disposal scheme for the aforementioned project
Identification of land use / land cover pattern like forest land, agricultural land,
waste land, water bodies etc. in a 25 km. radius from the project site
Delineation of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) in line with the MOEF
guidelines and preparation of EMP to be adopted for mitigation of anticipated
adverse impacts.
To meet the guidelines of IFC as a part of the process under the equator
principles.
Delineation of the post project environmental quality monitoring program to be
pursued by Reliance as per the requirements of the MoEF and State Government
1.13
1.6
Study Area
To decide whether proposed action is likely to cause significant adverse
environmental effects, the concept of EIA is practiced. Before proceeding to establish the
baseline environmental status, it is important to know the boundary limits and framework
where data can be effectively utilized in impact assessment.
The study area for this EIA study is considered to be 25 km radial distance around the
center of SEZ so as to have atleast 10 km clear distance from the boundary of SEZ for
establishing baseline environmental status. The study area of 25 kms from the centre of the
SEZ is indicated in Fig 1.4.
1. 7
Approaches and Methodology

The approach and methodology adopted is as per the guidelines of MOEF and the
Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB), Govt. of Gujarat (GoG) for baseline data collection,
identification and prediction of impacts for various environmental components are presented
below:
1.7.1
Establishing Baseline Environmental Status

Baseline data describing the existing environmental status of the identified study area
is determined using the procedures presented in Table 1.3.

1.7.1.1 Physical Resources
a)
Air Quality and Climate
Design of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Network

The air quality status in the study area is assessed through a network of ambient air
quality monitoring locations. The baseline studies for air environment include identification of
site and project specific air pollutants prior to implementation of the project. The EIA report is
based on baseline air quality during winter of 2005/06
The baseline status of the air environment is assessed through a systematic air
quality surveillance program, which is planned based on the following criteria:
Topography / terrain of the study area
Regional synoptic scale climatological normals
Densely populated areas within the region
Location of surrounding industries
Representation of regional background
1.14
Representation of valid cross-sectional distribution in downwind direction
Methodology for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried out at 24 locations in winter
season. Maximum numbers of sampling locations were selected close to the SEZ site and in
the downwind direction i.e. in N-E sector considering predominant wind direction of S-W.
AAQM was carried out at number of locations, though four locations are presented in
CPCB guideline to determine a finer cross-sectional distribution of air pollution in an industrial
developed region. The conventional parameters such as Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM),
Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter (RSPM), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of
Nitrogen (NOx) were monitored in the study area.
The standards stipulated by CPCB/ MoEF in India are given in Annexure I.
A temporary laboratory was setup at the project site for chemical analysis of
representative air samples. An automatic weather monitoring station was also installed at
project site, keeping the sensors freely exposed to the atmosphere and with minimum
interference with the nearby structures. The micro-meteorological data like wind speed, wind
direction, temperature and relative humidity were collected using the weather station and cloud
cover was recorded manually for the study period.
The 98th percentile concentrations have been compared with stipulated standards of
CPCB (as per the National Ambient Air Quality Standards Notification, April 11, 1994). The
98th percentile level is determined by arranging observed concentrations of any given pollutant
of the ambient air quality monitoring location by arranging in ascending order and determining
the pollutant concentration at 98th percentile number in the series (e.g. if 100 different values
of SO2 levels at any given air quantity monitoring location are arranged in ascending order,
SO2 concentration corresponding to 98th value in the series is termed as 98th percentile).
b)
Topography and Soil

Soil samples were collected close to RJIL SEZ site and in the study area from
agricultural fields at 0-20 cm depth. The general parameters of soil analysis, in context of
impact assessment, are texture, pH and conductivity (10% slurry), cation exchange capacity,
infiltration rate (permeability), bulk density, porosity, water holding capacity, organic content
and NPK constituents. Soil sample were collected from selected agricultural fields within the
impact zone and analysed for relevant parameters
1.15
c)
Surface and Ground Water

With regard to water environment, two aspects are considered in EIA, the raw water
availability and surface and ground water quality. The water requirement and availability in the
region has been assessed.
Surface and ground water quality has been determined and
compared with drinking water standards (Annexure II). One sample was collected at each
location for establishing the baseline water quality.
In addition to above, the coastal/creek waters are classified as given below based
upon the 'best designated uses' of a particular segment:
d)
SW-I : Salt pans shell fishing, mariculture and ecologically sensitive zones
SW-II : Bathing, contact water sports and commercial fishing
SW-III : Industrial cooling, recreation (non-contact) and aesthetics
SW-IV : Harbour
SW-V : Navigation and controlled water disposal
Noise
Noise standards have been designated for different types of landuse, i.e. residential,
commercial, industrial areas and silence zones, as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and
Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February
14,
2000.
The
ambient
noise
standards
are
presented
in
Annexure III. Different standards have been stipulated during day time (6 am to 10 pm) and
night time (10 pm to 6 am).
The residential, commercial, industrial areas and silence zones close to the project
site and in the study area have been identified. These locations have been chosen away from
the major roads and major noise sources so as to measure ambient noise levels. Equivalent
noise levels (Leq) for a period of about 20 minutes have been measured twice a week during
study period at each monitoring location during day time and night time. Eight observations
have been made at each noise monitoring location.
1.16
1.7.1.2 Ecological Resources

a)
Terrestrial Ecology
The terrestrial flora and fauna is assessed through following parameters:
Flora
i)
Species List
Such a list includes common and scientific names of plants found or likely to be present in the
study area. This list is prepared based on visual observation during site visits and through
review of site literature. Data available with various agencies is referred for identifying rare or
endangered species in the region.
ii)
Plant Cover
The ground area covered by aerial portion of the plant is called its cover and is used
as a measure of plants importance. The diameter of tree trunk at breast height (4.5 ft or 135
cm) is used as an expression of cover or dominance. The phytosociological data available for
the area close to the proposed port site and along the infrastructure corridor are also included
in the report.
Qualitatively, flora is assessed by delineating the type, its habitat, unique vegetative
features, interrelations or associations with other community members. Plants are also
observed for morphological aberrations, if any, due to pollution or any other stress. Plant
species are rated visually based on its foliar cover and abundance.
Fauna
Actual counts of the animals are made following the census technique. At each
station a walk-through census of animals is made. Line transects of 1 km selected for the
study is covered by walking and number of animal species are counted directly. Birds were
observed through binoculars. Standard field identification guides were used for identifying
animal species. Data is expressed based on census index, dominance index and Margalef
diversity index.
b)
Aquatic Ecology
Water samples were analysed for estimating plankton counts viz. zooplankton and
phytoplankton. Similarly, information was collected about fisheries and coastal resources such
as mangroves from secondary sources.
1.17
1.7.1.3 Economic Development

a)
Industries, Infrastructure Facilities and Transportation

The information on industries, infrastructure facilities such as water supply, sewerage,
flood control etc. and transportation such as roads, harbours, railway, airports and navigation
were collected from secondary sources and field visits.
b)
Landuse Pattern
Remote sensing data analysis was carried out for determining landuse/land cover in a
study area. In order to strengthen the baseline information on existing landuse pattern, the
following data at the latitude and longitude CO-ORDINATES (approx.) were used.
Data available in CD format from National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Department of
Space and Government of India were used along with collateral data.
Salient features of methodology for landuse/land cover using remote sensing data are
given below:
Acquisition of Satellite data
Data loading
Data processing
Geo-referencing Image
Rectification
Classification
Ground Truthing /field Checks using Global Positioning System
Masking
The digital image processing was performed on Erdas Imagine 8.6 System on high
configured computer. Erdas Imagine software package is a collection of image processing
functions necessary for pre-processing, rectification, band combination, filtering, statistics,
classification etc. The powerful HP Work Station allows display and processing of the image
data. Apart from contrast stretching, there are large number of image processing functions,
that can be performed on HP Work Station. The images can be recorded photographically with
the help of Image Coder linked to the workstation.
The satellite data from the compact disc is loaded on the hard disk and by studying
quick looks (the sampled image of the appropriate area), the sub-scene of the study area is
extracted.
1.18
Supervised classification using all the spectral bands can separate fairly accurately,
the different landuse classes at level II on the basis of the spectral responses which involve
the following three steps:
Acquisition of ground truth
Calculation of the statistics of training area
Classification using maximum likelihood algorithm
The training areas for classification were homogeneous, well spread out throughout
the scene with bordering pixels excluded in processing. Several training sets have been used
through the scene for similar landuse classes. After evaluating the statistical parameters of
training sets, the training areas were rectified by deleting no congruous training sets and
creating new ones. Masks of area within 5 -15 km radius were superimposed on the final
output to generate area statistics for different landuse categories.
1.7.2
Anticipated Environmental Impacts

The environmental impacts due to proposed project have been identified, predicted
and evaluated.
In the present study the mathematical models that have been used for predictions
include
ISCST3 has been used to model the emission sources from the SEZ and its
units to estimate the GLCs.
Wave divergence for stationary noise sources, Federal Highway predict the
Administration (FHWA) models for noise levels of vehicular sources
For impact on water, land and biological components of environment, the

predictions have been made based on available scientific knowledge and
judgment.
1.7.3

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is drawn after identifying, predicting and
evaluating the significant impacts on each component of the environment with a view to
maximising the benefits from the project. Post-project Environmental Monitoring programme is
also delineated in the report.
1.19
1.8
Contents of the Report

The EIA Report is based on the primary field data generated at the project site and
data collected from secondary sources.
Chapter 1.0 - Introduction

This chapter provides purpose of the EIA report, background information of the
project, stage of EIA report preparation, scope, methodology and brief outline of EIA report. At
the end of this chapter, the environment clearance status with respect to the project has been
described.
Chapter 2.0 - Description of the Project

This chapter provides the following details:
Type of project
Need for the project
Project location
Project details including associated activities required for the project
Chapter 3.0 Process Description

This chapter describes the process description of the refinery and petrochemical units
proposed in SEZ along with the technology details and the process flow diagram.
Chapter 4.0 Baseline Environmental Status

This chapter presents the information on study area, information on existing
environmental resources, findings of field studies undertaken to establish the baseline
environmental status and has been organized into the following sub-sections:
Physical Resources
Ecological Resources
Chapter 5.0 Identification and Prediction Of Environmental Impacts

This chapter details the identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts on each
resource. The impacts of the project are predicted using available computer models during
construction and operational phase. The significance of impacts is determined based on
applicable environmental guidelines. It describes the overall impacts of the proposed project
and identifies the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.
1.20
Chapter 6.0 - Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

This chapter provides recommendations for Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
including mitigation measure for minimizing the negative environmental impacts of the project
Environmental monitoring requirements for effective implementation of mitigation
measures during construction as well as operation of the project have also been delineated
along with required institutional arrangements for their implementation. Budgetary cost
proposed for pollution mitigation and environmental management are also provided.
Chapter 7.0 Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan

In this Chapter Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R) Plan of M/s Reliance based on
National Policy on R&R (NPRR-2003) is briefly discussed.
1.9
Environmental Clearance Process

Reliance
Jamnagar
Infrastructure
Limited
(RJIL),
earlier
known
as
Reliance
Infrastructure Limited (RFL), is proposing to set up a new petroleum and petrochemical complex
in the multi-product SEZ at Jamnagar. This petroleum and petrochemical complex will house
the export-oriented refinery of RPL, a group company of RIL, that already has been accorded
Environmental Clearance by the Ministry of Environment & forests (MoEF) (letter no
.J.11011/232/2005_1A(II)-I dated 3rd August 2005).
This refinery complex along with the
existing RIL refinery can supply the raw material and intermediate products to set up a
synergically integrated homogenous petroleum and petrochemical complex.
Based on the EIA Notification of 1994, the Environment Impact Assessment & Risk
Assessment Studies for the Petroleum and Petrochemical Complex were conducted by National
Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI). Subsequently, the EIA Notification of
1994 was superseded by the Environment Clearance Notification of 2006. Based on the new
notification, the above prepared EIA & RA Studies were considered to be draft documents. An
application
was
filed
with
the
Ministry
of
Environment
&
Forests
(Letter
No
77/070207/RFL/MEL) for the endorsement of the draft Environment Impact Assessment (EIA)
and Risk Assessment (RA) studies that were prepared by NEERI. The proposal was discussed
along with the draft EIA at the EAC 62nd meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC)Industries, held on 1st & 2nd March-2007 to ascertain the adequacy of the Terms of Reference
(TOR) used for the EIA Studies.
Based on the review of the proposal, draft EIA& RA
Documents, by the EAC, the Ministry suggested some additional TORs and directed the project
1.21
proponent to approach the Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) to conduct the Public
Consultation process, as per the EIA Notification 14th Sept 2006.
An application was filed with the GPCB to conduct the Public Hearing for the proposed
project. All the requisite documents along with the additional TOR Document were submitted to
the GPCB for the Public Consultation Process. The Public Hearings was conducted on 8th
January 2008, in line with Appendix IV of the EIA Notification-2006. The GPCB prepared the
Minutes of the PH Meetings and a copy of the Minutes has been forwarded to the Ministry. The
Public Hearing ended on a positive note with support for the proposed project. Thus the final
EIA which incorporates the additional TORs suggested by the Ministry, suggestions /
recommendations of the Public Hearing and with the updated project and process information.
The project has been appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of the
ministry in the month of August 2008. After the presentation and the meeting the ministry has
sought the specific clarifications based on the discussion in the Expert committee meeting. After
providing the specific clarifications, the appraisal committee in a meeting held on April 2009
discussed the clarifications and further asked for the additional information basing on the
discussions. These additional information has been provided to the ministry and further EAC
meeting held on June 2009 and recommended the project for the Environmental Clearance.
The MoEF through the letter dated 3rd Aug 2009 informed that this project proposal will
be reappraised by the newly constituted Industrial Projects 2 committee, particular to the
aspects of the 2100 MW of Captive Power Plant (CPP) and in general the integration of CPP
with other C1 to C8 units.
As understood the instructions of the chairman of Industrial Projects -2 committee, this
document (EIA) incorporates all the clarifications and additional information sought by the
ministry till date as advised by the ministry.
1.22
Fig. 1.1 : Location of SEZ at Jamnagar
1.23
33.52 km
22-28-30N
Vokatiyo (kado)
Narada
Valupir (kado)
22-27-N
Sikka
Digvijagaon
22-25-30N
22-24-0N
Vadinar
Singach
Lakha baval
Masitiya
Champa beraja
Vav beraja
Sapar
Danyo (Kado)
Kana chikari
Dera chikari
22-22-30N
22-21-0N
31.84km
22-19-30N
Khatiya beraja
Sumra terdhan
22-18-0N
22-16-30N
Rangpar
Machhu beraja
22-15-0N
Sinhan kakabhai
Jasapar
Daltungi
22-13-30N
22-12-0N
Sinnan aher
Charantungi
Khambhaliya
Apia
Sodha tardhan
Mahadeviya
690-45-0E
Sevak bhatiya
Sevak bharudiya
690-46-30E 690-48E 690-4930E
Kanvirdi
690-510
Anikhana
Rafudad moti
Rafudad nani
690-5230
33.52 km
690-540E
Gajana
Lalpur
Gujarat
Khirsara
Memana
Veraval nani
690-5530E 690-570E 690-5830E 700-00E 700-130E
Fig. 1.2: Location of SEZ Area
1.24
Mulila
INDIAN RAILWAY LINE

TO SIKKA
EXISTING REFINERY
COMPLEX
RIL Railway Siding

(upto Tank Farm)
3
4
EXISTING
MAJOR ROAD
6
5
10
INDUSTRIAL
C1 Units
RESIDENTIAL
C2 Units
INDIAN RAILWAY
LINE
COMMERCIAL
C3 Units
C4 / C5 Units
PUBLIC / SEMI PUBLIC
C6/C7/C8
MASTER
PLAN GREEN
CBFS
Lube Oil cum Refinery Complex
OPEN SPACE
CPP
PARKING
: HELIPAD
JERP
Hazardous Waste
WATER BODY
Disposal Facility
Fig. 1.3 : Overall Plot Plan of Proposed SEZ
1.25
Gulf of Kachchh
Bed
Singach
Vadinar
Mungani
Jamnagar
Dera
Kota
Gagva
M
Kathi Devaliya
SH-6
Gordhanpur
Padana
Kana Chhikari
10 km
Nav
Sas
i
Kanalus
Vadaliya Sinhan
Arablus
Sevak Dhuniya
Khambalia
25 km
Naranpur
Sh-27
Pipartoda
Apla
Rafudad Moti
Kota
Lalpur
Gavana
Tebhada
Chorbedi
Ri
Sansora
Fig. 1.4 : Study Area around the proposed SEZ
1.26
Table 1.1
Feasibility Analysis For The Location of SEZ
ATTRIBUTES
EXISTING
CONDITION
POTENTIALS
POSSIBILITIES FOR
DEVELOPMENT
Physiological Attributes
Location
Located in the state Proximity to the Sikka & Basic infrastructure
Bedi ports ,
for export oriented
of Gujarat at village
petrochemical and
Motikhavdi, Taluka Adjacent to the Reliance
petroleum industry is
Lalpur, District Refinery
in place.
Jamnagar.
Proximity
to:
Ideal for petroleum
815 km away from
and petrochemical
Mumbai and
Business Capital multi-product SEZ
approximately 25
Mumbai,
kilometers from the
Economic Capital city of Jamnagar
Ahmedabad and Rajkot
Topography / Soil Saline, sandy loam
Type
to silty loam with
moderate infiltration
rate, amenable to
groundwater
pollution
Climate
Availability of
water
Precaution to be
Virgin Land - No site
taken for integrating
restrictions /
the EMP
obstructions in terms of
recommendations
the physical topography
of the site.
Plantation to be
undertaken to
conserve the runoff
water and enhance
the scarce vegetation
cover.
Semi arid type of

extreme climate with
deficit Rainfall
Water from the
desalination plant,
serving the existing
refinery Primary
water source.
Water supply from
Narmada canal is
planned and is
under
implementation provide additional
water required for
the SEZ .
Sufficient quantity to
meet the immediate
Integrated water
water requirement of the
developmental
industry.
schemes will be
developed for
The Reliance
optimum generation
Desalination plant also
and usage.
supplies water to nearby
villages in days of
shortage.
1.27
ATTRIBUTES
EXISTING
CONDITION
POTENTIALS
POSSIBILITIES FOR
DEVELOPMENT
Other Attributes
Accessibility
Proximity to functional
The Sikka & Bedi
port with basic
ports provide access
infrastructure ready for
through water
similar activity asset
Nearest railway
for the Petroleum and
station - 3 km away.
Petrochemical based
The proposed
SEZ.
Reliance SEZ is 5
km off the SH-25,
connecting Okha
and Rajkot.
Good accessibility is
the pre-requisite for
export oriented
activities.
The site is directly

linked to the
National Highway
network through NH8A ext., connecting
Ahmedabad and
Rajkot and State
Highways SH6 & SH
48.
Air
Nearest Airport 25
kms away at Jamn
agar
Site surroundings
Close to Coastline
Adjacent to Reliance
Refinery
Availability of
Socio-Economic
infrastructure
RIL Would support the

related downstream
industries
Ideal for chemical and

allied industries.
Surrounding villages The SEZ would depend Export oriented

activities will add to
on the Reliance
and revenue lands
the basic socioRefinery initially for its
poor socio-economic
economic
basic infrastructure till it
infrastructure.
infrastructure of the
attains
self-sufficiency
Reliance Refinery
area.
and supports the
Strong infrastructure
infrastructure of the
surrounding villages.
The availability of
Basic physical
infrastructure, a preinfrastructure can be
requisite for industrial
easily augmented from
development in the
the adjoining Reliance
Refinery
in
the
early
SEZ would attract the
Water
stages
till
the
SEZ
investors.
Desalination plant
attains self sufficiency Expansion of port
and water
in terms of its own
augmented from the
facilities and
infrastructure.
proposed Narmada
additional berth/jetties
canal
for container/bulk
cargo
Rail The site has
-Doa rail head which
-Docan be utilized
effectively for
transporting freight
Access to physical Power would be

infrastructure
met through a
captive power plant
dedicated to SEZ .
1.28
ATTRIBUTES
EXISTING
CONDITION
Road Site lies

close to the state
highway 25 and NH8A
Sewerage and
Drainage
POTENTIALS
Gentle slope
assures Proper site
drainage
1.29
POSSIBILITIES FOR
DEVELOPMENT
Table 1.2
List of Units Proposed for SEZ Project
Sr.No
Proposed Units
Capacity
(MMTPA)
Raw material in
(KTPA)
Raw Material Source
C1 Based Units
Coke Gasification
8.75
8750 Coke
Refinery
DTAP + JERP
Methanol Synthesis
0.625
660 Syngas
Coke Gasification
Acetic Acid
1.00
575 Syngas +
500 Methanol
Coke Gasification
+Methanol Synthesis
Vinyl Acetate
Monomer(VAM)
0.70
390 Acetic Acid

+200 C2=
Acetic Acid + Multi Feed

/ Cat Cracker
0.35
320 VAM
Polyvinyl Alcohols
(PVOH)
0.125
250 PVA
Polyvinyl Acetate
3.45
2 x 625C2=(FCC)
1000 C2 (RFG)*
190C2 = (RFG)*
Refinery
DTAP + JERP
1.25
800 C2 =
Multifeed /Cat Cracker
0.75
765 C2 =
Multifeed /Cat Cracker
II
C2 Based Units
1
Multifeed Cracker
Complex
Ethylene Oxide
Derivatives like Mono
Ethylene Glycol (MEG),
Di Ethylene Glycol
(DEG) , Tri Ethylene
Glycol (TEG)
Polyethylene polymers
like
(LDPE /LLDPE/HDPE)
1.30
III
C3 Based Units
Acrylic Acid &

derivatives, SAP
n-Butyl Acrylate,
n-butyraldehyde,
n-Butanol,
2-EthylHexanol
Propylene Derivatives
like Propylene Oxides,
Cumene, Phenol
0.45
275 C3=
65 Acrylic acid
Multifeed /Cat Cracker +

Acrylic Acid
0.5
315 Acrylic acid +

250 Oxy alcohol
Acrylic Acid +Oxy

Alcohol
0.4
290 C3= + 285 H2O2
Multifeed /Cat Cracker +

Hydrogen Peroxide
Propylene Glycols
0.2
150PO
Propylene Oxide Unit
Polyols
0.25
225 PO + 25 EO
Propylene OxideUnit +
MEG
Hydrogen Peroxide
(H2O2)
0.32
165 Syngas
Methanol
PP (Non woven)
125 PP
Polypropylene (PP)
Polypropylene (PP)
0.25
250 C3
Multifeed / Cat Cracker
IV
C4/C5 Based Units
Butyl/Halo Butyl Rubber,

ESBR, SBR,PBR, SSBR
0.47
150 iC4= + 250

Butadiene +
62.5styrene
Refinery (DTAP + JERP)

+ Multifeed Cracker
Aromatics 2 + Multifeed
Cracker
Butene 1
62.5 C2 =
Multifeed Cracker
0.25
NC4
Refinery
DTAP + JERP
Fumaric Acid
0.125
MA
Maleic Anhydride
0.125
0.0625
1.31
Mono Nitro
Benzene,Aniline, Methylene
Di Aniline,Phosgene,
Methylene Diphenyl
Diisocyanate (MDI),
Toluene Diisocyanate (TDI),
Benzene
0.5
500 Benzene
Styrene
1.0
700 Benzene + 315

C2 =
Paraxylene (PX),
Orthoxylene (OX)
2.5
Reformate
PTA
1.875
1250 PX+132 Acetic

Acid
Aromatics
PET
1.5
1290 PTA +500MEG
PTA+MEG
Polyesters Complex (POY,

PSF)
0.625
140 PTA+ 200MEG
PTA+MEG
VI
Carbon Black
1.5
CBFS + CSO
(2.5 MMTPA total)
Refinery Unit (DTAP &

SEZ)
VII
Lube Oil Cum Refinery

Complex
8.5
140 Kbpsd crude
140 Kbpsd additional

CDU/VDU
VIII
Captive Power Plant
IX
Jamnagar Export Refinery

Project
Refinery
DTAP + JERP
Refinery
DTAP + JERP
Refinery
DTAP + JERP
2100
MW
580 Kbpsd Crude
Refinery Fuel Gas

SAP: Super Absorbent Polymer.
PTA: Putrefied Teraphthalic acid
MEG: Mono Ethylene Glycol
LLDPE: Linear Low Density Polyethylene
LDPE: Low Density Polyethylene
PET: Polyethylene Tera-phthalate.
POY: Polyester Oriented Yarn.
PSF: Polyester Stable Fiber
ESBR: Emulsion Styrene Butadiene Rubber
SBR: Styrene Butadiene Rubber
PBR: Poly Butadiene Rubber
SSBR: Solution Styrene Butadiene Rubber
Note: The Petroleum and Petrochemical Complex will be manufacturing and utilizing the
petrochemicals of the value chain C1 to C8 categories derived from the petroleum refining and their
streams. The products and C1 to C8 derivatives mentioned hear are generic names and most
commonly used and their various synonyms names are not mentioned.
1.32
The capacities indicated are based on the feed stock available from the approved
capacities of the RIL refinery cum Petrochemical complex and RPL Refinery at Jamnagar.
In case there is any increase in the envisaged product capacities, the company will
approach the concerned authorities and MoEF for the required approvals at that time.
approaching the authorities for required approvals as applicable at that time.
1.33
will be
Table 1.3
Recommended Methods of Monitoring & Analysis for
Criteria Parameters and Pollutants
Attributes
Measurement Technique
Meteorological Parameters
Wind speed, wind direction,
ambient temperature, solar
radiation and cloud cover
Automatic Weather Station
Air Pollutants
Suspended Particulate matter
(Particle size 0.5 to 100 )
Respirable Particulate Matter
(<10)
Sulphur dioxide (0.005 to 5 ppm)
Nitrogen dioxide (0.01 to 0.4 ppm)
High volume sampler (gravimetic)
Hydrocarbon
High volume sampler with cyclone

(gravimetric)
West and Gaeke Method (Spectrophotometric)
Arsenite modified Hocheiser Method
(Spectorophotomtric)
Gas Chromatography
Noise
Sound Level Meter
Water and Wastewater
Standard Methods for Examination of Water

and Wastewater Analysis by APHA
Soil
Reference book by M.L. Jackson

Reference book by C.A. Black
Geology and hydrology
Based on data collected from secondary

sources
Ecological Resources
Standard Methods for Examination of Water

and Wastewater Analysis by APHA
Secondary data from Govt. offices and
Published Literature
Flora : Sample plot method, Transects and line
intercepts method, Plotless sampling method
Fauna : Animal species list, Count indices
Topography and Landuse
Toposheets and / or Digital Analysis

Techniques
1.34
Chapter 2
Description of the Project
2.1
Indian SEZ Policy

The Export and Import (EXIM) Policy - 2000 introduced by Government of India for
setting up of Special Economic Zones in the country is with a view to provide an internationally
competitive manufacturing and service and hassle free environment for exports. Under the
EXIM Policy-2000, the SEZ is defined as a specifically delineated, duty-free enclave and shall
be deemed to be foreign offshore territory for the purposes of trade operations and duties and
tariffs.
SEZ units may be set up in SEZ for manufacture of goods and rendering of services.
All the import/export operations of the SEZ units will be on self-certification basis. The units in
the Zone have to be a net foreign exchange earner but they shall not be subjected to any predetermined value addition or minimum export performance requirements. Sales in the
Domestic Tariff Area by SEZ units shall be subject to payment of full Custom Duty and import
policy in force. Further Offshore banking units may be set up in the SEZs.
2.1.1
Some of the Key benefits of an SEZ are as follows:
A designated duty free enclave to be treated as foreign territory for trade

operations and duties and tariffs.
No license required for imports.
2.1
Exemption from customs duty on import of capital goods, raw materials,

consumables, spares, etc.
Exemption from central excise duty on procurement of raw materials, spares,

etc. from the domestic markets.
Supplies from DTA to SEZ units treated as deemed exports.
Reimbursement of Central sales tax paid on domestic purchases.
Reimbursement of duty paid on furnace oil, procured from domestic oil

companies to SEZ units as per the notified rate of drawback.
SEZ units may be for manufacturing, trading, or service activity.
SEZ units to be positive net foreign exchange earners for the first five years.
Performance of the units to be monitored by a Committee headed by the

Development Commissioner.
100% FDI in manufacturing sector allowed through automatic route except few
sectors.
Profits allowed to be repatriated freely without any dividend-balancing

requirement.
No industrial licensing restrictions on products reserved for small-scale sector

and domestic sales on full duty subject to import policy in force.
Full freedom for sub-contracting in DTA and SEZ units may also undertake job
work on behalf of domestic exporters for direct exports.
2.1.2
Duty Free goods could be utilized over the approval period of 5 years.
Corporate tax holiday as per Section 10 A of the Income Tax Act.
SEZ, Labour and Environmental Laws

While the labour laws of the land apply to units inside SEZs the respective State
Government may declare units within SEZs as public utilities. This in effect means that the
laws would be more entrepreneur-friendly. Moreover, the State Government are allowed to
delegate the powers to the Labour Commissioner of the SEZ or to an Officer of the State
Government posted exclusively for Zone. One-stop Clearance and minimum inspection within
the SEZ will be part of the State rules.
2.2
As far as the environmental laws are concerned, the approval process is same as for
any other type of developmental activities. However, all units within the SEZ can be assessed
together in a single approval process from environmental angle. Under the Environment
Clearance notification of 2006, projects are categorized into Category A & B. If any one of the
units proposed in the SEZ is categorized as Category A, the entire SEZ will be categorized
under Category A.
2.1.3
Emerging Domestic SEZs in Gujarat

The attractiveness of the Centers policy framework on SEZ has not gone unnoticed
by State Governments. At present, all coastal states, as well as some non-coastal ones, are
working on SEZ proposals.
Existing Export Processing Zones (EPZs), besides, have clamored for SEZ status. So
on November 1, 2000, the Union Government gave SEZ status at Kandla, Santa Cruz
(Mumbai), Kochi, and Surat. Besides these, it has granted in principle approval for the
establishment of eleven more SEZs. These are to come up at Positra in Gujarat, Nanguneri in
Tamil Nadu, Navi Mumbai in Maharashtra, Kulpi in West Bengal, Paradeep in Orissa,
Gopalpur in Orissa, Indore in MP, Kanpur in Uttar Pradesh, Bhadoi in Uttar Pradesh, Kakinada
in Andhra Pradesh and Hassan in Karnataka as shown in Table 2.1 and Fig. 2.1.
2.1.4
Gujarat State SEZ Policy

Government of India has announced a Policy of Special Economic Zones (SEZs)
during March 2000 with a view to augmenting infrastructure facilities for export production.
The Central Government has offered various incentives and facilities both to
developer of SEZ as well as the industrial units coming up on SEZ. All kind of units namely
manufacturing, trading of service activities are permitted in SEZ. All approvals are to be given
by the Development Commissioner for establishment of the unit in SEZ.
The State
Governments are required under the scheme to offer specified facilities and concessions for
promotion of units in SEZs.
In the context of Government of India guidelines for the establishment of SEZs, the
matter of formulating a policy regarding the dispensations which the State Government will
accord to promote the development of SEZs, has been under consideration of the State
Government for some time past. After careful consideration, it has now been decided that the
following policy will apply to all SEZs in the State namely Kandla SEZ, Surat SEZ and
proposed SEZ at positra, Mundra and Dahej and at any other locations where SEZ may come
2.3
up in Gujarat, subject to the framework of SEZ determined by Government of India from time
to time.
Management of Zones
The management of the Special Economic Zone will be under the designated
Development Commissioner. The Development Commissioner will grant all the permissions as
Single Point Clearance from his office. These will include registration of the unit, allocation of
land, permission for construction of building and approval of building plan, power connection,
environmental clearance, water requirement etc.
SEZs in the State will be declared as Industrial Township (Notified Area)
Power
The SEZ authority will ensure continuous and quality power supply to SEZ units.
SEZ developer will be permitted for arrangement of power through establishing a
Captive Power Plant.
SEZ units will be granted automatic approval to set up captive power plant.
Environment
Applications for site clearance, NOC, consent order and other clearances required
from Gujarat Pollution Control Board for units and activities within SEZ under different Acts
except for the industry/activities which require clearance from Ministry of Environment and
Forests (MoEF), Government of India will be accepted by Development Commissioner of the
SEZ for processing at appropriate levels.
Water
The SEZ developer will be granted approval for development of water supply and
distribution system to ensure the provision of adequate water supply for SEZ units.
Labour Regulations
The powers of the Labour Commissioner, Government of Gujarat shall be delegated
to the Development Commissioner in respect of the area within the SEZs. He will function as
Registration Officer, Conciliation Officer as well as Inspector under various Labour Laws to
provide Single Window Service.
All industrial units and other establishments in SEZ will be declared as public utility
service under the provisions of Industrial Dispute Act.
2.4
For inspections relating to workers health and safety, units will be permitted for
obtaining inspection reports from accredited agencies as may be notified by the State
Government.
Sales Tax and Other Levies

Transactions within the SEZ shall be exempted from all State taxes including Sales
Tax, VAT, Motor spirit tax, luxury tax and entertainment tax, purchase tax and other state
taxes.
Inputs made to SEZ units from Domestic Tariff Area (DTA) will be except from Sales
tax and other State taxes.
Sales tax will be applicable to SEZ goods as applicable to other imported goods.
Same Rules and Procedure will be applicable to SEZ goods as applicable to normal imports.
2.2
The National Economy

The context, in which SEZ policy was framed, as well as the significance of its critical
objectives can be more fully understood against a perspective of recent trends in Indias
economy and its export policy. The performance of the Indian economy in the last fifty years
has had several distinctive phases;
1950s-70s : The Hindu rate of growth phase
1980s: The first liberalization phase that lasted for a decade. This phase witnessed
not only a significant set up in overall growth rates but also saw significant deterioration both in
the external sector and in fiscal management.
1990s and Post 9/11: The third phase which reflect that dynamic development
During the first phase, Indias economy grew at moderate levels, typically between 3
% to 4.5% during the second phase, there were tentative initial steps towards liberalization
and opening up of the economy on several key fronts. This led to the step up of growth rate to
around 5% to 5.5%.
The continued period of fiscal imprudence exhibited during much of the 80s finally
assumed crisis proportion in mid 91. This set the step for unleashing a massive wave of
reforms across wide ranging sectors. As a result for the first time in the history of Independent
India, Indian economy persistently grew at the healthy rate of 6% to 7% before the slow down
crept in.
2.5
The country witnessed the slow down for the Fiscal years 2000-02 more so in the
industrial sector. Quite clearly against the above backdrop, there had been wide ranging
discussions and debates on initiating the second generation of reforms. The promulgating of
the Special Economic Zone Policy framework in May 2000 can be regarded and so positioned
as one of the first attempts of the Government of India to unleash second-generation reforms.
The GDP of the Indian Economy grew at 7% in the third quarter 2004-2005, as per
data released in June 2005. According to the same data, services exports trade posted an
astounding growth with exports more than doubling from at $ 24.9 billion in 2003-04 to $ 51.3
billion in 2004-05, an increase of 105.7%. The total foreign exchange reserves stood at $
139.8 billion at the end of May 2005. The wholesale price indices show that inflation rates
have slowed down from 5.8% in April 2005 to 5.5% in May 2005. Rate of inflation in April May
2005 was 5.6% as against the 4.8 % in the corresponding period of the previous year.
The boom industries in India include telecom, IT/ITES, biotech, retail, aviation,
entertainment and energy. The Fortune 500 list ( July 2005) of the top Global corporations
includes 4 Indian companies namely, Reliance Industries, Bharat Petroleum, Hindustan
Petroleum and ONGC. Just as China is today considered the factory to the world, India is
considered the worlds back office.
The SEZ policy is the latest and most ambitious move of export boosting efforts, but it
goes much further, in that it seek to radically change the environment for exports and FDI, by
offering a hassle free business-friendly environment and world class infrastructure over an
unprecedented large geographical area.
Indias SEZ policy can be looked at as a logical outcome of the developments in
Indias export-import policy. Trade Policy reform over the last decade have moved towards
providing the Government of India has already removed or reforms some of the restrictive
regulation and offered a hassle free business through the following ways;
1. In the first place, efforts have been made to remove restrictive export import
regulations. An important first step in this regard is the proposal to set up SEZs.
2. Secondly, conscious steps have been initiated to ensure that the process of
trade liberalization in India remains aligned to the norms of multilateral trading
agreements. Thus, the incentive structure for exporters has recast to make it
consistent with Indias commitments to WTO. Tariff changes and QR reforms in
accordance with WTO commitments have been made.
3. Lastly, the policies have been made to provide special incentives to certain
categories of Indian exports.
2.6
Importantly, the EXIM policy now seeks to motivate and involve State Governments in
export promotion efforts. The current SEZ framework appropriately leaves the key
administrative initiatives to be implemented by State Governments.
2.3
The State Economy

In the post-liberalization period, Gujarat has pioneered the concept of involvement of
private sector in the development of infrastructure. The State has constituted a mechanism of
single window clearance in the form of Gujarat Infrastructure Development Board (GIDB),
headed by Chief Minister. Concession agreements are finalized in a transparent manner.
GIDB had prepared a detailed Master Plan. "Infrastructure Agenda - Vision 2010", laying down
383 projects estimating an investment of Rs. 1.16,993 crore. Almost 70% of the investment is
envisaged to come from private sector Blue prints for development of power generating plants,
ports, roads, LNG platforms, a common gas grid, industrial parks, urban infrastructure,
airports.
Advantage with Gujarat
During the period 1960-90, Gujarat established itself as a leader in various

industrial sectors - Textiles, Engineering, Chemicals, and Petrochemicals. Drugs
& Pharmaceuticals. Dairy, Cement & Ceramics. Gems & Jewellery, etc., the
most important one being petroleum refinery set up by Reliance Industries
Limited in Jamnagar, Gujarat.
Post-liberalization period saw Gujarat's State Domestic Product (SDP) rising at

an average growth rate of 12.4% per annum in real terms (from 1994 -2002).
Gujarat achieved as much as 35% of augmentation in its power generation

capacity during the period 1995-96 and 2000-01. The Independent Power
Producers (IPPs) have contributed significantly in this addition. Gujarat in fact, is
one of the first few states in India to have encouraged private sector investment
in the infrastructure.
Gujarat accounts for 21% of Indias Exports.
Longest coastline - 1600 Kms. dotted with 41 ports 1 major. 11 intermediate and
29 minor. Country's first private sector ports. Pipavav and Mundra. are already in
operation. In addition. The liquid cargo (Chemicals) handling port at Dahej is also
set up in joint sector and made operational.
2.7
Excellent road network - exceeding 74,000 Kms. The first phase AhmedabadNadiad - of the Expressway in Gujarat now opens for transportation.
Highest number of Airports in India - 11 including an international airport at

Ahmedabad.
An extensive rail network connecting all major centres in the State.
The annual growth rate of industrial output on an average was witnessed at

around 18% during the period 1990-2000.
2.3.1
Largest producer of Salt and Soda Ash in the country.
Economic Growth of Gujarat

During the 1990s, there was no increase in organized sector employment in Gujarat.
The primary sector, particularly agriculture, has been stagnant or even declining. By contrast,
the secondary and tertiary sectors have shown statistically significant and high rates of growth
over the whole period. But the factory sector in Gujarat has undergone a higher degree of
concentration than in the rest of India. More importantly, the capital-intensive nature of the
growth in the factory sector has been even more pronounced in Gujarat.
Looking at the sectoral growth rates, it seems that the economy of Gujarat grew in an
unbalanced and volatile fashion over the period under consideration. There has been a
significant transformation in occupational structure. But that transformation is out of step with
the change in incomes derived from different sectors. A mismatch in the movement of income
and employment shares is stronger in Gujarat than the rest of India. Further, the people living
in rural Gujarat have become significantly proletarianised.
2.3.2
Sectoral growth
The growth pattern of Gujarat is not uniform across different sectors. The primary
sector and particularly the agricultural sector, has been stagnant or even declining in the state.
The estimated trend values indicate that neither agriculture nor the primary sector as a whole
follows any statistically significant time trend over the 31-year period in the state. There is,
however, a general problem of the growth estimate, which varies widely according to choice of
the data source as well as the base and terminal years.
2.3.3
Industrial Development in Gujarat

As mentioned earlier, the economy of Gujarat has witnessed an ever-increasing
share of industry in NSDP during the 31-year period from 1970-71 to 2000-01. Further, as per
2.8
the data compiled by the Annual Survey of Industries (factory sector), the state has witnessed
a marginal fall in the share of the number of factories to the all-India total during the period
1980-81 to 1999-2000.However, the shares of other important indicators (viz, employment, net
value added, productive capital and value of output) to their all-India values have witnessed
rising trends during the period.
The share of the number of factory employees to the all-India total has increased only
marginally; but the corresponding shares of productive capital, value of output, and net valueadded increased at a much faster rate, especially in the1990s. That means that in the 1990s,
the factory sector in Gujarat has undergone a higher degree of concentration than in the rest
of India and more importantly, the capital-intensive nature of growth in the factory sector has
been even more pronounced in Gujarat than in the rest of India.
During the period 1979-80 to 1999-2000, annual compound growth rate of net value
added of the manufacturing sector has-been 7.8 per cent, while that of employment has been
only 0.9per cent.
Gujarat is one of the most prosperous states and is known for the enterprise of
its people. This along with good infrastructure has enabled it to create one of the
strongest state economies. The state contributes 5% of Net Domestic Product
even though its share of population is only 4%. Its share in bank deposits is 6.1%
with more than 6700 bank branches. The state is also a major trading centre with
one of the countrys largest port Kandla handling almost 15% of total Indian
port traffic.
Such strong economics translates into higher purchasing power and hence
higher consumption. The states per capita urban consumption expenditure ranks
amongst the top five in the country.
The
most
important
industries
in
the
state
are
chemicals
(including
petrochemicals), which contribute almost 27% of state industrial production, food

products and rubber and plastic. A large part of the industry is in the small scale
and unorganized sector, especially in downstream chemicals and processing
industries.
Our database search revealed that more than 250 companies amongst the top
5000 companies in India have plants or offices in the state. Though it will be
premature to quantify the impact on each company, we have attempted to
2.9
assess the broad impact on industries and companies with a significant presence
in the state.
Chemicals oil and gas

The largest investor in Gujarat is Reliance group who has set up a textile unit in
Naroda, a petrochemical complex at Hazira and Petroleum refinery and a Petrochemical
Complex in Jamnagar.
Industry and environment

The States share of factories, [9.8%] organized employment [8.21%], productive
capital [15.27%], output [12.96%], and net value addition [11.45%] in 1998-99, was way above
its share of population [5%] or its geographical area [6%]. As a result, the per capita income in
the sate at Rs. 18792 at current prices (1998-99) is about 30% more than the national
average.
It had 19,771 registered factories and 2,33,777 small-scale industries as on 31st
October 2000. According to the annual survey of industries for the year 1997-98, the chemical
and chemical products group constituted 37.28% of the industries. Rubber, plastics, petroleum
and coal based industries contribute another 14% while textiles contribute 8% of the
industries.
In the last decade economic development has taken place in Jamnagar. Gujarat
already boasts of industrial hubs of Jamnagar and Mundra.
Reliance has the capacity to take up development of large economic zones and
intends to do so within the framework of the national SEZ policy. The development of such
economic zone will create an investor friendly environment supported by infrastructure to
accelerate industrial growth and would also open up employment opportunities for rural
population.
Reliance SEZ is unique in many respects compared to the other SEZs, developed
Internationally and Nationally.
2.4
Location & Connectivity

SEZ located in the Jamnagar district, in close proximity to Arabian Sea:
It is well connected with important state road network (state highway no. 25) and
other important national node via NH- 8A. It is about 30km from Jamnagar and
340km from Ahmedabad.
2.10
A broad gauge railway network connects Reliance SEZ with Jamnagar and other
rail network.
Reliance port at Sikka, being a part of Reliance industries would contribute a

good deal of efficiency in the functioning of the SEZ.
Airport at Jamnagar are in near proximity to the SEZ site only 25 km.
Any destination in North India is shorter by approximately 300 km in comparison to

Mumbai ports (JNPT/MbPT).
2.4.1
Scale (Size - Scalability)
Abundant availability of land in the hinterland will boost large scale planning and
development of infrastructure in the SEZ, and therefore, has a vast scope for
expansion and development.
Large waterfront is available for expansion of Port oriented and terminal facilities
at Sika.
Numbers of new industries, Industrial parks are already coming up in the region.
Also planned infrastructure and industries are coming up in the SEZ are being
developed by Reliance group.
2.4.2
Port Operations
Operational and efficient Port infrastructure available, Reliance port at Sikka
Increased efficiency in functioning due to common management and unified

agency for Port and SEZ operation.
Multi-purpose terminal with state of art infrastructure / facilities for handling and
storage.
Liquid products handled are an infrastructural concern. For this purpose, a jetty
dedicated to container depot has to be constructed to handle break bulk and dry
bulk.
A new terminal is proposed for handling the additional ships for liquid cargo,
container traffic & bulk cargo.
Deepest draught port in the western part of the country.
Complete to and fro piping system for connectivity to the port and the SEZ.
2.11
2.5
Regional Attributes of Jamnagar
The region is rich in mineral resources having a very high economic value.
Major natural resource reserves in the region are suitable for large scale projects
such as Power plants, Petro-chemical plants, Cement plants and other mineral
based plants.
An ideal destination in Gujarat for petrochemical products.
Great business opportunity for Polyster / Textile units.
Social infrastructure such as Markets, Schools, Hospitals, Childrens Parks,

Community Centers etc. are established in the area. Further, proposal of
meeting international standards in the municipal and social infrastructure of
planned area of Reliance are envisaged to be developed.
The project aims at developing a parcel of 11231 acres of land adjacent to the
Reliance refinery by RJIL.
The multi-product SEZ will have state-of-the-art infrastructure like transportation
system, sanitation, water supply, buildings, recreation facilities, parks and amusement
complexes, multi-modal transport system, manufacturing and processing facilities, Business
Development and International trading centers, etc.
Petrol and petroleum dominated SEZ and its environs fall in the high hazard zone.
Hence utmost care needs to be taken to ensure that emissions and wastes from the refinery
do not pollute the environs. The Reliance group envisages not only the preservation of the
immediate environment but also the enhancement of the same.
Economy flourishes when it exists within the limit of the environment. The Reliance
Group aims at promoting the SEZ as an eco-friendly infrastructure to provide most modern
and hygienic living environment. The Reliance through its policy and programmes like
conservation and further plantation endeavors to bring about awareness amongst the people
and make them more responsive and sensitive to their surroundings.
2.6
The Development Plan

The Reliance Jamnagar SEZ has an integrated planning approach with the Petroleum
and Petro-chemical the base industries, the allied and complementary industries, the
employee housing co-exist in harmony supported by a world class infrastructure.
2.12
The Reliance envisages developing the Jamnagar SEZ adjacent to its existing
Refinery on a site of 11231 acres. The SEZ unit would be spread over an area of 8910 acres.
The remaining 2321 acres would be dedicated to housing the employees, their social
activities, Master plan as well as sectoral green buffers. The SEZ is expected to generate
employment for 40,000 people.
The proposed SEZ is to be planned on the lines of gridiron planning with NS corridors
as the avenues and EW corridors as Streets. The configuration in the existing activities of the
Reliance Group and those of the other entrepreneurs would be delineated, though they would
share the socio-economic infrastructure and green belts and open spaces.
The Reliance will develop the industry, housing, social infrastructure needed for
their refinery and its allied activities.
2.6.1
Targeted Industrial Components

The various petroleum and petrochemical downstream units which can be set up in the
proposed SEZ are as follows:
C1 Based Units
Coke Gasification
Methanol Synthesis
Acetic Acid
Vinyl Acetate Monomer (VAM)
C2 Based Units
Ethylene Oxide Derivatives like Mono Ethylene Glycol (MEG), Di Ethylene Glycol
(DEG) , Tri Ethylene Glycol (TEG)
Poly Ethylene Polymers like Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) / Linear Low Density
Polyethylene (LLDPE) / High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
C3 Based Units
Acrylic Acid and derivatives , Super Absorbent Polymer (SAP)
2.13
n- Butyl Acrylate, n-Butyraldehyde, n- Butanol, 2- Ethylhexanol
Propylene derivatives like Propylene Oxides, Cumene, Phenol
Propylene Glycols
Polyols
Polypropylene (PP)
C4/C5 Based Units
Butyl/Halo Butyl Rubber, ESBR, Butyl Rubber Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR),
Poly Butadiene Rubber (PBR), SSBR
Butene 1
Fumaric Acid
Mono Nitro Benzene, Aniline, Methylene Di Aniline, Phosgene, Methylene Diphenyl

Diisocyanate (MDI), Toluene Diisocyanate (TDI), Benzene
Styrene
Paraxylene (PX) , Orthoxylene (OX)
Polyesters Complex (POY, PSF)
Carbon Black
Lube Oil (LOBS) cum Refinery Complex
Captive Power Plant
The Modernization and debottile necking of the existing refinery and
refinery (called as Jamnagar Export
expansion
Refinery) along with their infrastructure had been
2.14
accorded the environmental clearance by the ministry in 2005 and amended in 2006. Since
this JERP is being built in the SEZ area, JERP is included in the EIA. However, the emissions
of JERP are included in the analysis of this study.
2.6.2
The Housing
A new Residential township is being proposed to house the employees and the
growing influx of immigration due to the new industries coming up in the SEZ unit.
An area of 2321 acres has been allocated to residential enclave. The housing would
consist of two segments the Reliance housing and the employee housing for the other
investors coming to the SEZ distributed in a ratio of 40:60. The two have been separated from
each other by a green buffer zone.
The Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries have been categorized under the highrisk zone. The Residential quarters have therefore been separated from the industrial zone.
The residential sector is to house 40,000 families.
The proposed gross density of SEZ will range from 150-175 DUs per Ha. The houses
will have three categories in terms of the size of the dwelling unit, its specifications and
location depending upon the income group.
The greenbelt will separate the complete residential enclave from the industrial SEZ.
The Residential zone will have a continuous green belt along its periphery with jogging and
cycle tracks.
The township will be designed on sectoral basis where each sector will be selfsufficient in terms of commercial, retail, public/semi-public amenities. The housing will be in
the form of plotted development with plenty of open spaces. The sectors planned on the
neighbourhood concept will have gardens, shops, primary education and health centers at 5
minutes walking distance.
The SEZ is being developed as an eco-friendly township. The recycled water from the
industry will be used for irrigation through water channels along green corridors, which not only
alter the microclimate but also would add aesthetic beauty to the layout giving some relief from
the hot arid climate of the region.
The Jamnagar region falls in the arid zone with sparse, thorny vegetation. The
conservation of the existing environment and its enhancement through tree plantation and
development of green cover will be undertaken. The existing plantation by Reliance has gone
a long way in restoring and improving the green cover in the region.
2.15
2.6.3
Building Social Health

With focus on employee and resident safety training, cooperating entrepreneurs or
companies should establish emergency procedures and make essentials thoroughly

understood. Prevention from occupational illnesses.
Health maintenance and enhancement: organizing regular health examination in
order to determine the impact of chemical substances on employees health and take
appropriate preventive measures. In addition, employees that work in noisy environments
should be given hearing tests and all employees to be surveyed regarding the hours spent at
video-display terminals and any subjective symptoms they may have. Employees then advised
on the appropriate work environment.
Reliance will hold regularly "Health Seminars" based on the principles of Total Health
Promotion "Promoting Individual Health Maintenance" and "Let's Improve Our Daily Habits"
efforts.
Regularly organize forest and mangrove conservation in which employees participate
in as volunteers with proper coordination with the local governments to support preservation
programs in undeveloped forest areas in future.
Kick off environmental education activities with raising of environment consciousness
and ways to tackle environmental problems (including tours of oil refineries).
Support for Employee Volunteers to participate in increasing employee awareness of
social contributions.
2.7
Infrastructure Facilities
Infrastructure is the prime need for any industrial or housing development but when
the context is a Special Economic Zone it becomes the foundation for attracting investment on
the virgin land with complete web of infrastructure facilities at the doorstep.
2.7.1
Water Supply
Water is a prime need for any petroleum and petrochemical industry. After careful
consideration of the water resources in the area and not to exert any pressure on the existing
resources, seawater was considered for sourcing of water in the SEZ as in the case of the
existing refinery. The existing seawater intake provided at the marine terminal area is
considered adequate to meet the seawater requirement for desalination of seawater to
freshwater. The desalination plant will be designed using Multiple Effect Distillation process
2.16
(MED) integrating it with energy sources. The energy (heat) requirement for desalination is
met from the waste heat from the processing units. This scheme eliminates the venting of low
pressure and low temperature steam from the process units and also eliminates the use of
water as a steam sink for the effective steam requirement and balancing. This plant also
integrated with the ultra filtration / reverse osmosis plant, which will/can process the gray water
from the complex.
The effective way to reduce freshwater consumption is to maximize the recycle and
reuse of the treated wastewaters. In the petrochemical complex, the extent of wastewater
generation and their quality depends on the type of pollutants and composition. One of the
broad categorization is that the wastewater can be segregated as on the basis of total
dissolved solids and is subjected to the pre-treatment/treatment of the specific pollutants. The
treated wastewater will be used in the cooling towers where maximum consumption is for
cooling water and next maximum utilization is for the steam generation. This procedure has
been well utilized in the existing petrochemical and refinery complex and will be utilized in the
SEZ complex also.
The domestic and other waste water is collected and treated at strategically placed
sewage treatment plants, up to tertiary treatment level and the same is re-circulated for
industry and non-domestic uses. The majority of uses are in the refinery & power plant cooling
towers, horticulture watering etc.
2.7.1.1 Sources of Supply:

Existing Sources
a)
Desalinated water
Currently the water requirement for the existing Refinery cum Petrochemical complex
is met from the Desalination Plant installed in the Complex .The desalination plant is providing
2600 cu m/hr (2.6 million liters/hr) of water required for the complex and the residential
complex.
The desalination plant is designed with flexibility to operate on a low energy input
sufficient for units or domestic purpose. This plant also integrated with the ultra filtration /
reverse osmosis plant, which will/can process the gray water from the complex.
b)
Effluent Treatment Plant
The effluent treatment plant is set up for the physical, chemical and biological
treatment. The effluent to the Effluent Treatment Plant is being segregated into two streams
2.17
i.e. low total dissolved solids (LTDS) and High total Dissolved Solids (HTDS).
They are
treated in three stages, with each stage having two sub-system of oil removal, two stage
biological system and two stage tertiary/ polishing system so that the treated wastewater can
be reused and recycled.
Reduction in Water Utilization:

In the petrochemical complexes bulk of the water is utilized for cooling purposes and
production of steam. For cooling, cooling towers are used where the water evaporates for
cooling the water. The cooling water consumption can be reduced by effective removal of heat
by using air fin-fan coolers, feed product-heat exchange and improving the efficiency of the
cooling towers. Recycling the condensate and utilization of low-low pressure steam in the
desalination plants can reduce water consumption for steam. These are internalized and
integrated with the desalination plant and effluent treatment plant.
a)
Desalination plant
A new desalination plant is planned to be set up to meet the requirement of the

proposed SEZ. Seawater shall be desalinated by desalination plants to the standards of water
for the industrial process and potable water and will be supplied primarily for domestic use.
The desalination plant will be designed using Multiple Effect Distillation process (MED)
integrating it with energy sources. The energy (heat) requirement for desalination is met from
the waste heat from the processing units. This scheme eliminates the venting of low pressure
and low temperature steam from the process units and also eliminates the use of water as a
steam sink for the effective steam requirement and balancing. The desalination plant shall
provide 15,000 cu m/hr of water, required for the proposed units coming up in the SEZ and the
residential complex.
Alternative Sources:
Large scale Recycling of Water
Domestic and other waste water shall be collected and treated at strategically placed
sewage treatment plants, up to tertiary treatment level and shall then be re-circulated for
industry and non-domestic uses. Besides this a gray water treatment plant with ultrafiltration
and reverse osmosis process can be installed. For the majority of uses in the SEZ, from power
plant cooling to horticulture watering, gray water would be of a high enough quality. It should
also be noted that often
contaminated freshwater is of a lower quality than that of the plants
process water. Therefore, it can be cheaper to reprocess gray water than to clean supposedly
fresh water.
2.18
In the longer term, industries throughout the SEZ will be entrusted to recycle their
water much more effectively to achieve zero discharge. While the management can provide
incentives for SEZ units to conserve water resources, the biggest impetus for change would
come from an increase in water prices to reflect its scarcity in the region.
A gridiron system of pipelines shall be used for water distribution network, compatible
with the sector planning of SEZ. Within the gridiron system of pipe network, all arterial and
secondary mains shall be looped and interconnected. This arrangement eliminates dead ends
and permits water circulation such that a heavy discharge from one mains allows draining
water from other pipes. This also helps in preventing water from developing tastes and odors
due to stagnation.
Besides this the dual piped water supply system for potable and non-potable water
can be installed to reduce the pressure on the water where the non-potable water can be
generated from recycling plants or grey water treatment plants while the fresh water can be
from the desalination plants. The water distribution scheme is to be based on independent
storage and distribution of treated water from the above discussed sources, for domestic, nondomestic and industrial uses. Initially, the treated water shall be stored in underground water
storage tanks, and shall be subsequently pumped up to the corresponding elevated water
tanks. Water shall then be distributed independently through those elevated water tanks.
An Integrated water-sewerage-drainage management plan will be prepared for the
entire SEZ area after evaluating the topographical survey.
In addition to the water supply for domestic, non-domestic and industrial uses, piping
system shall also cater for water supply for fire fighting, including necessary pressure boosting
measures.
The water balance diagram is given in Fig. 2.2. Adding further watershed
management facilities of SEZ will be planned to achieve effective rainwater harvesting. All
buildings and paved areas will be designed in Jamnagar SEZ with built-in latest techniques of
rainwater harvesting and water holding tanks.
2.7.2
Power
The power requirement for the proposed zone would be met through a captive power
plant of 2100 MW capacity is planned to be set up as a part of the SEZ infrastructure, utilizing
the fuels available from both the refineries Additional requirements of fuel will be met by
natural gas.
2.19
The power and energy requirement is met by the captive power and steam generation
units and should be installed for the SEZ. Power Generation is by Gas Turbines Generators
and Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) and Steam Turbines (STG). Steam is supplied
to the same unit, which will be supplemented by Steam Boilers. The grid will be so designed
that itself is self-sufficient for all the requirements like peak, normal with an automatic grid
balance systems for optimum fuel consumption in all the cases.
All the units of the SEZ shall be encouraged to have the primary drives based on
energy integration system of electrical motor, steam turbine with extractive steam, the exhaust
steam of the STG will be integrated with the desalination plant.
The use of co-generation systems is a first step in increasing overall energy
efficiency. There are other energy conservation measures requiring either capital investment
on the part of individual companies, and/or changes in attitude through education.
Conservation can be as simple as smart lighting which turns off when the space is not in use,
low energy light bulbs, or increased insulation to retain heat or cold (from air conditioning
systems). Or, conservation can be complex with highly technical energy cascading schemes to
attempt to capture and use every last joule of energy created in the industrial system.
Another feasible alternative energy source may be photovoltaic solar technology. The
tropical climate is well suited to the implementation of solar energy programs. For instance,
roof solar panels could run all of the air conditioners throughout the SEZ, and small solar
panels could power environmental monitoring and lighting systems at remote locations, where
running power lines may be impractical.
2.20
Fig. 2.1 : Existing and Proposed SEZs in India
2.21
2.22
36000
Sea Water
750
ETP
Horticulture
and Green
Belt
6000
Desal Plant
Cap.
15000
2400
COOLING TOWERS SYSTEM
Process
Units
(6600)
Discharge
23400
1000
9450
Fire
Water
Make-up
1. Dotted lines denote overall heat integration among

units
2. Water Balance is worked out for 40 ppt of
seawater salinity. Salinity changes effect Water
Balance
3. Water requirement for Drip Irrigation is included
in the losses.
4. Losses include evaporation, steam, through
products, firewater, drip irrigation, horticulture and
greenbelt development.
5. Water is produced during operations / reactions /
from Raw Materials and are excluded in the above
values.
6. The quantities are values derived based on
ambient atmospheric conditions and changes.
7. Density differences due to temperature, salinity
etc. are not taken into account
Note:
STP
Township
300
Horticulture & green belt

development
STP
Domestic
100
Fig. 2.2 : WATER BALANCE FOR SEZ (All figures in m3/hr)
5250
21000
6600
8400
Boilers
and
Heater (400)
7000
Losses
12600
Table 2.1
Existing & Proposed Special Economic Zones in India
Sr. No.
Name of the SEZ
Manikanchan, Salt Lake SEZ, Kolkata
Indore SEZ(Madhya Pradesh)
Moradabad SEZ(Kanpur)
Sitapura SEZ( Jaipur)
Bornada SEZ(Jaipur)
Kopata, Maha Mumbai SEZ
Positra SEZ(Gujarat)
Nanguneri SEZ (Tamil Nadu)
Hassan SEZ (Karnataka)
10
Navi Mumbai SEZ
11
Bhadohi SEZ (Uttar Pradesh)
12
Kanpur SEZ(Uttar Pradesh)
13
Greater Noida(Uttar Pradesh)
14
Kakinada SEZ (Andhra Pradesh)
15
Visakhapatanam SEZ (Andhra Pradesh)
16
Paradeep SEZ(Orissa)
17
Gopalpur SEZ ( Orissa)
18
Kulpi SEZ(West Bengal)
19
Vallarpadam/Puthvypeen(Kerala)
20
Noida (UP)
21
Baikampady (Karnataka)
22
Dahej SEZ (Gujarat)
23
Ennore (Tamil Nadu)
24
Mundra SEZ (Gujarat)
25
Ranchi SEZ (Jharkhand)
26
Calcutta Leather Complex (Kolkata)
27
Mahindra City SEZ
28
Nokia SEZ
2.23
Chapter 3
Process Description
The process description updated with the clarifications and additional information
sought by the MoEF in their communications.
3.1
Introduction
Demand pull is the main driver, for setting up the units in the Jamnagar SEZ, based on
the potential of growth in the Asian region. This opportunity has arisen due to the open market
policies being embraced by the governments, and demographics of the region. The economies
of Indian and China are at a threshold limit of US$ 3000 per capita on parity basis. At this
threshold, and the economies that have undergone transition from developing to developed
economies, an exponential growth rate was observed in personal expenditures. The growth rate
was observed in all the areas, which reflected an impact of increase in living standards. The
major areas and significant change in growth rates observed are:
1.
Energy Supply Oil, Gas and Power equivalent
2.
Petrochemicals for industrial and personal products
3.
Transportation primarily personal transportation such as cars.
4.
Clothing primarily textiles
5.
Personal Care Products commensurate with rise in standard of living
6.
Agriculture, Health Care & Insurance
7.
Organized retailing
8.
Infrastructure facilities, like telecom, roads, transport, ports etc.
3.1
In relevance to the Indian scenario, there is a large refinery complex set up by the
Reliance Group and is in operation at Jamnagar. Jamnagar has arguably the most suitable
seafront in the Gulf of Kutch, for raw material imports and finished product exports center,
Jamnagar has an excellent hinterland connection, for having the natural advantage of protected
sea to operate a very environmental-friendly, import and export terminal. The existing refinery
together with the Export Oriented Refinery being implemented shall provide feedstock and an
excellent integration of the downstream petroleum, petrochemical and intermediate products,
and across the fence transfers.
The Jamnagar SEZ configuration is aimed for maximum value addition along the entire
carbon chain C1 through C8, and higher.
C1 value chain Petroleum coke is a residue coke from the two refineries in
Jamnagar. Petroleum coke can be gasified to produce power, steam, hydrogen for consumption
of the 2 refineries, as well as a world scale acetyl complex of methanol, acetic acid, vinyl
acetate, poly vinyl acetate and poly vinyl alcohol. Acetic acid has synergy with polyester textiles
and vinyl acetate and its derivatives are important building blocks for personal care products.
C2 value chain Refinery fuel gas can be a low cost feedstock for ethylene and
ethane cracked ethylene. Ethylene is an important building block for polymers and textile
intermediates, whose demand shall grow exponentially with GDP growth. The C2 Value chain
will be extended to ethylene oxide derivatives.
C3 value chain Propylene recovered from the refinery streams, and the proposed
cracker products, can be converted to acrylic acid & acrylates, super absorbent polymers, oxoalcohols and propylene derivatives which are important for personal care products and whose
demand is again linked to the GDP growth.
C4 / C5 value chain The intermediates refinery streams can be value added to
elastomer products, which are linked to the growth in personal transportation
C6 / C7 / C8 value chains The aromatics streams from the refinery can be value
added to derivatives of benzene, toluene and xylene, which are linked to growth in textiles,
white goods and beverage containers.
C8 + value chain Intermediate low value streams from the stream can be value
added to lube oil and carbon black, which is intimately linked to personal transportation.
The SEZ process configuration and product slate have been generated considering
the following parameters:
3.2
1.
Market outlook (primarily Asian because it is in SEZ)
2.
Raw material availability from the 2 refineries.
3.
Utility supply from the proposed IGCC
4.
Environmental aspects
5.
Technologies which can be readily sourced
6.
World Scale plant size to exploit the economies of scale
7.
Overall funding constraints
8.
Price Outlook and projections
9.
Environmental specifications to meet the local regional and federal and
international (IFC and World Bank standards)

Basing on the above, the overall feed material, products and utility consumption, the
capacities of each production facility for each project is projected with environmental
parameters (emissions) internalized for optimum use of the resources. A linear model has been
developed modeling each production unit, with the Best Available Technologies (BAT) for the
input-output norms and consumption parameters. All the quantitative inputs have been modeled
and linear programming has been done to arrive at the optimal configuration for the Jamnagar
SEZ, within the supply demand and resource constraints. The configuration of the Jamnagar
SEZ and the product slate has been optimized primarily from feedstock supply push and stream
utilization from the refinery demand-pull for the products from potential growth in Asia. The
output of the environmental emission parameters from this SEZ business model has been
extracted to be used as an input to the EIA and RA Studies.
The project environmental specifications are to be developed based on the EPA rules,
standards prescribed for refinery, petrochemicals, MoEF/EAC stipulations and conditions and
IFC guidelines / Equator principles. The detailed diagrams and descriptions will be available
after the completion of the basic design engineering of the respective units. A brief process
description along with the plant pollution load is given at the end of each process as subtitle
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8+, and Capitive Power Plant, Desal Plant Fig. 3.1 shows the
proposed units of the SEZ..
3.2
C1 based Units
3.2.1
Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle (Petcoke Gassification)

IGCC means Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle. The gasification is partial
oxidation of coke with O2. Coke gasification reaction converts coke into syngas. The primary
constituents of syngas are CO and H2. Syngas can be a gas turbine fuel, which can produce
3.3
power in a combined cycle. Syngas can produce hydrogen and other chemicals,
suchmethanol and acetic acid.
The major elements or processing sections for the IGCC project are:
Feed preparation
Gasification
Effluent handling
Sour block
Air Separation Unit (ASU)
Feed preparation
Coke shall be transported by a fully enclosed conveyor, to minimize dust, from the
existing coke hoppers to the IGCC plot area. The coke shall be stored in coke storage silos.
The flux shall be transported by trucks and stored in flux storage silos. Coke and flux, in the
proper ratio, shall be weighed. Coke particles shall be reduced to proper size by grinding.
Coke and flux shall be fed to the gasifier either in the form of a slurry or as dry feed. In slurry
feed, coke slurry is pumped. In dry feed, coke particles are pneumatically conveyed with
nitrogen. Oxygen is supplied from an Air Separation Unit (ASU) to the gassifier.
Gasification
Petcoke feed goes to the gasification section. There will be several gasifier trains. In
the gasifier, the petcoke is mixed with oxygen in a specially designed feed injector. The
oxygen deficient atmosphere inside the gasifier vessel generates syngas at an average
temperature 1425C. Temperature fluctuations are in the range of +/- 25oC. The operating
range of the petcoke gasifier is 1400 1450oC. The fluctuations are due to normal variations in
the petcoke feed flow to the gasifier. Such flow variations in the solid handling are normal and
are always expected. As the partial oxidation reaction is exothermic in nature, variations either
in the petcoke feed or oxygen reflects in variation in the gasifier temperature. The temperature
is controlled automatically by adjusting the oxygen flow to the gasification reactor. Audio visual
alarm indication is always available in case the temperature variation is beyond preset values.
If required the control can be done by manual operation as well.
The raw syngas from the gasifier consists primarily of CO, H2, CO2 and H2S with
minor amounts of other compounds. The fluxant concentrates the ash and minerals in the
petcoke to form a molten slag. The syngas is cooled by raising high pressure steam and is
further cooled in a quench chamber. The by-product slag exits the quench chamber through a
lock hopper.
3.4
Fly Ash Disposal

The ash content in the Petcoke is less than 0.5%. The fluxant is added in the feed preparation
section captures the ash in the petcoke and forms a molten slag in the gasification section.
When the syngas is cooled in the quench section the molten slag is solidified into glassy beads.
There is no generation of fly ash from this process.
These beads will be disposed off in the secured landfill facility. The feasibility of recovering
metals from these beads will also be pursued
Effluent handling
In effluent handling, slag is cooled and slag and water are separated. Slag is an
IGCC by-product. Waste water is recycled to the extent possible and the remaining is sent to
the effluent treatment plant.
Sour block
In the sour block, the raw syngas shall be cooled and scrubbed. Then acid gases
H2S and CO2 present in the syngas, are removed by amine scrubbing. It is estimated that for
an annual petcoke consumption of 8750 KT with average sulphur content of 7.5%, the total
flow of amine solvent is estimated at 5700 m3/hr. The syngas used for petrochemicals must
have low CO2, because CO2 is a diluent. Hence a second stage, smaller amine absorber, with
a stronger amine, shall be employed as a scrubbing medium to preferentially remove CO2 from
the syngas before routing it to the petrochemical users. The amine is regenerated in a
regenerator column using LP steam as the reboiler medium. The condensate is sent to an
ammonia stripper for ammonia removal.
The collective acid gas streams shall be fed to the Sulphur Recovery Unit (SRU)
where the streams shall be processed and the liquid sulphur collected in the sulphur
condensers and in the tail gas coalescer drains by gravity into a sulphur pit. The required SRU
capacity is for 1300 TPD of liquid sulphur. From environmental considerations, the IGCC
project shall have a Tail Gas Treating (TGT) unit at the back-end of the SRU.
The Tail Gas Treatment process is incorporated to further treat the flue gases and
reduce the SO2 emissions. The TGT process treats the flue gases from the Sulphur Recovery
Units (SRU) to convert the sulphur in the flue gas to elemental sulphur. The SRU operates with
the advanced Clause and Cold Bed Adsorption process at an efficiency of +99%. With the TGT
following the SRU, the overall efficiency would be enhanced to 99.9%. By reducing the SO2
emissions, TGT helps in reducing the impact on the environment.
3.5
Details of TGT Treatment

In the petcoke gasification section the sulphur present in the petcoke is converted to
H2S because of the low oxygen availability. In the sour block, the raw syngas shall be cooled
and scrubbed. Then acid gases H2S and CO2 present in the syngas, are removed
individually by amine scrubbing. The amine is regenerated in a regenerator column using LP
steam as the reboiler medium and recycled.
The H2S stream shall be fed to the Sulphur Recovery Unit (SRU) where the streams will
be processed and the liquid sulphur collected in the sulphur condensers and in the tail gas
coalescer drains by gravity into a sulphur pit. The SRU operates with the advanced Clause and
Cold Bed Adsorption process at an efficiency of +99%. With the TGT following the SRU, the
overall efficiency would be enhanced to 99.9%. By reducing the SO2 emissions, TGT helps in
reducing the impact on the environment
The Tail Gas Treatment process is incorporated to further treat the tail gases and
reduce the SO2 emissions. The SO2 present in the tail gas is converted to H2S in the presence
of H2 in a catalytic reactor. The outlet from the reactor is cooled and amine washed to remove
the H2S. These gases are then sent to an online incinerator to burn off the residual H2S (<100
ppm) before release into atmosphere through a tall stack. The amine rich in H2S is regenerated
for reuse while the released H2S is sent to the SRU feed.
Air Separation Unit (ASU)
The IGCC project shall have multiple ASU trains. The ASU scope shall include liquid
oxygen vaporizers for emergency supply. The N2 available from the ASU can be added as
diluents in the syngas to moderate the flame temperature in the gas turbines and reduce the
NOx emissions.
A process block diagram for the IGCC unit is presented in Fig. 3.2.
Air Emissions:
The SO2 & NOx emissions from the coke gasification process are 0.083 and 0.012 TPH
respectively.
Liquid effluent:
The estimated wastewater generation is 150 M3 /Hr (Can be recycled in the feed
preparation)
3.6
Solid waste:
The estimated solid waste generation from the coke gasification process will be 0.37
MM TPA
3.2.2
Methanol
Synthesis gas a mixture of hydrogen, carbon oxides and methane is compressed to a
pressure of 100 atm by a steam driven multistage centrifugal compressor. With inter coolers
and a recycle flow is added to the intermediate stage. The fresh and recycle synthesis gas at
high temperature and pressure enter the top of the ICI type methanol converter. A portion of the
feed gases is heated to high temperature by heat exchange with the departing reaction gases.
The remaining feed gases are introduced at intermediate reactor stages to act as a thermal
quench to control the temperature. These gases react in the methanol converter in presence of
Zinc-copper-aluminium oxide catalyst to form methanol and water. Gases departing from the
bottom of the converter are cooled by exchange with the feed gases and then in air and water
coolers to condense crude methanol and water. This condensate flows to a pressure blow-down
drum and then to a crude methanol storage tank. Uncondensed gases, with the exception of the
purge stream, are recycled to the synthesis gas compressor.
The crude methanol is purified by fractional distillation in a 60 tray light ends column
where low boiling compounds, principally dimethyl ether, are removed overhead. A second 60
tray distillation column takes methanol product from the 56th tray. A crude stream of higher
alcohols is drawn from the 10th tray and wastewater from the bottom. Process flow diagram for
the production of Methanol by the copper catalyzed intermediate pressure process is given Fig.
3.3.
Air:
The VOC & CO emissions from the process vents will be less than the 150 mg/Nm3
The SO2 & NOx emissions from the Methanol synthesis are 0.0008 and 0.331 TPH
Liquid Waste
The estimated wastewater generation from the Methanol synthesis process will be 25
TPH
Solid waste:
The solid waste generation from the methanol Synthesis is only a Catalyst
3.2.3
Acetic Acid
Methanol and carbon monoxide are continuously fed to a liquid phase reactor. The
reactor contains acetic acid, water, hydrogen iodide, methyl iodide, and the rhodium catalyst
complex. Methanol rapidly reacts with hydrogen iodide to form methyl iodide, and in presence
3.7
of rhodium catalyst system reacts with carbon monoxide to yield product acetic acid. The
reactor operates at high temperature and up to 30 kg/cm2g. Unconverted carbon monoxide
leaves the top of the reactor vessel and is cooled to knock out and recover condensables
before flashing. The vapor stream is then scrubbed with a slipstream of methanol feed in the
gas scrubber. The bottoms stream from the gas scrubber is returned to the reactor vessel and
any unconverted carbon monoxide is purged. A draw off stream is continuously taken from
the reactor vessel and flashed into an adiabatic single stage flash tank, which operates at
reduced pressure. The flashing process vaporizes a portion of the drawoff stream, including
the net acetic acid production and also serves to remove the exothermic heat of reaction. The
liquid phase in the flash tank, containing the homogeneous catalyst system, is pumped back
into the reactor vessel. In this manner, carbonylation products are removed from the reactor
without decomposition or excessive handling of the rhodium catalyst complex. Techniques
have been developed for regenerating any trace of deactivated catalyst species formed from
the reaction with corrosion products of the reactors materials of construction.
The overhead stream from the reactor flash tank contains acetic acid, methyl iodide,
water, methyl acetate, and traces of carbon monoxide and hydrogen iodide. This stream is fed
to the lower portion of the product separation column where a concentrated acetic acid stream
is recovered as a side stream containing water, methyl iodide, methyl acetate, and traces of
hydrogen iodide. A small bottoms drawoff from this column, containing acetic acid, water, and
hydrogen iodide, is removed and recycled to the reactor flash tank. The overhead stream from
the product separation column is cooled to knock out condensables and sent to a phase
separator. Noncondensable carbon monoxide is recovered and passed to the gas scrubber.
The condensate is phase separated into a light aqueous phase and a heavy organic phase. A
portion of the light phase, containing water, acetic acid, methyl acetate, and methyl iodide, is
refluxed to the column; the remainder is recycled to the carbonylation reactor. The heavy
phase, containing methyl iodide, acetic acid, methyl acetate, and water, is recovered and also
recycled to the carbonylation reactor. A slip stream of this heavy phase is further processed in
the alkane removal tower for the removal of alkanes prior to recycle to the reactor. Carbon
monoxide is used to strip this stream. The overheads product from the alkane removal tower,
consisting of methyl iodide, methyl acetate, and water, is recycled to the carbonylation reactor.
The bottom products from the alkane removal tower consisting of alkanes, acetic acid, and
traces of methyl iodide, is purged.
The concentrated acetic acid side stream from the product separation column is sent
to the crude acetic acid column for further purification. Methanol is added to the lower portion
of this column. The methanol reacts with the hydrogen iodide to form methyl iodide and water.
3.8
Excess methanol reacts with acetic acid to form methyl acetate. The overhead stream from
the crude acetic acid column consists of acetic acid, water, methyl iodide, and methyl acetate.
The condensate is partly refluxed to the column; the remainder is recycled to the carbonylation
reactor. Any carbon monoxide or noncondensables are passed to the gas scrubber for recycle.
The bottoms product from the crude acetic acid column consists of acetic acid with traces of
water and hydrogen iodide. This stream requires additional purification for iodine removal,
accomplished by distillation with or without the use of chemical agents (e.g. alkali metals).
The acetic acid stream containing traces of water and iodine is fed to the acetic acid
finishing column. A mixture of high boiling acid by-products, primarily propionic acid, are
removed as bottoms from this column. The overhead product from the column is condensed,
with a large portion of the condensate used as reflux to the column and the remainder recycled
to the carbonylation reactor. High purity acetic acid is removed as a liquid side draw near the
top of the column. Process flow diagram for Acetic acid is depicted in Fig. 3.4.
Air Emissions:
Process vents Co and Methanol after scrubbing
The SO2 emissions from Acetic acid process will be 0.00014TPH
Liquid waste:
The estimated wastewater generation from the Acetic acid plant will be 50 M3/Hr
Solid waste:
No solid waste will be generated from the Acetic acid plant.
3.2.4

A gas containing ethylene, oxygen and acetic acid is passed through tubular reactors
containing supported palladium-gold and potassium acetate catalyst. At high temperature and
pressure of 8.2 atm, ethylene is converted with selectively to vinyl acetate. The reaction
product is cooled for condensation. The remaining gas is washed first with acetic acid, then
with ethylene glycol diacetate or polypropylene glycol, to recover uncondensed vinyl acetate
and acetic acid. After a small part is purged, the gas is treated with potassium carbonate
solution to remove carbon dioxide and is recycled. The condensate, together with the liquid
recovered by absorption, is distilled to get vinyl acetate-water as the distillate. Acetic acid
vapor withdrawn near the bottom is condensed and recycled for reaction. The bottom product
is evaporated to get rid of the heavy residue.
The distillate consisting of vinyl acetate and water is decanted; the water layer is
stripped to recover residual vinyl acetate, and the organic layer is distilled to remove
3.9
acetaldehyde, which, is recycled together with acetic acid to the reactors. The crude vinyl
acetate, free of light ends and water is then further distilled in a tall column, with a side stream
being withdrawn for distillation in a small column to remove ethyl acetate. The distillate is
refined pure vinyl acetate. Inhibitors( 4-tert-Butylcatechol or other inhibitor) are added in the
vinyl acetate distillation columns, which also are blanketed with nitrogen. A minute quantity of
hydroquinone is added at the condensers. Process flow diagram for Vinyl Acetate Monomer is
depicted in Fig. 3.5. There is no generation or use of Vinyl Chloride Monomer (VCM) in the
process of Vinyl Acetate Monomer (VAM). Hence management of VCM is not applicable in
the VAM Unit.
Air Emissions:
The Non Methane Hydrocarbon (NMHC) emissions from the Process vent- will be less
than 150 mg/Nm3
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater containing traces of vinyl acetate, Acetaldehyde and Ethyl
acetate from the Vinyl Acetate Monomer 75 TPH
Solid Waste:
No solid waste will generate from the Vinyl Acetate Monomer process.
3.2.5
Poly Vinyl Acetate

Inhibitor in vinyl acetate monomer is removed by stripping with steam in an inhibitor
stripping column. Purified VAM is stored in a VAM daytank. A solution of Benzoyl peroxide and
solvent (methanol) is prepared in an initiator make up tank. The initiator solution and VAM are
charged to the polymerizers.
Polymerization is carried out in two stages. Polymerization reaction takes place in
glass-lined polymerizers each equipped with agitator to provide sufficient mixing. Reaction
temperature is controlled with jacket cooling and reflux condensation in condenser. The
polymerization reaction takes place under nitrogen blanketing. Vent gases from the reflux
condenser receiver constitutes of nitrogen, methanol, carbon dioxide and vinyl acetate. Poly
Vinyl acetate solution is transferred to a Polymer solution surge tank. The polymer solution can
be directly diverted to downstream units like Poly Vinyl alcohol or sent to the monomer, solvent
recovery section and finishing section.
The polymer solution is stripped of vinyl acetate monomer in monomer stripping
column and recovered VAM is recycled back to the polymerizers. The solvent (methanol) is
then recovered from the polymer solution in solvent recovery column and is transferred to a
3.10
recycle solvent surge tank. The polymer is then sent to the finishing section which comprises
of product centrifuge and pelletizing extruder. The finished product polymer is stored in
storage bins and is sent to loading and packaging unit for dispatch. Process flow diagram for
Poly Vinyl Acetate is depicted in Fig. 3.6.
Air Emissions:
The Non Methane Hydrocarbon emissions (NMHC) from the Process stack NMHC will
be less than 150 mg/Nm3
Wastewater:
The estimated wastewater generation from the Poly Vinyl Acetate process will be 100
TPH
Solid Waste:
No solid waste will be generated from the poly vinyl acetate process.
3.2.6
Poly Vinyl Alcohol

Inhibitor in vinyl acetate monomer is removed in a stripping column and purified
uninhibited VAM is stored in a day tank. Initiator solution is prepared in a make-up tank, by
mixing methanol with Azobisisobutyronitrile. This solution along with VAM is charged into
polymerization section.
Polymerization of vinyl acetate is carried in two stages. Reaction temperature in both
reactors is controlled by reflux condensation and jacket cooling. Polymer solution from second
reactor (second stage) is collected in a polymer solution surge tank. Also added in the surge
tank is an inhibitor hydroquinone methyl ether which prevents any polymerization in the
monomer stripping column. The polymer product from the bottom of the monomer stripping
column is a 35 wt% poly vinyl acetate solution in methanol.
This solution is hydrolyzed continuously in two hydrolysis reactors in parallel. The
reaction is catalyzed with sodium hydroxide-methanol solution. Neutralized poly vinyl alcohol
slurry is sent to centrifuge where poly vinyl alcohol is separated from the mother liquor and
washed with methanol. Washed poly vinyl alcohol containing 10 wt% methanol is dried in a
rotary dryer. Closed loop nitrogen gas is used to dry poly vinyl alcohol and part of the
methanol in the drying nitrogen from the dryer is condensed in a condenser and separated
from the uncondensed gas in the gas separator. Dried poly vinyl alcohol from the rotary drier is
collected in the product collector and is transferred to storage bins.
Crude solvent collected contains methanol, methyl acetate, some sodium acetate
and water. Methanol and methyl acetate are recovered as overhead from mixed solvent
column and pass into an ester hydrolyser where methyl acetate is hydrolyzed to methanol and
3.11
acetic acid. The top of the hydrolyser column is packed with porous polyethylene fillers
containing cation exchange to catalyze the hydrolysis reaction. The bottom section of column
is packed with raschig rings and is used as a stripping zone to remove any methyl acetate. A
stream of water is added at the top of the column for hydrolysis reaction and for condensation
of rising vapor. Methanol is separated from the acetic acid and water from the hydrolyser
column bottom stream in a methanol column and collected in the methanol storage tank before
being recycled. The dilute acetic acid from the bottom of the methanol column is stored in
crude acetic acid tank.
Aqueous sodium acetate from the bottom of the mixed solvent column is reacted with
sulfuric acid in reactor to convert sodium acetate to acetic acid. The reaction product is
combined with dilute acetic acid from the column in crude acetic acid storage tank and is
extracted with ethyl acetate in a rotating disk contactor to recover acetic acid. In an acetic acid
recovery column acetic acid is separated from ethyl acetate and collected in acetic acid
storage tank. Part of acetic acid is used to neutralize the hydrolysis reaction product. The
remainder is sent as a by product.
The sodium sulfate solution from the contactor contains ethyl acetate and is
combined with the dilute ethyl acetate solution from the lower layer of phase separator for
ethyl acetate recovery in the ethyl acetate recovery column. The recovered ethyl acetate is
combined with ethyl acetate from the upper layer of phase separator and is used for acetic
acid extraction. The bottom stream from ethyl acetate recovery column is sent to waste
treatment. Process flow diagram for Poly Vinyl Alcohol is depicted in Fig. 3.7.
Air Emissions:
The Non Methane Hydrocarbon (NMHC) from the process stack will be less than 150
mg/Nm3
Liquid waste:
The estimated wastewater generation from the Poly vinyl Alcohol will be 140 TPH
Solid Waste:
The only solid waste generated from Poly Vinyl Alcohol is catalyst.
3.3
C2 Based Units
3.3.1

The Multifeed Cracker Complex proposed will be the largest to process the off gases
from the refinery complex to produce cracked products.
3.12
This cracker will also have the
capacity to process different feeds like Naphtha, natural gas etc. The ethylene and ethane
contained in refinery fuel gases / off-gases are recovered and the ethane is converted to
ethylene, in the Multifeed Cracker. The refinery fuel gases are first sent to a contaminant
removal section where in the impurities like H2S, CO2 etc are removed.
The Multifeed Cracker comprises of the following constituent sections.
Contaminant removal
Cracking furnaces
Primary fractionation
Cracked gas compression and drying
Cold box / demethanizer
Refrigeration section
Deethanizer/ethylene recovery
Propylene by Propane Dehydrogenation
Contaminant removal
The refinery fuel gas, first goes to a caustic tower, where essentially all of the
hydrogen sulfide and carbon dioxide are removed with circulating caustic. Then it is water
washed to prevent caustic carryover.
Next in a sulfided nickel based catalytic converter,
oxygen, arsine, phosphene and carbonyl sulphide are removed.

The offgasses are chilled before sending to a dryer/treater. The dryer/treater beds
are designed to remove water, mercaptans, ammonia, nitriles and nitrous oxides.
Cracking furnaces
The ethane recovered from the de-ethanizer/ethylene column is fed to the Cracking
furnaces along with the dilution steam. The furnace effluent is cooled in the transfer line
exchangers, where in high pressure steam is generated. The cracked effluents from the
furnaces are then sent to the primary fractionation section.
Primary fractionation
In the primary fractionation section the heavies comprising of fuel oil and the
pyrolysis gasoline are separated out.
3.13
Cracked gas compression and drying

The cooled cracked gases are compressed, dried, and sent to the cold box (chilling
train). The acid gases are also removed in a caustic tower, prior to chilling.
Cold box /demethanizer

In the chilling train/cold box, the temperature of cracked gases are reduced and fed
to a demethanizer, whereas methane and hydrogen are separated and the ethylene /ethane
rich streams are sent to a de-ethanizer and to an acetylene hydrogenation section.
Refrigeration system
Ethylene and propylene refrigeration systems provide the refrigeration requirements
to the chilling train at different temperature levels.
De-ethanizer/ethylene recovery
The C2 streams from the deethanizer overheads are routed to an acetylene hydrogenation
section where the acetylene is selectively converted to ethylene. The ethylene stream is then
purified in an ethylene fractionation column where the ethane is separated from ethylene. The
ethane from the bottom of the ethylene stripper is routed back to the cracking furnaces. The
polymer grade ethylene is sent to storage from ethylene fractionator. There are no Ethylene
emissions to the atmosphere. All emissions shall be diverted to the flare stack.
Propylene by Propane Dehydrogenation

Off-gases and LPG from the Refinery complex will be the feed source for conversion of
propane to propylene. The unit is a process for the catalytic dehydrogenation of propane to
propylene using continuous catalyst regeneration. Fresh feed to the unit is treated in a Huels
Selective Hydrogenation Process (SHP) reactor to remove dienes and acetylenes, dried, mixed
with recycle propane and fed to a Depropanizer column in the fractionation section to remove
butanes and heavier components from the propane stream. Depropanizer overhead is sent into
the separation system (cold box) where it is combined with recycle hydrogen and is exchanged
against cold reactor effluent.
The combined feed leaves the separation system and is
exchanged against hot reactor effluent in the hot combined feed exchanger. The combined
feed is processed in four reactors with continuous catalyst regeneration (CCR). The hot reactor
effluent is cooled, compressed, then sent through a chloride treater and reactor effluent drier to
remove HCl, H2S, and H2O before entering the separation section, where the effluent stream is
separated into recycle gas, net gas and product liquid.
3.14
Product liquid is sent to another SHP reactor in the fractionation section. The SHP
reactor effluent is then sent to a Deethanizer. Deethanizer net gas is used to regenerate the
feed driers. The Deethanizer bottoms are sent to a heat-pumped propylene-propane splitter to
produce high purity propylene product. The unconverted propane in the splitter bottoms is
recycled back to the Depropanizer with the fresh propane.
The Depropanizer bottoms
containing butanes and heavier material is stripped with tail gas from the PSA unit.
The
stripped vapors are sent to fuel gas while the residual liquid is pumped offsite for use as fuel oil.
The net gas is sent to a hydrogen purification system (PSA type) and to the reactor
effluent driers. PSA hydrogen is sent to the SHP reactor unit and is used for various purge
streams in the CCR section of the unit. Tail gas from the PSA is used to regenerate the
reactor effluent driers. The regenerant from the reactor effluent driers is scrubbed and used
for fuel for the heaters while excess gas is exported as fuel for offsite boilers.
Block Flow Diagram for Multifeed Cracker is depicted in Fig. 3.8 and Propoane
Dehydrogenation is depicted as Fig. 3.9.
The MoEF sought clarification on Emissions from Multi-feed cracker complex
The multi-feed cracker will have thirty-six furnaces and these will be using the sweat fuel gas in
the burners. The emissions from the cracker complex will be mainly from these furnaces and
will emit traces of SO2 and NOx.. These Furnaces will have NOx reduction mechanism. Some
of the emission management techniques proposed are listed below:
NOx Emissions from cracker will be controlled by employing low NOx Burners.
The off gases from decoking operation will be routed to the fire box of another furnace in
operation.
Carbon monoxide emissions will be minimized by the use of advanced combustion control
schemes utilizing feedback from continuous flue gas analyzers, which will be installed as a
standard package alongside the normal combustion control systems. The quality of flue
gas from cracking furnace will be continuously monitored by online CO and O2 analyzers.
Recycling and/or reusing hydrocarbon waste streams. Flare gas systems will be provided
to allow safe disposal of any hydrocarbons that cannot be recovered in the process (i.e.,
during unplanned shutdowns and during start-ups).
The gas fired cracking furnaces and steam super heaters will have modern firebox design
with extensive energy recovery facilities giving a thermal efficiency of 92 %.
3.15
Sampling systems will be of closed loop design. All equipment and piping systems will be
designed to ensure a high level of containment and to minimize fugitive emissions. This
involves seal-less or double / tandem sealed machinery, low-loss valve packing, use of
spiral-wound jointing materials, and minimum use of flange connections.
The salient features of the multi-feed cracker complex are as given in Annexure X
Fuel gas:
The fuel gas requirement for Multifeed cracker is 437.4 TPH
Air Emissions:
The Emissions SO2 & NOX are1.314 TPH and 0.471 TPH
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater from the Multifeed cracker is 400 TPH
Solid Waste:
The solid waste generation from the Multifeed cracker will be coke.
3.3.2
Monoethylene glycol (MEG)/ Diethylene Glycol (DEG) and Triethylene

Glycol (TEG)
The MEG is produced by first converting ethylene-to-ethylene oxide (EO) through a
direct oxidation process and then hydrolyzing the same.

Ethylene, recycle gas and oxygen are thoroughly mixed, preheated and passed
through the EO reactor, where ethylene is converted into EO at elevated temperature and
pressure. The reaction product gas is scrubbed with neutralising liquid to remove acidic
compounds and further cooled in EO absorber by counter contact with water, which absorbs
EO and forms a dilute aqueous solution. The gas after scrubbing and absorption of EO is
recycled back to the reactor via a recycle gas compressor. A small slip stream is taken to CO2
removal section for removal of CO2 formed in the reactor, by absorption in hot potassium
carbonate solution. Dilute aqueous solution of EO in water is stripped off.
EO from stripper
are cooled, condensed and purified by passing through light ends columns, which removes
lighter fractions.
Purified EO mixture is heated, mixed with additional water and passed
through tubular glycol reactor.
The reaction takes place in liquid phase under elevated
temperatures and pressure. The conversion is almost complete and the glycol water mixture
is sent for evaporation. Fig. 3.10 shows Block Diagram for Mono Ethylene Glycol.
In evaporation section, water is separated from glycol mixture in a triple effect
evaporator with subsequent vacuum column.
3.16
Crude glycol mixture is separated into MEG, Diethylene Glycol (DEG) and
Triethylene Glycol (TEG)
Air Emissions
The SOx emissions from the Mono Ethylene Glycol(MEG) is 0.00036 TPH VOC &
Stripper vent= 0.04 Kg/hr
Process Incinerator= CO vessel vent -0.44 kg/hr
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater generation is 0.193 M3 / Hr, will have pre treatment with in
the plant battery limits.
Solid Waste:
The Solid waste generation from the Mono Ethylene Glycol plant is Catalyst.
3.3.3
Polyethylene Polymers
Low / High density polyethylene (LDPE / HDPE) and linear low density polyethylene
(LLDPE) are polymers of ethylene. The process involves converting gaseous ethylene into
solid phase PE by solution polymerization process, using cyclo-hexane as the solvent.
A purified solution of ethylene, solvent and co-monomer (octane or butene or both) is
fed to the reactor. Co-monomer is added for low-density PEs. Catalyst helps to polymerise the
ethylene and co-monomer. A chain terminator agent is used to control molecular weight
(polymer chain length).
About 95% of the ethylene is converted to PE on each pass. The molten polymer
solution flows to the extruder which feeds an under water pelletizer. The pellets formed are
water conveyed to a continuous stripper to remove residual solvent, which is condensed and
recovered. The stripped PE pellets are dried and fed to pneumatic blenders for blending into
uniform lots. The PE is then fed to packaging or storage. Fig. 3.11.
Air Emissions:
The SO2 & NOx emissions from the poly Ethylene are 0.03 TPH and 0.011 TPH
Liquid waste:
The estimated wastewater generation from the poly ethylene plant is 80 TPH
Solid Waste:
The solid waste generation from the Poly Ethylene plant is column residue.
3.17
3.4
C3 Based Units
3.4.1
Acrylic acid & Acrylates

The propylene is oxidised with compressed air in a fixed bed multi-tubular single
reactor. Reaction gas is made of propylene vaporized in propylene evaporator, air and the
recycle gas coming from the top of the absorber. The lower half of the reactor is packed with
propylene oxidation catalyst wherein the propylene is converted into Acrolein and further the
Acrolein is oxidized to Acrylic Acid in the upper half of the reactor wherein the Acrolein
oxidation catalyst is packed.
The effluent gas containing Acrylic Acid is quenched by
contacting recycled condensate, cooled through cooler and then absorbed with the
descending water and the aqueous solution of acrylic acid is obtained. Part of the off gas from
the top of absorbing column with non-condensables such as acrolein, acetaldehyde, propane
and unreacted propylene is recycled to the oxidation reactor.
The rest of the off gas is the feed to the Waste Gas Catalytic Incineration System
(WGCIS) which consists of a honeycomb type catalyst.
The waste gas is heated before
entering the WGCIS and the outlet is cooled through the waste heat boiler, in which the waste
heat is recovered as steam.
In the water separator column, water and acetic acid are eliminated by azeotropic
distillation. In the heavy end cut column the ester grade acrylic acid is obtained from the top of
the column. The bottom contains acrylic dimmer and other heavy ends. This is fed to a film
evaporator where the dimmer is decomposed and recovered as acrylic acid. The heavy end
accumulated is sent to waste oil treatment. Aldehydes and ketones contained in the crude
acrylic acid react with the hydrazine hydrate forming hydazone compounds.
These are
separated by distillation in the High Purity Acrylic Acid (HPAA) distillation column. Process
flow diagram is shown in Fig. 3.12.
Acrylic Acid is one of the main raw materials for the manufacture of various other
acrylates. Methanol and Acrylic Acid would give Methyl Acrylates, Ethanol and Acrylic Acid
would give Ethyl Acrylates and 2 Ethyl Hexyl alcohol and Acrylic Acid would give 2Ethyl Hexyl
Acrylate. In this process, the acrylic acid is continuously esterfied with the alcohol in the liquid
phase using cation exchange resin as a catalyst in an Esterification Reactor. A mixture of
acrylate, free alcohol and water is obtained.
Water is removed by distilling it off as an
azeotrope. The organic layer is returned to the reactor and the acqueous layer is sent for
further purification.
3.18
Air Emissions:
The purge gases will sent to incinerator.
Liquid waste:
The estimated wastewater generation is 50 M3/hr
Solid Waste:
The solid waste generation from Acrylic acid is catalyst
3.4.2
Super Absorbent Polymer (SAP)

Process Description with process flow diagram for the production of SAP is shown in
Fig. 3.13.
A centrifugal pump transports the monomer solution from the mixing vessel to the
upper side of a vertical polymerization reactor. The reactor is insulated to insure adiabatic
operation. The level of monomer solution in the reactor is maintained at 80% level. A vapor
space must be maintained in the reactor above the monomer solution level. The reactor has
an operating pressure of 50 psig, but a design pressure of 150 psig, consistent with concerns
that sticky polymer gel may adversely affect the operation of pressure safety valves and
rupture disks that are incorporated into the reactors design. The design residence time of the
reactor is 6 hours.
Nitrogen gas pressure is maintained at the top of the reactor at 50 psig. The vapor
space at the top of the reactor is continually purged to remove water vapor, unreacted
hydrocarbons, and other contaminants in order to avoid having them accumulate in the top of
the reactor. The purge gas is first directed to a knockout drum to remove sticky gel and other
particulates. The vapor from the purge drum is then directed to the process scrubbing system.
Also fed to the polymerization reactor is a vapor stream containing fines from the final
powder processing section. The fines are blown in an inert nitrogen gas stream from
compressor. The quantity of fines recycled represents 10% of the throughput of the process.
Twin screw pumps at the bottom of the reactor discharge polymer gel product from the reactor
The reactor operates adiabatically, such that the polymer solutions temperature rises from the
heat of polymerization. The temperature of the polymer gel at the discharge point at the
bottom of the reactor is approximately 120C. At the pressure maintained in the reactor, the
water in the reactor will not boil despite the elevated temperature. Due to the potential for a
thermal runaway, the sidewall of the reactor is equipped at two foot intervals with water jet
flood nozzles connected to thermocouples in the wall. Should the temperature anywhere within
the reactor reach a set level the water jets will open automatically and flood the reactor with
water. Besides avoiding a thermal runaway, the water jets also reduce the potential for
3.19
solidification of the polymer gel at high temperature. The top of the reactor is also equipped
with 3 pressure sensors organized in a voting logic system. Should two of the 3 pressure
sensors indicate a pressure exceeding 70 psig, a pressure control valve will open to dump the
vapor into the process scrubbing system. The top of the reactor is also equipped with a rupture
disk designed to fail at 75 psig, which is also connected to the process-scrubbing header. The
combination pressure control valve and rupture disk are required by the propensity of the
feedstock to form a sticky coating on internal services that might otherwise prevent the
pressure instrumentation and pressure safety valves from performing according to design. The
redox polymerization initiator creates the free radicals that begin the polymerization of acrylic
acid at the moment that they are added to the acrylic acid solution. Once the redox initiators
are consumed, and the reactor temperature has reached approximately 60 C, the thermal
initiator, (2-2-azobis (amidinopropane) dihydrochloride), forms free radicals that help complete
the conversion of acrylic acid to polymer gel. The level of unreacted monomer in the discharge
of the reactor should be approximately 1,000 ppm. The subsequent drying process should
reduce the unreacted monomer content to 200 ppm in the final product.
Air Emissions:
Process stack.- Attached to scrubber for removal of acrylic acid vapoures
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater generation from the Super Adsorbent Polymer is 300 m3/hr
Solid waste:
No solid waste will be generated from the process.
3.4.3
2-Ethyl Hexanol
The condensation reactor is maintained at high temperature and pressure, 15-minute
residence time. The effluent from the reactor passes through heat exchanger to recover heat
and is then distilled. The bottoms from the column are decanted to separate the organic 2-EPA
and the aqueous caustic soda. The remainder is recycled and replenished with fresh caustic.
The organic phase is washed to remove residual caustic soda. The wash water is recycled to
the process. The 2-EPA is decanted again in to remove water and stored before use in the
hydrogenation section. The tops are decanted to separate out water from unreacted
butyraldehyde. The unreacted butyraldehyde is recycled to the condensation reactor. The
aqueous phase from the distillation tops can be used as makeup process water, steam-stripped
to remove residual organics, or sent directly to wastewater treatment. The 2-EPA from the
condensation section, containing a small amount of heavy impurities and water, is fed to crosscountercurrent heat exchanger; where it is mixed with recycle gas. The aldehyde is then
introduced to feed purification column, where it is vaporized in a stream of feed H2. The vapor-
3.20
exiting column enters heat exchanger and then primary hydrogenation reactors. The shell-andtube reactors operate isothermally at higher temperatures and boiler feed water used as a
coolant to generate low-pressure steam. The cooled vapor is then further cooled and then
passes through knockout drum to condense out the alcohol. The remaining gas is recycled, with
a purge stream diverted to the secondary reactor after compression. The alcohol condensed
from the first stage still contains a small amount of Unreacted aldehyde. The liquid is
compressed to 9.6 bar and heated to higher temperature before entering secondary
hydrogenation reactors. As in the primary reactor system, heat is recovered from the reactor
effluent to reduce the heating duty. Because the reactor effluent contains butanol and water
impurities, the crude hydrogenation product is purified by fractionation. The H2 gas is split into a
recycle steam in and a purge stream. The purged H2 is cooled in condenser, with condensable
liquids recovered. Process flow diagram for 2-EthylHexanol is depicted in Fig. 3.14.
A note on Management of unreacted butyraldehyde in two Ethyl Hexanol productions
2-Ethyl Hexanol is produced from n- butyraldehyde in two reaction steps. The first step
is the aldolisation of n-butyraldehyde to butyraldol and dehydration of butyraldol to the more
stable 2-Ethyl 3-PropylAcrolein (EPA). The second step is the hydrogenation of EPA to 2-Ethyl
Hexanol.
The aldolisation and dehydration reactions are conducted in a liquid phase stirred tank
reactor at 120C in the presence of aqueous caustic soda. Any un-reacted
n-
butyraldehyde is separated from the EPA in a distillation column. The overhead aqueous phase
is steam stripped to recover organics, which are recycled to the column. The EPA, from the
bottom of the column, is decanted from the water phase and passes directly to the EPA
Hydrogenation section.
Basically it is a closed loop cycle and any un-reacted n- butyraldehyde is separated and
recycled back.
Air Emissions
Flare of the purge gases
The Non methane Hydrocarbon (NMHC) from the process vent will be less than 150
mg/Nm3
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater generation from the process is 75 M3/Hr
Solid waste:
The solid waste generation from the process is catalyst.
3.21
3.4.4
n-butyraldehyde
Propylene is passed through an adsorption column for removing catalyst poison.
A similar column is used for treating the syngas feedstock. The syngas is then introduced, with
propylene, into a primary hydroformylation reactor. The catalyst solution is an aqueous solution
of Rhodium complex. Low-pressure steam is raised from the evaporator. The effluent then
passes to decanter to separate the aqueous from the organic phase and to degas any entrained
gases. In C3 stripper column, a stream of syngas feedstock strips any dissolved propane and
propylene from the crude aldehyde product. The syngas, containing the stripped C3
components, is then recycled to the reactor. Stripping by the syngas further cools the crude
aldehyde. The product is then passed through a decanter to remove remaining aqueous
catalyst solution, and is then sent to surge tank before purification. Unreacted gaseous reagents
are collected, cooled, and passed through vent gas knockout drum to remove condensable
components. The liquid effluent from is distilled to separate the aldehyde products from the
catalyst and the high-boiling byproducts. The crude aldehyde product from the secondary
reactor system is combined with the product from the primary reactor system for purification.
The catalyst and higher boiling components are recycled. A purge stream of the catalystcontaining organic phase is taken to control the concentration of the heavy by-products in the
reactor. Process flow diagram for n-butyraldehyde is depicted in Fig. 3.15.
A note on Emission / effluent management during n-butyraldehyde production
The entire plant heat requirement is met by steam and there are no furnaces involved.
Hence there are no emissions due to fuel firing. Un-reacted process gases are cooled to
remove the condensable matter and then routed to the flare. The aqueous effluents are routed
to water stripper section. Here the organic content is recovered and sent to the fuel oil pool. The
stripped water is pretreated to meet the required effluent characteristics before being sent to the
Central ETP of the Complex.
The spent catalyst has a useful life cycle of more than 2 years. The catalysts are leased
by the process Licensors and will be returned to them at the end of their useful life.
Air Emissions:
Light end gases to fuel pool
The Non Methane Hydrocarbon emissions will be less than150 mg/Nm3
Liquid Waste
The estimated wastewater from the Process is 60 M3/Hr.
Solid Waste:
The solid waste from the process is only a catalyst.
3.22
3.4.5
n-Butyl Acrylate
Acrylic acid is fed directly to esterification reactors. The esterification reaction takes
place in two reactors, in series. To the first reactor acrylic acid, n-butanol and an acid
esterification catalyst is added. p-Toluene sulfonic acid is used as the esterification catalyst. To
minimize polymerization of acrylic acid and n-butyl acrylate, a small amount of Phenothiazine is
added to the reactors and distillation columns. The reactors are operated at 100 0C and 105 0C,
respectively. Total residence time in the reactors is 3 hours. The liquid reaction mixture is
discharged from two reactors. The vapors from the reactors are continuously fed to the water
removal column. Although the reaction is exothermic, the vaporization cools the reaction
mixture. The continuous removal of the water reaction product improves acrylic acid conversion
to butyl acrylate.
In addition to the vapor streams from the reactors, fresh n-butanol and recycle nbutanol are fed to the water removal column. The column is operated at 5.5 psia. The overhead
vapor stream from the column is condensed in exchanger and separated into two phases. The
organic phase is completely returned to column. The aqueous phase contains mainly water and
a small amount of n-butanol. The bottom stream from column is fed back to reactor. This stream
contains mainly n-butanol and n-butyl acrylate.
The liquid reaction mixture-leaving reactor is fed to the high boiler separation column.
In this column, high boilers, typically oligomers and polymers of acrylic are removed. A
heteroazeotropic mixture containing n-butyl acrylate, water, and butanol is distilled from the
column. The mixture is condensed and separated into an organic phase and aqueous phase.
Portions of the organic and aqueous phases are recycled back into the column to maintain the
heteroazeotropic composition in the column. The remainder of the organic stream containing
mainly n-butyl acrylate and butanol is fed to the butanol separation column. The remainder of
the aqueous stream is sent to wastewater treatment. The bottom stream from column contains
butyl acrylate, acrylic acid, n-butanol, and oligomers and polymers. To prevent the buildup of
oligomers and polymers, a portion of the stream is fed to a cracking vessel. The remainder of
the bottom stream from column is recycled back to the first esterification reactor.
In the cracking vessel, the stream is heated to 180 0C and held at this temperature for
at least 10 minutes. Oligomers and polymers of acrylic acid and n-butyl acrylate are converted
back to the monomers. At the completion of the batch cycle, n-butanol, acrylic acid, and n-butyl
acrylate are distilled off the vessel and fed back to column. The residual heavies from vessel
are fed to an incineration unit.
3.23
In the butanol separation column, n-butyl acrylate is recovered in the vapor form as a
side stream. The vapor stream is condensed in exchanger and sent to the n-butyl acrylate
rundown tank. The distillate stream containing n butanol, residual water, and any low boilers is
returned to the reactor via column. The small bottom stream containing n-butyl acrylate and a
small amount of acrylic acid is fed back to column. Process flow diagram for n-Butyl Acrylate is
depicted in Fig. 3.16.
Air Emissions
Process Incinerator
The emissions from the process vent will be less than 150 mg/Nm3
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater generation from the process is 75 M3/hr
Solid Waste:
The solid waste from the process is only catalyst.
3.4.6
n-Butanol
Feed NBAL containing a small amount of heavy impurities is fed to cross-
countercurrent heat exchanger where it is mixed with recycle gas. The aldehyde is then
introduced to purification column, where it is vaporized in a stream of feed H2. The vapor exiting
column passes to heat exchanger and then to gas-phase hydrogenation reactors. The shelland-tube reactors operate isothermally at higher temperature, with boiler feedwater used as a
coolant to generate low-pressure steam. The gas is recompressed and recirculated to recover
heat. The cooled vapor is then further cooled and passes through a gas-liquid separator to
condense out the alcohol. The remaining gas is recycled, with a purge stream diverted to
secondary hydrogenation reactors after compression. The alcohol condensed from the first
stage contains a small amount of unreacted aldehyde. The liquid is compressed to 9.6 bar and
heated at high temperature. As in the primary reactor system, heat is recovered from the
reactor effluent to reduce the heating duty. Low-pressure steam is generated from cooling the
reactor. The effluent from the reactor is degassed and stored. The H2 gas is split into a recycle
steam, which is compressed in a purge stream. The purged H2 is cooled in to recover
condensable liquids. Process flow diagram for n-Butanol is depicted in Fig. 3.17.
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater from the process is 75 M3/hr
Solid waste:
The solid waste generation from the process is catalyst.
3.24
3.4.7
Propylene Oxide
The unit consists of three process sections:
1.
Reduction and oxidation of a working solution
2.
Recovery and purification of hydrogen peroxide solution
3.
Working solution regeneration.
The working solution selected is a mixture of ethylanthraquinone (EAQ),

tetrahydroethylanthraquinone (THEAQ), its corresponding hydroquinone (THEAHQ), and inert
compounds in a mixed solvent of 21.4-wt% triethylhexyl phosphate and 76.6-wt% aromatic
solvent (mixed alkylbenzenes). The purified product is a 37-wt% hydrogen peroxide solution.
The epoxidation reactor system comprises four reactors, with three in series on stream and
one under regeneration or stand-by. Hydrogen peroxide solution from the hydrogen peroxide
section is combined with recycled stream containing methanol from absorption column in the
separation section and fed into the top of the first reactor. Fresh polymer-grade propylene and
recycle propylene are combined and fed into the bottom of the third reactor. The propylene
and hydrogen peroxide solution flow counter-currently in the reactors. The reaction is carried
out at 65C with H2O2/lb catalyst. The overall conversion of H2O2 is 96.8% and the selectivity
to PO is 94.5 mol%. H2O2 decomposition to water and oxygen is the major side reaction. The
deactivated catalyst is first washed with methanol. The liquid product from epoxidation reactor
is flashed and released from the reaction pressure to 200 psia in separator. The loaded liquid
is joined with fresh hydrogen peroxide solution and sent to the epoxidation reactors. The
bottom stream from column is fed into crude PO column. Crude PO stream is recovered as
overhead and is sent to the PO purification section for further purification. Crude PO is first
treated to remove most of the methyl formate impurity. A small amount of PO containing
impurities is purged overhead as fuel. The bottoms containing PO in TBA/water solvent are
distilled in PO column to recover PO with 99.98% purity. The TBA/water solvent is recycled
after the removal of methanol in column.
Propylene Derivative Cumene

The Cumene process primarily consists of following sections:
Alkylation
The alkylation section of the cumene plant consists of a single 4-bed reactor. The
overall benzene to propylene ratio is 2 to 1 (molar). All of the benzene for alkylation and a
portion of the propylene feed from battery limits storage are pumped to the first bed under flow
3.25
control. The remaining propylene feed is mixed with the alkylators circulation and is fed as
quench under flow control to the remaining beds. Note that treaters are included on the fresh
propylene feed for removal of sulfur and nitrogen compounds.
The alkylation reaction is exothermic, and the alkylator inlet temperature as well as
the temperature rise in each bed is controlled by circulation and cooling of the reactor effluent
via cooling water. The net effluent from the alkylator flows to the distillation section of the plant
under pressure control for recovery of the excess benzene and the cumene product.
Benzene Recovery
The benzene column recovers excess benzene from the alkylation and transalkylation
reactor effluents for recycle to the reactors, removes the nonaromatic components which are
contained in the benzene feedstock, and dries the fresh benzene being fed to the unit.
The alkylator effluent flows to the benzene column under static pressure. The tower is
reboiled with high pressure steam as heating medium and condensed with cooling water. Fresh
benzene is fed to the top of the column, and benzene product is recovered as a side stream to
ensure proper removal of moisture before recycle to the reaction sections. The makeup of fresh
benzene is controlled by level in the benzene surge drum, so that total inventory of benzene is
maintained at a constant in the plant.
Recycle benzene is sent to the alkylator and
transalkylator reactors under flow control. Treaters are provided for the fresh benzene to
remove basic nitrogen compounds.
The top section of the benzene column concentrates and removes light nonaromatic
components contained in the benzene feed. The nonaromatics are inert in the system and need
to be purged to control the benzene concentration in the recycle benzene. Small vapor and
liquid distillate purges can be taken from the top of the column and an additional purge can be
taken from the benzene sidedraw, depending on the specific nonaromatic compounds in the
benzene feed. The overhead of the benzene recycle column is cooled by cooling water, and
the nonaromatics are normally purged as a vapor product. Liquid purges, if required can be fed
to other parts of the refinery. Any non-condensable light compounds such as propane that are
present in the propylene feed will also be vented overhead.
Cumene Column
The bottoms from the benzene column is fed to the cumene column. This column
separates the final cumene product from PIPB and heavies. The column is reboiled by high
pressure steam, and low pressure steam is generated in the condenser. Cumene product is
recovered as a distillate and the bottoms are pumped to the PIPB column.
3.26
PIPB Column
The PIPB column recovers DIPB and most of the TIPB from the cumene column
bottoms for recycle to the transalkylation reactor. PIPB is recovered as a side stream from this
column, and fed to the transalkylation reactor for conversion to cumene. A pasteurization
section on top of this column serves as an outlet for aromatic impurities such as butyl benzenes
and cymenes, a byproduct formed from the toluene present in the benzene feed to the plant.
The column is reboiled by high pressure steam and the overhead is condensed by cooling
water. Operating pressure in the PIPB column is maintained by pulling a vacuum with a liquid
ring vacuum pump system. The bottoms product of the PIPB column contains components
heavier than TIPB, and consists mostly of diphenylpropanes. The bottoms is combined with the
PIPB overhead aromatics purge and is cooled with cooling water and purged as residue to
battery limits storage
Transalkylation
The DIPB product from the PIPB column is mixed with benzene (1 to 1 on wt basis),
and fed to the transalkylation reactor. DIPB and TIPB are partially converted to cumene with
benzene. The conversion of PIPB in the transalkylator is optimized to minimize catalyst volume
and byproduct formation by controlling the inlet temperature of the reactor. The effluent from the
transalkylator flows to the benzene column for removal of the excess benzene and the
subsequent recovery of cumene and PIPB. Process flow diagram for Cumene is depicted in
Fig 3.18.
Propylene Derivative Phenol

Phenol and acetone are produced from cumene by liquid phase oxidation of cumene
to cumenehydroperoxide (CHP) followed by catalytic de-composition of CHP to phenol and
acetone. Phenol, acetone, unconverted cumene, and by-products are then distilled in a series
of distillation towers to recover high purity acetone and phenol, and recycle cumene.
Fresh and recycle cumene is fed to a series of oxidizers where cumene contacts air
and is converted to cumene hydroperoxide (CHP). Over-head vapors from the oxidizers are
cooled and condensed to recover cumene. Spent air is treated by passing it through carbon
beds to adsorb residual Cumene. Process flow diagram for Cumene is depicted in Fig 3.19.
3.27
A note on Effluent / emission / hazardous waste generation and management

during cumene and benzene production / recovery
The heat requirement for Cumene production is supplied by the steam and hence there
are no emissions due to fuel firing. There is no process emission. The effluent stream will be
within the stipulated parameters to be sent for treatment to the central ETP.
The catalyst used is non-corrosive, environmentally inert, and re-generable. It is free
flowing before and after use and requires no special packaging or handling. It is expected to be
used for two years or longer before regeneration is required. Offsite regeneration, the preferred
method for the long cycle length, is chosen in this design. The catalysts are leased by the
Process Licensors and will be returned to them at the end of their useful life.
Air Emissions
The Non Methane Hydrocarbons from the Process vent and flare stack will be less than
150 mg/Nm3
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater generation from the process is 90 M3/Hr
Solid Waste:
The solid waste generated from the process is catalyst.
3.4.8

The manufacturing process involves the catalysis of the reaction of H2 (obtained from
processing Maui Gas) with atmospheric O2 to give H2O2. Anthraquinone (Q) is used as a H2
carrier.
Step1 - Hydrogenation
Step 2 - Filtration
Palladium catalyses the reaction

between H2 and anthraquinone to
create anthrahydroquinone (H2Q) :
Q + H2 H2Q
The palladium catalyst is filtered

out of the solution
The solution is oxidised by blowing air

through the solution, forming the H2O2:
Step 3 - Oxidation
3.28
H2Q + O2 Q + H2O2
Step 4 - H2O2 Extraction
The hydrogen peroxide is removed in

a liquid-liquid extraction column and
concentrated by vacuum distillation.
Hydrogen peroxide is manufactured using the anthraquinone process. This process

is a cyclic operation where the alkyl anthraquinone is reused. The Synthesis Loop consists of
sequential hydrogenation, filtration, oxidation and extraction stages. A number of ancillary
processes are also involved.
Step 1 - Hydrogenation
An alkyl anthraquinone is dissolved in two solvents, one nonpolar and the other polar.
Collectively the anthraquinone and solvents are called the working solution. This working
solution is recycled. The working solution containing the dissolved anthraquinone is
hydrogenated using hydrogen gas in a slurry-type hydrogenator using alumina loaded with a
small amount of palladium catalyst. Temperature is controlled to around 45oC and the reactor is
agitated to ensure good mixing of catalyst with working solution and hydrogen. During
hydrogenation the alkylanthraquinone is converted to both the alkylanthrahydroquinone and the
tetrahydroalkyl-anthrahydroquinone, although productionof the tetra-form of the quinone is
preferred because it can be more easily hydrogenated.The hydrogenation stage is carefully
controlled to avoid over-hydrogenation of the anthraquinone rings. Basicity and moisture
content are important for optimum catalyst and activity.
3.29
Step 2 - Filtration
The working solution that now contains hydrogenated anthraquinone is then filtered
to remove any trace levels of catalyst. If the catalyst is not removed then it will decompose the
hydrogen peroxide in later stages, reducing yields and causing potential hazards.
Step 3 - Oxidation
The
working
solution
is
oxidised
by
blowing
air
through
it.
The
tetrahydroalkylanthrahydroquinone is oxidised, forming hydrogen peroxide in an organic phase.

No catalyst is used and hence this step is often referred to as auto-oxidation.
Step 4 - H2O2 Extraction

Since the hydrogen peroxide is present in an organic phase and the product is
required in aqueous phase, demineralised water is added to the top of a 35 metre high liquidliquid extraction column. The water flows down the column over perforated trays while the
working solution is pumped up the column. The extractor design and operation ensures a
maximum contact of water with the working solution. The water reaches the bottom of the
extractor and contains 25-35% w/w crude hydrogen peroxide, whilst the working solution that
leaves the top of the extractor is free of hydrogen peroxide and is pumped back to the
hydrogenator. This working solution now contains the original alklyanthraquinone and
tetrahydroalkylanthraquinone. The crude hydrogen peroxide is subsequently purified and
vacuum distilled to concentrations of up to 70% w/w. This concentrated product is stabilized
against unwanted decomposition by adding proprietary stabilisers and then pumped to product
storage tanks for final testing. The process of manufacturing H2O2 by Anthraquinone Process
is shown in Fig. 3.20.
Air Emissions:
The Purge gases from the hydrogen peroxide plant will send to incinerator.
Liquid Waste:
Solid waste:
3.30
3.4.9
Polypropylene (PP)
Homopolymer
Propylene polymerisation to PP, in presence of hydrogen and catalyst, in a fluidized
bed reactor to form homopolymer resin.
Random Copolymer
Polymerisation of ethylene and propylene to PP in presence of hydrogen and catalyst
in a fluidized bed reactor form random copolymer resin.
Impact Copolymer
Homopolymer PP reacted further, with ethylene, propylene and hydrogen a second
reactor form impact copolymer resin.
Only one type of resin can be produced per line in a batch mode. The resin is then
sent to resin degassing and unreacted monomers are sent to vent recovery and are recycled
back to reactors after separation.
Wet degassed resin is sent to finishing section, wherein additives are added to
stabilize the resin, and extrude it to pellets of uniform size. The block diagram is as shown in
Fig. 3.21.
Air Emissions:
Process flare CO2+ H20
Liquid waste generation:
The estimated wastewater generation from the process is 20 M3 /Hr
Solid waste
No solid waste will be generated from the process
3.5
C4/C5 Based Units
3.5.1
Butyl /Halo Butyl Rubber

C4 R1 Stream containing approx. 46 % Isobutylene is sent for synthesis of MTBE
with Methanol. MTBE thus produced is cracked to get pure Isobutylene and raffinate is sent to
LPG stream after separation of Butene1 by super fractionation with heat pump. Isobutylene
will be used in Butyl / Halo butyl rubber production. Small amount of MTBE import is required
(approx. 12000 MTA) to meet complete requirement of Isobutylene for Butyl Rubber Project
3.31
Butyl Rubber Production :

Isobutylene and Isoprene are co-polymerized at extremely low temperatures and
operates in a semi continuous mode. The catalyst anhydrous aluminum chloride is dissolved in
methyl chloride and chilled.
Both monomers are mixed, diluted with methyl chloride and chilled. Reaction
produces polymer suspended in liquid methyl chloride.
Suspended polymer overflows from reactor and enters into flash-tank, were additives
are added.
Solvent and un reacted monomers are evaporated by means of steam and warm
water. Un reacted monomers and methyl chloride are flashed, compressed, dried and purified
for reuse.
Polymer slurry from bottom of degasser to finishing equipment where polymer is
separated from water. Water is recycled back to the flash-tank.
Wet polymer is dried, baled, wrapped in film and packaged.
Halo butyl Rubber :

Halo butyl rubber is produced by reaction between butyl rubber solution in organic
solvent and halogenation agent in presence of nitrogen gas.
After removal of water from butyl rubber slurry, butyl rubber chips obtained from
degassing vessel are dissolved in hexane. Rubber solution is pumped through cooler to
halogenation reactor.
Chlorination is performed with Chlorine in gas phase while Bromination is carried out
with Bromine in liquid phase. In both cases nitrogen is used as shipping agent to ship away
the side products formed during reaction.
Gaseous phase leaving top of reactor is washed with caustic solution. Condensed
hexane is recycled back and spent caustic solution from scrubber bottom is discharged from
the plant.
Halogenated rubber in hexane after neutralization and addition of additives is sent to
degassing vessel. Hexane is recovered with the help of steam and recycled back.
Halogenated rubber slurry is dewatered. Rubber crumbs are dried, baled , wrapped
and palletized in wooden boxes.
3.32
SSBR / PBR
For production of SSBR / PBR swing plant will be installed . The process for both is
same except few chemicals and additives.
Monomer Purification / Solvent Purification

Fresh Butadiene 1:3 (BD 1:3) is received from storage area and is mixed with recycle
stream of BD 1:3 which is having lower purity. This mixed stream is fed to a series of two
distillation columns where the water and heavy ends are removed. The dry BD 1:3 stream
having purity of 93%~99% is fed to the polymerization section. The solvent recovered by
stripping contains un reacted butadiene and other c4s. Butadiene and C4s are recovered by
distillation and recycled back. Recovered solvent is sent to storage for re use.
Polymerisation
BD and solvent being purified in the purification section are sent to the polymerization
section. Theses are pre cooled in the respective pre coolers by ammonia refrigeration system.
Purified BD and solvent along with catalyst are fed to the reactor.
Reactors in series having agitators for mixing of high viscosity polymer solution and
jackets for refrigerant
to remove the heat of reaction. The temperatures of reactors are
maintained in the range of 59 C to 75 C. The reactant material goes from bottom of reactors
and comes out form the top. The reaction is terminated by adding PPA solution and polymer
solution is sent to the blending / homogenization section.
Solvent Recovery
The rubber solution form the blend tank enters into first stripper through cement
slurry mixer in which it is mixed with hot recycle water. In first stripper the BD and solvent are
stripped by low pressure steam and by vapor form top of second stripper. At the same time the
rubber forms crumbs. The crumb slurry from first stripper is pumped to second and then to
third in which residual solvent is stripped out.
Finishing
The crumb slurry from the solvent recovery section is received n the crumb slurry
tank. The crumb slurry tank has overhead condenser where condensed material is decanted
and hydrocarbons are recovered. The crumb slurry from this is tank is fed to the shaker screen
through distributors.
3.33
The separated hot water form bottom of the shaker screen enters into the fine
crumbs tank from which fine crumbs with hot water are transferred batch wise to crumb slurry
tank for recovery and hot water called serum water is transferred to the serum tank. The
serum water from the serum tank is recycled to the water column in stripping section and part
of water is drained.
From the shaker screen, the crumbs pass to the expeller for dewatering the rubber.
Drained water from the bottom of the expeller is taken to the fine crumb tank. From the
expeller, rubber expander where the water is flashed off when the rubber in the form of small
crumbs leaves expander. Water vapor leaving the crumbs are taken out by blower.
Rubber crumbs are conveyed and cooled in spiral elevator and baled after automatic
weighing. The bales go for packaging through a metal detector device (film wrapper &
bagging). After this bales are finally packed, weighed and moved to Ware House.
3.5.2
E-SBR Project
The SBR plant at Jamnagar will consist of two process areas namely Polymerisation
(including monomer recovery) and Coagulation & Finishing area.
Polymerisation Area
Styrene Butadiene Rubber (ESBR) is manufactured by emulsion polymerization
technology. Main Raw materials are Styrene (23.5%) and Butadiene (76.5%). The term
emulsion polymerization is used to describe polymerization process in which Styrene &
Butadiene (monomers) are emulsified as droplets in water phase, with the help of emulsifying
agents such as soaps.
The reaction is initiated by a catalyst system and takes place in a series of
continuously agitated reactors at 5 to 10 oC and occurs in three phases namely initiation, chain
propagation & termination. Molecular weight of the Polymer is controlled by addition of a
modifier, which regulates the length of the polymer chains.
The reaction is exothermic and is controlled with the help of Ammonia circulating in
specially designed coils inside the reactors. The polymerisation is carried out upto 60-65%
conversion that gives optimum properties in rubber. At this point, conversion reaction is
terminated by addition of shortstop. Product thus produced is called Latex.
Un-reacted Butadiene is recovered by pressure and vacuum flashing.
It is
compressed, condensed and recycled to the system. Unconverted Styrene is recovered by

stripping of Latex and subsequent condensation and recycled back. A small portion of Styrene
3.34
& Butadiene is purged out to maintain desired purities of monomers required for
polymerisation.
Stripped latex is stored in tanks (and blended if required to achieve proper
physical properties) and sent to finishing lines for conversion into rubber.
Finishing Area
Antioxidant is added to blended latex and latex is coagulated with the help of salt and
sulphuric acid. In case of 1700 grade, Extender oil is added to the latex before coagulation.
Rubber crumbs obtained in coagulation are filtered and washed with water.
Crumbs
containing 50% moisture are sent to expeller to reduce water content to about 10%.
Dewatered crumbs are shredded and dried in a tunnel or mechanical dryer where the
moisture content in the rubber crumbs is reduced to less than 0.5%. Dried rubber crumbs are
compressed in Baler to form bales which, passes through a metal detector and finally film
wrapped before packing in paper bags or cartons. The process flow diagram of E-SBR is
shown in Fig. 3.22.
Air Emissions:
The emissions from the process vents will not exceed the following standards.
Butadiene 5 mg/Nm3
Styrene- 100 mg/Nm3
NMHC- 150 mg/Nm3
Liquid waste:
The estimated wastewater generation is 300 M3/Hr
Solid Waste:
The solid waste generation is 1500 TPA
3.5.3
Maleic anhydride
N-butane and air are fed to a fluid bed catalytic reactor (1) to produce Maleic
anhydride. The fluid bed reactor eliminates hot spots and permits operation at close to the
stoichiometric reaction mixture. This result in a greatly reduced relative to fixed bed process
and translates in to savings in investment and compressor power, and large increase in steam
generation. The fluid bed system permits online catalyst addition/removal to adjust catalyst
activity and reduce downtime for catalyst change out.
The recovery area uses a pretended organic solvent to remove the maleic anhydride
from the reactor effluent gas. A conventional adsorption (2)/stripping (3) scheme operation on
a continuous basis. Crude maleic anhydride is distilled is to separate light (4) and heavy (5)
impurities. A slipstream of recycle solvent is treated to eliminate any heavy byproducts that
3.35
may be formed. the continuous nonaqueous product recovery system result in superior
product quality and savings in steam consumption. Relative to an aqueous recovery system, it
reduces investment, product degradation loss (and byproduct formation) wastewater. Fig.
3.23 shows process flow diagram of Maleic Anhydride
Air Emissions:
Air Emissions: fuel gas to fuel pool
Organic Particulates: 25 mg/Nm3
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater from the process is 10 M3/Hr
Solid Waste:
Solid Waste- catalyst Spent- 200 T/Yr (averaged over a 5 Year term)
3.6
C6/C7/C8 based Units
3.6.1
Mono Nitro Benzene

Benzene is converted to mononitrobenzene (MNB) in a mixture of nitric and sulfuric
acids in a conventional stirred tank reactor at a selectivity of around 97%. Makeup benzene is
fed to the prenitrators along with spent acid, where the excess benzene drives the reaction to
near completion at 60oC. The heat of nitration is removed with cooling water through internal
cooling coils. Effluent from the reactor is decanted into a separator where organic phase is
separated from the acid solution. The denitrated spent acid solution is concentrated by steam
stripping and recycled back to the reactor. The organic phase from the prenitrators is reacted
with replenished mixed acid in nitrators which are tubular heat exchangers. At the reactor
temperature of 60oC, 98% of the nitric acid fed to the nitrator is converted to mono or to
dinitrobenzene.
The nitrator effluent is separated into organic and acid phases in separators. The two
phases pass through decanters which recover entrainments during operating upsets. The
spent acid is recycled to prenitrators. The organic phase is fed to neutralization and benzene
recovery. The acid is neutralized with 10% caustic. The organic phase and the spent caustic
phase are separated. The spent caustic phase is disposed of while the organic phase is
scrubbed with water and fed to the MNB surge tank before entering the finishing column. MNB
is taken as the overhead product from the finishing column along with benzene and water. The
bottom product is dinitrobenzene as a 40% solution in MNB. Fig. 3.24 gives the schematic of
Mono Nitro Benzene Process.
3.36
A note on Emission / effluent management during mono-nitro benzene production
Air Emission management:

There are no furnace / process vents from the manufacturing operations.
Liquid waste management:
The source of effluent generation:
i.
The effluent will be generated from the neutralization process of organic layer having likely
contamination of benzene, nitro benzene etc.
ii. The wastewater generated from the acid concentration operations which may contain likely
traces of nitro benzene.
The effluent from above operations will be neutralized and sent to central ETP for treatment.
Air Emissions
The Benzene from process vents will be less than 5mg/Nm3
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater quantity is 10 M3/hr
The Spent caustic treatment will be given inside the battery limits.
Solid Waste:
3.6.2
Aniline
Makeup mononitrobenzene (MNB) is preheated at high temperature by heat
exchange with the reactor effluent. Recycle hydrogen is heated at high temperature in the
feed-product exchanger. Preheated MNB and makeup hydrogen are combined with a side
stream of recycle hydrogen to bring the H2/MNB ratio slightly over 3. The MNB/H2 mixture is
fed to the reactor through two-phase nozzle arranged in four tiers. The remainder of recycle
H2 enters reactor below the catalyst grate. The hydrogenation catalyst, copper on a silica
carrier, is fluidized by the H2/MNB feed passing through the reactor at ~1.5 fps. Cyclones
installed internally trap entrained catalyst particles. The reactor operates under high
temperature and at 6.2 Bar. The exothermic heat is removed by 5 bayonet coolers and is
utilized to produce steam.
The reactor effluent is cooled by interchange with recycle hydrogen and makeup
MNB. Finally the reactor effluent is cooled to 40C to recover the organics from the recycle H2.
The gas and liquid phases are separated in a separator and the H2 is recycled to the reactor
via H2 compressor. The liquid phase enters effluent separator where the organic and aqueous
phases are separated. The aqueous phase is stripped free of aniline in wastewater column.
3.37
The overhead stream contains 15% aniline which is condensed and sent for phase separation.
The organic phase is fed to the drying column. The bottoms are essentially dry aniline and the
overhead is the aniline-water azeotrope and the benzene brought in with the MNB. The
overhead is condensed and the condensate is split into an organic and an aqueous layer. Half
of the organic phase is sent to incineration while the other half is recycled to drying column.
The aqueous layer is sent to wastewater column for recovery of dissolved aniline. The
bottoms, which contain aniline and the high boiling by-products, are fed to the finishing
column. Aniline is taken as overhead while the high boilers are discharged as bottoms. Fig.
3.25 shows Process Flow Diagram for Aniline
Air Emissions:
H2 blend stream after H2 separation
Process Incinerators- As per the CPCB standards
Liquid Waste:
Solid Waste:
The solid waste generation from the process is Catalyst.
3.6.3
Methylene Di Aniline (MDA) is produced by the acid catalyzed condensation of aniline
with formaldehyde. The production of MDA is a two-stage process. First, aniline is neutralized
with concentrated hydrochloric acid in aqueous solution at 100C to form aniline hydrochloride.
This solution is cooled to less than 50C. Formaldehyde solution is then added with efficient
agitation to the aniline-aniline hydrochloride solution. The reaction is usually staged to control
the condensation and rearrangement steps. The final reaction temperatures are normally 80120C. After completion of reaction, the acidic PMDA is treated with aqueous sodium
hydroxide to neutralize the excess acid. The organic layer is then washed with water and
stripped to remove unreacted aniline and water. The unreacted aniline is recycled back to the
beginning of the reaction. The product is purified to isolate pure 4,4-MDA, packaged for
shipment or treated with phosgene to produce the corresponding isocyanate. Fig. 3.26 shows
the Block diagram for MDA Production process.
A note on Emission / Effluent management during Methylene Di-Aniline production
There are no furnace / process vents/emissions from the process operations.
3.38
The sources of effluent generation during the process operations will be from following
stages:
i.
Neutralization process of mixed liquor from condensation process with caustic lye
having traces of organic matter likely contaminants are formaldehyde, aniline etc.
ii. Acidic effluent from the purification process of crude Methylene-Di Aniline.
The waste water generated will be collected and neutralized at the plant and further sent
for treatment at central ETP.
Solid waste Management:

The solid waste generated will be sodium chloride. From the neutralization process. This
contains traces of aniline. The traces of aniline will be recovered through vacuum drying and
the salts will be sent for landfill.
Liquid Waste:
Solid waste:
The estimated solid waste generation from the process is Salt: of 10.41 TPA
3.6.4
Phosgene
As shown in Figs. 3.27 A and 3.27 B, carbon monoxide (Stream 1) and chlorine
(Stream 2) are mixed in a small excess of carbon monoxide to ensure complete conversion of
the chlorine over activated carbon catalyst. The product gases (Stream 3) are condensed, the
liquid phosgene (Stream 4) is sent to storage, and the remaining gases (Stream 5) are
scrubbed with a hydrocarbon solvent to remove residual phosgene. Uncondensed phosgene
and the solvent that is used in the scrubber may be used for subsequent processing (e.g., in
the production of isocyanate).
The liquid phosgene is stored in pressurized steel tanks. A typical precautionary measure is to
store the material in two tanks, neither of which is filled to more than half of its capacity. This
allows the transfer of the phosgene to either tank in case a leak develops in one of the tanks
or its piping system. Measures for safe management of Phosgene are listed in Annexure IX.
All requisite approvals for the production, storage and handling of Phosgene will be taken from
the appropriate authority.
3.39
The MoEF has sought information on the additional TOR regrinding the
measures for safe management of Phosgene & approvals from concerned department
shall be obtained for storage and production of phosgene.
The safe management measures are attached as Annexure IX to the document and
necessary approvals will be taken from appropriate authorities before commissioning of the
facility. .
Phosgene is an intermediate product in the manufacture of Methylene Diphenyl
Diisocyanate (MDI) & Toluene Diphenyl Isocyanate (TDI). Since it is not a stand alone product,
there will be no requirement for storage of the same. Based on the plant layout the inventory
that is in the pipelines and process equipment will be the only quantity in process. The requisite
approvals from the concerned agencies will be obtained for the use of Phosgene in the process.
The Phosgene Panel under the American Chemistry Council has delineated the Safe
management Measures for Phosgene. These measures will be strictly followed for the design
and operation of the MDI & TDI Plants.
Air Emissions:
Stack exhaust from scrubber is 1 mg/Nm3
Liquid Waste:
Spent caustic treatment is given inside the battery limits
Solid Waste:
Activated carbon catalyst
3.6.5
Methylene Diphenyl Diisocyanate & Toluene Diisocyanate

The first step in Methylene Diphenyl Diisocyanate (MDI) production is the
hydrochloric acid catalyzed condensation of aniline with formaldehyde, yielding a mixture of

isomeric forms of diphenylmethane dianilines (MDA's) containing two or more aromatic rings.
Then occurs the phosgenation of MDA's forming crude MDI (Figure 1). The non-distilled or
crude MDI mixture, or polymeric MDI, consists mainly of 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate,
2,4'- and 2,2'- isomers, and condensation products with more than two aromatic rings. Crude
MDI is used in rigid foam production, where it provides significant advantages in processability
and in mechanical performance, such as mechanical resistance and dimensional stability. The
higher aniline/formaldehyde relationship increases the ratio of di functional product. The
isocyanate is purified via solvent separation and fractionation. Fig. 3.28 represents the
schematic of MDI production.
3.40
The MoEF sought clarification on Emission / effluent management and risk during
methylene diphenyl diisocyanate, toluene diisocyanate / recovery (Please refer Bhopal
episode)
Methylene Diphenyl Di Isocyanate (MDI):
The un-reacted phosgene from the manufacturing process of MDI is completely
removed and decomposed by scrubbing with water and caustic till it becomes completely inert.
The disposal of inert gas will be done after doing complete Risk Assessment under
manufactures guidelines and Safe Management Practices.
The wastewater generated from the HCl absorber & phosgene decomposing column will
be neutralized and sent to Effluent treatment plant for treatment at central ETP.
There are no solid waste generations from the process.
Toluene Di Isocyanate (TDI):
Two stage caustic scrubbers will be provided for scrubbing. The emissions generated
from the second stage of phosgenation of di-amino-toluene are scrubbed in a two stage caustic
scrubber. The disposal of inert gas will be done after doing complete Risk Assessment under
manufactures guidelines and Safe Management Practices.
The wastewater generated from the scrubbing of HCl gas & phosgene decomposing will
be neutralized and sent to Effluent treatment plant for appropriate treatment.
There are no solid waste generations from the process.
Air Emissions:
The MDI/TDI from the process vents will be less than 0.1 mg/Nm3
The TDI organic Particulates from the process vents will be less than 25 mg/Nm3
Liquid Waste:
The estimated wastewater generation from the process is 85 M3/hr.
Solid Waste:
3.6.6
Styrene
The Benzene feed to the reactor consists of fresh benzene and the benzene
recovered in the distillation section. The mixture preheated and fed to the zeolitic, liquid phase
3.41
reactor section (1). Ethylene feed reacts completely, leaving only inert constituents. Poly ethyl
benzene that are produced by successive alkylalations are Transalkylated with benzene to
produce additional EB(1)
In the distillation section, the benzene column (2) recovers and recycle benzene from
the rector effluent. Two other columns (3,4) recover EB which is sent to the dehydrogenation
section, and PEBs which are recycles to the reactor section.
The EB is then catalytically dehydrogenated to styrene in the presence of steam. The
reaction is carried out at high temperature under vaccum. The EB (Fresh and Recycle) and
primary steam are combined with superheated steam, and the mixture is dehydrogenated in a
multistage reactor system(5). Between dehydrogenated stages, air or oxygen is introduced to
partly oxidized the hydrogen produced over a proprietary catalyst to reheat the process as and
to remove the equilibrium constraint for the dehygrgentaion reaction. The process achieves
greater than 80% EB conversion purpose. Reactor effluent are cooled to recover the waste
heat and condense the hydrocarbons and steam. Uncondensed offgases compressed and
used as fuel. Condensed hydrocarbons (6) are sent to the distillation section. Process
condensate is stirpped to remove dissolved aromatics.
A fractionation train (7,8) separates high purity styrene unconverted EB, which is
recycled, relatively minor reaction by product tar. Toluene is produced (9,10) as a minor
byproduct and benzene is recycled to the EB reactor section. Typical SM product purity is in
the range of 99.99% to 99.95%. The process provides high product, yield, due to unique
combination of catalyst and reactor operating condition. Fig. 3.29 shows process flow diagram
of styrene.
Air Emissions:
The emissions from the process vents will be in compliance with the standards
Styrene from the process vents will be less than 100mg/Nm3
Benzene from the process vents will be less than 5 mg/Nm3
The SO2 and NOx emissions from the Styrene process are 0.001 TPH and 0.004 TPH
respectively.
Liquid waste:
The estimated wastewater generation from the process is 125 M3/hr.
Solid waste:
The estimated solid waste generation from the process is molecular sieve of 1100 TPA.
3.42
3.6.7
Paraxylene and Orthoxylene

The Aromatics Complex comprises of Xylene Fractionation, Parex unit and Isomar
Units. Xylene Fractionation column feeds mixed xylenes to the Parex unit.
Selective adsorption of paraxylene is affected by the Parex Process to produce
Paraxylene (PX), with a purity of 99.8 wt%, and recover 94-97 wt% of PX in a single pass.
Selective adsorption of PX is done with molecular sieve adsorption and the
subsequent desorption of PX by a suitable desorbent.
Adsorbent is a X-type zeolite
material. Desorbent is liquid para diethyl benzene.

The simultaneous entry and withdrawal of various process streams, are
accomplished by a Rotary valve called Coplanar Manifolding Indexes (CMI).
The separation in a Parex unit takes place in the two adsorbent chambers. Each
adsorbent chamber is divided into 12 beds. Each bed of adsorbent is supported from below by
a specialized grid, which also contains the highly engineered flow distributors. Each flow
distributor is connected to the CMI or rotary valve.
PX gets adsorbed on the molecular sieve and subsequently desorbed. Two streams,
which come out of the chambers are known as raffinate stream and extract stream.
The raffinate stream from the rotary valve is sent to the raffinate column for
separation of C8 hydrocarbons from the desorbent.
The extract stream from the rotary valve is sent to the extract column for separation
of the crude paraxylene from the desorbent. Overhead product from the extract column, which
contains the paraxylene together with toluene, is sent to the finishing column. Extract column
bottoms which is essentially pure desorbent. Block Diagram for Aromatics is presented in
Fig. 3.30.
Fuel:
The fuel oil requirement for Paraxylene and Orthoxylene is 48.451 TPH
Air Emissions:
The over all SO2 and NO2 emissions are 0.045 TPH and 0.127 TPH
The emissions from the Process vent- Aromatics/Xylene/toluene will be less than
100mg/Nm3
Liquid waste:
3.43
Solid waste
The estimated solid waste generation from the process is Molecular sieve of 2900 TPA
3.6.8
Purified terepthalic acid (PTA)

PTA manufacturing process consists of two steps:
Production of PTA by air oxidation of paraxylene (PX)
Purification of PTA
Production of PTA
The Oxidation Plant consists of three sections: reaction, product recovery and
solvent recovery.
In the reaction section, PX is mixed with acetic acid solvent and catalyst solution and
is fed continuously to the reactor where it is reacted with air. The terephthalic acid produced in
the exothermic reaction is precipitated to form slurry in the reactor.
In the product recovery section, reactor product is depressurized and cooled in a
series of three crystallizing vessels. Precipitated terephthalic acid product is recovered by
continuous filtration incorporating a solvent wash stage. Residual acetic acid is then removed
in a continuous drier.
In the solvent recovery section, contaminated solvent, recovered from the reaction and product
recovery sections, is processed to remove water, catalyst, and unwanted reaction by-products.
The contaminated solvent is continuously fractionated to produce a final product of purified
acetic acid suitable for re-use in the plant. Block Flow Diagram for Production of PTA is
presented in Fig. 3.31.
Purification of PTA
The terephthalic acid (TA) product contains a small quantity of impurities, which must
be removed before the material can be used in the manufacture of polyester.
The principal impurity, 4-carboxy benzaldehyde (4CBA), an oxidation intermediate, is
hydrogenated to para-toluic acid. The para-toluic acid remains in aqueous solution during the
subsequent product recovery stages. This is achieved in the purification plant by selective
catalyst hydrogenation of an aqueous solution of TA saturated with hydrogen at elevated
temperature and pressure. The PTA is subsequently crystallized and recovered by employing
solid/liquid separation and drying steps.
3.44
Air Emissions
The Air emissions SO2 & NOx are 0.008 TPH and 0.001TPH respectively.
Liquid waste generation
The estimated wastewater generation is 510 M3/hr- Own treatment unit with in the
battrery limits.
Solid Waste:
The solid waste from the process is pretreatment sludge.
3.6.9
Polyester/ Polyethylene Tere-phthalate (PET)

The Purified Terephthalic Acid (PTA) and Mono-ethylene Glycol (MEG) are mixed to
produce Oligomer and water in the esterification section. The oligomer is then pumped to
polymerization section after addition of chemicals namely catalyst, TiO2, DEG and Glycol. The
oligomer is converted into polymer, through the polymerization reaction. The polymer is sent
to chippers for making chips. The water generated in the process is first stripped of
hydrocarbons, and sent to ETP.
The polyester chips are post oxidized and are packed in bags. Block and Process
flow diagram for 1000 KTA Bottle Grade PET: Continuous Polymerisation Section (CP) are
depicted in Fig. 3.32 and 3.33.
PET Plant-Process Description

PET Resin Product Types
1)
Resin for water packaging applications.
2)
Resin for carbonated soft drinks applications.
3)
General purpose PET resin
PET plant consists of two sections Continuous Polymerization (CP) and Solid State
Polymerization (SSP).
Continuous Polymerisation
Raw Materials feeding:
Ethylene Glycol (EG)
Purified Terephthalic Acid (PTA)
Isophthalic Acid (IPA)
3.45
PTA and IPA(in ratio control) are fed into the SlurryMixTank to which metered
quantity of Ethylene Glycol is added to control PTA - EG mole ratio. The PTA - EG slurry thus
produced is pumped into the Esterifier reactor.
Esterification
Estirification reaction takes place to produce Oligomer and water. The Water - EG
mixture is distilled in a separating column where the recovered EG is separated out and
recycled into the process . Reaction water is sent to stripping column from were it is discharge
to effluent treatment.The Oligomer produced in the Esterifier is pumped through Oligomer
filter into the Pre-Polymerizer. All additives viz. Catalyst, Diethylene Glycol (DEG), thermal
stabilizer (phosphoric acid) and color inhibitor (Cobalt acetate) are added in the Oligomer
Transfer line.
Polycondensation
Pre-Polymerizer (PP) :
The Pre-Polymerizer is a Dowtherm jacketed vessel. The Oligomer is Pre-heated and
then polymerised under vacuum & high temperature . Excess glycol generated from the
process is recycled back.
Final Polymerizer
The Final Polymeriser is a horizontal, cylindrical vessel with an agitator to achieve
high surface generation. The vessel is operated at high temperature and very high vacuum.
The remaining excess glycol (2 - 3%) is removed in the finisher and the polymer viscosity is
increased to about 2,500 poise, suitable for Chipping in Chipper Unit. Chips produced in
chipper are conveyed to storage silos and then fed to SSP Plant.
Solid State Polycondensation

Precrystallization Section:
In Precrystalliser chips are fludized and precrystallized by means of nitrogen.
Crystallization Section
Pre-crystallized PET chips are fed to two crystallizers connected in series.
Solid State Polycondensation:

The hot chips coming from second crystalliser are fed to the reactor. Inside the
reactor a stream of hot nitrogen is fed counter - currently in order to facilitate removal of
3.46
Acetaldehyde and other organics and increases the viscosity to the desired level by providing
the required residence time and temperature.
Product Cooling Section:

The hot PET chips are cooled in two stage fludized bed coolers and then conveyed
to the Product silos from where it is bagged/stuffed in containers.
Liquid Waste generation
The estimated wastewater generation from the process is 125 M3 /Hr
Solid Waste
The Solid waste generation from the process is spent pellets.
3.6.10 PSF Process Description

The polyester staple fiber process with a packed production capacity of 720TPD. The
plant is mainly divided into following sections.
Continuous Polymerization with 4 Reactors (750 TPD)
Chip production.
PSF Spinning (4 lines of 185 TPD).
PSF Drawlines (4 machines each of 185 TPD).
Balers 8 nos, 02 each per drawline.
Auxiliaries - Catalysts, Additives, TiO2, DEG and Spin Finish Pack handling
/cleaning and AHUs.
PSF bale handling facilities up to Warehouse.
Continuous Polycondensation
Paste Preparation
In this section PTA, EG (split glycol) and the polycondensation catalyst are mixed in
a defined ratio to form a paste. The paste is made by mixing the continuous streams, i.e. the
PTA powder and the EG are filling into the PTA preparation tank while stirring. The mixing
ratio of the two streams is controlled to ensure a constant level even with a varying rate of
throughput.
3.47
Esterification 1 and 2
In the esterification section, PTA and EG react to form diglycol terephtalate (DGT)
while water is spilt off, and the polycondensation reaction is initiated while EG is split off.
For this purpose, the PTA paste is subjected in series-connected reactors under
stirring to an elevated temperature. Maintaining the pressure, temperature and residence time
at an appropriate level controls the degree of esterification and polycondensation. The water
split off during esterification and the EG released during polycondensation are discharged from
the reactors in form of vapour and subjected to rectification in the process column. In this way,
a maximum of EG split off during polycondensation is recycled to the esterification process.
The process column and the reactor ES2 internal heat exchanger coils are heated
with liquid heat transfer medium from secondary heating circuits, supplied directly with liquid
heat-transfer medium from the primary heating circuit. Internal heat exchanger of esterification
1 (ES1) is heated directly by primary HTM.
All vapour lines and all heated jackets of the reactors are heated by dowtherm vapour
systems.
Prepolycondensation
The polycondensation process initiated in the esterification is further continued in the

prepolycondensation reactor and a low-molecular PET is obtained.
The product leaving the esterification stage is fed into the prepolycondensation
reactor, equipped with an agitator. Maintaining the pressure, temperature and residence time
at an appropriate level sets the degree of polycondensation. The EG split off during
prepolycondensation is withdrawn in the form of vapour, condensed in the spray condenser
with a cold EG cycle and fed back into the process column. The required vacuum is generated
by a central vacuum system, serving the prepolycondensation stage and the final
polycondensation reactor. The accumulating glycol load is passed back into the process. The
heating coils of the reactor are heated with liquid heat transfer medium from a secondary
heating circuit.
The reactor heat exchangers of the cascade-reactor are heated with liquid heat
transfer medium from a secondary heating circuit, supplied directly with liquid heat-transfer
medium from the primary heating system.
The vapour lines and the heating jacket of the prepolycondensation reactor are
heated by dowtherm vapour systems.
3.48
Polycondensation
The product leaving the pre-polycondensation section is fed continuously into the
final polycondensation reactor, where under agitation and high vacuum the final product
qualities are achieved.
The degree of polycondensation measured as viscosity is set to the desired final
value by maintaining the pressure, temperature and residence time at an appropriate level.
The EG (split glycol) vapours are removed by suction with an EG vapour jet system and
condensed with cold EG in a spray condenser system. The split glycol is passed back to the
paste preparation vessel. The inert gases are removed by the vacuum pump system.
The polymer melt is led to the spinning sections respectively to the chip production
by a special designed product discharge pump. Secondary liquid heat transfer medium circuit
heats the product outlet line.
The disc ring reactor is heated by dowtherm vapour. The thermal energy is supplied
via a dowtherm evaporator, which is heated by liquid heat transfer from primary circuit. The
vapour lines and the EG-vapour jet are heated by a separate dowtherm vapour system. The
motive vapour required for the EG-vapour jet system is generated in the glycol evaporator.
The necessary thermal energy is delivered from a secondary liquid heat transfer medium
circuit.
Chip Production
In this section the hot and highly viscous polymer is converted into chips through
underwater pelletizers.
The manufactured chips are inter stored in the intermediate chip silo.
Chip Handling, Chip Storage and Conveying
The processed textile grade chips are fed with a slow motion pneumatic conveyed to
storage silos for bagging.
3.6.11 Staple Fibre Production

PSF Spinning
In the spinning plant the polymer melt is directly spun into tow.
The polymer melt is to be delivered continuously from the polycondensation plant to
the spinning beams.
3.49
Static mixers in the distribution pipe system guarantee a uniform temperature profile
in the polymer melt without creating any dead spots in the pipe system in the spinning beams.
The polymer melt is fed by metering pumps to the spin packs at a uniform flow rate,
where it is filtered and extruded through small offices in the spinnerets into filaments. The
spinning beams are heated by dowtherm vapour. A special designed vapour distribution
system ensures a uniform temperature for all spinnerets. The extruded filament pass through a
quench duct in which they are cooled and solidified by a laminar and uniformly controlled and
conditioned airflow. From there, they are led through the spinning tube down to the draw-off
machine. The filament bundles of each spinning position are gathered to one single tow. The
tow is then fed to the piddlers, which deposit the tow uniformly into cans.
PSF Drawlines
The various tows are being combined and drawn under constant tension into the
staple fibre line.
The fibre tow passes a dipping bath receiving the necessary finish oil needed for the
subsequent drawing of the fibres.
Between drawing frame I and II a pre-orientation of the fibre tow is achieved while at
the same time the tows are being heated in the drawing path. The complete
orientation(drawing) of the fibres is achieved between drawing frame II and the roller
thermosetting unit. In the next step the fibre tows are thermoset under tension or shrinkage at
high temperature depending upon the fibre type being requested. The high modulus types are
then cooled under tension for stabilizing the properties. Then the tows are then reduced to one
tow, which is heated in the heating chamber. The crimping of the fibre tow can be adjusted in
the crimping device by pressure. After crimping the fibre tow is dried uniformly in the dryer.
Baler
Then the fibre tow is fed under uniform tension into the cutter, where it is cut into the
required staple fibre length. The cut staple fibre is charged into the two baling presses , where
it is compressed into bales.
Additives
Following additives are added to get the product with desired properties.
DEG
TiO2
3.50
In addition to the additives, Catalyst is used to enhance the rate of polymerization in

the polycondensation section.
PSF bale handling facilities

The bales are removed by means of a special designed wagon fitted with gripper and
led via a driven roller conveyor to the in-line weighing and labeling unit and further to the
discharge point over an undriven roller conveyor.
The bales are then led to the warehouse where the attacking of the bales is done and
an inventory maintained for dispatch.
3.6.12 Downstream Process

The Spinning Process
A spinning mill carries out many processes, which transform bales of raw cotton into
a yarn ready for weaving. The term "spinning" can refer to the whole activity or just to the final
process of making the yarn.
Bale to Lap
The raw cotton arrives in the form of large bales. These are broken open and a
worker feeds the cotton into a machine called a "breaker" which gets rid of some of the dirt.
The cotton may not be consistent in quality from bale to bale and samples will be taken.
From here the cotton goes to a "scutcher". (Operated by a worker also called a
scutcher). This machine cleans the cotton of any remaining dirt and separates the fibres. The
cotton emerges in the form of thin "blanket" called the "lap". (Think of how "cotton wool" holds
itself together). An important quantity is called the "tex" which basically measures the mass
per metre. Ideally the tex of the emerging lap should stay more or less the same. The final end
product of the mill, the yarn, needs to be of constant quality and character and this is achieved
by checking the cotton through all the preceeding stages. One way to achieve this is by
blending. The output from several breakers can be fed into the scutcher so that the contents of
different bales are being blended to produce a more uniform output. The stress on quality
control is something that has changed over the years and what used to be achieved by the
experienced eye of the workers now relies more on measurement.
Lap to Sliver
Here we have two processes: CARDING and DRAWING.
3.51
Carding
A machine called a card does this. The fibres are separated more completely and
the tex is reduced many times. The output from these machines is more like an untwisted
'rope' than a blanket. strippers and grinders according to Tippett do maintenance but in the
census they are generally called 'cardroom hands', 'cardroom operatives'.
Drawing
This is carried out on a machine called a 'draw frame'. This further straightens the
fibres. It also combines the output of several carders thus again giving a more uniform product.
This combining is referred to as 'doubling'. [Note that the same term 'doubling' is used to refer
to the twisting together of two finished yarns]. Sometimes drawing is supplemented by
'combing' which gets rid of short fibres. This is normally for higher quality fabrics. The output
from drawing is a loose untwisted 'rope' of cotton.
Sliver to Roving
Here the yarn is further attenuated i.e. it is being stretched so that the weight per
unit length decreases further. The process is very similar to drawing. Speed frames carry out
the process and quite often there are three sets in series. The output from the first is called
'slubbing' The output from the second is called 'inter'(mediate) The output from the third is
'roving'.
'Slubber' and 'rover' are often given as census occupations.
Roving to Yarn (Spinning)

The term "spinning" is sometimes used to denote this final process in the production
of the yarn. This involves attenuating (stretching) the yarn to the required tex. Giving the
thread strength by adding twist. And winding it on to a bobbin. There are two main methods:
Mule Spinning
Ring Spinning
The MULE was originally developed by Samuel Crompton from the "jenny". He never
patented his invention and this must have helped its wide introduction. The mule operated in
two stages. In one stage the whole 'front' of the machine (perhaps 100 feet long) moved away
from the back part stretching and twisting the thread as it did so. It would move several feet
(say 5 feet). In stage two the front carriage moved back and at the same time wound the
stretched yarn on to a bobbin (or cop). With the early mules the carriage was moved forward
by the operators turning a wheel but the invention of the self-acting mule meant that the
3.52
carriage moved forward itself. Mules would be placed in lines so that the front of one faced the
front of the next. As the carriages moved forward, towards each other, only a narrow gap
would be left between them for the spinner to walk between. The mules were tended by
spinners, piecers, doffers. Piecers would mend broken threads and doffers would remove the
full cops. Often they would be men. Mules could at one time produce much finer yarns than
ring frames but as the latter have become more capable the mule has become less used.
Ring-Spinning was a development from Richard Arkwright's "water frame". Many Lancashire
manufacturers found that Arkwright's patents were too restrictive so the early water frames lost
out to the mule. Ring spinning was not used much in Lancashire until the later years of the 19th
century (though invented in USA in 1829) and is carried out on a machine called a ring frame.
The process is continuous rather than intermittent, and higher speeds can be achieved. This
became the dominant method by mid-1900s. Ring frame tenters were often women and again
the full bobbins are removed by doffers. THROSTLE spinning was also developed from the
water frame
This is as good a point as any to say something about this occupation which can
have a number of meanings. The most usual meaning in Lancashire census records is
someone who looks after something, cares for something, tends it. So an "engine tenter" is
someone who looks after an engine. Another usage which goes back to the early days refers
to the days when bleaching was carried out by putting the cloth in the sun. In small quantities
the cloth could simply be laid on the grass but later long lines were set up in bleaching crofts
and the cloth was hung from these lines on "tenterhooks". The workers who did this could be
"crofters" or "tenters" or "tenterers". Looking again at the Tippett book I see he has a picture of
cloth going through a bleaching machine which he calls a bleach croft. So prehaps when
modern chemistry enabled bleaching to be done inside the factory the word "croft" stuck.
Perhaps the term "crofters" was also applied to these inside workers.
Winding
The yarn, which emerges from the spinning process, cannot usually be woven
directly and needs some preparation. Winding is the process of transferring the yarn to larger
bobbins or cones. The idea is to get a long continuous length. Weft-winding inolves winding on
to smaller bobbins that will go into a shuttle. "Winder" is a common occupation in the census
records.
3.53
3.6.13 POY process

Polyester Filament Yarn.
Pure terephthalic acid (PTA) and monoethylene glycol (MEG) are mixed to produce
oligomer in the Esterification section. The oligomer is then pumped to polymerization section
after addition of chemicals namely catalyst, TiO2, DEG and Glycol. The oligomer is converted
into polymer through polymerization reaction and is sent to spinning for converting into partially
oriented yarn (POY), Fully drawned yarn (FDY) and chippers for making polyester chips. The
chips will be further polymerized by solid-state polymerization process.
The solid state polymerized chips with higher viscosity is melted and extruded in
extruders and spun, drawn and annealed in a multi drawing and annealing process for
production of Industrial yarn (IY).
POY produced will be partly consumed in-house in a single step false twist draw
texturing process. This process involves drawing and twisting of yarn in hot condition followed
by a cooling & un-twisting process, to produce twist lively yarn.
The finished products of POY, FDY and DTY yarn is finally packed in cartons and
stored in warehouse ready for dispatch.
FDY and IY production is similar to PFY production; prior to wind-up the yarn passes
through sets of hot godet rollers at different draw ratios followed by annealing process to
produce FDY yarn. Block Flow Diagram For POY / FDY / DTY Production is presented in
Fig. 3.34.
Draw Textursing Process

POY bobbins wound on paper tubes is the raw material for draw texturing operation.
This process involves simultaneous drawing and twisting of filaments.
Polyester partially oriented yarn is unwound heated and drawn while twist is
simultaneously inserted using either ceramic or solid ceramic or belt positron unit. The twisted
yarn passes over cooling plate wherein the twist memory is set in the yarn.
Yarn as it leaves the twist unit gets untwisted making the yarn twist lively due to
memory of twist. This yarn forms either helical coils or snarl, which imparts bulk or stretch to
yarn depending on use of secondary heater to partially erase the twist memory.
Oil is then applied after the twisting unit and then yarn is wound on paper tubes.
3.54
POY filament yarn is thus textured and the yarn has high bulk properties and such
yarn is sent to market for further processing to make fabric.
The Moef sought clarification on effluent management during production of
polyester filament yarn
The effluent from the PFY Unit is low TDS effluent with a pH in the range of 6 to 6.5.
This effluent does not call for any separate pre-treatment and will be pumped directly to the
central ETP for treatment with the other effluent streams.
Air Emissions :
The Air emissions from the polyester complex are SO2 and NOx . The respective
emissions are 0.075 TPH and 0.031TPH
Liquid Waste generation :

Solid waste :
The solid waste generation from the Polyester complex is Spent yarn.
3.7
Carbon Black
Carbon black is produced by partial oxidation of CBFS. This means the reaction of a
CBFS with a limited supply of combustion air, at 1320 to 1540oC in a combustion reactor. The
unburnt carbon from this partial oxidation or combustion is collected as an extremely fine,
black, fluffy particle, 10 to 500 nano meters in diameter.
Fig. 3.35 shows a block flow diagram of the carbon black manufacturing process.
Preheated CBFS is injected continuously in to the combustion zone of a reactor, supplied with
preheated air and natural gas, as supplemental fuel. Both CBFS and air are preheated with
the exhaust gases for energy integration. The CBFS undergoes partial combustion resulting in
formation of carbon black. The reaction furnace is provided with a water quench, which cools
down the gases to 500oC to stop further cracking reaction. The exhaust gases, with entrained
carbon black particles, are further cooled to 230oC by raising steam in a WHB. The carbon
black is separated from the gas streams by an efficient pulse bag filter and separates carbon
black product from the smoke gas to make carbon black content in tail gas lower than
18mg/m3. The recovered carbon black is finished to a marketable product by pulverizing and
wet pelletizing to increase the bulk density. Water from the wet pelletizer is driven off in a
rotary drier, fired with natural gas. The dried pellets are then conveyed to bulk storage.
Carbon black emissions can occur from the vents of the pneumatic conveying
system. The gaseous emissions are controlled by using tail gas as a combustible gas in CO
3.55
boilers. The tail gas contains CO, hydrogen and small amounts of carbon black, which are
burned in the reboiler. The steam raised from process reboilers and CO boilers is used for
generating power. Surplus power to the extent of 26 MW is exported from a 120 ktpa carbon
black plant.
Fuel :
The fuel oil requirement for Carbon black process is 29.73 TPH
Air Emissions :
The SO2 & NOx emissions from the process units are 0.099 & 0.026 TPH respectively.
The emissions from the process vents - Carbon black will be less than 18 mg/m3
Liquid waste:
The estimated wastewater generation is 315 M3/Hr to central ETP
Solid waste:
3.8
Lube Oil Cum Refinery Complex

The CDU/VDU of 140 kbpsd does primary separation of crude oils into C3/C4,
naphtha, kerosene, gas oil, vacuum gas oil (VGO) and vacuum residue (VR). The primary
product disposition from the proposed Lube Oil Refinery in the Jamnagar SEZ is given below:
C3/C4 mixed with sat LPG and goes as feed to the Alky unit, in the JERP.
Light naphtha blended into PC naphtha product, via depentanizer, in the
JERP
Heavy naphtha feed to the HNHT 2/Platformer 2 in the JERP
LK blended into the jet product, via Kero Merox unit in the DTA refinery
HK + AGO blended into the diesel product, after desulphurising in the new
DHDS unit in the Lube Oil Refinery.
LOBS Feed Stock
The VR from the CDU/VDUs shall be routed to the Solvent De-asphalting unit (SDA)
in the JERP refinery to be separated into deasphalted oil (DAO) and SDA pitch, with the aid of
a solvent, which may be Propane/ Butane. The SDA pitch shall be routed to the Coker and
Bitumen units in the JERP refinery, for further bottom-of-the barrel processing.
The VGO from the CDU/VDUs, along with the DAO from the SDA shall be routed to
the existing Hydrocracker in JERP. This Hydrocracker shall be in the Lube oil refinery service.
3.56
The lube hydrocracker does high pressure, aromatics saturation, in the presence of catalyst
and hydrogen. The unconverted hydrocracker residue is an excellent raw material for high
performance LOBS. The VGOHT capacity has to be increased by 110 kbpsd to treat total
VGO and DAO from the JERP. The cracked products of C3/C4, naphtha, kerosene and gas oil
shall be routed to the JERP, for further processing, and blending into transportation fuels.
The unconverted hydrocracker residue shall be further processed in the 30 kbpsd
Catalytic De-waxing unit to eliminate the wax from the LOBS, in a heterogeneous, catalytic
reaction in the presence of hydrogen. Finally, the post processing hydro-finishing step shall be
done in a 30 kbpsd Lube Hydro-finishing unit to manufacture 1.5 mmtpa of premium, LOBS.
The Lube Hydrocracker produces cracked products with the following disposition :
C3/C4 mixed with sat LPG, and routed to the JERP Alky unit
depropaniser
for separation into propane product, and C4.
Light naphtha blended into PC naphtha product.
Heavy naphtha feed to the HNHT 1/Platformer 1 in the DTA refinery.
Kero blended into jet product in the JERP.
Gas oil blended into Euro V diesel product in the JERP.
A note on Emission / effluent including hazardous waste management of lube oil

refinery complex
The lube oil refinery complex is essentially similar to the Jamnagar refinery complex and
the emissions from the lube oil refinery complex are due to the use of fuel in the furnaces. The
emission rates are given in Table 5.4 of the EIA Report and also given in Annexure III enclosed
to this document. . Refinery Fuel Gas and NG utilization is maximized to control the emission of
SO2 . Low NOx burners will be used for the control of NOx emissions.
The effluent / emission / hazardous waste management is similar to the practice
followed for Jamnagar refinery complex. The effluent generation rate is estimated to be 300
m3/hr. The quality will be similar to the effluent generation from the refinery complex (i.e. Easily
biodegradable) and will be treated in the common effluent treatment plant.
The following hazardous wastes would be generated:
1. Spent catalyst
2. Used lube oil
3.57
3. Oily rags
4. Spent clay
5. Empty drums
The hazardous waste management is described in section 6.2.4.1 of the EIA report. The
specific disposal method for each category of waste is mentioned in Table 6.1 of the EIA report.
Air Emissions:
The SOx & NOx emissions from the process is 0.0008 and 0.036 TPH respectively.
Liquid waste:
The estimated wastewater generation is 300 M3/Hr. This will have a dedicated ETP
inside the plant Battery Limit.
Solid waste:
The solid waste generated from the process is Equivalent catalyst of 3300 tons
(once in 3 Years)
3.9
Captive Power Plant
The Integrated Captive Power Plant consists of
Gas Turbo Generators
Heat Recovery Steam Generators
Steam Turbo Generators
Auxiliary Boilers
The fuel for the CPP is supplied by both the refineries, Synthesis Gas from Coke Gasification
Plant and Imported Natural Gas. The auxiliary boilers are fueled by the Refinery Fuel Oil
(RFO).
The CPP will be operated as an island grit basis and does not use any external fuel
other than the Natural Gas.

The process flow diagram is given in Fig.3.36
Gas turbines (14 Nos. each of 110 MW)
Gas turbines, consists of axial flow compressor, to compress air in to combustion
chambers. In combustion chambers, fuel (natural gas/ syngas) is added and the products of
combustion are allowed to expand through impulse turbine. The turbine rotor is coupled with
generator to produce electric power.
HRSG (14 Nos.)
Turbine exhaust is taken to a water boiler,
through a duct where supplementary
generate steam and are exhausted to atmosphere through a boiler stack.
Deareated
demineralised water is used in the HRSG. Duct firing facility is provided for additional fuel.
3.58
Auxiliary Boilers ( 8 Nos.)

Eight (8) Auxilary Boilers are provided for balancing out the steam generation
requirement.
Steam turbo generators. (25 Nos. each of 30MW or 7 Nos. each of 110 MW)
High-pressure steam is expanded through a turbine/ expander to reduce the pressure
and recover power. This expander is coupled with generator to produce electric power. These
turbines can float on the back pressure requirement of various levels of Steam required in the
other units of the SEZ. Steam requirement is provided by the HRSGs and Auxiliary boilers in
the CPP and also process steam generation in the units,
Air Emissions:
The SO2 & NOx emissions from the power plant are 0.678 and 2.59 TPH
respectively
Liquid waste
Only cooling water requirement which is recycled water
Solid waste:
No solid waste will be generated.
3.10 Desal Plant

The water requirement of the existing Refinery cum Petrochemical complex is met
from the Desalination Plant installed in the Complex.
Considering the water shortage in the region, the seawater intake is provided at the
maritime terminal area where water is pumped and treated. The desalination plant has been
designed using multiple effect Distillation process integrating it with energy sources. The
energy (heat) requirement for desalination is met by the low pressure steam from processing
units. Thus eliminates the venting condensing of low pressure and low temperature steam
from the process units, this is used as a steam sink for the optional steam balancing.
The desalination plant is designed with flexibility to operate on a low energy input to
produce sufficient water for units and domestic purpose. Overall 15 new desalination units of
capacity 1000 m3/hr each would be installed at proposed SEZ.
The desalination unit is based on the multi-effect distillation process. A series of
horizontal-tude, falling-film type evaporative condenser serve as heat recovery effects.
Through successive steps of evaporation and condensation at equilibrium vacuum conditions,
a multiple amount of distillate [product] is derived from seawater using a given quantity of low-
3.59
temperature steam input / sink. Steam at 3.5 kg/cm2 or a low low pressure steam
availablefrom process units, is the energy source of the MED desalination process.
The train of evaporative-condenser units is divided into three groups of effects, for piping
and feed pumping purposes. These groups are hereafter referred to as the hot, intermediate
and cold groups.
Group Effects
Cold 8 TO 11
Intermediate 4 TO 7
Hot 1 TO 3
The MED process is based on counter-current flow of water vapor against sea water
feed. The feed is first introduced into the cold group of effects. About 10-20% of the feed water
is evaporated in the effects. The non-evaporated feed, now slightly warmed and concentrated,
is introduced into the intermediate group of effects, and then, in the same way, to the hot group.
The input steam is available at pressure of 3.5 kg/cm2 abs, while that required by the
evaporator is about 0.33. The thermal efficiency of the process is considerably increased by
routing the input steam through a conventional jet ejector [thermocompressor], which recycles a
substantial portion of the vapor generated, and reintroduces it into the desalination process.
Sea Water Flow

The incoming seawater stream passes through one ion trap and two filters. Raw
seawater is fed into the falling film condenser and distributed over the heat transfer tubes. The
water is heated to 40oC by vapor condensing inside the tubes. Since the condenser operates at
vacuum, it de-aerates the seawater as well. This seawater stream now becomes feed to the
cold group. The feed is distributed evenly over the top rows of tubes of effects 8-11 by means of
spray nozzles. Flowing in thin films down over the banks of tubes, part of the feed flashes into
vapor as it absorbs the latent heat released by the condensing water vapor inside the tubes.
The remaining feed from the cold group of effects, now slightly concentrated, is collected
through piping and pumped to the intermediate group of effects. There it is similarly sprayed
over the heat transfer tubes, again flashing part of the feed into vapor. This pattern of flow is
repeated finally in the hot group of effects. The remaining feed [now brine] from the hot group is
collected from the 1st, 2nd and 3rd effects and cascaded through a series of eight brine flash
tanks. The brine is flash cooled and the heat of the flashed vapor is recovered in the
3.60
subsequent evaporator effect. From the last flash tank, the residual brine is returned to the sea
by the brine pumps.
Coolant Flow
Vapor from the last effect not being condensed in the main condenser will flow to the
forced circulation condenser to be condensed by coolant stream from a cooling tower.
Steam and vapor Flow

The motive steam is the energy source of the process. It is introduced into the plant
through the steam jet thermocompressor, which withdraws a portion of generated
vapor from effect 8. The combined mixture of motive steam and vapor flows into the tubes of
the 1st [hottest] effect. The vapor temperature is 2-3oC above that of the feed. Heat is always
transferred from the vapors (inside the tubes) to the feed (outside the tubes). Therefore, the
vapors condense inside the tubes, while the feed evaporates outside.
The vapor condensation inside the tubes generates an almost equal mass of vapor
outside the tubes. This vapor serves as the motive steam for generating additional vapor in the
next effect.
The evaporation-condensation process is repeated through to the last effect, each effect
contributing almost a full multiple of additional product. In flowing from each
effect to the next, the vapor first passes through a separator which removes entrained brine
droplets and maintains the required distillate purity. The vapor generated in the last effect flows
into the condensers, giving up its latent heat to the feed stream, which absorb it as sensible
heat.
Condensate
The condensate [distillate] condensed from the vapor in the 1st Effect, drains to the
condensate surge tank. The condensate is a sum of motive steam condensate and excess
condensate of vapors withdrawn by the thermocompressor. The quality of the condensate is
continuously monitored. In case condensate conductivity exceeds 7 ppm, the flow is diverted
out as contaminated condensate. 3 m3/hr of condensate is circulated to the vapor duct for
cooling the superheat of vapor at thermocompressor discharge to 70oC.
3.61
Process Flow
The product from effects 2 to 11 flows through a series of product flash chambers. Since
the vapor space of the product flash chambers is connected to a colder effect, part of the
distillate flashes off. The heat released as vapor joins the vapor generated in the former effect
while the remaining product stream is cooled. The growing product stream is thus cascaded
and flash cooled in stages. As with the brine stream, the heat thus given off and recovered
increases the efficiency of the process. The final stage of condensation occurs in the heat
rejection condensers, from which the distillate joins the cascading product stream. The product
pumps deliver the product to client product storage tank. The quality of the distillate is
continuously monitored. If the conductivity exceeds 7 ppm, the flow is diverted out as
contaminate product. The process flow is given in Fig 3.37
NCG Removal
Non-condensable gases [NCG], accumulated from the steam sea water are removed by
continuously bleeding out
the evaporators to improve the efficient heat transfer and also
minimize the corrosive.. The NCG Effect no. 1 is vented to atmosphere by steam stripping. The
NSG from Effects 2 to 7, 9 to 11 are internally vented. NCG mixed with water vapor flow from
effect to effect through the water vapor flow. The concentrated NCG mixed with water vapour
vented directly into the main condenser.
3.11
JERP Refinery
This facility is under commissioning and has the requisite environmental approval
from MoEF in 2005. However this facility will become a part of the SEZ along with the other
C1 to C8 units. This refinery was implemented by Reliance Petroleum Limited (RPL) a group
company of Reliance which is under amalgamation with RIL.. The process description of JERP
refinery has been given below as a ready reference as both the refineries are integrated with
the C1 to C8 projects.
The refinery processing units include primary process units namely atmospheric and
vacuum distillation units and secondary process units like Fluid Catalytic Crackers (FCC),
Delayed Coking Units (DCU) etc. Presently, the refinery has the following processing units:
Crude complex includes primary crude atmospheric and vacuum distillation

units (CDU and VDU)
3.62
Vacuum residue from the crude complex undergoes secondary conversion in a

Delayed Coker in the Coking Complex
Fluid Catalytic Cracker (FCC) is the principal conversion unit for fuel and
petrochemical (Olefin) products
Olefins present in the cracked products from the FCC are recovered in the
Olefins complex
Hydrotreating complex includes hydroprocessing of various streams for superior

product yields and qualities with low sulphur. Hydrogen plant produces required
hydrogen for hydroprocessing
Aromatics Complex includes Continuous Catalytic Regeneration (CCR)

Reformer and downstream extraction to make paraxylene, benzene and
orthoxylene.
Amine Treatment Unit (ATU) complex includes individual amine absorber units
in CDU, FCC, Coker, Vacuum Gas Oil Hydro Treater (VGOHT), Diesel Hydro
Treater (DHT), Heavy Naphtha Hydro Treater (HNHT), Light Naphtha Heavy
Treater (LNHT) and Amine Regeneration Unit (ARU).
Sour water stripping complex includes phenolic Sour Water Stripper (SWS) and
Non-phenolic SWS. Stripped gases are sent to Sulphur Recovery Units (SRUs)
in Sulphur Complex.
Sulphur Recovery Complex produces elemental sulphur from H2S produced in

hydroprocessing units.
The petroleum products from the crude refinery, LOBS will be accommodated in the
existing Refinery and the Marine Tank Farm area.
Fuel oil and Fuel gas:
The fuel gas requirement for the JERP (under Implementation) is 196 TPH &
The fuel oil requirement for the JERP (under Implementation) is 84.29 TPH
Air Emissions:
The SO2 and NOx emissions from the JERP are 0.456 and 0.47 TPH respectively.
Liquid Waste:
Effluent 1200 M3/ Hr. Dedicate ETP inside the Battery Limit
The estimated wastewater generation is 1200 M3/ Hr
Solid Waste:
The estimated solid waste generation from the process is Eq.Catalyst of 11200 T/Yr
3.63
(Averaged over 4 Yrs)
3.12
Product, Process and Utility Integration

Along with the existing modernized and expanded refinery and the proposed
petroleum and petrochemical complex will be under the EOU scheme, aimed to maximize the
value addition along the entire carbon chain of C1 through C8 and higher.
The various units within this complex will be homogeneous to the C1 to C8
hydrocarbon chain. All the units and product plants are integrated with each other to derive the
advantage of optimum utilization of various resources.
Jamnagar has the most suitable seafront in the Gulf of Kutch for raw material import
and finished products export. This complex is fully integrated with the existing refinery complex
as well as export oriented Refinery.
This Petrochemical Complex produces distinct petrochemical products by processing
and synthesizing from the various streams of the refinery complex. The manufacturing units of
these products consist of similar equipment and machinery which synergistically work to
produce these distinct products. In this particular configuration of the conglomerate, the raw
materials intermediate products, by-products, material and energy flows are integrated so as to:
Maximize value of raw materials, sourced from the RIL & RPL refineries.
Optimally utilize the various process streams derived from the refinery complex and
petrochemical units
Conservation of the water resources through integrated recycle and reuse among the
various process units.
Enhance competitive strengths, by minimizing the cost of production, with intimate

integration between the two refineries and the Jamnagar SEZ manufacturing complex.
Exploit economies of scale for each of the products in the Jamnagar SEZ.
Minimal transportation cost of raw materials.
Minimize the requirement for infrastructural facilities.
Optimization of effluent treatment facilities, hazardous waste handling & disposal

facilities, etc
Strive to be the lowest cost producer for each of the products in the Jamnagar SEZ.
3.64
Develop of world-class infrastructure and logistics facilities to support the Jamnagar

SEZ to exploit the supply chain for each of the products in the Jamnagar SEZ.
These are synergistically integrated in three main areas. i.e

a. Process Integration of various process streams derived from the refinery complex
b. Energy integration of various producing units to optimize / minimize the energy
consumption in the various units.
c. Conservation of the water resources by recycle and reuse through various utilization
processes starting from the raw seawater.
By internalizing the resources and related environmental parameters the overall
synergistic integration is achieved. This in turn leads to optimum utilization of all the streams
into various value added products. This integration / synergy helps in leaving a smaller carbon
foot print and thus a lower impact on the environment The extent of integration achieved in the
area of process, energy and water are depicted in Fig 3.38,Fig 3.39 & Fig 3.40.
The environmental parameters at Jamnagar has been continuously studied and
assessed for the Reliance Group of Industries at Jamnagar since 1993.
For the existing
Refinery a post project Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) has been done and was also
assessed by the MoEF in 2003.
Later Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) & Risk
Assessment (RA) studies were conducted for the modernization and expansion of the refinery
complex and the MoEF has granted the Environmental Clearance for the same in 2005 . The
modernization and expansion of project is under commissioning now.
The results of these studies have been considered and internalized in the planning,
design,
construction
and
operations
and
specific
environmental
characteristics like emissions, discharge and other relevant parameters.
related
operational
These cumulative
affects already get reflected in the latest environmental baseline studies for petroleum and
petrochemical complex at Jamnagar..
Accordingly the EIA reports were upgraded by incorporating the Terms of Reference
(TOR). Public Hearing was conducted in 2008 and the draft EIA was finalized by updating the
3.65
process related information, emissions and other relent parameters, Public hearing comments
and the final reports were submitted to MoEF.
This report further updated by incorporating the details as advised by the ministry
3.66
Fig. 3.1: Proposed C1 to C8 Units of SEZ
3.67
O2
N2
P ow er
A ir
A SU
O2
S team
G A SIF IC A T IO N
Flux
S team
SO U R
BLOCK
Feed
S
FE E D
P R E PA R A T IO N
E F FL U E N T
H A N D L IN G
P etcoke
H 2O
S lag
W aste w ater
Fig. 3.2 : Process Flow Diagram for IGCC Unit
3.68
C lean
syn gas
3.69
Fig. 3.3 : Process Flow Diagrams for the Production of Methanol by the Copper Catalyzed Intermediate
Pressure Process
3.70
Fig. 3.4 : Process Flow Diagram for Acetic Acid
3.71
Fig. 3.5 : Process Flow diagram for Vinyl Acetate Monomer by the Vapor Process
3.72
Fig. 3.6 : Process Flow Diagram for Poly Vinyl Acetate
3.73
Fig. 3.7 : Process Flow Diagram For The Production Of Poly Vinyl Alcohol By Solution Polymerization
Quench Section
Primary Distillation
and Quench
Furnace Section
SRT-VI Cracking
Heaters
C om pressor S ection
C harge G as
C om pression, A cid G as
rem oval and D rying
H ydrogen
F uel G as
F uel O il
A cid G ases
E thane feed to cracker

F C C /C oker
offgas
C harge G as C hilling,
D em ethanization and
H ydrogen P urification
C 2-R ec
C en t. (O 2)
R em o val
u n it
C ondensate
C 3-R ec
P latform er
offgas
D eC 2,
A cet-C ,
C 2 F rac
D eC 3,
M A P D -C ,
C 3 F rac
E thylene
P ropylene
A cid G ases
D eC 4 /
C 4 H ydro
G asoline
C 4 to R efinery
P ropane to P D H
Fig. 3.8 : Block Flow Diagram for Multifeed Cracker
3.74
Feed
Feed
SHP
Depropanizer
Reaction
Section
Propane
CCR
Section
Product
Propylene
Fractionation
Section
SHP
Separation
System
H2 (By Product)
Fig. 3.9 : Propane Dehyfrogenation in Cracker Complex
3.75
Fig. 3.10 : Block Diagram for Mono Ethylene Glycol
3.76
3.77
Fig. 3.11 : Block Flow Diagram of PE (I & II) Process
Fig. 3.12 : Process Flow Diagram for Acrylic Acid Production Process
3.78
Fig. 3.13 : Process Flow Diagram for Production of SAP
3.79
Fig. 3.14 : Process Flow Diagram for 2-EthylHexanol
3.80
Fig. 3.15 : Process Flow Diagram for n-butyraldehyde
3.81
Fig. 3.16 : Process Flow Diagram for n-Butyl Acrylate
3.82
Fig. 3.17 : Process Flow Diagram for n-Butanol
3.83
Alkylator
Transalkylator
Benzene
Column Steam
CW
Cumene
Column
PIPB
Steam Column
He
at
Heat
Heat
Heat
Steam
PIPB
Recycle
Water
Recycle
Benzene
Cumene
Propylene
Fig. 3.18 : Propylene Derivative Cumene Process
Fig. 3.19 : Propylene Derivative Phenol Process
3.84
Residue
Fig. 3.20 : The Anthraquinone Process for H2O2 Manufacture
3.85
Fig. 3.21 : Block Flow Diagram of Poly Propylene (PP)
3.86
3.87
Fig. 3.22 : Process Flow Diagram of ESBR
Tail gas to fuel use

or incinerator with
steam generation
HP
Stream
Light Ends
4
Pure maleic
anhydride
BFW
3
Crude maleic
anhydride to
derivatives
NButane
Air
Heavy byproducts
Fig. 3.23 : Process Flow Diagram of Maleic Anhydride
3.88
3.89
Fig. 3.24 : Schematic of Mono Nitro Benzene Process
3.90
Fig. 3.25 : Process Flow Diagram for Aniline
Fig. 3.26 : Block Diagram For MDA Production Process
3.91
Fig. 3.27 A : Process Flow Diagram : Phosgene Manufacture
Fig. 3.27 B: Process Flow Diagram for Scrubbing of Remaining Gases
3.92
3.93
Fig. 3.28 : Schematic of Polymeric Methylene Dianiline Phosgenation Process
A) Cold Phosgenator, B) Hot Phosgenator, C) Wash column, D) Solvent distillation,

E) Phosgene removal, F) HCl abosorber, G) Phosgene decomposition
Recycle
Benzene
Polyethylene
Benzene
2
Benzene
Ethylene
9
Flux Oil
10
Ethyl Benzene
Fuel gas
Styrene
Monomer
inhibitor
Compressor
Steam
7
Steam
Tar
Superheater
Air/O2
DM
6
Contd.
Fig. 3.29 : Process Flow Diagram of Styrene
3.94
Benzene
Column
Tatoray
Benzene Sale
Isomar
Light Reformate
Toulene
Reformate
Reformate
Splitter
Xylene
Splitter
Column
Toulene
Column
Parex
PX
CTA
Ortho
OX Sale
Xylene
Column
Fig. 3.30 : Block Diagram for Aromatics
3.95
Heavy
Aromatic
Column
C9 to Tatoray
Heavy Aromatics Sale
Solvent
Recovery
Acetic Acid
Air
PX
Catalyst
Oxidation
Reactor
Crystallisation
Rotary
Vacuum
Filter
CTA Dryer
CTA
PTA Dryer
PTA
Pressure
& Atmospheric
Centrifuge
Crystallisation
Purif
Reactor
Solvent
Recovery
Fig. 3.31 : Block Flow Diagram for Production of PTA
3.96
Hydrogen
DM Water
PTA
IPA
To
Process
Column
To Glycol
Ejector
To Glycol
Ejector
BGA
Chip
Catalyst
Additives
To SSP
Unit
Paste Preparation
Esterification
PP
Final Polymerizer
MEG
Polymer
Filter
Chipper
Fig. 3.32 : Bottle Grade PET: Continuous Polymerisation Section (CP)
3.97
Chips from CP unit
Pre Crystallisation
Unit
Crystallisation Unit
SSP Reactor
Product Cooling
Product Storage Silo
Bagging
(Bottle Grade PET)
Fig. 3.33 : Block Diagram for production and Packing of Bottle Grade PET
3.98
PTA
MEG
ESTERIFICATION
CATALYST
TIO2
DEG
TITRATIO
N GLYCOL
CONTINUOUS
POLYMERISATION
SPINNING
LAG AREA
GODOWN/ WARE
HOUSE
Fig. 3.34 : Block Flow Diagram For POY / FDY / DTY Production
3.99
Fig. 3.35 : Block Diagram of the Carbon Black Manufacturing Process
3.100
Recovery Section
SRU
Multi Feed Cracker / PDH
3.102
Fig: 3.37 Process Flow Diagram of Desal Plant
3.103
Fuel gas
Steam
CPP
C1 Complex
Syn Gas
GT
Sulphur
Power for Project
Sulphur for External Sales

Light FO
Methanol for external sales
Petcoke
Recovery Section
Oxygen
Nitrogen
CO+H2+CH4
SRU
Utility
Complex
Coke Gasifier
Methanol
ST
Boiler
Acetic acid for External Sales
Acetic Acid
Fuel Gas C4 / C5
VAM for External Sales
VAM
HMU
Syn Gas
CO
Hydrogen
ASU Unit
Crude Oil
HRSG
Methanol for MMA
Butane
(Sat.Gas)
C5 + Sat.Gas
Hydrogen
PVA
Bromine /
Chlorine
Extendor Oil
PVA for External Sales
Oxygen
PVOH
n-butane
C4 / C 5 Raffinate
Regular Butyl , Bromo Butyl ,

Chloro Butyl & Halo Butyl
SBR for External Sales
C4, iso Propylene, Iso Butylene
Rubber Projects
PVOH for External Sales

CO to C6 & C7 Complex
Refinery Complex
Jamnagar
C4 / C5 Complex
C2 Complex
Butene 1
Pyro Gases
FCC Off Gases
Coker Gases
Propane
Sat. Gas
Propylene
Gasoline
Fuel Oil
Ethylene
MEG / DEG /TEG
MEG for external sales
LDPE / LLDPE /
HDPE
LDPE for External sales

Styrene
Toulene & C8 Aromatics
Fumaric Acid
Hydrogen
Fumaric Acid for External Sales
C6 / C7 / C8 Complex
Reformate
Propylene
Benzene, MNB,
MDA,TDA
Methanol
Ethylene
Aniline
Aniline
SAP for External Sales
SAP
Acrylic Acid for External

Sales
Acrylic Acid
Benzene
Styrene
n- butanol
2-ethyl Hexanol
Acrylates ,
Butanols
Butyl / 2- Ethyl Acrylates
for External Sales
Propylene Oxide
and Cumene and
Phenol
Acetic Acid
Propylene Oxide,
Cumene & Phenol for
External sales
Xylene Fraction
Xylene
Isomer Tatory
PX & OX
Extraction
Propylene
PX
Propylene Glycols for
External Sales
Propylene Glycols
MDI
MDI & HCL
MDA & TDA

&
PHOSGENE
PDH
PTA
TDI
TDI
OX
C9
Aromatics
Light Reformate
Fuel Gas
PTA for external Sales
Polyols for External

Sales
Polyols
PET
SG / FO / FG / NG
H2
Lube Oil Refinery
Complex
H2 O2
Crude Oil
Poly Propylene
(Woven & NonWoven)
Maleic Anhydride for

External Sales
Maleic Anhydride
LLDPE for External sales
C3 Complex
Air
Fuel Gas
CBFS from FCC

Poly Propylene for
external sales
SG / FO / FG / NG
CBFS
Carbon Black
Naphtha, Kerosene
Gasoil & C3 & C4
Bitumen & JET
LOBS
For External Sales
Carbon Black For

External Sales
Fig 3.38 : Overall Integration of Petroleum and Petrochemical Complex
3.104
Polyester Complex
PSF,POY
PET for external Sales
Polyster Yarnns for

external Sales
Natural Gas From External

Source
IFG
NG
CPP
C1 Complex
SG
GT
Power
HRSG
Petcoke
Coke Gasifier
CO+H2
Methanol
CO
SRU
Recovery Section
SRU / TGT Stack (2)
Boiler
Acetic Acid
H2
ST
Steam
HMU
VAM
CO
syngas
ASU Unit
PVA
C4 / C5 Complex
Refinery (1995)
Rubber Projects
PVOH
Refinery (2005)
C2 Complex
NG
Delayed Coker
Styrene / EB
LCO cracker
MS Quality Upgrader
Alkylation
DHDS
CDU / VDU
VDU
Bitumen
Mild Hydro Cracker
Kero HT
VGO HT
HNUU
Platformer
Parex
Tatory
Hydrogen
SDA
PDH
Max Olefin FCC
SRU / TGT
Butene 1
MEG / DEG /TEG

Maleic Anhydride
LDPE / LLDPE / HDPE

Fumaric Acid
Steam
C3 Complex
Acrylic Acid
C6 / C7 / C8 Complex
SAP
CDU /VDU
VHO HT
Lube Oil Refinery
DHDS
Complex
Hydrogen Plant
LCO hydrocracker
Lube Stock
Carbon Black
n- butanol
2-ethyl Hexanol
Acrylates ,
Propylene Odxide
and Cumene and
Phenol
Carbon Black
Benzene, MNB,
MDA,TDA
Aniline
Styrene
MDI
Xylene Fraction
Xylene
Isomer Tatory
TDI
Propylene Glycols
PX & OX
Extraction
Polyols
PTA
PET
H2 O2
Syn Gas
Fuel Oil
Poly Propylene
(Woven & NonWoven)
Fuel Gas
Polyster Complex
Natural Gas
Steam
Fuel Oil
Fig 3.39 : Overall Energy Integration of Petroleum and Petrochemical Complex
3.105
Losses
Coke Gasification
C1 Complex
Seawater
Desal Plant
Domestic
Township
STP
STP
Fire Water
Make-UP
Boilers & Heaters

C2 Complex
C3 Complex
C4-C5 Complex
C6-C8 Complex
Refinery -2005
Lube Oil Refinery Complex
CBFS
Process water
Cooling water
Horticulture and Greenbelt
Development
Domestic / Township
STP of
Refinery 1995
ETP of
Refinery 1995
ETP of
Petroleum and
Petrochemical
Complex
Cooling Tower System
Note:
1. Dotted lines denote overall heat integration of units
2. Water requirement for drip irrigation is included in the losses
3. Water produced during operations / reactions / from raw
materials is excluded in the above values.
Horticulture and
Green Belt
Development
Discharge to Sea
Horticulture and
Green Belt
Fig 3.40 : Overall Water Balance of Petroleum and Petrochemical Complex
3.106
Table 3.1
Proposed Storage tanks SEZ
Sr. No.
Product
Capacity In m3
Crude
90683
VR feed to coker
51009
Sour VGO to VGO Unionfiners
64307
Sweet VGO (FCC feed)
90683
HNUU feed to NHT
51009
DHDS feed (straight run)
68389
DHDS feed (LCGO)
68389
KHT feed
51009
Heavy CN Unionfiner feed
47493
10
Scanfiner feed
68389
11
LSWR
64307
12
PC Naphtha
20347
13
Diesel E IV
68389
14
Diesel Euro I / LHO
68389
15
Gasoline E IV/US RFG
36173
16
Gasoline US RFG/ NIOC
7948
17
Aromatics (Benzene)
4808
18
Aromatics (o-Xyl/P-Xyl)
4808
19
PTU feed / LCNO
9813
20
PTU feed / LCO Diesel
9813
21
Kerosene to diesel blending
7948
22
Alkylate (product)
20347
23
Reformate
14130
24
Scanfiner product
14130
25
Lt Naphtha from LCO
2649
26
Hvy Hvy Naphtha from LCO
7948
27
Meroxed Pentane
7948
28
Light Reformate
7948
29
Cetane Improver
1227
30
ED Raffinate
7948
31
Straight run slop
4808
32
Cracked slop
14130
33
Heavy slops
9813
34
CBFS
4808
35
Flushing Oil
9813
3.107
Sr. No.
Product
Capacity In m3
36
Crude
132885
37
Alkylate
47493
38
Gasoline
68389
39
PC Naphtha
68389
40
JET/ATF
36173
41
Diesel
68389
42
O-xylene
20347
43
LSWR
51009
44
Methanol
4808
45
Styrene
31793
46
MEG
31793
47
DEG
31793
48
Refinery Fuel Oil tank
9813
49
CPP Diesel Distillate
4710
50
CPP CSO Fuel Oil
2649
51
Sludge Tank
2722
52
Fresh Acid Tank
6782
53
Swing Acid Tank
6782
54
Spent Acid Tank
6782
55
Amine Make-up Tank
172
56
Amine Storage Tank
622
57
Liquid Sulpher Tank
10613
58
n-Butanol
1050
59
Acrylic Acid
2000
60
Glacial Acrylic Acid
450
61
Hydrogen peroxide
300
62
n-Butyraldehyde
2000
63
Iso-Butyraldehyde
600
64
Glycol Diacetate
200
65
Vinyl Acetate (5 tanks)
11000 (Each)
66
Liquid Acetic Acid (5 tanks)
11500 (Each)
67
Vinyl Acetate Monomer (2 Tanks)
2000 (Each)
68
2 Ethyl Hexanol
900
69
Propylene (Sphere)
1200
70
Toluene
5000
71
Propylene Oxide
11200
72
n Butyl Acrylate
8000
73
Butanol
4500
3.108
Table 3.2
Proposed Solid Storage Tanks SEZ
Solid Storage
Quantity
Coke Storage Silos
80,000 Tons
Flux Storage Silos
2500 Tons
Table 3.3
Proposed Storage Tanks for the Liquid Products
Sr. No
Product
Vol in KL (Each)
Caustic 50% (CS5)
997
Caustic 20% (CS2)
90
MEG
10202
DEG
1050
TEG
626
CBFS
1495
3.109
Table 3.4
Proposed Storage Tanks for Safe Stock
Sr. No
Storage tank
Safe Stock in MT
Propylene(Cry)
11500
PX
22000
CBFS
3010
Benzene
8250
Toulene
1300
Ethylene(Cry)
11500
3.110
Chapter 4
Baseline Environmental Status
The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline environmental
conditions, which are described with respect to climate, physiography, geology, hydro-geological
aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, vegetation pattern, ecology, socioeconomic profile, land use and places of archaeological importance. This Report incorporates
the baseline data collected during October 2005 to January 2006 (representing winter season)
and secondary data collected from various Government and Semi-Government agencies.
As per Indian statutory regulations, CPCB provided the guidelines for the baseline
environmental status monitoring for air, noise, water, land (land use / land cover), biological, and
socio-economic guidelines to be followed.
Sr.
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
Environmental Parameters
Ambient air quality
Noise
Water Quality
Land Environment
Socio-Economic Environment
CPCB Guidelines on monitoring of

Env. Parameters
(Distance in km) from centre of SEZ
7-10
10
25
25
25
25
Ref: EIA Manual, Ministry of Environment and Forest.
The methodology to study the baseline status of various environmental components is

highlighted in Table 4.1.1.
4.1
4.1
Air Environment
The knowledge of quality of ambient air plays an important role in assessing the
environmental scenario of the locality. The ambient air quality status in the vicinity of the project
site forms an indispensable part of the Environment Impact Assessment studies. The quality of
ambient air depends upon the concentrations of specific contaminants, the emission sources
and meteorological conditions. Data collected during winter season of 2005-06 has been
analysed and presented herewith.
The baseline studies on air environment include identification of specific air pollutants
and assessing their existing levels in ambient air within the impact zone. The existing status of
air environment with respect to the identified air pollutants is assessed through air quality
surveillance programme with scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network.
Micrometeorological data collection is an indispensable part of any air pollution study.
The meteorological data collected during air quality survey is used for proper interpretation of
existing air pollution status. The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out through
reconnaissance followed by air quality surveillance programme and micrometeorological study.
Baseline Ambient air environment was done for the season 2005-06 winter and latter
collected for the 2007-08 winter as per MoEF Commitee advice. The sampling locations and
values are given in appropriate tables.
4.1.1
Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

The ambient air quality status in the impact zone is assessed through a network of
ambient air quality monitoring locations. The studies on air environment include identification of
specific air pollutants for assessing the impacts of existing project operations. Accordingly, air
quality monitoring was carried out in winter season of 2005-06. The existing status of air
environment is assessed through a systematic air quality surveillance program, which is
planned based on the following criteria:
4.1.2
Topography/terrain of the study area
Regional synoptic scale climatological normal
Densely populated areas within the region
Location of surrounding industries
Representation of valid cross-sectional distribution in downwind direction of refinery
Reconnaissance
Reconnaissance was undertaken to establish the existing status of air environment in
the study region. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) locations were selected based on
4.2
guidelines of network siting criteria based on meteorological data of winter season. Similarly,
AAQM locations of earlier studies were also considered for locating the AAQM locations. The
ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in a study area of 10 km radial distance around
the proposed SEZ. The relative directions and distances of these locations with respect to the
project site are given in Fig. 4.1.1 and details of these locations are described in Table 4.1.2.
4.1.3
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AAQM locations were monitored on 24 hourly average basis as per the guidelines of
CPCB and NAAQS. AAQM was carried out at 24 locations (though AAQM is required at 4
locations as per CPCB guidelines) to determine a finer cross-sectional distribution of air
pollution in an industrial developed region. The conventional and project specific parameters
such as Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM), Sulphur
Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Ammonia (NH3), Carbon Monoxide (CO) and NonMethane Hydrocarbons (NMHC) were monitored at AAQM Locations. Samples of CO and
NMHC were collected in the study area and analyzed in the laboratory (HC mentioned
elsewhere in the report means NMHC).
4.1.4
Instruments used for Analysis

A temporary laboratory was setup at project site for chemical analysis of representative
air samples. The micro-meteorological data on wind speed, wind direction, temperature and
relative humidity were collected using weather monitoring station and cloud cover was recorded
manually during the study period. The make and model of the instruments used for analysis of
the samples collected during the field monitoring are given in Table 4.1.3. The techniques used
for ambient air quality monitoring and their minimum detectable level are given in Table 4.1.4.
The concentrations of various pollutants at all the AAQM locations were processed for
different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, standard deviation, minimum concentration,
maximum concentration and percentile values.
The existing baseline levels in winter season with respect to SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx and
NH3 expressed in terms of various statistical parameters are presented in Tables 4.1.5 to
4.1.11. The spot concentrations of CO and NMHC are presented in Table 4.1.12.
The 98th percentile concentrations have been compared with stipulated standards of
CPCB (as per the National Ambient Air Quality Standards Notification, April 11, 1994 in
Annexure I) and presented in Table 4.1.13.
4.3
4.1.5
Micrometeorology
The study of micro-meteorological conditions of a particular region is of utmost
importance in knowing the ambient air quality status of that particular region. The prevailing
micrometeorology at project site plays a crucial role in transport and dispersion of air pollutants
released into the atmosphere. The persistence of the predominant wind direction and wind
speed during a particular time period at the project site will decide the direction and extent of
the worst impact zone at that time. The principal variables which affect micrometeorology are
horizontal convective transport (average wind speed and directions), vertical connective
transport (atmospheric stability) and topography of the area.
Climatological Tables of Observatories in India (1951-1980), published by the India
Meteorological Department, were used to obtain historical data for the region. Jamnagar is the
nearest meteorological observatory to the project site established in the year 1899 at
Aerodrome. Temperature varied in the range of 0.7oC (January 28, 1973) 45.6oC (May 21,
1903). Annual rainfall varied in the range of 78.2 (1911) 1121.5 mm (1953) with normal annual
rainfall of 578.9 mm. The annual average of rainy days (rainfall above 0.254 cm in a day) is 24.
The annual average wind speed is predominantly observed between 1 and 19 km/h. Seasonal
variation in predominant wind direction is observed at Jamnagar. Winds from N-E sector were
predominant in the winter season.
The months of November, December and January are considered to be representative
of winter season. It is referred that minimum and maximum daily temperature varied in the
range of 10oC 12oC and 25oC - 27oC respectively. Monthly mean relative humidity was in the
range of 36% -72%. The predominant wind direction is from N-E sector. The wind speed
remains in the range of 1-19 Km/h for most of the days and cloudless sky is observed for
80-85% of the duration during winter season.
The primary data recorded has been processed further to draw wind rose. The wind
rose drawn on 24 hourly basis is presented in Fig. 4.1.2.
The overall 24 hourly windrose during winter season indicates the predominant winds
from N-E sector. During the period of study, calm conditions were observed for only 2.5% of the
time. The predominant wind directions observed during the study period with low and medium
wind speeds (1-15 kmph) were from N-E sector. The wind speed was observed to be
predominantly in the range of 11-15 kmph.
4.1.5.1 Mixing Height/Inversion Study

4.4
The atmospheric mixing height at project site is one of the most important
micrometeorological parameter, which have direct influence on dilution of air pollutants in the
project region. Mixing height is the thickness of atmospheric layer in which vertical mixing is
vigorous. The vertical extent of mixing is primarily regulated by ambient air temperature at
ground level, atmospheric stability/turbulence and wind speed. The mixing height varies
diurnally, from season to season and it is also affected by topographical features in the impact
zone. The mixing height is generally minimum at late night (before sunrise) and increases
during the daytime reaching maximum in the afternoon hours. The maximum mixing height also
will have seasonal variability with highest values during summer and the lowest values in winter.
The mixing height at a given time of the day can be estimated from the ground level ambient
temperature together with vertical profile of temperature.
In the present study, a minisonde system (Model 3003 of Aero-Aqua Inc., Canada) has
been used for on site measurements of mixing height at plant site including diurnal variations.
The minisonde flight package consists of balloon filled with hydrogen, a battery operated
temperature sensor and signal transmitter assembly. The minisonde is used for measurement of
vertical temperature profiles up to 4 km height in the atmosphere to be carried by a balloon filled
with hydrogen. Temperature is measured continuously and transmitted at 400-405 MHz
frequency range to a receiving station at ground level. The model 3003 consist an electronic
modulator to process non-linearised frequency output from the receiver into linearised signal.
The modulator produces actual temperature profile in engineering units which is fed into
personal computer through the RS232 port to obtain real time ambient temperature and
potential temperature profiles.
The mixing height study using minisonde was carried out during winter season. The
flight packages were released at the intervals of 3 hours round the clock on each sampling day.
The ascent rate of flight package has been fixed at 3m/sec (180 m/min) with necessary
hydrogen fill. The vertical temperature profiles were continuously recorded till the flight package
reaches the altitude of about 3900 m above ground level. These records were used to
determine mixing heights representative in the project area. During the study period the
maximum mixing height was observed about 1100 m in the afternoon hours including local
influences of residential & commercial activities. However during night time the ground based
inversion (radiation inversion) was observed upto 160 m above ground level.
4.1.6
Existing Ambient Air Quality Status

4.5
The range of 98th percentile concentrations during winter season reflects the levels of
the existing status of ambient air quality. The baseline ambient air quality status is given in
Tables 4.1.5 - 4.1.11.
During winter season, 98th percentile values of 24 hourly SPM concentration ranged
between 99.9-396 g/m3. The arithmetic mean varied between 87-256 g/m3 in winter season
(Table 4.1.5 and Table 4.1.7). Similarly, 98th percentile and arithmetic mean of 24 hourly RPM
concentrations varied in the range of 60.8-175 g/m3 and 6-114 g/m3 respectively (Table 4.1.5
and Table 4.1.8).
In general, comparatively high levels of SPM and RPM are observed in the study area
due to dry and arid land cover and scanty rainfall. The traffic on dusty roads, agriculture and
construction activities, burning of wood as fuel, etc. also contribute to SPM. The present status
of SPM indicates that Jamnagar region has very high levels of SPM.
The 98th percentile concentrations of 24 hourly SO2 in winter season varied from
6-31
g/m3.
The
arithmetic
mean
ranges
from
4.5-22
g/m3
in
winter
season
(Table 4.1.5 and Table 4.1.9).

The 98th percentile concentrations of 24 hourly NOx in winter ranged between
10-30 g/m3. The arithmetic mean values varied between 6-20.33 g/m3 in winter season
(Table 4.1.6 and Table 4.1.10). It is observed that SO2 and NOx concentrations are well below
the stipulated standards of CPCB for residential/rural region.
The arithmetic mean and 98th percentile values of NH3 were observed in the range of
10-192 g/m3 and 31-274 g/m3 (Tables 4.1.6 and 4.1.11). It is also observed that
concentrations of NH3 are also below the stipulated standards of CPCB.
Concentrations of carbon monoxide (CO) and non-methane hydrocarbons (NMHC)
were measured in winter season. The results of the measurements (Table 4.1.12) indicated that
CO and NMHC concentrations at all the monitoring locations are observed to be varying in the
range of 263-1139 g/m3 and BDL 138 g/m3. Concentrations of CO are well below the
stipulated standards of CPCB for residential/rural region.
For the 2007- 08 winter season the SPM, SO2 & NoX values are given Below,.
SPM:
The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out by NEERI during winter season (2008)
wherein SPM concentration were observed at the border line / more than the average for the
area at 15 places out of 24 locations. It may be observed that ;
4.6
1) Jamnagar SEZ located in a semi arid area with low green cover and very scanty rainfall
in the years which are the main contributing factors for getting more values of Ground
Level Concentration of SPM. The very low green cover (only 15%) can be seen from
Landuse/land cover pattern satellite image given in EIA Report (Refer EIA Report Page
no. 4.60).
2)
The main contributing factor for the variation in the SPM values can be co-related with
rainfall occurred during that period. The rainfall in 2007-08 season spread is confined to
only 3 days. If the rain is spread over the season then moisture content in the soil
remains for longer period which is helpful to minimize the dust resuspension and
subsequently results in lower SPM value.
3) More SPM values are observed at Moti Khavadi, Arablus, Mungani, Satalus can be
attributed because of the higher vehicular traffic, poor road conditions, dirt tracks, cattle
movements etc. in the area.
SO2
The average SO2 concentration was observed to be marginally more than 30 g/m3 at
three locations. However, These SO2 concentration are much less than the standards of
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NNAQS) for industrial / residential area.
Cl2
Generally the chloride in the ambient air is found out in the form of sodium chloride in
the aerosol type condition typically near the sea coast due to the wind action. However, it
will be quite difficult to measure by using the standard high volume sampling method. This
is also has been checked in the literature.
As suggested by the honorable members of the committee the Cl2 concentrations in
the above mentioned range very rarely occur in typical urban pollution.
HCl
As in the case of CL2 the results are very erroneous.
Sources of HCL and CL2

There is no source of HCl and Cl2 emission from refinery, Jamnagar except for
chlorination used in the cooling water treatment. Other source for the emission of chlorides
is the sea
4.7
4.1.7
Ambient Air Quality Concentrations vis--vis Stipulated Standards

The comparison of observed levels of air pollutants in winter season with the standards
stipulated by CPCB for the residential/rural region was carried out and presented in Table
4.1.13. It was observed that the concentrations of SO2, NOx, NH3 and CO are well within the
stipulated standards at all the ambient air quality monitoring locations whereas SPM and RPM
concentrations exceeded the stipulated standards at most of the ambient air quality monitoring
locations.
The SPM concentrations at all the AAQM locations were primarily caused by local
phenomena including vehicular activities and natural dust getting air borne due to man made
activities and blowing wind.
At all the air quality monitoring locations, the 98th percentile values of SO2 and NOx
were observed to be within the ambient air quality standards promulgated by CPCB for
residential/rural region. The concentrations of NH3 were observed to be below the standards
stipulated by CPCB, i.e. 400 g/m3.
The concentrations of CO are observed to be below stipulated standard of CPCB for
residential area i.e. 2000 g/m3. There is no standard available yet for NMHC in India, however,
the concentrations were observed to be comparable with other industrialized locations in India.
It may be pertinent to note that the set-up of the petroleum and petrochemical SEZ in
the area would categorize the entire area as industrial. This is because the SEZ has been
notified by the Ministry of Industry and Commerce, Government of India, as a petroleum and
petrochemical sector specific SEZ. The effect of the emissions from the SEZ on the baseline
will have to be compare to the Industrial Standards for ambient environment.
4.8
Gulf of Kachchh
12
13
3
4
SH-6
Jamnagar
18
5
10
14
17
10 km 22
11
Sas
oi
25 km
19
16
Khambalia
23
9
15
21
24
SH-27
20
8
Lalpur
Fig. 4.1.1 : Sampling Location for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
4.9
Fig. 4.1.2: Windrose diagram during Winter Season
4.10
Table 4.1.1
Sr.
No
Attribute
Parameters
No. of
sampling
locations
Ambient air
quality
SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx,

NH3, CO & HC
Meteorology
Wind speed and

direction, temperature,
relative humidity and
rainfall.
24
Surface water
quality
Physical, chemical and

bacteriological
parameters.
Groundwater
quality

bacteriological
parameters.
18
Ecology
Existing flora and fauna.
Noise levels
Noise levels in dBA
24 hourly samples everyday

atleast at 8 locations
Data collected during the
study period on hourly basis.
Mixing Height
Frequency of
Monitoring/Data collection
Historical data also collected

from Airport, Jamnagar for
corroborating the data and
planning the monitoring
network.
Once during the study period.
Once during the study period.
Study area
of 25 kms
around SEZ
Through field visit during the

study period and substantiated
through secondary sources.
29
Hourly observation once

during the season in industrial,
commercial, residential and
silence zones.
Sub surface composite
samples collected once during
the study period.
Soil
characteristics

biological parameters to
assess agricultural and
afforestation potential.
Land use /
Land Cover
Land use for different

land use classifications.
Study area
of 25 kms
around SEZ
Land use / Land Cover

Analysis using satellite
imaging and GIS Technique
Socioeconomic
Environment
Socio-economic
characteristics, labour
force characteristics,
population statistics
existing amenities in the
study area and quality of
life.
Study area
of 25 kms
around SEZ
Based on field surveys and

data collected from secondary
sources
4.11
Table 4.1.2
Sr. No
Sampling Location
1.
Arablus
2.
Gaduka
3.
Gagva
4.
Jogvad
5.
Kana Chhikari
6.
Kanalus
7.
Khatiya
8.
Macchuberaja
9.
Meghpar
10.
Motikhavdi
11.
Mota Lakhiya
12.
Mungani
13.
Nani khavdi
14.
Nani lakhiya
15.
Padana
16.
Rangpar
17.
Rasangpar
18.
Sapar
19.
Satalus
20.
Sevak Bharudiya
21.
Jivapar
22.
Balambhadi
23.
Dera Chhikari
24.
Meghavadar
4.12
Table 4.1.3
Instruments Used For Analysis
Sr. No.
Instrument Name
Make
Spectrophotometer
HACH
SO2, NOx, NH3, H2S
Electronic Balance
Metler
SPM, RPM
Gas
Chromatograph
with FID & ECD
GC-3, VARIAN
CO, HC
4.13
Parameters
Table 4.1.4
Sr.
No.
1
Parameter
Technique
Suspended
Particulate
Matter
Respirable Dust
Sampler (Gravimetric
method)
Respirable
Particulate
Matter
Respirable Dust
method)
Sulphur dioxide
Modified West and

Gaeke
Nitrogen Oxide
Jacob & Hochheiser
Technical
Protocol
Minimum
Detectable Limit
(g/m3)
IS-5182
3.0
& CPCB
IS-5182
3.0
& CPCB
IS-5182
3.0
& CPCB
IS-5182
3.0
& CPCB
5
Ammonia
Nessler Reagent
Hydrogen
Sulphide
Carbon
Monoxide
Gas Chromatography
125
Hydrocarbons
Gas Chromatography
71
4.14
IS-5182
3.0
IS-5182
3.0
Table 4.1.5
Ambient Air Quality Status
(Winter Season)
Unit : g/m3
Sr.
No
Sampling
Location
Avg. : 24 hours
SPM
RPM
SO2
Avg
SD
Avg
SD
Avg
SD
1.
Arablus
5.33
(4-6)
0.82
202.7
(168-258)
30.4
108.8
(94-120)
10.5
2.
Gaduka
8
(4-18)
185
(101-267)
55
83
(43-147)
29
3.
Gagva
22
(13-31)
224
(121-359)
64
96
(65-136)
22
4.
Jogvad
21
(10-30)
242
(149-348)
99
99
(58-183)
40
5.
Kana Chhikari
6
(3-10)
204
(136-297)
56
99
(64-144)
25
6.
Kanalus
5.7
(4-7)
1.03
118.2
(84-141)
21.2
98
(58-143)
12.9
7.
Khatiya
22
(13-29)
232
(146-324)
79
114
(77-178)
45
8.
Macchuberaja
9.5
(6-13)
2.7
107
(66-170)
97.3
(88-105)
6.2
9.
Meghpar
17
(11-26)
256
(123-396)
91
114
(63-158)
26
10.
Motikhavdi
15
(10-23)
194
(117-252)
58
92
(56-131)
18
11.
Mota Lakhiya
7
(3-15)
185
(128-241)
42
91
(68-119)
18
12.
Mungani
16
(10-28)
238
(123-345)
60
99
(60-155)
23
13.
Nani khavdi
15
(10-24)
206
(113-339)
55
96
(61-136)
19
14.
Nani lakhiya
7
(3-19)
217
(108-279)
58
74
(37-106)
22
15.
Padana
6
(0-6)
127
(85-161)
30
96
(60-160)
34
16.
Rangpar
11
(6-15)
208
(107-298)
65
98
(56-141)
32
17.
Rasangpar
18
(10-32)
249
(100-332)
94
83
(55-138)
26
4.15
5.02
Sr.
No
Sampling
Location
SPM
SO2
RPM
Avg
SD
Avg
SD
Avg
SD
18.
Sapar
10
(3-25)
201
(104-298)
67
72
(40-114)
24
19.
Satalus
8.83
(6-12)
2.23
138.9
(108-164)
20.2
78.3
(60-99)
13.23
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
14.14
51.5
(38-61)
8.41
21.
22.
23.
24.
Jivapar
Balambhadi
Dera Chhikari
Meghavadar
6.83
(6-8)
0.98
87
(66-100)
4.50
(3-6)
5.17
(3-7)
5
(3-6)
8.00
(5-14)
1.38
108.5
(83-126)
95.67
(85-108)
106.67
(91-125)
148.83
(69-238)
1.47
1.26
3.29
4.16
17.80
8.62
13.25
59.52
61.7
(50-76)
63.67
(51-97)
67.00
(55-86)
85.33
(41-119)
10.76
17.13
11.98
29.55
Table 4.1.6
(Winter Season)
Unit : g/m3
Sr.
No
1.
Avg. : 24 hours
Sampling
Location
Arablus
NH3
NOx
Avg
SD
Avg
SD
11.5
(8-15)
16.83
(10-31)
7.31
2.
Gaduka
8
(3-17)
18
(5-48)
12
3.
Gagva
18
(10-32)
36
(10-90)
20
4.
Jogvad
15
(6-29)
38
(10-169)
45
5.
Kana Chhikari
13
(4-19)
192
(121-281)
48
6.
Kanalus
20.33
(15-26)
4.03
25.83
(15-56)
15.42
7.
Khatiya
8
(3-13)
21
(8-50)
13
8.
Macchuberaja
4.37
14.17
(11-18)
2.32
9.
Meghpar
16
(9-24)
21
(3-83)
24
10.
Motikhavdi
16
(11-30)
25
(10-48)
12
11.
Mota Lakhiya
6
(3-13)
36
(4-76)
19
12.
Mungani
18
(11-30)
44
(10-109)
31
13.
Nani khavdi
17
(10-30)
28
(11-142)
34
14.
Nani lakhiya
8
(4-20)
20
(3-54)
14
15.
Padana
16.
Rangpar
16.67
(12-23)
25
(3-11)
6
(3-11)
4.17
(5-43)
10
(3-35)
14
16
Sr.
No
Sampling
Location
NH3
NOx
Avg
SD
Avg
SD
17.
Rasangpar
10
(3-31)
24
(9-51)
14
18.
Sapar
16
(3-31)
39
(10-78)
21
19.
Satalus
12.33
(7-18)
4.13
19.33
(15-33)
6.89
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
21.
17.83
(13-21)
3.19
13.17
(9-18)
3.66
Jivapar
10.83
(8-15)
3.19
10.83
(7-15)
3.19
22.
Balambhadi
17.50
(15-20)
1.87
17.33
(10-28)
6.56
23.
Dera Chhikari
11.67
(9-16)
2.34
14.17
(10-18)
2.79
24.
Meghavadar
16.50
(14-19)
1.87
29.67
(13-61)
22.21
4.18
Table 4.1.7
Cumulative Percentile of SPM (Winter Season)
Unit : g/m3
Sr.
No
Sampling
Location
24 hourly average
Percentiles of SPM
25%
50%
75%
98%
1.
Arablus
188.5
199.5
204.5
252.8
2.
Gaduka
134
187
220
266
3.
Gagva
175
207
274
344
4.
Jogvad
189
213
247
336
5.
Kana Chhikari
159
198
237
294
6.
Kanalus
109.75
119
134.25
140.8
7.
Khatiya
180
228
279
320
8.
Macchuberaja
93.75
99.5
100
104.5
9.
Meghpar
194
245
329
396
10.
Motikhavdi
176
192
224
248
11.
Mota Lakhiya
152
188
223
239
12.
Mungani
209
233
285
330
13.
Nani khavdi
168
203
229
325
14.
Nani lakhiya
216
234
235
274
15.
Padana
198
204
230
236
16.
Rangpar
169
198
259
295
17.
Rasangpar
202
234
297
330
18.
Sapar
148
178
276
296
19.
Satalus
128.25
141
148.5
164.4
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
78.25
90
98.75
21.
Jivapar
95.5
115
121
125.6
22.
Balambhadi
89
97
99.75
107.2
23.
Dera Chhikari
96.75
106.5
114.75
124
24.
Meghavadar
117.25
141.5
180.75
233.3
4.19
99.9
Table 4.1.8
Cumulative Percentile of RPM (Winter Season)
Unit : g/m3
Sr.
No
24 hourly average
Percentiles of RPM
Sampling Location
25%
50%
75%
98%
1.
Arablus
102.3
109.5
117.5
120
2.
Gaduka
61
74
108
135
3.
Gagva
76.
96
113
132
4.
Jogvad
78
92
104
175
5.
Kana Chhikari
79
97
116
140
6.
Kanalus
65.8
71.5
80.3
84.8
7.
Khatiya
88
100
125
174
8.
Macchuberaja
54.3
56.5
58
62.5
9.
Meghpar
106
115
123
156
10.
Motikhavdi
85
94
100
123
11.
Mota Lakhiya
77
91
102
119
12.
Mungani
85
94
113
149
13.
Nani khavdi
85
93
109
130
14.
Nani lakhiya
73
74
80
104
15.
Padana
92
109
116
119
16.
Rangpar
73
101
121
139
17.
Rasangpar
62
69
96
109
18.
Sapar
54
72
94
134
19.
Satalus
71.5
79.5
82.3
97.4
20.
Sevak Bharudiya
48.3
51.5
57.8
60.8
21.
Jivapar
55.75
66
72.5
75.7
22.
Balambhadi
53.25
58.5
63.75
93.8
23.
Dera Chhikari
58.25
64
73.5
84.9
24.
Meghavadar
70.25
85
108.75
118.6
4.20
Table 4.1.9
Cumulative Percentile of SO2 (Winter Season)
Unit : g/m3
Sr.
No
24 hourly average
Percentiles of Sox
Sampling Location
25%
50%
75%
98%
1.
Arablus
5.5
2.
Gaduka
13
17
3.
Gagva
17
21
27
30
4.
Jogvad
19
22
24
30
5.
Kana Chhikari
10
6.
Kanalus
5.25
6.9
7.
Khatiya
20
21
23
29
8.
Macchuberaja
11.5
12.9
9.
Meghpar
13
15
18
25
10.
Motikhavdi
13
14
17
22
11.
Mota Lakhiya
14
12.
Mungani
14
16
18
26
13.
Nani khavdi
12
16
18
23
14.
Nani lakhiya
18
15.
Padana
13
15
16
19
16.
Rangpar
13
14
15
17.
Rasangpar
13
15
24
31
18.
Sapar
12
24
19.
Satalus
7.25
10
11.8
20.
Sevak Bharudiya
6.5
7.75
21.
Jivapar
3.25
4.5
5.75
22.
Balambhadi
4.25
5.5
6.9
23.
Dera Chhikari
4.25
5.5
24.
Meghavadar
8.75
13.5
Table 4.1.10
4.21
Cumulative Percentile of NOx (Winter Season)

Unit : g/m3
Sr.
No
Sampling Location
1.
24 hourly average
Percentiles of NOx
25%
50%
75%
98%
Arablus
8.5
11.5
14.5
15
2.
Gaduka
10
15
3.
Gagva
14
17
21
30
4.
Jogvad
11
14
17
27
5.
Kana Chhikari
10
13
15
19
6.
Kanalus
18
20
22.75
25.7
7.
Khatiya
10
13
8.
Macchuberaja
13.25
16
19.5
22.7
9.
Meghpar
13
14
18
24
10.
Motikhavdi
12
14
18
27
11.
Mota Lakhiya
13
12.
Mungani
14
17
22
29
13.
Nani khavdi
14
15
19
28
14.
Nani lakhiya
19
15.
Padana
19
21
24
25
16.
Rangpar
10
17.
Rasangpar
7.5
11
27
18.
Sapar
18
22
30
19.
Satalus
9.25
13.5
14
17.6
20.
Sevak Bharudiya
15.75
19
20
20.9
21.
Jivapar
10.5
13
14.8
22.
Balambhadi
16.25
17.5
18.75
19.9
23.
Dera Chhikari
11
11
11.75
15.6
24.
Meghavadar
15.25
16.5
17.75
18.9
4.22
Table 4.1.11
Cumulative Percentile of NH3 (Winter Season)
Unit : g/m3
24 hourly average
Percentiles of NH3
Sr.
No
Sampling Location
1.
25%
50%
75%
98%
Arablus
14
14.5
16.5
31
2.
Gaduka
16
21
43
3.
Gagva
20
33
46
88
4.
Jogvad
18
21
25
155
5.
Kana Chhikari
159
188
217
274
6.
Kanalus
18
19
26
56
7.
Khatiya
13
15
24
47
8.
Macchuberaja
13.25
14
14.75
17.7
9.
Meghpar
10
21
81
10.
Motikhavdi
17
19
32
47
11.
Mota Lakhiya
24
39
51
69
12.
Mungani
17
30
73
107
13.
Nani khavdi
54
74
111
140
14.
Nani lakhiya
20
28
33
52
15.
Padana
18
24
26
34
16.
Rangpar
15
22
34
17.
Rasangpar
14
21
30
50
18.
Sapar
15
43
56
71
19.
Satalus
15.25
17
18.75
31.6
20.
Sevak Bharudiya
10.5
12.5
16
17.9
21.
Jivapar
8.25
12
12
14.7
22.
Balambhadi
12.75
16.5
20.25
27.3
23.
Dera Chhikari
13
14
15.75
17.8
24.
Meghavadar
14
17.5
46.5
60.4
4.23
Table 4.1.12
Concentrations of Non-methane Hydrocarbons and Carbon Monoxide
(Winter Season)
Unit: g/m3
Spot Sample
Sr. No
Sampling Location
CO Concentrations
NMHC
Concentrations
1.
Arablus
699
105
2.
Gaduka
263
BDL
3.
Gagva
721
121
4.
Jogvad
641
79
5.
Kana Chhikari
298
83
6.
Kanalus
773
116
7.
Khatiya
469
80
8.
Macchuberaja
486
73
9.
Meghpar
1139
137
10.
Motikhavdi
912
136
11.
Mota Lakhiya
295
BDL
12.
Mungani
568
106
13.
Nani khavdi
835
102
14.
Nani lakhiya
848
138
15.
Padana
358
71
16.
Rangpar
633
93
17.
Rasangpar
581
84
18.
Sapar
642
77
19.
Satalus
752
113
20.
Sevak Bharudiya
551
56
21.
Jivapar
496
74
22.
Balambhadi
468
75
23.
Dera Chhikari
302
BDL
24.
Meghavadar
482
72
4.24
Table 4.1.13
Comparison of Ambient Air Quality Levels with Stipulated Standards
Unit : g/m3
24 Hourly Average
Pollutants
Winter Season
(98th Percentile)
Stipulated Standard
of CPCB for
Residential Area
Stipulated Standard of
CPCB for Industrial
Area
SPM
99.9-396
200
500
RPM
60.8-175
80
150
SO2
6-31
80
120
NOx
10-30
80
120
NH3
31-274
400
Not Applicable
NMHC
BDL-138
Not Available
Not Available
CO*
263-1139
2000
5000
* 8 hours average
4.25
As suggested by MoEF the ambient air quality data collected and for the winter season of
2007-08 is given below
Ambient Air Quality Analysis (Winter 2007- 08)
Gulf of Kachchh
12
13
SH-6
10
3
4
Jamnagar
18
14
17
10 km 22
11
Sas
oi
25 km
19
16
Khambalia
23
9
15
21
24
SH-27
20
8
Lalpur
Sampling Location for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (2007-08) Winter
4.26

Sr.
No
Attribute
Parameters
No. of
sampling
locations
Ambient air
quality
SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx,

NH3, CO & HC
Meteorology
Wind speed and

direction, temperature,
relative humidity and
rainfall.
Mixing Height
4.27
24
Frequency of
Monitoring/Data collection
24 hourly samples everyday
atleast at 8 locations
Data collected during the
study period on hourly basis.
Historical data also collected

from Airport, Jamnagar for
corroborating the data and
planning the monitoring
network.

Sr.
No.
Sampling
Location
Direction
w. r. RIL
Distance (Km)
From RIL
Height above
ground Level (m)
1.
Arablus
SEE
5.63
4.0
2.
Gaduka
NE
6.88
4.0
3.
Gagva
NW
5.63
3.5
4.
Jogvad
5.31
3.5
5.
Kana Chikari
NE
5.94
3.5
6.
Kanalus
SE
3.44
4.5
7.
Khatiya
5.94
4.5
8.
Macchuberaja
SSE
8.44
4.0
9.
Meghpar
SW
4.38
4.5
10.
Moti Khavadi
4.06
5.5
11.
Mota Lakhiya
SSW
6.25
4.0
12.
Mungani
NW
6.25
4.0
13.
Nani Kavadi
NNW
5.94
5.5
14.
Nana Lakhiya
SSW
7.19
4.5
15.
Padana
SSW
3.13
5.5
16.
Rangpar
SSW
6.25
5.0
17.
Rasangpar
SWW
5.94
5.0
18.
Sapar
NE
6.25
4.5
19.
Satalus
SE
4.06
4.5
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
9.38
4.0
21.
Jivapar
NE
9.38
5.0
22.
Balambhadi
6.56
4.5
23.
Dera Chikari
NE
5.31
4.0
24.
Meghavadar
SE
8.75
5.0
4.28
Instruments Used For Analysis

Sr. No.
Instrument Name
Make
Spectrophotometer
HACH
SO2, NOx, NH3, H2S
Electronic Balance
Metler
SPM, RPM
Gas
Chromatograph
with FID & ECD
GC-3, VARIAN
CO, HC
4.29
Parameters

Sr.
No.
1
Parameter
Technique
Suspended
Particulate
Matter
Respirable Dust
method)
Respirable
Particulate
Matter
Respirable Dust
method)
Sulphur dioxide
Modified West and

Gaeke
Nitrogen Oxide
Jacob & Hochheiser
Technical
Protocol
Minimum
Detectable Limit
(g/m3)
IS-5182
3.0
& CPCB
IS-5182
3.0
& CPCB
IS-5182
3.0
& CPCB
IS-5182
3.0
& CPCB
5
Ammonia
Nessler Reagent
Hydrogen
Sulphide
Carbon
Monoxide
Gas Chromatography
125
Hydrocarbons
Gas Chromatography
71
4.30
IS-5182
3.0
IS-5182
3.0

(Winter Season 2007 - 2008)
Sr.
No.
Sampling Location
Units: g/m3
Avg.: 24 Hrs.
SPM
RSPM
SO2
NOx
HCl
Cl2
Avg. + SD
1. Arablus
2. Gaduka
3. Gagva
4. Jogvad
5. Kana Chikari
6. Kanalus
7. Khatiya
495 90
114 26
17 4
19 6 65 25 13 3
(99 - 589)
65 -178
(12 - 25)
(9 - 30) (23 - 99) (10 - 22)
117 12
73 23
8 2
11 4 54 20 24 4
(93 - 139)
41 -1 25
(4 - 12)
(5 - 18) (23 - 99) (20 - 32)
125 18
67 8
51
(99 - 155)
(53 - 81)
(3 - 8)
(4 -12) (28 - 64) (2 - 8)
242 46
97 14
18 5
15 3 59 19
(74 - 318)
(76 - 125)
(10 - 28)
(10 - 21) (25 - 97) (1 - 4)
259 53
103 18
95
31 14 72 14 10 3
(122 - 361)
(62 - 137)
(3 - 18)
(6 - 66) (48 - 97) (5 - 15)
427 114
141 26
36 16
14 5 75 10 24 6
(97- 563)
(90 -169)
(14 - 65)
(8 - 29) (59 - 63) (8 -32)
189 59
57 18
19 6
(151 - 266) (90 111)

8. Macchuberaja
9. Meghpar
10. Moti Khavadi
12. Mungani
13. Nani Kavadi
14. Nana Lakhiya
15. Padana
43 12
12 4 63 17
42
21
62
(11 - 31)
(6 - 20) (44 - 97) (3 - 9)
368 142
121 30
42 19
23 8 49 15
(153 - 593)
70 - 166
(8 - 78)
(9 - 36) (24 - 73) (2 - 8)
259 104
112 34
18 3
15 4 40 14
(94 - 432)
(45 -149)
(14 - 22)
542 37
156 13
14 1
(311 - 590) (140 - 176)

11. Mota Lakhiya
72
52
42
(9 - 22) (20 -64) (2 - 8)

15 5 65 16
63
(12 - 16)
(8 - 23) (32 - 83) (1 - 12)
181 51
88 17
17 3
12 3 70 15 22 6
(81 - 270)
62 -120
(12 - 21)
(7 - 17) (35 - 89) (12 - 30)
386 53
136 18
51
17 5 51 22
(117 - 488)
(110 -175)
(3 - 8)
(9 - 25) (18 - 99) (3 - 12)
150 16
97 19
41
17 7 73 20 10 3
(108 - 165)
(67 - 127)
(3 - 7)
(10 - 34) (38 - 99) (7-14)
212 80
92 26
16 3
13 4 55 16 15 4
(112 - 377)
44 - 148
(10 - 21)
(7 - 21) (24 - 85) (10 - 24)
207 79
96 27
10 1
12 3 64 23 22 3
4.31
72
Sr.
No.
Sampling Location
Avg.: 24 Hrs.
SPM
RSPM
SO2
NOx
HCl
Cl2
Avg. + SD
16. Rangpar
17. Rasangpar
18. Sapar
19. Satalus
20. Sevak Bharudiya
21. Jivapar
22. Balambhadi
23. Dera Chikari
24. Meghavadar
(108 - 413)
(59 -145)
(8 -12)
(7-17) (27- 99) (18 - 28)
164 59
74 18)
12 4
12 3
(108 - 259)
51 - 124
(5 -18)
(8 -16) (26 - 55) (3 - 9)
186 74
90 25
74
(237 - 364)
(64 -146)
(3 - 16)
(5 - 21) (38 - 86) (1 - 8)
226 97
8832
4 1
17 10 64 12 13 4
(122 - 406)
(45 -142)
(3 -6)
(7 - 50) (45 -88) (4 - 20)
338 126
121 30
32 13
14 3 60 13 20 3
(225 - 590)
(77 -157)
(15 - 59)
(7 - 22) (43 - 92) (15 - 28)
166 68
112 34
13 3
15 3 51 19
(86 - 354)
(45 -149)
(9 -18)
(9 -23) (25 - 88) (1 - 6)
163 71
79 22
93
(60 - 342)
(36 -119)
(4 - 14)
286 57
107 19
11 4
11 6 66 20 31 18
(120 - 382)
74 -139
(3 - 17)
(4 - 23) (35 - 99) (2 - 58)
273 96
104 28
62
12 4 75 13 11 5
(155 - 432)
(49 - 138)
(3 - 10)
(7 - 22) (54 - 98) (3 - 19)
163 51
81 17
10 3
13 3
(60 - 250)
(57 111)
(5 -14)
(9 -18) (46 -75) (3 - 8)
4.32
41 7
10 5 58 12
17 4 52 11
72
32
31
63
(11 - 27) (35 - 84) (2 -12)
58 7
62
Cumulative Percentile of SPM

Units: g/m
Sr.
No.
1.
Sampling
Location
Min
Max
Percentile
25
th
50
th
75
th
98
th
322
289
330
378
453
471
2.
Arablus
Gaduka
186
113
118
122
139
139
3.
Gagva
184
110
126
137
154
155
4.
Jogvad
74
232
238
264
313
318
5.
Kana Chikari
122
221
268
292
348
361
6.
Kanalus
97
372
417
520
562
563
7.
Khatiya
151
128
194
244
265
266
8.
Macchuberaja
153
276
304
479
589
593
9.
Meghpar
94
199
269
332
422
432
10.
Moti Khavadi
311
510
536
561
590
590
11.
Mota Lakhiya
81
150
158
209
270
270
12.
Mungani
117
341
383
405
486
488
13.
Nani Kavadi
99
486
519
553
587
589
14.
Nana Lakhiya
112
170
235
254
351
377
15.
Padana
108
142
207
238
379
413
16.
Rangpar
108
129
139
185
260
269
17.
Rasangpar
237
129
146
231
345
364
18.
Sapar
Satalus
490
150
181
313
392
406
225
252
290
434
566
590
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
86
133
148
171
338
354
21.
Jivapar
93
102
159
193
319
342
22.
Balambdi
120
246
267
338
375
382
23.
Dera Chikari
155
228
270
338
423
432
24.
Meghavadar
60
116
169
202
243
250
19.
4.33
Cumulative Percentile of RSPM

Units: g/m
Sr.
No.
Sampling
Location
Min
Max
Percentile
25th
50th
75th
98th
Arablus
Gaduka
65
100
109
122
167
178
41
65
69
75
125
125
53
62
68
70
80
81
4.
Gagva
Jogvad
76
90
94
102
123
125
5.
Kana Chikari
62
93
105
112
132
137
6.
Kanalus
90
123
149
159
168
169
7.
57
71
92
101
111
111
8.
Khatiya
Macchuberaja
70
97
114
153
165
166
9.
Meghpar
45
89
122
138
148
149
10.
Moti Khavadi
140
148
149
169
175
176
11.
Mota Lakhiya
62
75
88
99
117
120
12.
Mungani
Nani Kavadi
110
126
136
143
174
175
108
147
157
160
164
165
44
79
98
111
138
148
59
71
95
119
141
145
51
63
69
85
114
124
64
72
75
107
141
146
Sapar
Satalus
45
66
84
109
141
142
77
99
120
151
156
157
Sevak
Bharudiya
Jivapar
45
71
76
86
137
144
36
64
79
91
117
110
1.
2.
3.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Nana Lakhiya
Padana
Rangpar
Rasangpar
74
98
104
118
138
139
23.
Balambhadi
Dera Chikari
49
91
110
126
137
138
24.
Meghavadar
57
65
86
93
107
111
4.34
Cumulative Percentile of SO2

Units: g/m
Sr.
No.
1.
Sampling
Location
Min
Max
Percentile
25th
50th
75th
98th
12
15
17
20
24
25
2.
Arablus
Gaduka
10
12
12
3.
Gagva
4.
Jogvad
11
14
16
22
27
28
5.
Kana Chikari
11
18
18
6.
Kanalus
14
20
35
46
64
65
7.
Khatiya
15
18
22
30
31
8.
Macchuberaja
31
43
53
77
78
9.
Meghpar
14
16
17
20
22
22
10.
Moti Khavadi
12
13
14
14
16
16
11.
Mota Lakhiya
12
15
17
20
21
21
12.
Mungani
13.
Nani Kavadi
14.
Nana Lakhiya
10
14
16
19
21
21
15.
Padana
10
11
12
12
16.
Rangpar
11
15
18
18
17.
Rasangpar
16
16
18.
Sapar
19.
Satalus
15
22
27
44
57
59
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
12
13
15
17
18
21.
Jivapar
10
14
14
22.
Balambhadi
12
14
17
17
23.
Dera Chikari
10
10
24.
Meghavadar
12
14
14
4.35
Cumulative Percentile of NOx

Units:g/m
Sr.
No.
1.
Sampling
Location
Min
Max
Percentile
25th
50th
75th
98th
16
18
20
30
30
2.
Arablus
Gaduka
14
18
18
3.
Gagva
11
12
4.
Jogvad
10
13
16
18
21
21
5.
Kana Chikari
24
32
36
59
66
6.
Kanalus
10
14
17
26
29
7.
Khatiya
12
14
19
20
8.
Macchuberaja
17
21
28
36
36
9.
Meghpar
13
15
16
21
22
10.
Moti Khavadi
12
13
20
22
23
11.
Mota Lakhiya
10
13
14
17
17
12.
Mungani
15
17
20
25
25
13.
Nani Kavadi
10
12
15
18
33
34
14.
Nana Lakhiya
11
13
14
21
21
15.
Padana
10
12
14
17
17
16.
Rangpar
11
12
14
16
16
17.
Rasangpar
10
20
21
18.
Sapar
12
17
18
42
50
19.
Satalus
12
14
16
21
22
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
13
16
17
22
23
21.
Jivapar
11
16
16
19
26
27
22.
Balambhadi
13
22
23
23.
Dera Chikari
10
12
13
21
22
24.
Meghaavadar
11
13
15
18
18
4.36
Cumulative Percentile of HCl

Units: g/m
Sr.
No.
Sampling
Location
Min
Max
Percentile
25th
50th
75th
98th
Arablus
Gaduka
23
51
67
80
99
99
23
42
50
59
98
99
28
35
43
52
63
64
4.
Gagva
Jogvad
25
45
56
65
92
97
5.
Kana Chikari
48
63
71
81
96
97
6.
Kanalus
59
68
74
84
91
93
7.
44
50
59
70
97
97
8.
Khatiya
Macchuberaja
24
43
46
57
73
73
9.
Meghpar
20
28
37
53
62
64
10.
Moti Khavadi
32
60
70
75
83
83
11.
Mota Lakhiya
35
67
71
78
89
89
12.
Mungani
18
35
52
60
95
99
13.
Nani Kavadi
38
57
71
91
99
99
14.
Nana Lakhiya
24
47
55
63
85
85
15.
Padana
27
46
62
86
98
99
16.
Rangpar
26
36
41
44
54
55
17.
Rasangpar
38
51
56
61
85
86
18.
Sapar
45
55
64
74
86
88
19.
Satalus
43
55
58
65
89
92
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
25
36
53
66
82
88
21.
Jivapar
35
46
50
55
79
84
22.
Balambhadi
35
54
57
90
99
99
23.
Dera Chikari
54
67
72
86
98
98
24.
Meghavadar
46
53
56
64
72
75
1.
2.
3.
4.37
Cumulative Percentile of Cl2

Units: g/m
Sr.
No.
Sampling
Location
Min
Max
Percentile
25th
50th
75th
98th
10
11
12
14
21
22
2.
Arablus
Gaduka
20
21
25
26
32
32
3.
Gagva
4.
Jogvad
5.
Kana Chikari
11
13
15
15
6.
Kanalus
23
25
27
32
32
7.
Khatiya
8.
Macchuberaja
9.
Meghpar
10.
Moti Khavadi
12
12
11.
Mota Lakhiya
12
17
25
26
30
30
12.
Mungani
12
12
13.
Nani Kavadi
11
11
12
14
14
14.
Nana Lakhiya
10
12
15
18
23
24
15.
Padana
18
20
22
24
28
28
16.
Rangpar
17.
Rasangpar
18.
Sapar
12
13
15
20
20
19.
Satalus
15
18
19
22
27
28
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
21.
Jivapar
11
12
22.
Balambhadi
18
27
47
57
58
23.
Dera Chikari
10
16
19
19
24.
Meghavadar
1.
4.38
Concentrations of CO, Non-Methane Hydrocarbons and VOC

Units: g/m
Sr.
No.
Sampling
Location
Spot Sampling
CO
NMHC
1-3
Butadine
Benzene Toluene
Ethyl
Benzene
m/p
xylene
1.
Arablus
655
111
0.1
0.2
0.1
2.
Gaduka
300
78
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.1
3.
Gagva
750
140
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.1
4.
Jogvad
669
80
0.1
0.4
0.1
0.05
5.
Kana Chikari
302
85
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.1
6.
Kanalus
721
111
0.1
0.1
0.4
0.1
0.05
7.
Khatiya
501
89
0.05
0.2
0.4
0.05
8.
Macchuberaja
499
81
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.1
9.
Meghpar
999
122
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.1
10.
Moti Khavadi
950
142
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.15
0.05
11.
Mota Lakhiya
302
79
0.1
0.6
0.1
12.
Mungani
612
115
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.1
13.
Nani Kavadi
806
109
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.15
0.05
14.
Nana Lakhiya
822
128
0.1
0.4
0.1
15.
Padana
408
78
0.1
0.35
0.1
16.
Rangpar
621
90
0.1
0.1
0.4
0.1
17.
Rasangpar
558
82
0.1
0.4
0.1
18.
Sapar
633
72
0.1
0.3
0.1
19.
Satalus
722
118
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.1
20.
Sevak
Bharudiya
559
82
0.1
0.45
0.1
21.
Jivapar
500
79
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.1
22.
Balambhadi
453
81
0.1
0.4
0.1
23.
Dera Chikari
278
BDL
0.1
0.1
0.3
0.1
24.
Meghavadar
502
83
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.1
4.39
A note on ground level concentration for SPM, SO2, HCL and CL2 was high at
some of the monitoring locations
The 2008 winter ambient air monitoring data indicates that GLC values of SO2 were littlie
more than the average for the area at a few locations but they were well below the National
Ambient Air Quality Standards. However, the SPM concentrations were found to be marginally
more than the average at some of the locations.
The predicted average incremental ground level concentrations is in the order of 18
g/m & 22 g/m for SO2 and NOx respectively with a standard deviation of 7 g/mand
maximum predicted incremental value being 32 g/m and 41 g/m respectively in the SSW
direction. All these values indicate GLC are well below the NAAQS.
Co_rrelation between varying SO2 emission rates from the Individual source and
Stack Height
It is confirmed and clarified that all the stack height meets the statutory requirements prescribed
by the MoEF / CPCB.
We very respectfully submit that, even though generally the SO2 emission and stack height are
correlated to minimize ground SOx concentrations, the stack heights are determined by the
pressure drop / draft requirements, furnace configuration, thermal efficiency and mechanical
considerations. Some heaters have intrinsically higher stack height for the above reasons
unrelated to fuel sulphur and SO2 emissions, as highlighted below:
1) The CDU / VDU heater stack height is 72 m in spite of low SO2 emission. The CDU /
VDU heaters, have high heater duty, with two radiation chambers, with a common
convection section, above. Minimum stack height has to be maintained above the
convection section for safety and draft requirement reasons. The stack height is
dependent on the heater duty and convection section height and not the SO2
emissions.
2) In case of the Parex unit heater also the stack height is governed by the size and
height of the heater, instead of SO2 emissions.
In case of HRSG and boilers the stack height is at 80 meters, though HRSG has lower SO2
emissions than Aux. Boilers. In this case the draft requirements govern the stack height
requirement instead of SO2 emission.
4.40
4.2
Noise Environment
Monitoring of noise levels in and around the project area was carried out to assess the
impact of noise generated due to refinery operations and vehicular traffic on human settlements.
Studies pertaining to noise environment were conducted as follows:
4.2.1
Reconnaissance
Measurement of noise levels
Identification and characterization of noise sources
Impact of noise exposure on community
Reconnaissance
The proposed SEZ is located near the village Kanalus. A fertilizer plant of Gujarat
State Fertilizer Corporation (GSFC) is situated in front of the existing Reliance refinery. GSFC
township is approximately at a distance of 3 km from the GSFC plant. The residential colony of
Reliance Industries Limited is located adjacent to GSFC colony.
The State Highway from Jamnagar to Dwarka has higher vehicular density during the
daytime. Approximately 500 vehicles per hour ply on the road during the day and 50-60 vehicles
per hour during night. The nearest railway station for goods train is Motikhavadi, which is on the
periphery of the existing RIL complex and in the vicinity of the SEZ proposed area.
Jamnagar Airbase is situated about 22 km from the SEZ site. The Indian Airforce
aircrafts, which are mainly of supersonic category, fly three hours in the morning and two hours
in the afternoon or evening during their routine exercise in this region.
4.2.2
Background Noise
Noise standards have been designated for different types of landuse, i.e. residential,
commercial, industrial areas and silence zones, as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and
Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14,
2000.
The
ambient
noise
standards
are
presented
in
Annexure III. Different standards have been stipulated during daytime (6 am to 10 pm) and
nighttime (10 pm to 6 am).
The residential, commercial, industrial areas and silence zones close to the proposed
SEZ and in the study area have been identified. These locations have been chosen away from
the major roads and major noise sources so as to measure ambient noise levels. Equivalent
noise levels (Leq) for a period of about 20 minutes have been measured at each monitoring
location during day time and night time.
4.41
The background noise levels were measured using Dawe - Lucas Cell Sound Level
Meter. The sampling locations are shown in Fig. 4.2.1 and noise levels during day time and
night time are presented in Table 4.2.1.
All measurements were carried out when the ambient conditions were unlikely to
adversely affect the results as wind speeds were 1-3 m/sec and precipitation was not recorded.
4.2.2.1
Noise Levels in Residential and Commercial Areas

The noise levels in the villages have been monitored within study area of 10 km radial
distance from proposed SEZ. Noise monitoring locations are shown in Fig. 4.2.1. The noise
levels ranged between 43-51.5 dBA during daytime and 33-49 dBA during nighttime.
There is no major commercial activity and market in the study area. The noise levels
in commercial areas varied in the range of 53-60 dBA during daytime and 30-40 dBA during
nighttime.
4.2.2.2
Noise Levels in Industrial Areas

There are other major industrial units viz., Reliance Industries Limited, Refinery,
fertilizer plant of Gujarat State Fertilizer Corporation (GSFC), power plant of Gujarat Electricity
Board and cement plant of Digvijay Cement Company Limited.
Noise levels were measured in front of these industries during daytime and nighttime
and
observed
to
varying
in
the
range
of
46-59
dBA
during
daytime
and
42-51 dBA during nighttime.
4.2.2.3
Noise Levels in Silence Zone

Noise levels were also monitored in schools, hospitals and temples in the study area.
The noise levels varied from 37-45 dBA during daytime and 31-39 dBA during night time.
The noise levels are observed to be within the stipulated standards of CPCB for the
respective zones in the study area.
4.42
4.2.3
Traffic Study
The existing refinery has facilities comprising of loading bays for LPG, light & heavy
liquid products, sulphur and coke. Approximately 1000 trucks per day are loaded. The present
rail gantry has provision to load one LPG rake and two white oil rakes simultaneously. Around 2
MMTPA of products are dispatched through this facility. The utilization of this facility is low due
to the availability of rakes.
Traffic Count was made in front of Refinery Gate to account for traffic on SH-25 as well
as vehicular movement due to refinery. Traffic survey was undertaken in December, 2005.
Traffic survey undertaken indicated hourly traffic of 389 561 vehicles during daytime (0600 2200
Hrs).
The
heavy
vehicles
like
trucks
and
buses
form
about
20-25% of total traffic count. Traffic count includes tankers transporting products from the
adjacent Reliance refinery complex.
4.43
Gulf of Kachchh
20
15
14
Jamnagar
7
16
13
12
10 km
SH-6
10
17
18
19
Sas
oi
3
11
SA-27
Khambalia
25 km
4
9
Lalpur
Fig. 4.2.1 : Sampling Location for Noise Monitoring
4.44
Table 4.2.1
Background Noise Levels in the Study Area
Sr.
No.
Remarks
Noise Levels in dBA

Day Time
(Leq)
Night Time
(Leq)
Residential/Commercial Area
1
Jivapar
50.8
42
Residential area
Balambhdi
51.4
41.6
Residential area
Kanalus
50.2
42
Residential area
Sevak bharudiya
44.0
39
Residential area
Dera Chikari
51.5
41.8
Residential area
Arablus
51.0
43.2
Residential area
Sapar
50.2
38
Residential area
Meghpar
49.1
48
Residential area
Machhu beraja
49.3
42.2
Residential area
10
Padana
46.8
41
Residential area
11
Rangpar
48.2
44.2
Residential area
12
Jogvad
50.2
41
Residential area
13
Gagva
53
30
Commercial area
14
Mungani
49.9
40
Residential area
15
Nani khavdi
48.7
41
Residential area
16
Motikhavdi
60
40
Commercial area
17
Khatiya berja
49
40
Residential area
18
Nana Lakhiya
43
33
Residential area
19
Mota Lakhiya
46
36
Residential area
Industrial Area
20
Sikka
57
50
In front of GEB
Power
Plant
Industrial Area
21
RIL Jetty
46
42
Industrial Area
22
Digvijay Cement Plant Gate
59
51
Industrial Area
23
GSFC Gate
52
44
Industrial Area with

no traffic from GSFC
4.45
Sr.
No.
Remarks
Noise Levels in dBA

Day Time
(Leq)
Night Time
(Leq)
45
38
Silence Zone
center,
150 m away from

main road
24.
Community medical
Motikhawadi
25.
Ashapura temple
40
39
26.
School, Khatia
38
32
27.
School, Gagva
37
31
28.
School, Vasai
44
39
25 m away from SH25
29.
School, Navagam
41
34
25 m away from SH25
4.46
4.3
Water Environment
4.3.1
Reconnaissance
The project is located in Saurashtra region of Gujarat which is known for drought and
water scarcity. The annual rainfall in the Jamnagar region is 578.9 mm with 24 rainy days
(rainfall above 0.254 cm in day) in the year. May and June are generally the hottest months with
a mean maximum temperature of about 360C. January is the coldest month with a mean
maximum temperature of about 260C. The relative humidity is high throughout the year
exceeding 70% on an average.
4.3.2
Baseline Data
Physico-chemical parameters alongwith biological indicators of pollution have been
used for ascertaining the status of water environment around proposed SEZ. In order to
determine the surface and groundwater quality, three sampling locations for surface water, 18
sampling locations for groundwater were identified in the study area. The water quality data
collected in winter season 2005-06 were used to establish baseline status of water environment
around the SEZ. The sampling locations for surface and ground water around the proposed
SEZ are depicted in Figure 4.3.1 and presented in Table 4.3.1.
4.3.2.1
Surface Water Resources

Jamnagar district of Gujarat is divided into two watershed regions by the Madhya
Saurashtra plateau. The general slope of these watersheds is towards the Gulf of Kuchchh and
the Arabian Sea.
Rivers like Sasoi, Und, Sinhan, Bhagedi, Puna etc. flow towards north
discharging into the Gulf of Kuchchh, whereas the river Vartu with its tributaries flow to
southwest and ultimately meets the Arabian Sea. Dams have been constructed on these rivers
to provide the irrigation water in the region. A small percentage of the reservoir water is used for
drinking water supply to the nearby towns and villages. Water demand in most of the villages of
the region is met from dug wells, hand pumps etc. and partly by river water.
There are three surface water sources in the form of reservoirs in the vicinity of the
proposed project site. However, water demand of units in SEZ would be met from the new
desalination plant coming up in SEZ and no external water resources will be used for this
project . The Narmada Water Supply Project is in the pipeline and could be an added source to
the SEZ water demand, if required.
There is no perennial river in the study area. The surface water samples have been
collected from Kanalus, Gajana and Apia reservoirs located in the study area.
4.47
4.3.2.2
Methodology for Water Quality Assessment

Reconnaissance was undertaken and monitoring locations were decided based on:
Drainage pattern;
Location of residential areas representing different activities/likely impact areas and,
Likely areas, which can represent baseline conditions.
The water samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard
Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American Public Health
Association (APHA) and A Course Manual for Water and Wastewater Analysis by NEERI,
Nagpur.
Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples
collected for metal content were acidified with HNO3 acid (conc. 98%). Samples for
bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and
bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in
the study area. Parameters like temperature, Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH were analyzed at
the time of sample collection. Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for water and wastewater
sampling and analysis are presented in Table 4.3.2. The analytical techniques and the test
detectable limits are given in the Table 4.3.3.
4.3.2.3
Surface Water Quality

The physico-chemical characteristics of surface water in winter season are
summarized in the Tables 4.3.4 to 4.3.7. pH varied in the range of 8.6 8.8, turbidity
7 - 12 NTU, total dissolved solids (inorganics) 393-510 mg/l, hardness 206-313 mg/l, chloride
112-128 mg/l, and sulphate 25-32 mg/l.
Nutrient values in the form of nitrate-nitrogen and total phosphates are low in the range
of 5.0 9.0 mg/l and 0.16-0.21 mg/l respectively. The values for demand parameters like DO,
COD and BOD are in the range of 5.9 7.1 mg/l, 43 99 mg/l and 20-40 mg/l respectively. Oil
& grease and hydrocarbons are found in non-detectable levels.
The overall water quality indicates that surface water is alkaline in nature having good
buffering capacity with marginal inorganic and negligible organic load.
4.48
4.3.2.4
Groundwater Resources
The intrusion of seawater has affected the groundwater which has become saline in
the areas adjacent to the sea. The major source of water around the area is groundwater. Most
of the villages are having public dugwells and handpumps. The hydrogeology of the area is
mainly affected by coastal salinity posing its complex pattern and grouped under hard rock,
comprising Deccan Trap. The top soil cover consists of weathered formation of soft basalt rock
of thickness varying from 3 to 4 m followed by rocky strata of basalt/laterite origin.
Water bearing zone in this area is found in the form of intermediate flow of basalt and
can be tapped at 30-50 m, 60-65 m and 90-95 m. The rocks in this area do not have any
primary porosity in the lower massive portion, but the top vesicular portion has some porosity
because of vesicles formed due to escaping gases during cooling of lava. These rocks have no
primary permeability as the vesicles are seldom interconnected. Water moving or flowing in the
rock is due to fracturing and jointing. It provides passage for infiltration, storage and movement
of groundwater. The water level of this area varies from 4 m to 12 m depending upon the rainfall
and its duration. The average water level is at 6 m in the area covered right from State Highway25 to village Gagwa as also in village Mungni, Sikka, Moti Khavadi and Jogwad. During the
scarcity period, the water level in this area goes remarkably deep (14-16 m) in open wells. The
upper water bearing zones get dry in the summer (after the month of March) and only deeper
zones yield water. There is no direct connection observed between these zones and sea.
Hence, the capacity of yielding water is also very less.
Small streams and nallahs are recharging the groundwater but have not affected the
hydrology of this area. The direction of flow of streams and nallahs of this area is towards north
(towards sea). The water quality in this area varies with distance from sea and the depth wise
variation shows high dissolved solids having high nitrate but good buffering capacity. From the
earlier study the area is demarcated into three zones and groundwater up to a depth of 90 m
was found to be potable even during summer season. However, at areas near the coastal
zones, pronounced effect of salinity (600-8,000 mg/l) from 30 m to 90 m depth was recorded. It
is observed that the rate of intrusion of seawater into groundwater is very low as moved away
from the coastal region and vice versa. Since the refinery complex is near to the coastal zone,
soil is highly saline in nature and thus bearing high compactness indicating poor permeability
and low groundwater discharge pattern as compared to the other zones.
4.49
4.3.2.5
Ground Water Quality

Eighteen groundwater samples inclusive of sixteen from tube well and two from dug
well were collected in and around refinery complex and analysed. The physico-chemical
characteristics of groundwater are presented in Tables 4.3.4 to 4.3.7. The groundwater quality
showed high mineral contents in the form of total dissolved solids, total hardness, chloride,
sulphate
and
sodium
and
were
found
in
the
range
of
477-3024
mg/l,
259-1592 mg/l, 123-1200 mg/l, 42-328 mg/l and 36-500 mg/l respectively. Typical high mineral
content in groundwater indicates seawater intrusion in groundwater with depth variation from 30
m to 90 m. The mineral content is high near the coastal areas and decreases with the distance
away from the coastline.
4.3.3
Bacteriological Characteristics
Coliform group of organisms and faecal streptococci are indicators of bacterial
pollution. The water samples were analysed for estimating total and faecal coliforms deploying
membrane filtration techniques. The bacteriological characteristic for winter season is presented
in Table 4.3.8. The bacteriological characteristics of surface water showed total coliform counts
in the range of 220 to 310 CFU/100 ml.
Both the reservoirs were found to be faecally
contaminated
coliforms
having
faecal
in
the
range
of
30-45 CFU/100 ml.

The groundwater in four villages (Gagwa, Kanachikari, Nanikhavdi and Mungni) is
found to be faecally contaminated and unfit for human consumption, unless suitably treated.
4.3.4
Biological Characteristics
Studies on biological characteristics of water are important in EIA studies in view of the
conservation of environmental quality and safety of natural flora and fauna including human
being. As biological community depends on the conditions and resources of its location, it
changes according to the changes in the habitat. The impact of pollution in aquatic ecosystem
manifests itself first on the biotic aquatic ecosystem communities. The species composition of
aquatic organisms in natural communities is directly related to water quality. The response of
animals and plants to pollutants when measured quantitatively, gives an insight into the
condition of existing aquatic ecosystem.
Because of complex inter-relationship, a change in the ecosystem causes one or more
of the pollutants to change and be replaced by others, distinguishable as a different community.
The changes in the diversity of biological communities, as a result of pollution in an aquatic
ecosystem, can be mathematically expressed as diversity indices. Organic wastes eliminate
sensitive organisms and provide food for the surviving tolerant forms. However, with natural
4.50
stream purification, water quality improves so that the tolerant forms can flourish and
subsequently diversity increases. On the other hand, toxic material eliminates sensitive
organisms, and because of the restriction of food to that naturally occurring in the stream,
numbers of tolerant surviving forms are limited. Very toxic materials may eliminate all organisms
below a waste source. Thus, the nature and quality of such biological species in a particular
environment is dependent on various physico-chemical characteristics of water and also on the
nature of water body.
In fact, estimation with respect to plankton community structure in a water body would
indicate its quality as follows:
(a)
Indicator Organisms
Organisms have been listed in standard publications according to increasing tropic

levels of aquatic environment. Increasing dominance of diatoms, flagellates, ciliates etc.
indicate progressively increasing tropic conditions. Presence of euglenophycease indicates
highly eutrophic conditions. Also, an increase in the abundance of total rotifers indicates
advancing eutrophication.
(b)
Diversity
Diversity of planktons depends on physico-chemical characteristics of water especially
on trophic levels. In oligotrophic water diversity of plankton is high.

levels of pollution such as mesotrophic and
While with increasing
eutrophic condition diversity of planktons
decreases. Shannon Weaver Index is a measure of diversity of planktons, which takes into
account the total count, and individual species count in a water sample.
d = - (ni/n) log2 (ni/n)
where,
d = Shannon Weaver Diversity Index
ni = number of individual of each individual species in a sample
n = total number of individual and of all species in the sample
It is also noted that the diversity is susceptible to other parameters like turbidity, colour,
flow rate etc.
A widely accepted ecological concept is that the communities with large number of
species (i.e. with high diversity) will have high stability that can resist adverse environmental
factors and thus greater is the structural complexity of the food web. The index values of 3 and
above are generally considered healthy conditions of water bodies. The values between 1 and 3
and less than 1 are believed to be for semi and poor-productivity respectively. Systematic
4.51
ecological monitoring of population dynamics and species composition of relevant parts of the
ecosystems in surface water and groundwater around refinery complex was carried out.
The biological characteristics in terms of phytoplankton for surface and groundwater
are presented in Table 4.3.9. Total counts in surface water and groundwater (dug wells) vary
from 846 to 2266 per 100 ml and 987 to 4700 per 100 ml respectively. Phytoplanktons were
recorded in four groups, out of which Bacillariophyceae is the dominant group. The ShannonWeaver Diversity Index for phytoplanktons varies from 2.25-3.79 and from 1.0-2.75 in surface
water and groundwater (dug wells) respectively.
The
Table 4.3.10.
data
on
zooplankton
in
surface
and
groundwater
is
presented
in
Samples show zooplankton population from 7500 to 18000 no/m and from
3
267-4500 no/m in surface and groundwater (dug wells) respectively. The Shannon Weaver
Diversity Index of zooplanktons which is found to vary in the range of 1.846-2.320 in surface
water and 0.918 to 105 in groundwater indicates low to moderate productivity.
4.52
Gulf of Kachchh
21
9
Jamnagar
8
10
13
10 km
11
SH-6
12
19
Sas
oi
25 km
SA-27
7
Khambalia
20
3
2
16
17
Lalpur
14
18
Fig. 4.3.1: Sampling Locations for Water Quality Monitoring

(Surface and Ground Water)
4.53
Table 4.3.1
Sampling Locations for Water Quality
Sr.
No.
Sampling Location
Surface Water
1.
Kanalus
2.
Gajana
3.
Apla
Ground Water
Hand Pump
4.
Arablus
5.
Rangpar
6.
Mota Lakhiya
Dug Well
7.
Sevak Dhunia
8.
Nanikhavdi
Bore Well
9.
Mungani
10.
Kana Chhikari
11.
Padana
12.
Nana Lakhiya
13.
Gagva
Tube Well
14.
Rinzpur
15.
Godavari
16.
Moti Rafudad
17.
Kota
18.
Bajana
19.
Naranpar
20.
Pipartoda
21.
Gordanpar
4.54
Table 4.3.2
Standard Operating Procedure for Water and Wastewater Sampling &
Analysis
Sr.No.
Parameter
50 ml
50 ml
On site parameter
Total suspended
solids
Grab sampling
Plastic /glass container
Grab sampling
Grab sampling
Storage/
preservation
On site analysis
100 ml
Total Dissolved
Solids
Grab sampling
100 ml
Oil & Grease
Wide
mouth
container
500 ml
BOD
500 ml
COD
Hardness
Grab sampling
Grab sampling
Grab sampling
Refrigeration,
can be stored for 7
days
Refrigeration,
can be stored for 7
days
Add HCl to pH>2,
refrigeration,
28 days
Refrigeration,
48 hrs
Chlorides
50 ml
10
Sulphates
11
Sodium, Potassium
Grab sampling
Grab sampling
Plastic container
pH
Electrical
Conductivity
Sample collection
glass
Sample size
100 ml
Add H2SO4 to pH>2,

refrigeration; 28 days
100 ml
Add HNO3 to pH<2,

refrigeration; 6
months
Not required;
28 days
100 ml
Not required;
6 months
12
Fluorides
Plastic containers only
100 ml
Not required;
28 days
Plastic/ Glass rinse with 100 ml
Grab sample;
13
Hexavalent
1+1 HNO3
refrigeration; 24 hrs
Chromium, Cr+6
14
Heavy Metals (Hg,
Plastic/ Glass rinse with 500 ml
Filter, add HNO3 to
Cd, Cr, Cu, Fe, Zn, 1+1 HNO3
pH>2; Grab sample;
Pb etc.)
6 months
15
Microbiology
Sterilized bottles
1 lits
Sterilized, Grab
sample
16
Pesticides
Silicate glass sample, 1000 ml
Add 1000 mg
PTFE-lined cap
ascorbic acid/lit of
sample; 7 days
Source: Standard methods for the examination of Water and Wastewater, published by APHA,
AWWA, wef 21st Edition
4.55
100 ml
Refrigeration;
28 days
Table 4.3.3
Analytical Techniques and Test Detectable Limits for
Water and Wastewater Sampling and Analysis
Sr.
No.
Parameters
Analytical Method **
Detection Limit
pH
4500-H+ B
Color
2120 C
Temperature
2550 B
0.1C
Conductivity
2510 B
0.5 micro mho/cm
Total Dissolved Solids
2540 C
0.5 mg/l
Total Suspended Solids
2540 D
0.5 mg/l
Dissolved Oxygen
4500-O C
0.1 mg/l
B.O.D. (3days at 270c)
5210 B
0.5 mg/l
C.O.D.
5220 B
0.1 mg/l
10
Total Coliform
9255
11
Feacal Coliform
9230
12
Total Hardness as CaCO3
2340 C
0.1 mg/l
13
Sodium as Na
3500-Na
0.1 mg/l
14
Potassium as K
3500-K
0.1 mg/l
-
15
Chlorides as Cl
4500-Cl
16
Sulfates as SO42
4500-SO4
-
0.01 mg/l
0.1 mg/l
17
Fluorides as F
4500-F
0.1 mg/l
18
Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen
4500-Norg
0.5 mg/l
19
Copper as Cu
3500-Cu
0.01 mg/l
20
Lead as Pb
3500-Pb
0.01 mg/l
21
Manganese as Mn
3500-Mn
0.01 mg/l
22
Iron as Fe
3500-Fe
0.01 mg/l
23
Mercury as Hg
3500-Hg
0.001 mg/l
24
Zinc as Zn
3500-Zn
0.01 mg/l
25
Chromium as Cr
3500-Cr
0.01 mg/l
26
Total Coliform
9255
** Source : Standard methods for the examination of Water and Wastewater, published by
APHA, AWWA, wef 21st Edition
4.56
Table 4.3.4
Water Quality - Physical Parameters
S.
No.
Sampling
Location
pH
Temperature
(OC)
Turbidity
(NTU)
Total
Suspended
Solids (mg/l)
Total
Dissolved
Solids
(mg/l)
Conductivity
(S/cm)
8.6
28
12
18
400
610
8.6
28
22
393
595
8.8
29
510
749
8.5
28
1.0
800
1100
8.1
28
1.0
1450
2420
8.0
30
2.0
1230
2050
8.0
28
3024
5040
Surface Water
1.
2.
3.
Kanalus
Gajana
Apla
Ground Water
Hand Pump
4.
5.
6.
Arablus
Rangpar
Mota Lakhiya
Dug Well
7.
Sevak Dhunia
8.
Nanikhavdi
7.5
26
2.3
3.1
1242
2262
9.
Mungani
8.1
27
Bore Well
1.6
4.0
612
1140
10.
Kana Chhikari
7.5
29
1.3
3.2
650
1230
11.
Padana
8.1
28
2.1
4.3
1025
1940
12.
Nana Lakhiya
8.0
27
2.1
3.5
930
1650
13.
Gagva
7.6
26
<1
3.
477
850
Tube Well
14.
Rinzpur
8.4
26
11
1290
2150
15.
Godavari
8.4
27
910
1431
16.
Moti Rafudad
8.6
27
1000
1567
17.
Kota
8.3
26
1841
2670
18.
Bajana
8.7
28
1140
1959
19.
Naranpar
8.6
27
650
1071
20.
Pipartoda
8.9
27
756
1145
21.
Gordanpar
8.9
28
760
1255
4.57
Table 4.3.5
Water Quality - Inorganic Parameters
S.
No.
Sampling
Location
Total
Total
alkalinity hardness
Calcium
hardness Chloride Sulphate Sodium Potassium
(as CaCO3)
(mg/l)
Surface Water
1
2
3
Kanalus
Gajana
Apla
134
206
142
114
32
64
02
115
235
157
128
25
47
01
213
313
191
112
32
58
01
156
465
258
278
69
90
01
221
667
431
430
135
221
01
223
419
210
450
65
292
03
538
1592
1113
1200
328
500
05
327
777
402
317
278
141
05
123
75
59
02
Ground Water
Hand Pump
4
5
6
Arablus
Rangpar
Mota Lakhiya
Dug Well
7
8
Sevak Dhunia
Nanikhavdi
Mungani
106
Bore Well
259
160
10
Kana Chhikari
192
367
253
164
90
81
01
11
Padana
307
912
509
317
209
111
02
12
Nana Lakhiya
202
432
230
260
249
188
06
13
Gagva
106
259
160
123
75
59
02
14
Rinzpur
200
694
Tube Well
502
361
122
82
04
15
Godavari
222
585
350
270
100
90
01
16
Moti Rafudad
159
516
400
336
78
145
01
17
Kota
555
861
605
531
155
300
02
18
Bajana
445
752
559
274
142
124
01
19
Naranpar
322
447
234
134
42
70
01
20
Pipartoda
306
563
379
161
68
36
01
21
Gordanpar
247
448
322
202
55
68
02
4.58
Table 4.3.6
Water Quality - Nutrient, Demand and Organic Parameters
4S. Sampling
No. Location
Nitrate
as N
Total
Dissolved
Phosphates Oxygen
Chemical
Bio-chemical
Oxygen
Oxygen Demand
Demand
(mg/l)
Surface Water
1.
2.
3.
Kanalus
Gajana
Apla
5.0
0.20
6.7
48
22
5.0
0.16
5.9
43
20
9.0
0.21
7.1
99
40
11
0.16
2.4
2.0
50
0.10
1.4
17
<3
36
0.10
5.6
10
<3
11
0.18
4.6
6.0
6.6
0.25
4.3
5.2
<3
6.0
0.31
5.4
5.8
<3
5.6
0.26
4.3
3.8
<3
6.6
0.30
4.0
3.9
<3
7.2
0.31
4.1
4.2
<3
4.2
0.30
6.1
5.2
<3
20
0.16
3.8
30
11
0.16
2.9
33
0.15
2.3
11
0.24
1.9
22
11
0.18
2.4
10
0.20
2.6
27
11
0.17
2.8
32
0.14
2.9
51
20
Ground Water
Hand Pump
4.
5.
6.
Arablus
Rangpar
Mota Lakhiya
Dug Well
7.
8.
Sevak Dhunia
Nanikhavdi
Bore Well
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Mungani
Kana Chhikari
Padana
Nana Lakhiya
Gagva
Tube Well
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Rinzpur
Godavari
Moti Rafudad
Kota
Bajana
Naranpar
Pipartoda
Gordanpar
4.59
Table 4.3.7
Water Quality - Heavy Metals
S.
No.
Sampling
Location
Cadmium
Chromium
Copper
Lead
Iron
Manganese
Zinc
mg/l
Surface Water
1.
2.
3.
Kanalus
Gajana
Apla
0.013
0.004
0.010
0.214
0.19
0.017
14.45
0.017
0.073
0.014
0.406
0.813
0.239
33.45
0.009
0.004
0.013
0.140
0.178
0.013
0.027
0.029
0.039
0.040
0.432
0.453
0.026
4.93
ND
ND
0.02
ND
ND
ND
7.32
ND
0.01
ND
ND
0.98
ND
0.63
0.025
0.047
0.035
0.390
0.394
0.020
27.45
0.01
ND
ND
ND
0.56
ND
ND
ND
0.15
ND
ND
0.75
ND
ND
ND
0.16
ND
ND
0.15
ND
ND
0.04
0.03
ND
ND
0.25
0.12
0.19
0.03
0.08
ND
ND
0.28
0.37
0.48
0.02
0.05
ND
ND
0.89
0.15
0.07
0.011
0.024
0.012
0.192
0.432
0.014
22.01
0.008
0.011
0.014
0.154
0.58
0.05
10.26
0.007
ND
0.008
0.128
ND
0.009
8.12
0.011
0.026
0.032
0.224
0.875
0.061
16.36
0.010
0.037
0.011
0.190
1.475
0.043
7.47
0.008
0.005
0.015
0.162
0.647
0.006
22.16
0.011
0.029
0.013
0.202
0.273
0.006
62.56
0.010
0.015
0.014
0.205
1.38
0.017
24.01
Ground Water
Hand Pump
4.
5.
6.
Arablus
Rangpar
Mota Lakhiya
Dug Well
7.
8.
Sevak Dhunia
Nanikhavdi
Bore Well
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Mungani
Kana Chhikari
Padana
Nana Lakhiya
Gagva
Tube Well
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Rinzpur
Godavari
Moti Rafudad
Kota
Bajana
Naranpar
Pipartoda
Gordanpar
ND - Not Detectable
4.60
Table 4.3.8
Water Quality - Bacteriological Parameters
Sr.
No.
Total Coliform
Sampling Location
Faecal Coliform
CFU/100 ml
Surface Water
1.
Kanalus
230
30
2.
Gajana
220
45
3.
Apla
310
35
Hand Pump
4.
Arablus
150
40
5.
Rangpar
ND
ND
6.
Mota Lakhiya
70
10
Dug well
7.
Sevak Dhunia
520
105
8.
Nanalakhiya
484
248
Groundwater
9.
Mungani
200
238
10.
Kana Chhikari
2030
460
11.
Padana
ND
ND
12.
Nana Lakhiya
358
56
13.
Gagva
5300
460
Tube Well
14.
Rinzpur
240
30
15.
Godavari
150
30
16.
Moti Rafudad
ND
ND
17.
Kota
ND
ND
18.
Bajana
70
ND
19.
Naranpar
70
ND
20.
Pipartoda
ND
ND
21.
Gordanpar
ND
ND
ND - Not Detectable
CFU - Colony Forming Unit
4.61
Table 4.3.9
Water Quality Biological Parameters (Phytoplankton)
Sr.
No.
Sampling
Locations
Eugleophyceae
Shannon
Weaver
Diversity
Index
Percentage of Composition of Algal Groups
Total
Count
no/ 100ml
Bacillariophyceae
Cyano Chlorophyceae phyceae
Surface Water
1.
Kanalus
846
50
17
2.25
2.
Gajana
1222
27
18
3.19
3.
Apla
2266
23
12
12
3.79
Hand Pump
4.
Arablus
ND
5.
Rangpar
--
6.
Mota Lakhiya
987
64
12
12
12
2.75
Dug well
7.
Sevak
Dhunia
8.
Nanalakhiya
Groundwater
9.
Mungani
1880
50
50
10.
Kana
Chhikari
--
11.
Padana
12.
Nana
Lakhiya
13.
Gagva
4700
40
60
1.522
Tube Well
14.
Rinzpur
ND
15.
Godavari
ND
16.
Moti Rafudad
ND
17.
Kota
ND
18.
Bajana
ND
19.
Naranpar
ND
20.
Pipartoda
ND
21.
Gordanpar
Not found
ND
4.62
Table 4.3.10
Biological Parameter Zooplankton
Sr
No.
Sampling
Locations
Percentage of Organisms in Groups
Total
Count
no/ m3
Protozoa
Rotifera
Cladocera
Shannon
Weaver
Diversity Index
Surface Water
1.
Kanalus
7500
60
2.320
2.
Gajana
18000
58
25
2.190
3.
Apla
15000
50
10
1.846
Hand Pump
4.
Arablus
ND
5.
Rangpar
6.
Mota Lakhiya
4500
0.918
Mungani
133
50
50
10. Kana Chhikari
11. Padana
12. Nana Lakhiya
267
25
25
50
105
14. Rinzpur
ND
15. Godavari
ND
16. Moti Rafudad
ND
17. Kota
ND
18. Bajana
ND
19. Naranpar
ND
20. Pipartoda
ND
21. Gordanpar
ND
Dug well
7.
Sevak Dhunia
8.
Nanalakhiya
Groundwater
9.
13. Gagva
Tube Well
Not found
4.63
4.4
Land Environment
4.4.1
Reconnaissance
The study area around SEZ complex covers parts of Saurashtra region. The rainfall
brought by south-west monsoon in the region is scanty and irregular with an average rainfall of
470 mm per annum. The detail information regarding the landuse pattern of these villages is
also collected.
Eighteen locations were identified for collection of soil samples in study area located at
different distances and in different directions from the project site. Sampling locations are shown
in Fig. 4.4.1 and listed in Table 4.4.1. Soil samples were analysed for relevant parameters
using standard procedures of Soil Chemical Analysis (M.L. Jackson). In some of the villages,
water samples were collected to assess their irrigation quality.
4.4.2
Geology at Project Site

The study area is covered by Deccan Trap basalt of cretaceous age. A geological
succession of the study area is presented below:

Mesozoic Era
Lower Eocene to Upper
Deccan Trap Formation
Cretaceous Epoch
Basalt occurring in this region is dark black, hard and compact, with variations in
texture leading to massive, weathered and amygdoloidal types. The traps of this area are
invariably jointed. Besides vertical and horizontal joints and sheet joints, horizontal shears
occurring at a depth of 40 m below ground level have connection with upper strata through
vertical joints or fractures. The fractures are oriented in NE-SE and NW-SW directions.
The top most basalt layer is often weathered with thickness varying from 6 to 12 m
below ground level. This formation also has number of open fractures and joints. At places the
weathering of this formation has given rise to pale-brown fragmented material with admixture of
brownish or pale yellow soil.
Basic dykes are present in the region and could be observed as prominent ridges criscrossing the entire study area. The lithologs indicate that these dykes are extending upto
greater depths.
4.64
4.4.3
Baseline Status
Eighteen (18) villages/site were identified for existing soil quality assessment. The
locations and names of villages/site of project site are given in Table 4.4.1 and their relative
distribution is depicted in Fig. 4.4.1.
Representative soil samples from depth (0-25 cm) were collected from these villages
and project site for estimation of the physicochemical characteristics of soil. Standard methods
have been followed for the analysis of soil samples.
The international pipette method (Black, 1964) was adopted for determination of
particle size analysis. The textural diagram was generated using SEE soil class 2.0 version
based on the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) classification of soil. Physical
parameters such as bulk density, porosity and water holding capacity were determined by KR
box method (Keen and Raczkowski, 1921)
The chemical characteristics of soil were determined by preparing soil extract in
distilled water in ratio 1:1 (Jackson, 1967). Organic carbon was determined by Walkley and
Black method (1972). Fertility status of soil in terms of available nitrogen was determined by
Kjeldhal method and available phosphorus was determined by Chlorostannus Reduced
Molybdo Phosphorus Blue Colour method (Olsen method).
Potassium was determined by
flame photometric method (Jackson ML 1967)

Heavy metals in soil were determined by extracting soil will conc. H2SO4 conc. HNO3
followed by analysis on ICP or AAS (APHA, 1995).
4.4.3.1

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the
existing soil conditions around the project area representing various land use conditions. The
physical, chemical and heavy metal concentrations were determined along with biological
parameters. The samples were collected by ramming an augur into the soil upto a depth of 100
cm. The soil samples were collected during the winter season. The sampling locations have
been identified with the following objectives:
1.
To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area; and
2.
To determine the impact of proposed project on soil characteristics.
The soils are Vertic Ustochrepts. They are residual soils predominantly having basaltic
4.65
trap as a parent material and at some places granite and gneiss as a parent material. They are
calcareous in nature with a murum layer below 40 cm depth. The soils are well drained with
subangular blockey structure, sticky and hard in consistency. They can be broadly classified
into alluvial, black, light brown and alkaline.
Soils were analysed for physical characteristics delineated through specific parameters
viz. particle size distribution, bulk density, porosity, water holding capacity and texture. The
particle size distribution in terms of percentage of sand, silt and clay is presented in Table 4.4.2
and shown in Fig. 4.4.2. It is observed that soil texture varies from clay to sandy clay. The bulk
density of soil of the impact zone is found to be 1.11 - 1.35 gm/cm3 which is considered to be
moderate.
Soil porosity is a measure of air filled pore spaces and provides information about
movement of gases, inherent moisture development of root system and strength of soil. The
porosity and water holding capacity of soil are in the range of 39-66% and 40-69% respectively.
The soils have moderate water holding capacity.
4.4.3.2
Chemical Characteristics
The chemical characteristics of soil, viz. pH, electrical conductivity, soluble anions and
cations, cation exchange capacity (CEC), exchangeable cations, exchangeable sodium

percentage, nutrients, organic contents and heavy metals are presented in Tables 4.4.3 to
4.4.8.
It is observed that pH of soil in the study area are in the range of
6.52 - 8.6. The pH range of soil is found to be favorable for plant growth. Moreover, soil does
not indicate acidification due to operation of various industries in the region which emit acidic
precursor gases such as SO2 and NOx. Electrical conductivity, a measure of soluble salts in soil
is
in
the
range
of
0.27-1.6
mS/cm
as
presented
in
Table 4.4.4. It is observed that calcium and magnesium concentrations are in the range of 0.123.92 meq/l and 0.02-1.43 meq/l respectively; whereas sodium and potassium are in the range of
0.08-1.03 meq/l and 0.02-0.15 meq/l respectively.
Variations in cation exchange capacity (CEC) of soil in the study area are presented in
Table 4.4.5. CEC was observed in the range of 40.6-50.2 meq/100 gram. Amongst the
exchangeable cations, calcium and magnesium are found in the range of 22.4-30.7 and 11.215.2 meq/100 gm of soil respectively. Exchangeable sodium percentage (ESP) is ranged from
2.1-3.18%. The relationship of CEC with productivity and absorptivity is presented in Tables
4.4.6 - 4.4.7.
Organic matter present in soil influences its physical and chemical properties and is
4.66
responsible for stability of soil aggregates. Organic carbon is in the range of 0.1 0.82%.
Nitrate nitrogen in the available form is very essential nutrient for plant growth and observed in
the range of 138.1-197.2 kg/ha of soil (Table 4.4.8).
Fertility status of these soils is given in Table 4.4.8. The soils are poor to medium in
nitrogen and poor to medium in potassium and phosphorus contents. The presence of organic
carbon indicates the soil is rich in organic manure.
Plants require some heavy metals at microgram level for their metabolic activities.
These heavy metals are termed as micro-nutrients and their deficiency becomes a limiting
factor in plant growth. Levels of heavy metals in soils are presented in Table 4.4.9.
4.4.4
Soil Microbiology
Various ecological cycles in rhizosporo of plant depend upon microbial population. The
population of bacteria, fungi and actinomycetes are vital components of soil and help in
maintaining stability. Characteristics of soil microorganisms are presented in Table 4.4.10.
Rhizobium and Azotobactor are symbiotic and non-symbiotic nitrogen fixing
microorganisms and improve soil fertility by fixing nitrogen in soil. Fungi also constitute an
important part of the microflora at normal soil. Total viable micro-organism population per gram
of soil varied from 13 x 106 to 94 x 106 Colony Forming Units. Different microflora observed per
gram of soil were fungi (2x104 - 15 x 104 CFU), actinomycetes (2 x 104 10 x 104 CFU),
rhizobium (2 x 104 8 x 104 CFU), and azotobacter (2 x 104 - 16 x 104).
4.4.5
Landuse Pattern
The landuse pattern in the study is presented in Table 4.4.11. The Unirrigated land is
the maximum 50% followed by area not available for cultivation 24%. A pie chart
representing landuse pattern is shown in Fig. 4.4.3.
4.4.6
Remote Sensing Studies for Land use Analysis

Remote Sensing Studies
Remote Sensing technology has emerged as a powerful tool in providing reliable
information on various natural resources at different levels of details in a spatial format. It has
played an important role in effective mapping and periodic monitoring of natural resources
environment.
With the availability of high resolution remote sensing data, newer areas of remote
sensing applications have been identified, techniques of data processing have been improved
and computer based image processing systems have become more effective.
4.67
Data Used
In order to strengthen the baseline information on existing landuse pattern, the following
data at the latitude (2207-2235') N longitude (6938'-7008) E (approx.) were used:
A.
Remote sensing data
IRS P6 LISS III Scene

Path 90, Row 56 dated 31-Dec-2003; CD format
B.
Collateral data
Detailed location map
Methodology
Salient features of Methodology are given below:
Acquisition of Satellite data
Data loading
Data processing
Geo-referencing Image
Rectification
Classification
Ground Truthing / field Checks using Global Positioning System
Masking
The spatial resolution and the spectral bands in which the sensor collects the remotely
sensed data are two important parameters for any landuse survey. IRS P6 LISS III data offers
spatial resolution of 23.5 m with the swath width of 141 x 141 km. The data is collected in four
visible bands namely green (Band 2) (0.52-0.59), red (Band 3) (0.62-0.69), near Infrared
(NIR) (Band 4) (0.77-0.89), Short wave infrared band (Band 5) (1.55-1.75) with orbit repeat
period of 24 days (three days revisit). The shapes, sizes, colours, tone and texture of several
geomorphic features are visible in IRS data. Four spectral bands provide high degree of
measurability through band combination including FCC generation, bands rationing,
classification etc. These features of the IRS data are particularly important for better
comprehension and delineation of the landuse classes. Hence, IRS P6 LISS-III data has been
used for landuse mapping.
The digital image processing was performed on ERDAS IMAGINE 8.7 System on high-
4.68
configured computer. This software package is a collection of image processing functions

necessary for pre-processing, rectification, band combination, filtering, statistics, classification
etc. Apart from contrast stretching, there are large numbers of image processing functions that
can be performed on this station.
The satellite data from the compact disc is loaded on the hard disk and by studying
quick looks (the sampled image of the appropriate area), the sub-scene of the study area is
extracted.
Supervised classification using all the spectral bands can separate fairly accurately, the
different landuse classes at level II on the basis of the spectral responses, which involve the
following three steps:
a) Acquisition of ground truth
b) Calculation of the statistics of training area
c) Classification using maximum likelihood algorithm
The training areas for classification were homogeneous, well spread throughout the
scene with bordering pixels excluded in processing. Several training sets have been used
through the scene for similar landuse classes. After evaluating the statistical parameters of
training sets, the training areas were rectified by deleting no congruous training sets and
creating new ones.
Results
Landuse refers to mans activities on land, utilitarian in nature whereas landcover
denotes the vegetation cover, water body cover and artificial constructions etc.
The landuse/landcover classification system standardized by Department of Space, for
mapping different agro-climatic zones has been adopted. This classification system has six
major landuse classes at level I and twenty eight at level II (Table 4.4.12). The six major
classes at level I was further enunciated in the following six categories:
a)
Built up land: This comprises areas of land covered by structures
b) Agricultural land: Land used for production of food, fiber, crop and plantation
c) Forest: This includes land such as dense or sparse evergreen forests, deciduous
Forests and degraded forests.
d) Wastelands: Land having potential for development of vegetation cover but not
being used due to constraint includes salt affected land, eroded land and water
4.69
logged areas.
e) Water bodies: Area persistently covered by water such as rivers/streams, reservoirs
/ tanks, lakes / ponds and canals
f)
Others: Grassland and snow covered land are included in this category.
Landuse / landcover distribution in the study area has been estimated
as given below using the above classification system and digital analysis techniques.
Plate I
Plate I is the LISS III Imagery showing 25 Km. radial area around the proposed SEZ at
Jamnagar. In the image, vegetation (plantation, shrub, forest) appears red, water bodies
and river as blue/dull green. Attributes such as colour, tone, texture, shape and size are
used to interpret the image visually. Morphologically the area is a flat terrain as it belongs
to the coastal plain. The study area mostly covers vegetation cover, water body and
agricultural land. Fallow land is also depicted in the imagery by its light green tone.
Saltpan is identified by its typical rectangular pattern and white tone seen along coast.
Inland Water bodies are well spread in the vicinity of the study area. Settlements are
also well identified by its typical spectral response.
Plate II
It is the colour-coded output of supervised classification of 25 Km. radial area
around proposed SEZ at Jamnagar with colours assigned to various classes. In this image,
colours are assigned to various classes as given in legend. The landuse / landcover
classification indicates 9.3% area covered by water bodies, 39.52% agricultural land (crop land,
fallow land, Plantation), and 4.36 % fringe vegetation etc.) (Table 4.4.13). Fourteen different
classes are identified along with corresponding area. Water bodies are mainly seawater and
reservoir water. Agricultural activity mostly occurs through out the area. The Yellow colour in the
landuse map indicates the agricultural land. The fallow is found to be associated with
agricultural lands. The water bodies and seawater is assigned by the blue and light blue colour
in the land use map respectively.
4.70
Gulf of Kachchh
13
Jamnagar
16
15
14
17
11
SH-6
12
18
10 km
Sas
oi
25 km
SA-27
Khambalia
7
Lalpur
5
Fig. 4.4.1: Locations Identified for Soil Sampling
4.71
Fig. 4.4.2 : Texture Diagram for Soil Samples
4.72
Area not available

for cultivation
24%
Forest
3%
irrigated
14%
culturable waste
land
9%
Forest
irrigated
unirrigated
50%
unirrigated
culturable waste land
Area not available for
cultivation
Source: Census Book of Jamnagar 1991
Fig. 4.4.3 : Pie Chart Showing the Land use Pattern in the Study Area
4.73
Plate I -False Colour Composite of Study area around Proposed

SEZ Site at Jamnagar
4.74
Plate II Landuse/Landcover of Study area around

Proposed SEZ site at Jamnagar
4.75
Table 4.4.1
Soil Sampling Locations
S. No.
Sampling Locations
1.
Sevak Dhunia
2.
Arablus
3.
Kanalus
4.
Lalpur
5.
Godavari
6.
Moti Rafudad
7.
Apla
8.
Bajana
9.
Naranpur
10.
Barwar
11.
Navagam
12.
Padana
13.
Gordanpur
14.
Motikhavdi
15.
Gagva
16.
Nanikhavdi
17.
Gaduka
18.
Satalus
4.76
Table 4.4.2
Soil Texture in Study Area
Particle size distribution (%)
S. Sampling
No. Locations
Textural class
Coarse
sand
Fine
sand
Silty
Clay
1.
Sevak Dhunia
20.6
6.2
28.6
44.6
Clay
2.
Arablus
14.4
32.6
11.8
41.2
Sandy Clay
3.
Kanalus
9.8
15.6
30.2
44.4
Clay
4.
Lalpur
10.2
16.2
25.4
48.2
Clay
5.
Godavari
9.8
18.2
25.8
46.2
Clay
6.
Moti Rafudad
30.6
17.2
13.4
38.8
Sandy Clay
7.
Apla
12.2
15.8
28.8
43.2
Clay
8.
Bajana
18.8
28.0
14.6
38.6
Sandy Clay
9.
Naranpur
10.8
15.6
30.2
43.4
Clay
10.
Barwar
9.8
14.4
27.6
48.2
Clay
11.
Navagam
30.2
17.2
13.8
38.8
Sandy Clay
12.
Padana
10.2
13.4
28.2
48.2
Clay
13.
Gordanpur
9.2
15.8
27.4
47.6
Clay
14.
Motikhavdi
46
10
35
Sandy Clay Loam
15.
Gagva
18
34
15
33
Sandy Clay Loam
16.
Nanikhavdi
11
32
25
32
Clay Loam
17.
Gaduka
10
30
30
30
Clay Loam
18.
Satalus
12
33
21
34
Sandy Clay Loam
4.77
Table 4.4.3
S. Sampling
No. Locations
Bulk density
(gm/cm3)
Porosity
(%)
Water holding
capacity (%)
1.
Sevak Dhunia
1.11
43
50
2.
Arablus
1.23
40
45
3.
Kanalus
1.12
42
48
4.
Lalpur
1.12
49
50
5.
Godavari
1.18
47
50
6.
Moti Rafudad
1.32
42
45
7.
Apla
1.26
43
45
8.
Bajana
1.30
39
40
9.
Naranpur
1.28
42
46
10.
Barwar
1.18
49
51
11.
Navagam
1.32
40
41
12.
Padana
1.22
49
50
13.
Gordanpur
1.24
47
50
14.
Motikhavdi
1.35
61
54
15.
Gagva
1.30
66
62
16.
Nanikhavdi
1.19
38
64
17.
Gaduka
1.26
64
69
18.
Satalus
1.23
60
67
4.78
Table 4.4.4
Chemical Characteristics of Soil Extract
S.
No.
Sampling
Locations
pH
EC
Ca+ +
Mg++
(mS/cm)
Na+
K+
(meq/l)
1.
Sevak
Dhunia
6.54
0.34
0.17
0.06
0.60
0.04
2.
Arablus
6.84
0.44
0.17
0.06
0.89
0.02
3.
Kanalus
6.71
0.53
0.18
0.06
0.55
0.04
4.
Lalpur
7.23
0.55
0.18
0.11
0.93
0.03
5.
Godavari
6.76
0.46
0.12
0.02
0.08
0.10
6.
Moti
Rafudad
6.65
0.27
0.14
0.64
0.48
0.02
7.
Apla
6.55
0.90
0.20
0.06
1.01
0.12
8.
Bajana
6.66
0.35
0.17
0.02
0.87
0.03
9.
Naranpur
7.04
0.58
0.19
0.07
0.68
0.12
10.
Barwar
6.66
0.44
0.12
0.03
0.40
0.05
11.
Navagam
6.52
0.36
0.17
0.03
0.74
0.05
12.
Padana
6.62
0.40
0.17
0.06
0.24
0.02
13.
Gordanpur
6.70
0.53
0.17
0.05
0.16
0.03
14.
Motikhavdi
8.2
0.7
1.30
0.49
0.34
0.15
15.
Gagva
8.3
1.0
2.01
1.15
0.56
0.09
16.
Nanikhavdi
8.5
1.6
3.92
1.43
0.96
0.06
17.
Gaduka
8.3
1.0
1.05
0.84
0.8
0.10
18.
Satalus
8.6
0.6
1.25
0.76
1.03
0.09
4.79
Table 4.4.5
Cation Exchange Capacity of Soil
S.
No.
Sampling
Locations
Ca+ +
Mg+ +
Na+
K+
CEC
meq/100 gm
ESP
(%)
1.
Sevak Dhunia
28.8
11.2
1.2
1.8
48.8
2.46
2.
Arablus
24.6
11.4
0.98
1.6
42.6
2.3
3.
Kanalus
22.6
14.2
1.1
1.4
46.8
2.35
4.
Lalpur
24.6
14.8
1.6
1.4
50.2
3.18
5.
Godavari
22.4
14.6
1.2
1.8
48.4
2.48
6.
Moti Rafudad
26.2
12.8
1.1
1.6
40.6
2.7
7.
Apla
22.6
14.2
1.1
1.4
45.2
2.43
8.
Bajana
23.4
15.2
0.96
1.2
40.6
2.36
9.
Naranpur
26.4
11.8
1.08
1.4
44.6
2.42
10.
Barwar
25.4
11.2
1.02
1.2
46.7
2.10
11.
Navagam
28.2
14.2
1.2
1.2
47.6
2.52
12.
Padana
30.2
11.6
1.4
1.8
49.2
2.84
13.
Gordanpur
28.8
12.8
1.2
1.6
48.8
2.46
14.
Motikhavdi
26.6
11.3
1.2
1.5
41.2
2.9
15.
Gagva
22.6
12.6
0.95
1.7
44.5
2.1
16.
Nanikhavdi
30.7
13.9
0.97
1.8
45.3
2.1
17.
Gaduka
24.8
13.8
1.22
1.4
40.6
2.7
18.
Satalus
24.7
11.5
1.25
1.5
47.3
2.6
4.80
Table 4.4.6
Relationship of CEC with Adsorptivity
CEC
Limited or low
Moderate
High
Very High
Range in cmol
(P+) kg-1
Locations
(Sr. No)
Adsorptivity
<10
Low or Limited
adsorption
10 20
Moderate
adsorption
20-30
High adsorption
>30
Very high
adsorption
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12
,13,14,15,16,17,18
Table 4.4.7
Relationship of CEC with Productivity
Range in cmol
(P+) kg-1
Productivity
<10
Very Low
Low
10 20
Low
Moderate
21 50
Moderate
>50
High
CEC
Very low
High
4.81
Locations
(Sr. No)
1, 2, 3, 4,5,6,7,8,9,10,
11,12,13,18
14,15,16,17
Table 4.4.8
Fertility Status of Soils in the Study Area
S.
No.
Sample
Locations
Total Nutrients
Organic
Carbon
(%)
P2O5
K2O
Kg/ha
1.
Sevak Dhunia
0.20
138.1
13.1
134.87
2.
Arablus
0.23
165.8
6.3
142.43
3.
Kanalus
0.43
169.9
8.8
144.87
4.
Lalpur
0.57
175.8
13.7
143.65
5.
Godavari
0.82
195.1
22.03
142.19
6.
Moti Rafudad
0.1
140.7
5.2
138.8
7.
Apla
0.50
179.9
12.8
144.63
8.
Bajana
0.36
142.3
9.5
142.51
9.
Naranpur
0.67
178.3
15.6
134.63
10.
Barwar
0.12
163.3
6.1
138.90
11.
Navagam
0.14
150.7
5.6
146.09
12.
Padana
0.04
149.02
5.2
133.30
13.
Gordanpur
0.35
174.1
10.9
138.50
14.
Motikhavdi
0.42
179
14.7
184
15.
Gagva
0.81
192
13.6
107
16.
Nanikhavdi
0.58
178
9.1
146
17.
Gaduka
0.78
172
12.7
136
18.
Satalus
0.82
197.2
15.6
131
Level in poor soil
< 0.5
< 280
< 23
< 133
Level in medium soil
0.5-0.75
280-560
23-57
133-337
Level in fertile soil
> 0.75
> 560.0
> 57.0
> 337.0
4.82
Table 4.4.9
Soil Quality - Heavy Metals
S.
No.
Sampling
Locations
Cd
Cr
Cu
Pb
Mn
Zn
Fe
mg/kg of soil
1.
Sevak
Dhunia
12.6
88.8
74.4
115.6
729.5
47.2
45548.4
2.
Arablus
12.7
68.4
68.9
116.2
599.6
58.9
44798.4
3.
Kanalus
14.8
81.4
79.9
130.7
999.6
80.4
60742
4.
Lalpur
13.3
77
74.4
117.7
709.6
54.2
53742
5.
Godavari
13.3
71.9
80.4
118.7
704.6
129.9
48398.4
6.
Moti
Rafudad
11.9
36.4
43.9
119.2
554.4
37.3
39998.4
7.
Apla
11.4
68.4
65.4
106.7
544.6
86.4
39048.4
8.
Bajana
17.3
70.9
122.9
149.2
824.6
64.4
67492
9.
Naranpur
18.7
206.4
89.4
149.7
034.6
76.9
83492
10.
Barwar
16.1
57.9
96.4
133.2
979.6
75.4
78242
11.
Navagam
17.8
117.9
89.9
152.7
929.6
84.8
81742
12.
Padana
21.2
109.4
121.9
146.2
1069.6
84.9
9549.2
13.
Gordanpur
17.9
74.9
113.9
166.7
1014.6
77.4
70492
14.
Motikhavdi
0.3
5.2
46.3
6.2
578
80.2
7270
15.
Gagva
0.1
4.7
27.3
5.7
790
46.3
9280
16.
Nanikhavdi
0.7
1.8
73.8
10.9
680
93.8
53260
17.
Gaduka
0.8
31.0
69.2
13.7
802
96.8
60280
18.
Satalus
0.8
41.0
54.9
8.1
917.7
126.7
56290
ND - Non detectable
4.83
Table 4.4.10
Microbiological Characteristics of Soil
Sr.
No.
TVC
Sampling
Locations
Fungi
Actinomycetes
Rhizobium
Azotobacter
(CFU per gram of soil)
1.
Sevak
Dhunia
16x106
7 x104
2 x104
2 x104
2 x104
2.
Arablus
23x106
5x104
2 x104
3 x104
2 x104
3.
Kanalus
13x106
2x104
4 x104
8 x104
7 x104
4.
Lalpur
44 x106
12x104
5 x104
4 x104
2 x104
5.
Godavari
94 x106
15x104
7 x104
8 x104
16 x104
6.
Moti
Rafudad
52x106
2x104
2 x104
4 x104
2 x104
7.
Apla
91x106
15x104
4 x104
4 x104
13 x104
8.
Bajana
83x106
9x104
5 x104
2 x104
7 x104
9.
Naranpur
62x106
7x104
9 x104
4 x104
6 x104
10.
Barwar
58x106
16x104
10 x104
2 x104
8 x104
11.
Navagam
22x106
4x104
3 x104
6 x104
2 x104
12.
Padana
52x106
4x104
4 x104
3 x104
11 x104
13.
Gordanpur
53x106
7x104
5 x104
3 x104
3 x104
14.
Motikhavdi
51x106
7x104
2 x104
7 x104
10 x104
15.
Gagva
39x106
5x104
5 x104
4 x104
5 x104
16.
Nanikhavdi
25x106
7x104
4 x104
8 x104
9 x104
17.
Gaduka
27x106
6x104
3 x104
5 x104
4 x104
18.
Satalus
62 x106
13x104
3 x104
3 x104
6 x104
CFU - Colony Forming Unit

TVC - Total Viable Count
4.84
Table 4.4.11
Landuse Pattern in Villages of the study Area
Area in hectares
Sr.
No.
Name of
Village
Total Area
Forest
Irrigated land
Unirrigated
land
Culturable
waste land
including
Gouchar and
groves
Area not
available
for
cultivation
1.
Jamnagar
District
2.
Vasai
1,565.45
GC (203.50) W(17.50)
WE(68.50) T(289.50)
827.15
99.95
348.85
3.
Amra
1,432.14
GC(243.72) W(36.25)
WE(100.00) R(72.96)
T(452.93)
727.80
141.00
110.41
4.
Jivapar
596.39
GC(262.22) W(71.16)
WE(160.00) R(1.62)
T(495.00)
12.62
47.08
41.69
5.
Gaduka
6.
Balambhdi
685.69
GC(296.29) W(9.76)
WE(30.00) O(3.05)
T(339.10)
207.03
66.07
73.49
7.
Dodhiya
1031.03
GC(49.34) W(43.13)
WE(60.00) O(25.30)
T(177.74)
582.87
174.00
96.39
8.
Vaw Beraja
716.02
W(42.10) WE(50.14)
T(92.24)
484.86
60.16
78.76
9.
Chela
2999.68
W(300)
WE(388.96)T(688.96)
1707.09
351.75
251.88
10.
Harshadpar
1724.35
W(73) WE(143.14)
T(216.14)
873.64
161.18
473.39
11.
Naranpar
1226.03
W(244.41) WE(350.00)
T(594.41)
155.17
131.65
344.80
12.
Changa
1858.11
W(120) WE(63) T(183)
1494.21
55.63
125.27
13.
Chandragadh
801.66
W(85) WE(200.30)
T(285.30)
345.82
34.52
136.02
14.
Khoja Beraja
1710.75
GC(64.02) W(121)
WE(272.15) R(13.09)
T(470.26)
651.90
230.79
357.80
15.
Lonthiya
697.60
W(48) WE(106.65)
T(154.65)
255.80
28.32
258.83
16.
Bawariya
325.38
W(50) WE(21.65)
T(71.65)
178.66
33.55
41.52
4.85
Unirrigated
land
Culturable
waste land
including
Gouchar and
groves
Area not
available
for
cultivation
W(60.22) WE(104)
T(164.22)
733.04
155.73
87.73
W(30) WE(51.85)
T(81.85)
208.50
249.82
67.99
799.46
W(50.60) WE(60.11)
T(110.71)
344.95
47.04
296.76
Chandraga
519.01
W(50) WE(66.92)
T(116.92)
299.52
64.92
37.65
21.
Bed
1895.87
GC(144.84) W(200)
WE(254.7) T(599.54)
992.82
266.76
36.75
22.
Mungni
889.78
W(20) WE(15.74)
T(35.74)
556.81
158.20
139.03
23.
Gagva
676.82
W(14.15) WE(70)
T(84.15)
437.49
93.38
61.80
24.
Nanikhavdi
675.89
W(83.79) WE(50)
T(133.79)
356.48
73.59
112.03
25.
Sapar
609.53
GC(85.18) W(30)
WE(71.83) T(187.01)
196.72
93.07
132.73
26.
Champa
Beraja
W(47) WE(20) T(67)
692.56
56.69
122.75
27.
Gordhanpur
493.15
GC(28.39) W(18.30)
WE(48.26) T(94.95)
65.69
51.17
281.34
28.
Dhinchda
1235.53
W(47.12) WE(90.04)
T(137.16)
560.09
73.79
464.49
29.
Moti Khavdi
2605.33
GC(150) W(100)
WE(71.39) T(321.39)
1534.66
288.46
460.82
30.
Lakha Baval
1342.89
GC(278.09) W(30)
WE(79.23) E(57.18)
T(444.50)
464
207.90
226.49
31.
Kansumara
928.67
W(60) WE(81.01)
T(141.01)
599.52
55.22
132.92
32.
Masitiya
883.47
W(11.5) WE(155.56)
T(270.56)
457.87
71.62
83.42
Name of
Village
Total Area
Forest
17.
Lovadiya
1140.72
18.
Mokhana
608.16
19.
Dhandha
20.
Sr.
No.
939
Irrigated land
Khambhalia-Taluka
33.
Khambhalia
34.
Danta
1764.19
87.66
GC(24.28) W(48.56)
WE(20.23) T(93.07)
817.53
80.53
685.40
35.
Bhatgam
532.58
W(76.93) WE(4)
T(80.93)
338.58
47.83
65.24
36.
Kota
837.79
W(52.70) WE(8)
T(60.70)
603.70
8.09
165.30
4.86
Sr.
No.
Name of
Village
Total Area
Forest
Irrigated land
Unirrigated
land
Culturable
waste land
including
Gouchar and
groves
Area not
available
for
cultivation
37.
Kolava
2383.9
202.34
W(60.70) WE(108.93)
T(169.63)
1227.59
192.78
591.56
38.
Bhandariya
1407.89
37.58
W(11.15) WE(7.23)
T(18.38)
656.35
206.39
489.19
39.
Bajana
2728.46
163.28
W(161.88) WE(242.82)
T(404.70)
803.74
174.86
1181.88
40.
Kandorna
1676.68
W(68.07) WE(194.63)
T(262.70)
670.00
101.69
642.29
41.
Bhadthar
2196.60
W(16.30) WE(10.21)
T(26.51)
1664.01
7.45
498.63
42.
Sagariya
1187.59
W(9.45) WE(3.28)
T(12.73)
640.97
15.69
518.20
43.
Mota Mandha
2061.98
GC(61) WE(95) T(156)
1382.00
95.98
428
44.
Nana Mandha
1484.71
W(263.43) WE(34.07)
T(297.52)
596.87
141.75
448.57
45.
Nava Ambla
407.28
W(20.43) WE(5.07)
T(20.48)
269.37
32.79
79.62
46.
Mota Ambla
881.28
W(19.86) T(19.86)
571.07
85.12
205.23
47.
Vadiner
669.79
W(10.00) WE(1.10)
T(11.10)
450.76
71.04
136.89
48.
Bharana
1849.81
W(40.47) WE(20.23)
T(60.70)
1385.09
144.46
259.56
49.
Timbdi
967.68
W(29.33) WE(8.23)
T(37.56)
705.10
80.66
144.36
50.
Kajurda
1150.00
W(26.42) WE(12.02)
T(38.44)
894.67
74.14
142.75
51.
Haripar
1311.81
W(119.23) WE(49.96)
T(169.19)
626.85
51.19
464.58
52.
Kanchanpur
639.21
W(30.35) WE(17.18)
T(47.53)
273.52
85.79
232.37
53.
Sinhan Kakab
974.52
W(202.35) WE(214.49)
T(416.84)
292.54
121.41
143.73
54.
Lakhasar Hap
1,547.52
87.36
W(51.50) WE(8.93)
T(60.43)
798.07
485.10
116.56
55.
Devaliya
1081.02
92.27
W(8.09) WE(12.14)
T(20.23)
544.43
16.18
407.91
Taluka
Lalpur
56.
Lakhiya Nava
437.63
W(49.7) WE(81.34)
T(131.12)
161.19
41.32
104.00
57.
Lakhiya Mota
1101.12
W(93.37) WE(32.37)
T(125.74)
748.31
88.84
138.23
58.
Rangpar
979.29
W(107.06) WE(36.43)
T(143.49)
565.85
122.51
147.44
59.
Veraval Moti
1886.74
W(230.36) WE(441.60)
1016.66
161.56
36.56
4.87
Sr.
No.
Name of
Village
Total Area
Forest
Irrigated land
Unirrigated
land
Culturable
waste land
including
Gouchar and
groves
Area not
available
for
cultivation
T(671.96)
60.
Sevak Bhatiya
483.23
W(2.43) WE(5.66)
T(8.09)
289.20
59.22
126.72
61.
Sevak
Dhuniya
1328.02
W(4.05) WE(16.18)
T(20.23)
964.36
129.56
213.87
62.
Dabasang
1805.88
W(75) WE(75) T(150)
1262.53
176.10
217.25
63.
Machhu
Beraja
1799.72
W(104.30) WE(63.42)
T(167.72)
1019.54
92.88
519.58
64.
Sevak
Bharwdia
991.74
W(101.23) WE(52.10)
T(153.33)
516.11
30.24
292.06
65.
Modpar
2559.87
GC(100.00) W(50.00)
WE(250.00) T(400.00)
1432.58
235.06
492.23
66.
Rafuded Moti
2410.32
W(60) WE(60) T(100)
1699.40
159.04
451.88
67.
Gajana
1247.69
W(180.06) WE(120.04)
T(300.10)
672.13
159.04
451.88
68.
Mulila
697.13
W(114.93) WE(48.56)
T(163.49)
291.27
65.63
176.74
69.
Piper Nawi
2952.21
232.37
W(100.0) WE(136.0)
T(236.0)
1034.00
251.21
1198.63
70.
Kanvirdi
716.45
W(45.36) WE(10.07)
T(55.43)
308.79
44.64
307.59
71.
Apia
1357.66
476.29
W(40.15) WE(32.10)
T(72.25)
509.03
62.77
237.32
72.
Govava
3527.91
323.75
W(73) WE(100) T(173)
1439
206.91
1385.25
73.
Singach
1473.39
W(79.18) WE(99.17)
T(178.35)
962.84
210.35
121.85
74.
Jasapar
1087.92
GC(9.20) W(101.25)
WE(35.26) T(145.71)
610.83
51.33
280.05
75.
Veraval Nani
597.61
W(36.0) WE(36.0)
T(72.0)
350.85
63.04
111.72
76.
Dhuniya Nava
580.63
W(40) WE(42) T(82)
260.63
83.0
155.0
77.
Khadba Mota
5273.70
W(300.0) WE(500.0)
T(800.0)
2342.34
290.79
1840.57
78.
Veraval Nani
597.61
W(36.0) WE(36.0)
T(72.0)
350.85
63.041
111.72
79.
Godavari
1554.48
300.48
GC(40.17) W(74.56)
WE(200.46) TK(15.08)
T(330.27)
334.30
127.87
461.56
80.
Nanduri
2092.18
W(285.7) WE(325.02)
T(610.72)
895.72
313.34
272.4
0
81.
Bharwdiya Mo
808.15
W(74.0) WE(100.0)
T(174.0)
426.0
97.0
111.15
82.
Vijaypur
285.88
21.26
W(18.0) WE(18.0)
T(36.0)
127.0
80.0
21.62
4.88
Sr.
No.
Name of
Village
Total Area
Forest
Irrigated land
Unirrigated
land
Culturable
waste land
including
Gouchar and
groves
Area not
available
for
cultivation
83.
Raka
810.67
70.33
W(35.00) WE(35.00)
T(70.00)
235.0
121.67
313.67
84.
Khatiya
1066.29
588.14
W(40.0) WE(41.0)
T(81.0)
191.29
76.0
129.86
85.
Khadba Nana
2404.57
W(33.0) WE(100.0)
T(133.00)
912.57
245.0
1114.00
86.
Babariya
485.95
51.51
W(25.0) WE(15.0)
T(40.0)
71.69
40.39
282.36
87.
Pingpur
1335.29
91.42
W(36.00) WE(100.00)
T(136.00)
510.29
394.0
203.58
88.
Tebhada
1741.14
337.83
W(105.09) WE(215.09)
T(320.18)
335.50
89.
Sanosri
2747.62
265.25
W(100.0) WE(150.0)
T(250.0)
1333.20
287.63
611.54
90.
Kathitad
724.51
85.79
W(37.07) T(37.07)
334.83
266.82
91.
Sansora
1779.85
253.31
W(191.99) T(191.99)
756.42
578.13
92.
Chorbedi
2679.56
613.10
W(175.0) WE(125.0)
T(300.0)
506.20
84.81
1175.45
93.
Panchsarom
871.04
W(50.0) WE(50.0)
T(100.0)
510.0
84.04
177.0
94.
Badhla
866.29
W(30.0) WE(46.0)
T(76.0)
389.0
102.29
299.0
95.
Vadpanchasa
1022.91
52.83
W(24.28) WE(100.0)
T(60.70)
657.15
169.36
82.87
96.
Padama
2967.66
64.35
W(90.35) WE(98.36)
T(188.71)
1916.19
167.18
631.23
97.
Navagam
1998.99
29.92
GC(192.06) W(143.93)
WE(238.00) T(573.99)
936.73
129.25
329.10
98.
Dera Chikari
228.80
GC(2.43) WE(4.04)
T(6.47)
167.06
30.0
25.27
99.
Kanechikari
1247.29
GC(52.04) WE(180.0)
TK(20.0) T(252.04)
482.89
66.55
445.81
4.89
99.27
698.36
Total Area
Forest
Irrigated land
Unirrigated
land
Culturable
waste land
including
Gouchar and
groves
Area not
available
for
cultivation
100. Kanalus
2142.09
W(80.94) WE(202.34)
T(283.28)
809.17
134.73
914.91
101. Arblus
1550.84
40.47
W(136.09) WE(83.30)
T(219.29)
798.87
63.61
428.50
102. Meghavadar
657.82
W(88.05) WE(57.38)
T(145.43)
164.65
91.78
255.96
Sr.
No.
Name of
Village
Source: Census Book of Jamnagar 1991
4.90
Table 4.4.12
Land use/Land Cover Classification System
Sr. No.
Level - I
1.
Built-up Land
2.
3.
4.
Agricultural Land
Forest
Wasteland
Level II
1.1
Built-up land
1.2
Road
1.3
Railway
2.1
Crop land
2.2
Fallow (Residual)
3.1
Evergreen/Semi-evergreen forest
3.2
Deciduous forest
3.3
Degraded/Scrub land
3.4
Forest blank
3.5
Forest plantation
3.6
Mangrove
3.7
Cropland in forest
4.1
Salt affected land
4.2
Waterlogged land
4.3
Marshy/Swampy land
4.4
Gullied/Ravinous land
4.5
Land with or without scrub
4.6
Sandy area (coastal and desert)
4.6
Barren rocky/Stony
waste/sheetrock area
5.
6.
Water bodies
Others
5.1
River/Stream
5.2
Lake/Reservoir
5.3
Tank/Canal
6.1
Grassland/Grazing land
6.2
Shifting cultivation
6.3
Snow cover/Glacial area
4.91
Table: 4.4.13
Inventory of Landuse / Landcover
JAMNAGAR-AREA STATISTICS (25 Km.radius)
Sr. No.
CLASS NAME
Crop Land
AREA (ha)
AREA (%)
36133.46
18.40
Fallow Land
41295.46
21.03
Land with / without Scrub
49419.19
25.17
Settlement Area
4898.76
2.50
Industrial Area
3014.15
1.54
Plantation
180.12
0.09
Fringe Vegetation
8564.26
4.36
Bare Soil
17207.54
8.76
Mud Flat
13870.54
7.06
10
Salt Pan
2618.84
1.33
11
Dumping Area
175.74
0.09
12
Airport Area
688.03
0.35
13
Water Body
2731.51
1.39
14
Sea
15533.51
7.91
Total
196331.10
100.00
4.92
4.5
4.5.1
Introduction
Study of biological environment is one of the most important aspects for
Environmental Impact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation of environmental

quality and biodiversity. Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic
and abiotic components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components
comprises of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and between
them but also with the abiotic components viz. physical and chemical components of the
environment.
Generally, biological communities are the indicators of climatic and edaphic factors.
Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental Impact
Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. Information on the impact of environmental
stress on the community structure serves as an inexpensive and efficient early warning system
to check the damage to a particular ecosystem. The biological environment includes mainly
terrestrial ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem.
Biological communities are dependent on environmental conditions and resources of
its location. It may change if there is change in the environment. Several variables like
temperature, humidity rainfall, soil characteristics, topography etc., are responsible for
maintaining the homeostasis of the environment. A change in any one of these variables may
lead to stress on the ecosystem. The animal and the plant communities exist in their natural
habitats in a well-organized manner. Their natural setting can be disturbed by any externally
induced anthropological activities or by naturally induced calamities or disaster. So, once this
setting is disturbed it becomes practically impossible or takes a longer time to come to its
original state. Plants and animals are more susceptible to environmental stress.
A change in the composition of biotic communities under stress is reflected by a
change in the distribution pattern, density, diversity, frequency, dominance and abundance of
natural species of flora and fauna existing in the ecosystem. These changes over a span of time
can be quantified and related to the existing environmental factors. The sensitivity of animal and
plant species to the changes occurring in their existing ecosystem can therefore, be used for
monitoring Environmental Impact Assessment studies of any project.
4.93
4.5.2
Study Area
The proposed SEZ project site is located near the village Kanalus in Jamnagar
District of Gujarat State. The study area is around 25 km radial distance from the proposed
project site taking Kanalus as center. In all 30 locations were selected for study on biological
aspects.
Selection of sampling locations was made with reference to topography, land use,
vegetation pattern, etc. The observations were taken on reserve forest, village forest and nonforest area (agricultural field, catchment area, on hills, in plain areas, village wasteland, etc.) as
per the objectives and guidelines of MoEF for Environmental Impact Assessment. All
observations were taken in and around sampling locations for quantitative representation of
different species.Sampling locations selected for biological environment study are given in
Table 4.5.1 and depicted in Fig. 4.5.1. Study area mostly comprises of agriculture and barren
land. Most of the vegetation is aggregated on agricultural bunds, near roadside, on degraded
village land, canal sides and wastelands.
The study area around the proposed SEZ comprises of terrestrial and marine
ecosystems due to nearness to Gulf of Kutch. The region has flat topography with Fulzar and
Sasoi rivers flowing in the study area. The coastal zone is predominantly sandy, muddy covered
with patches of mangrove vegetation. The terrestrial area was observed to be covered with
tropical dry thorn vegetation characterized by the dominance of Prosopis juliflora and Acacia
senegal alongwith agricultural fields and scrub land.
There exist five industries around the proposed project site within 25 km radius.
These are Reliance Industries Limited, Essar Oil Limited, Gujarat State Fertilizer Company GEB
Power Plant and Digvijay Cement Limited.
The climatic conditions in the study area are severe with hot climate and medium
rainfall. Therefore, the terrestrial vegetation consists of thorny, shrubby and xerophytic scrub
vegetation. The vegetation is extremely sparse dominated by shrubby growth of Prosopis
juliflora. However, it has good growth in low-lying areas, by the side of agriculture fields and
near villages.
4.5.3
Survey Methodology
Monitoring of biological environment was carried out by random sampling method.
The structure and composition of vegetation was studied by taking observations on diverse
plant species and their numerical composition at each sampling station. Diversity of plant
species was studied by using Simpsons Diversity Index. Simpsons Diversity Index is
calculated by following formula:
4.94
Simpson's Diversity Index
i=1
ni (ni - 1)
-----------n (n - 1)
ni - is the number of individuals of the ith species in the sample and

n - is the total number of individuals in the sample.
Coexistence and competition both are affected directly by the number of individuals in
the community. Therefore, it is essential to know the quantitative structure of community. To
characterize the community as a whole, certain parameters are used. The parameters like
frequency, dominance and Simpson's Diversity Index give a clear picture of community
structure in quantitative terms. The values of these parameters are derived from the sampling
observations done in the field, which are close to the real value.
To characterize the vegetation in the study area, the data was collected and analyzed
for describing the properties of vegetation with reference to species composition and structural
attributes. The diversity measurements reflect as to how many diverse species are present, the
density measurements indicate number of individuals of a species in a sample plot; the
dominance measurements denote which species is largest in terms of its presence; the
frequency measurements indicate, how widely a species is distributed or occurred. Species
diversity is the best measure of community structure. It is sensitive to environmental stresses
that affect the community. Low value of Simpsons Diversity Index indicates healthy ecosystem
and the high value shows that an ecosystem is under environmental stress.
Actual counts of birds were made following the standard survey technique.
Observations were made during a walk through in the chosen transect for sighting birds and
animals. The number of animals and birds observed in one-kilometer stretch of the site were
directly counted and listing was made. The milometer of the car/jeep was used to measure the
stretch of the study transect. Birds were noted, counted and identified with the help of binocular
and standard field identification guides. Other animals were directly counted from amongst the
vegetation, bushes and the roadside fields.
Information was collected on the livestock, fisheries and indigenous fauna of the
locality from the State/Central Government Departments. This information has been
incorporated in the report wherever essential.
4.5.4
Vegetation Biodiversity in Study Area

According to Champion and Seth, the vegetation in the study area can be classified
as Dry Tropical Type, Tropical Dry Thorn type and Littorial and Swamp Type. That can be
further classified as Riverian forests, Plain forests and Mangrove forests. The most dominant
4.95
trees in this region are Acacia sp., Mangifera indica, Ficus religiosa, Butea monosperma,
Terminalia bellerica, Terminalia tomentosa are found in co-association and phytosociological
order with Syzygium cumini, Azadiracta indica, Bauhinia racemosa, Emblica officinalis, which
are sparse in distribution.
The subdominant species recorded are Prosopis sp., Capparis sp., Euphorbia sp.,
and Opuntia sp. Ficus bengalensis is observed near villages and by the roadside. Other rare
species in this area recorded are Casuarina, Parkinsonia and Cocos nucifera. Among the
shrubs Euphorbia sp. and Opuntia sp. are abundant followed by Cassia sp., Zizyphus sp., and
Phoenix sp., are dominantly observed along with Cassia siamea and Delonix regia at some
places in villages and on private land. Many tree species are found to be planted in the
greenbelt of small and large industries in the area consisting of Cassia siamea, Delonix regia,
Bauhinia, Parkinsonia, Acacia auriculoformis, Eucalyptus, Mangifera indica etc.
During the floristic survey in study area, a total of 165 plant species were recorded. A
total of 76 tree species, 28 shrub species, 22 herb species, 23 grasses and 16 climbers were
recorded from the study area. The list of total number of different plant species (trees, shrubs
and herbs) recorded during field survey is depicted in Table 4.5.2.
Study area shows presence of medicinal plants. Out of 165 plants studied, 51 plant
species of 25 trees, 10 herbs and 16 shrubs are of medicinal value. However, the scattered
distribution and low density of these plants does not allow their commercial use. The Simpsons
Diversity Index for trees, shrubs, and herbs of the study area is given in Table. 4.5.4.
4.5.5
4.5.5.1
Floristic Structure and Composition

Floristic Characteristic within 15 km radius from the Proposed Project Site
Within 15 km radial distance of Proposed Project site the land is covered by
agriculture and fallow land besides built up land and greenbelts developed by Reliance
Industries Limited, Essar Oil Refinery and Gujarat State Fertilizer Company. The primary data
were collected at around proposed project site, Kanalus, Apia, Ratudad Moti, Padana, Dera
Chhikari, Kana Chhikari, Motikhavdi, Navagram, Gavana, Vadaliya Sinhan, Lonthia, Arablus,
Veraval Nani, and Sevak Dhuniya.
The floristic study reveals species composition, which represents poor gene pool
uniformly spread in restricted vegetation patches around human settlements. Collection of dead
and dried branches for fuel, hard wood and local trees for construction purpose, grazing
practice on vegetated land is also common. The nature of vegetation cover in this region is
mixed, tropicaldry, uneven-aged-deciduous vegetation with marked dominance of Acacia sp.,
Dalbergia latifolia, Bauhinia purpurea, Ficus racemosa, Mangifera indica, Butea monosperma,
4.96
Sapindus emarginatus, and Gmelia arborea. Most of the vegetation aggregates on agricultural
bunds, near roadsides, on degraded village lands, canal sides and wastelands.
The vertical structure of the vegetation shows three distinguished storey i.e. Top,
Middle and Ground. Azadirachta indica, Dalbergia latifolia, Bauhinia purpurea, Ficus racemosa,
Mangifera indica, Butea monosperma etc. comprises top storey of the forest. Adhatoda vasica,
Bougainvellia tochglory, Cassia fistula, Calotropis gigantean, Dalbergia sissoo, Lantana
camara, Euphorbia nevulia, Opuntia elator, Prosopis juliflora, Zizyphus rugosa etc. forms middle
storey of region. Ground vegetation cover is of Ageratum conizoides, Argemone mexicana, Aloe
vera, Dipcadi montanum, Erantemum roseum, Leucas aspera, Phyllanthus niruri, Solanum
xanthocarpum, Tinospora cardifolia etc.
A view of vegetation structure and composition in the study area is shown in Plate
4.5.1.
4.5.5.2
Floristic Characteristic within 15-25 km radius from the Proposed Project Site
The region within 15-25km radial distance of the project site has sparse vegetation
cover. This includes terrestrial region like Gordhanpur, Kathi devaliya, Kota, Sansora, Tebhada,
Chorbedi, Rinzpur, Pipartoda, Naranpar as well as some coastal region near Sikka, Singach,
Vadinar, Bharana, Gagva, Mungani, Bed. The composition of vegetation is littorial and swamp,
uneven-aged, mixed, moist deciduous natural forests. Vegetation is extremely irregular and
varying considerably in condition, composition, and density. Generally trees observed here
have low stunted branches, diffuse crown. Dependency of villagers on natural vegetation in this
region is more for timber and firewood. Most of the vegetation aggregates near villages mainly
composed of Albizzia chinensis, Bauhinia racemosa, Ficus recimosa, Syzygium cumini,
Terminalia tomentosa etc.
The phyto-ecological structure of vegetation shows three different strata i.e. Top,
Middle and Ground. Top storey covered by, Albizzia chinensis, Bauhinia racemosa, Bombax
malabaricum, Butea monosperma, Ficus recemosa, Syzygium cumini, Sapindus emarginatus,
Terminalia tomentosa etc. Middle storey in this region comprises Adhatoda vasica, Capparis
spinosa, Euphorbia nevulia, Crotolaria retusa, Emblica officinalis, Lantana camara etc. The
dominant herbs in ground vegetation are Aegeratum conyzoides, Argemone mexicana, Celosia
argentea, Aloe vera, Indigofera tinctoria, Tridax procumbens etc.
Near the coastal area i.e. near jetty sides, saltpan, mangrove species are found.
Mainly six species of mangrove are commonly found in this area are Avicenia marina, A alba, A.
officinalis, Ceriops species, Rhizophora mucronata and Aegiceros corniculata. The density and
vegetation changes with change in locations. A view of mangrove vegetation near Vadinar
saltpan area is shown in Plate 4.5.2. The area near coastal villages has poor vegetation as
4.97
compared to other places. Trees species like Coccos nucifera, Phoenix robusta, Ficus sp,
Bahunia racemosa, Cassia fistula, Acacia catechu and Azadiracta indica along with Prosopis
juliflora are observed in some places. The vegetation is degraded due to the human and live
stock interferance in this region. Herbs are abundant only during monsoon. The area is
dominated with tree members as compared to shrubs and herbs. The vegetation in this region
has been exploitated in the past, therefore the present condition is degraded. Mangifera indica
and Azadiracta indica are the dominant tree species.
Productivity of the agricultural crops in this region is very low because of poor soil
quality, infrequent and inadequate rainfall, water scarcity, low consumption of fertilizer, shifting
cultivation, lack of improved agricultural technology and improper communication.
4.5.6
Medicinal Plants in Study Area

Ayurveda says There is no plant on the Earth, which does not possess medicinal
property. This means that each and every plant is equally important for its biological activities,
ecology and environment. The conservation of medicinal plants means every species of plant in
its actual habitat should be protected and preserved. Conservation of biodiversity is a national
and international agenda. Because of continuous exploitation of medicinal plants from their
natural habitats, it is required to replant and regenerate them in other areas having similar
habitat or environment. Due to over-exploitation of natural resources many of plant species
have become extinct from the wild.
The study area shows presence of medicinal plants. Out of total 165 plants studied,
51 plant species including 25 trees, 10 herbs and 16 shrubs are of medicinal value.
Ground floor in study area is covered by herbaceous vegetation, which has many
Ayurvedic medicinal plants. In addition, the area abounds in production of many kinds of fruits,
flowers, seeds and leaves.
The common herbal medicinal flora of the area is Adhatoda vasica (Adulasa), Acacia
catechu (Khair), Cassia fistula, Eranthemum roseum (Dashmuli), Mangifera indica, Vitex
nigundo (Nirgudi), etc. The local people collect the medicinal plants from forest area, but they
are not dependent economically on collection of medicinal plants. The list of medicinal plants
and their medicinal value is presented in Table 4.5.3.
4.5.7
Social Forestry
Social Forestry wing under State Forest Department has carried out plantation in few
areas along roadsides, highways and on village lands.
4.98
The tree species used in social forestry are Prosopis, Azadirachta indica, Albizzia
lebbeck, Ficus bengalensis, Acacia senegal, Emblica officinalis, etc. which are native species.
Prosopis is planted in few villages to develop village forest.
4.5.8
Reserved Forest
Four reserved forests are falling within the radius of 25 km radius from the proposed
project site. The names of these reserved forests along with the area are as follows:
Rinzpur reserve forest
91.42 ha
Chorbedi reserve forest
228.65 ha
Tebhada reserve forest
141.00 ha
Sansora reserve forest
91.05 ha
These reserved forests are in degraded condition with very poor gene pool of plant
species. Plant species mainly comprises of Prosopis juliflora, Pithecellobium dulce Euphorbia
nevulia, Opuntia elatior, Lantana camara, Achyranthes aspera, Celosia argentea, Cassia tora
etc.
Animals found in these reserved forests are mainly comprises of mammal, reptiles
and birds. In mammals Nilgai, Wild boar, Common Langur, Bat and Common Fox are found. In
reptiles snakes like Cobra, Monitor Lizard, Indian Chamelion while in birds Common Myna,
Small Blue Kingfisher, Blue Rock Pegion, Babbler, Black Drongo and Common Peafowl are
commonly found. However none of these forest area come in the overall SEZ Development
Area.
4.5.9
Threatened Plant Species

National threatened species are those found only in small numbers or those very
near to extinction in the country. India has a list of threatened species at the All India level,
published by the Botanical Survey of India entitled Red Data Book. Not a single species out of
165 plant species was observed to be threatened in the study area. However, there is intense
industrial and anthropogenic pressure on flora fauna and forest resources, which are observed
to be dwindling.
4.5.10 Agriculture
The staple food of the people in the study region is rice and wheat. The common
Kharif crops of this region are groundnut, sesamum, cotton, castor, bajra etc. whereas wheat,
gram, cumain, ajwan (semi-rabi) are the Rabi crops. Productivity of the agriculture crops in this
region is medium to low because of low per hectare consumption of fertilizer, illiteracy, lack of
improved agricultural technology and improper communication and also due to the weather
4.99
condition.
List of Agricultural crops in the study area is given in Table 4.5.5.
A view of
agriculture (cotton crops) is shown in Plate 4.5.3.
4.5.10.1 Agroclimatic Condition of Study Area

Jamnagar district is in North Saurashtra Agroclimatic Zone of State. The typical
climate condition is arid and semiarid, with shallow medium black to sandy soil. Study area has
coastal climate, which are salt affected soil. Jamnagar district is drought prone area. Ground
water table is going down and depleted due to industrial activities in near by area therefore well
irrigation is drastically affected.
4.5.11 Assessment of Wildlife and Avifauna

Since animals are capable of movement from one place to another, this makes their
study entirely different. Therefore, specific methods were adopted for counting these animals in
the field. The on-site information collected during survey was further enriched by the information
collected from different secondary sources.
4.5.11.1
a)
Faunal Diversity
Wild Animals
The diversity in fauna basically depends upon density and diversity of flora. The
richer the diversity among the flora better will be the diversity in fauna. The study area has
sparse, dry and thorny vegetation.
Present conditions of the area do not support higher
mammals. There are animals like hare, mouse, wild boar, fox, wildcat, nilgai, and squirrels. The
faunal elements commonly reported in the study area are presented in Table 4.5.6.
b)
Domestic Animals
The animals in study area mostly consist of domestic species such as camels, cow,
buffaloes, sheep, goats, donkeys, horses, dogs and pigs. Animal census data revealed that
among domestic animals cattle constituted the most abundant species, followed by buffaloes,
goats, sheep and other animals.
4.5.11.2
a)
Avifauna
Around Study Area

30 sampling sites were selected at various places in the study area for the
assessment of avifauna. The birds were studied by direct observation with the help of 7 15 x
35 Optima Zenith binocular. A species list was prepared by walking through the areas.
A total number of 20 species of birds were encountered during the survey. (Table
4.5.6).
4.100
The birds like peafowl, mynas, crows, sparrows, bulbuls, babblers and pigeons are
observed in and around villages. In areas with agriculture fields, the grain eating herbivorous
species are dominant. These species are doves, sparrows, Cattle egrets, parakeets etc.
Insectivorous bird species viz. Bee eaters, Wagtails, White breasted kingfisher, Egrets,
Swallows, Indian Roller, Larks, are found around water bodies and in low-lying vegitation areas.
A view of birds observed in the study area is shown in Plate 4.5.4.
b)
Around Coastal Areas

Varieties of shore birds are found to nesting and roosting on the coastal area. There
are about 190 species available in the Marine National Park (MNP) area, which is spread
around an area of 162.89 Sq. Km found in the Gulf of Kutch provides very good grounds for
roosting and the mangroves vegetation provides nesting ground to the avifauna. Birds nesting
on the island mainly feed in the surrounding reef and mudflats but sometimes they move to
nearby islands or coasts during low tide. The birds nesting on the coastal sites collect food from
the mudflats, reefs, tidal creeks and channels on the coast. The coastal wetlands in Jamnagar
with broad intertidal mudflats, mangroves, coral reefs, salt pans, sand and rock beaches offer a
great diversity of habitats for birds to utilize for roosting, nesting and breeding. The area is very
rich in the diversity and sheer number of both migratory and residence birds. A number of
migratory birds pass through the Gulf of Kachchh and non-breeding adults of many species
spend the summer in this region.
4.5.11.3 Rare, Endangered and Vulnerable Faunal Species
A list of rare, endangered and vulnerable species of birds is given in Table 4.5.7. Out
of 12 species, 2 species i.e. Eastern knot and Eastern little stint are found to be rare and
endangered, 2 species viz. little green herons and black necked stork are found to be
endangered and remaining 8 species are found to be vulnerable. Out of birds recorded, only
two birds viz. Peafowl and spoonbill are included in Schedule-I. There are no rare and
endangered species of birds observed in the project area.
Among animals, Indian cobra (Reptiles), Jungle cat (Mammals) and Jackal
(Mammals) are included in Schedule-II of Wildlife Protection Act.
4.5.12 Fishery
As the study area located nearby the coastal belt major fishing activities takes place
in sea by the villages of Vadinar, Bharana, Sikka, Mungani, Gagva and Bed.
However, some
fresh water fishing activities are also done by the local people in dams situated in Lalpur and
Khambalia talukas, but in a small scale. Fresh water fishes are mainly comprises of Rohu, Catla
and Mrigal.
4.101
There are three dams in Khambalia taluka namely Sheda Bhara Thari (275 ha.),
Khad Khambalia (48 ha.) and Ghee (405 ha.). These dams are usually given for fresh water
fishing activities on lease basis. In Lalpur taluka two dams Sasoi (1278 ha.) and Panna (363
ha.) are used for fishing activities.
A list of marine fishes found in Jamnagar district and different Prawn species
occurring in the Gulf of Kutch are given in Table 4.5.8 and Table 4.5.9 respectively.
4.102
Gulf of Kachchh
24
15
30
Jamnagar
16
26
25
29
28
8
16
SH-6
17
Sas
oi
10
10 km
25 km
23
11
Sh-27
12
14
Khambalia
22
2
13
3
17
21
Lalpur
9
19
20
18
Fig. 4.5.1: Locations Identified for Biological Survey
4.103
Plate 4.5.1: A View of Thorny Vegetation near the Tebhada Reserve Forest
Plate 4.5.2: A View of Mangrove Vegetation near Vadinar Village salt pan
4.104
Plate 4.5.3: A View of forest observed near the Sansora Reserve Forest
Plate 4.5.4: Reef Heron observed near the Vadinar Jetty
4.105
Table 4.5.1
Sampling Locations for Biological Environment Survey in the Study Area
Sr. No.
Name of the Villages
Within 15 km radial distance from

the proposed project site
1.
Kanalus
2.
Apla
3.
Rafudad Moti
4.
Padana
5.
Dera Chhikari
6.
Kana Chhikari
7.
Motikhavdi
8.
Navagam
9.
Gavana
10.
Vadaliya Sinhan
11.
Lonthia
12.
Arablus
13.
Veraval Nani
14.
Sevak Dhuniya
Within 15-25 km radial distance from

the proposed project site
15.
Gordhanpar
16.
Kathi devaliya
17.
Kota
18.
Sansora
19.
Tebhada
20.
Chorbedi
21.
Rinzpur
22.
Pipartoda
23.
Naranpar
24.
Sikka
25.
Singach
26.
Vadinar
27.
Bharana
28.
Gagva
29.
Mungani
30.
Bed
4.106
Table 4.5.2
Common Plant Species Present in Jamnagar Dist
Sr. No.
Botanical Name
Local Name
Family
1.
Acacia catechu *
Khair
Mimoseae
2.
Acacia ferrugenia
Kanti
Mimoseae
3.
Acacia leucophloea
Hermo
Mimoseae
4.
Acacia nilotica *
Baval
Mimoseae
5.
Acacia planifrons
Chhatralo baval
Mimoseae
6.
Acacia senegal *
Gorad
Mimoseae
7.
Aegle marmelos *
Bili
Rutaceae
8.
Ailanthus excelsa*
Arduso
Simaroubaceae
9.
Albizia lebbeck *
Kalo sarsdo
Mimoseae
10.
Albizia odoratissima
Dholo sarsado
Mimoseae
11.
Albizia odoratissima
Sarasdo
Mimoseae
12.
Albizia procera *
Kamai
Mimoseae
13.
Allangium salivifolium
Ankol
Alangiaceae
14.
Annona squamosa *
Anuri
Annonaceae
15.
Avicennia officinalis *
Cher
Avicenniaceae
16.
Azadirachta indica *
Limbdo
Meliaceae
17.
Balanites aegyptiaca
Ingoriyo
Balanitaceae
18.
Bauhinia racemosa
Asundro
Caesalpiniaceae
19.
Bombax ceiba *
Semlo
Bombacaceae
20.
Borassus flabellifer *
Tad
Arecaceae
21.
Boswellia serrata
Saledi
Burseraceae
22.
Bridelia retusa
Akal kanto
Euphorbiaceae
23.
Butea monosperma *
Khakhro
Fabaceae
24.
Cassia fistula *
Garmalo
Caesalpiniaceae
25.
Cassia siamea *
Kasid
Caesalpiniaceae
26.
Casuarina equisetifolia *
Saru
Casuarinaceae
27.
Ceriops candolleans
Kunri
Rhizophoraceae
28.
Cocos nucifera *
Narial
Arecaceae
29.
Commiphora wightii
Gugal
Burseraceae
30.
Cordia dichotoma
Gundi
Ephretiaceae
31.
Cordia monoica
Cut gundi
Ehretiaceae
32.
Dalbergia sissoo *
Sissoo
Caesalpiniaceae
33.
Delonix elata
Sandesaro
Caesalpiniaceae
34.
Delonix regia *
Gulmohar
Caesalpiniaceae
Trees
4.107
Sr. No.
Botanical Name
Local Name
Family
35.
Diospyros melanoxylon *
Timru
Ebenaceae
36.
Emblica officinalis *
Amla
Euphorbiaceae
37.
Erythrina variegata
Jungli khakhro
Fabaceae
38.
Erythrina variegta
Panarv
Fabaceae
39.
Eucalyptus hybrid *
Nilgiri
Myrtaceae
40.
Ficus benghalensis *
Vadlo
Moraceae
41.
Ficus racemosa *
Umro
Moraceae
42.
Ficus religiosa *
Pipalo
Moraceae
43.
Ficus tsiela
Piper
Moraceae
44.
Garuga pinnata
Karpati
Burseraceae
45.
Grewia tiliaefolis
Dhaman
Tiliaceae
46.
Holoptelea integrifolia
Charal
Ulmaceae
47.
Lannea coromandelica
Moledi
Anacardiaceae
48.
Mangifera indica *
Ambo
Anacardiaceae
49.
Manilkara hexandra
Rayan
Sapotaceae
50.
Melia azedarach *
Bakan limdo
Meliaceae
51.
Mellingtonia hortensis
Akash nim
Bignoniaceae
52.
Mimusops elengi *
Bakul or borsali
Sapotaceae
53.
Mitragyna parvifolia
Kalam
Rubiaceae
54.
Morinda tinctoria
Al or rangari
Rubiaceae
55.
Moringa oleifera
Saragvo
Moringaceae
56.
Parkinsonia aculeate *
Ram baval
Caesalpiniceae
57.
Phoenix sylvestris *
Khajuri/Khaleranuzad Arecaceae
58.
Pithecellobium dulce*
Goras amli
Mimoseae
59.
Polyalthia longifolia *
Asopalav
Annonaceae
60.
Pongamia pinnata *
Karanj
Fabaceae
61.
Prosopis juliflora *
Gando baval
Mimoseae
62.
Prosopis spicigera *
Khijado
Mimoseae
63.
Rhizophora conjugata *
Karod
Rhizophoraceae
64.
Salvadora oleoides
Mithijar
Salvadoraceae
65.
Salvadora persica
Kharijar
Salvadoraceae
66.
Sapindus emarginatus
Aritha
Sapindaceae
67.
Schleichera oleosa
Kusum ujan
Sapindaceae
68.
Soymida febrifuga
Ron
Meliaceae
69.
Sterculia urens
Kadayo
Sterculiaceae
70.
Syzygium cumini *
Jambudo
Myrtaceae
71.
Tamarindus indica *
Amli
Caesalpiniaceae
72.
Terminalia bellirica *
Behdo
Combretaceae
4.108
Sr. No.
Botanical Name
Local Name
Family
73.
Terminalia catappa
Badam
Combretaceae
74.
Terminalia arjuna *
Arjun sadad
Combretaceae
75.
Thespesia populnea
Paraspipalo
Malvaceae
76.
Wrightia tinctoria *
Dudhlo
Apocynaceae
77.
Abutilon indicum*
Khaper
Malvaceae
78.
Acacia jacquemontii
Tal baval
Mimoseae
79.
Adhatoda vasica *
Ardushi
Acanthaceae
80.
Alhagi pseudalhagi
Dhomso
Fabaceae
81.
Alysicarpus longifolius
Ghoda samervo
Fabaceae
Shrub
82.
Calotropis gigantea *
Ankdo moto
Asclepiadaceae
83.
Capparis deciduas
Kerdo
Capparidaceae
84.
Cassia auriculata
Awal
Caesalpiniaceae
85.
Commiphora wrightii
Gugal
Burseraceae
86.
Cressa cretica
Lano
Convolvulaceae
87.
Dichrostachys cinerea
Majith
Mimoseae
88.
Euphorbia neriifolia
Kantalo thor
Euphorbiaceae
89.
Euphorbia tirucalli
Karsani thor
Euphorbiaceae
90.
Euphorbia nevulia *
Thor
Euphorbiaceae
91.
Gardenia resinifera
Dikamali
Rubiaceae
92.
Hibiscus vitifolius
Bhindi
Malvaceae
93.
Lantana camara *
Danidharia
Verbenaceae
94.
Lawsonia inermis *
Mehndi
Lecythidaceae
95.
Leptadenia spartium
Khip
Asclepiadaceae
96.
Ocimum americanum
Jungli tulsi
Lamiaceae
97.
Ocimum sanctum *
Tulsi
Lamiaceae
98.
Opuntia elatior *
Hanthalo Thor
Cactaceae
99.
Tamarix stricta
Chini
Tamaricaceae
100.
Thevetia peruviana
Kaner
Apocynaceae
101.
Triumfetta rotundifolia
Zipto
Tiliaceae
102.
Xanthium stromarium *
Gadaria
Asteraceae
103.
Xeromphis spinosa
Mindhol
Rubiaceae
104.
Zizyphus nummularia *
Chanibor
Rhamanaceae
105.
Achyranthes aspera *
Aghedo
Amaranthaceae
106.
Agave americana *
ketki
Agaveceae
107.
Aloe barbadensis *
Kunwar
Liliaceae
108.
Argemone mexicana *
Darudi
Papveraceae
109.
Cassia tora *
Tarota
Caesalpiniaceae
Herb
4.109
Sr. No.
Botanical Name
Local Name
Family
110.
Celosia argentea *
Lamdi
Amarantaceae
111.
Datura metel *
Dhaturo
Solanaceae
112.
Flacourtia occidentalis
Lodri
Flacourtiaceae
113.
Haloxylon recurvum
Kharilani
Chenopodiaceae
114.
Helicteres isora
Atedi or marda sing
Sterculiaceae
115.
Indigofera tinctoria *
Gali
Fabaceae
116.
Martynia annua
Vichhhudo
Martyniaceae
117.
Maytenus emarginata
Vikro
Celastraceae
118.
Pedalium murex
Ghokharu
Pedaliaceae
119.
Premna obtusifolia
Kanther
Verbenaceae
120.
Pupalia lappacea
Dhola zipto
Amarantaceae
121.
Solanum nigram *
Piludi
Solanaceae
122.
Solanum suratense *
Bhoyringani
Solanaceae
123.
Suaeda fruticosa
Luno
Chenopodiaceae
124.
Suaeda nudiflora
Luni
Chenopodiaceae
125.
Typha angustata
Gabajaria
Typhaceae
126.
Urgenia indica
Jangli kand
Liliaceae
Bamboo and Grasses

127.
Apluda mutica
Bhangr
Poaceae
128.
Aristida adscensionis
Lapdu
Poaceae
129.
Bambusa bamboos *
Katis (Vans)
Poaceae
130.
Bothriochloa inschaemum
Zinzavo
Poaceae
131.
Bothriochloo glabra
Dhrafdo
Poaceae
132.
Chloris dolichostachya
Sikaria
Poaceae
133.
Cymbopogon jwarancusa
Gandharia
Poaceae
134.
Cymbopogon martini *
Rosha
Poaceae
135.
Cynodon dactylon *
Dhrub
Poaceae
136.
Dendrocalamus strictus *
Mavel (Vans)
Poaceae
137.
Desmostachya bipinnata
Darabh
Poaceae
138.
Dichanthium annulatum
Jhinvo
Poaceae
139.
Dinebra retroflexa
Khariu
Poaceae
140.
Eragrostis unicloides
Chaklu
Poaceae
141.
Heteropogon controtus
Dabh saliu
Poaceae
142.
Ischaemum rugosum
Dholiu
Poaceae
143.
Iseilema prostratum
Moshti
Poaceae
144.
Oplismenus burmanii
Gandhelu
Poaceae
4.110
Sr. No.
Botanical Name
Local Name
Family
145.
Sehima sulcatum
Shaniar
Poaceae
146.
Seteria glauca
Ziptis ghas
Poaceae
147.
Sorghum halepense
Baru
Poaceae
148.
Sporolobus coromandelianus
Khario
Poaceae
149.
Themeda quadrivalve
Ratad
Poaceae
150.
Abrus precatorius
Chanothi
Fabaceae
151.
Acacia pinnata
Khirvel
Mimoseae
152.
Asparagus racemosus
Satawari
Liliaceae
153.
Bougainvillea spectabilis *
Boganvel
Nyctaginaceae
154.
Capparis sepiaria
Kanther
Capparidaceae
155.
Celastrus paniculata
Malkankani
Celastraceae
156.
Cissus quadrangularis
Hadsankal
Vitaceae
157.
Cocculas villosus
Vevadi
Menispermaceae
158.
Combretum ovalifolium
Malvel
Combretaceae
159.
Convolvulus microphyllus
Sankhawali
Convolvulaceae
160.
Cuscuta reflexa *
Amarvel
Convolvulaceae
161.
Ipomoea biloba *
Rawal patri
Convolvulaceae
162.
Leptadenia reticulata
Khirikhodi
Asclepiadaceae
163.
Pueraria tuberosa
Vidari
Fabaceae
164.
Rivea hypocrateriformis
Fagvel
Convolvulaceae
165.
Tinospora cordifolia
Galo
Menispermaceae
Climbers
Source: State Forest Department, Jamnagar

*These species were observed during the Survey by NEERI Team
4.111
Table 4.5.3
Medicinal Plants in Jamnagar District and their Medicinal Value
Sr.
No.
Scientific Name
Common
Name
Family
Medicinal Value
1.
Acacia catechu
Khair
Fabaceae
Bark is used in Asthma

and bronchites
2.
Alstonia scholaris
Saptaparni
Apocynaceae
Roots are used in

biliousness
3.
Atlantia racemosa
Makadi
Rutaceae
Antispasmodic (fruit),
dyssentry (leaf)
4.
Bombax malabaricum Kate sawar
Bombacaceae
Aphrodisiac (root bark),

debility (gum)
5.
Bridelia retusa
Khaja
Euphorbiaceae
Astringent, debility rheum
6.
Butea monosperma
Palas
Fabaceae
Blood pressure (root

bark), diarrhoea, dog bite
(flower)
7.
Careya arborea
Kumbha
Myrtaceae
Cold, cough (calyx),

stomache ache (bark,
fruit)
8.
Caryota urens
Bherali mad
Palmae
Laxative (wood sap)
9.
Cassia fistula
Bahava
Fabaceae
Burns, eczema (leaf),

purgative (root),
ringworm (leaf)
10.
Cordia dichotoma
Bhokar
Boraginaceae
Asringent (bark), cough
11.
Dillenia pentagyna
Karmal
Dilleniaceae
Cold (leaf, root)
12.
Emblica officinalis
Awala
Euphorbiaceae
Wound maggots (leaf)
13.
Erythrina stricta
Pangara
Fabaceae
Snakebite (bark),
vermicidal leaf
14.
Ficus racemosa
Umbar
Urticaceae
Dermatites (bark) urinry

disease (bark),
15.
Garcinia indica
Kokam
Guttiferae
Skin diseases (bark)
16.
Gmelina arborea
Shivan
Verbenaceae
Cholera (bark), rat bite,

syphilis, spleen trouble
17.
Macaranga peltata
Chandava
Euphorbiaceae
Bleeding wounds
18.
Mallotus phillipinensis Shendari
Euphorbiaceae
Vermifuge (fruit)
19.
Mangifera indica
Am
Anacardiaceae
Dysentery (bark)
20.
Memeceylon
umbellanum
Anjani
Melastomataceae
Swell (bark)
21.
Pongamia pinnata
Karanj
Fabaceae
Diarrhea (leaf), ear
Trees
4.112
Sr.
No.
Scientific Name
Common
Name
Family
Medicinal Value
22.
Sygygium cumini
Jambhul
Myrtaceae
Diabetes (seed, fruit)

Fish poison (bark)
23.
Terminalia bellerica
Beheda
Combretaceae
Asthma (fruits) cholera,

cough, measles
24.
Terminalia chebula
Hirda
Combretaceae
Bronchitis, constipation
(fruit bark), purgative
(fruit)
25.
Thespesia populnea
Ranbhendi
Malvaceae
Arthritis, eczema (leaf)
Shrubs
26.
Abutilon indicum
Malvaceae
AduArushalasa Acanthaceae
Cough (seed),
demulcent (leaf),
laxative
27.
Adhatoda vasica
Rheumatisium
28.
Barleria prionitis
Kholeta
Acanthaceae
Leucoderma, toothache
(leaf)
29.
Calotropis gigantia
Rui
Asclepiadaceae
Diarrhea, dysentery,
skin disease
30.
Carrisa carandus
Karwanda
Apocynaceae
Skin disease (root)
31.
Cassia auriculata
Tarwad
Fabaceae
Antifertility (root), labour

pain
32.
Euphorbia nerifolia
Niwdung
Euphorbiaceae
Asthma, earache (leaf)
33.
Gnidia glauca
Thymelaeaceae
Bruises, swell (leaf)
34.
Helicteres isora
Murudsheng
Sterculiaceae
Cholera, demulcent
(fruit), colic,
35.
Holarrhena
pubescens
Kuda
Apocyanaceae
Amoebic dysentery
(bark), antitetanic
36.
Homonoia riparia
Sherani
Euphorbiaceae
Gravel (root)
37.
Indigofera cassioides
Chimnati
Fabaceae
Piles (leaf)
38.
Lepidagathis
cuspidate
Kate-adulasa
Acanthaceae
Measles (whole plant)
39.
Murraya koenigii
Kadhi-patta
Rutaceae
Stomach ache (bark

root),
tonic (leaf)
40.
Vitex nigundo
Nirgudi
Verbenaceae
Rheumatism, head
ache,
liver disease
41.
Woodfordia fruiticosa
Dhayati
Lythraceae
Bleeding, menorrhagia,
sprains (flower)
Herbs
42.
Alternanthera sessilis
Amaranthaceae
Eye complaints (leaf)
43.
Argemone maxicana
Dhatura
Papaveraceae
Eczema (seed oil),
4.113
jaundice
(seed, root) scabies
(leaf, root)
44.
Ascelpias
curassavica
Halad-kunku
Asclepiadaceae
Hemorrhage (leaf),
piles (root)
45.
Eranthemum roseum
Dashmuli
Acanthaceae
Leucorrhoea (root)
46.
Lagascea mollis
Asteraceae
Ear complaints (leaf)
47.
Launaea
procumbens
Pathari
Asteraceae
Piles (leaf),
48.
Polygonum glabra
Sheral
Polygonaceae
Dislocated bone
49.
Sopubia delphinifolia
Scrophulariaceae
Heals sores (whole

plant)
50.
Sphaeranthus indicus
Gorakhmundi
Asteraceae
Digestive disorders
(whole plant)
51.
Tridax procumbens
Asteraceae
Bruises, cough, cuts,

injuries (leaf)
Ek dandi
4.114
Table 4.5.4
Simpsons Diversity Index (SDI) of Flora in the Study Area
Sr.
No.
Category of Flora
Simpsons Diversity Index (SDI)
For trees
0.1611
For shrubs
0.1935
For herbs
0.2429
4.115
Table 4.5.5
List of Agricultural Crops in Jamnagar District
Sr. No.
Scientific Name
Rabi
Cereals
1
Triticum aestivum
2
Hordeum vulgare
Pulses
3
Phaseolus
4
Lens culinaris
Oil Seeds
5
Brassica juncea
Vegetables
6
Coriandrum anum
7
Allium sativum
8
Capsicum anum
9
Solanum tuberosum
10
Daucus carata
11
Pisum sativum
Kharif
Cereal
12
Oryza sativa
13
Zea mays
14
Sorghum vulgare
15
Millet
Pulses
16
Cajanus cajan
17
Phaseolus angularis
18
Phaseolus mungo
Oil seed
19
Seasamum
20
Arachys hypogea
21
Glycine max
22
Riccinus communis
Others
23
Saccharum officinarum
24
Gossipium species.
Vegetables
25
Capsicum anum
26
Zingiber officinale
27
Piper nigrum
Common Name
Wheat
Barley
Gram
Lentil
Mustard
Coriander
Garlic
Chilly
Potato
Carrot
Pea
Rice
Maize
Jowar
Bajra
Arhar
Urd
Moong
Til
Groundnut
Soyabean
Castor
Sugarcane
Cotton
Chilly
Ginger
Pipper
Source: District Agriculture Office, Jamnagar
4.116
Table 4.5.6
List of Fauna found in the Jamnagar District
Sr. No.
Scientific Name
Common Name
1.
Axis axis
Chital
2.
Boselaphus magocamelus
Nilgai (Blue bull)
3.
Canis laureus
Jackal
4.
Canis lupus
Wolf
5.
Equus hemionus khur
Indian Wild Ass
6.
Felis caracal schreber
Caracal
7.
Felis chaus
Jungle Cat
8.
Felis constantina
Desert Cat
9.
Funambulus pennati *
Squirrel
10.
Gazelles gazelles benetti
Chinkara
11.
Hemiechninas auritus
Long Eared Hedge Hog
12.
Anropunctatus *
Mongoose
13.
Hyaena hyaena
Hyaena
14.
Hystris indica
Porcupine
15.
Lepus nigricollis
Hare
16.
Manis carassicauta
Pangolin
17.
Micro chiroptera *
Bat
18.
Panthera pardus
Panther
19.
Presbytis entellus *
Common Langur
20.
Sus scrofa
Wild Boar
21.
Vulpes bengalensis
Common Fox
22.
Vulpes bucopus
Desert Fox
23.
Accipiter badius
The Shikara
24.
Acridotheres ginginianus
Bank Myna
25.
Acridotheres tristis *
Common Myna
26.
Aloedo atthis *
Small Blue Kingfisher
27.
Anas clypeatea
Shoveller Duck
28.
Andea alba *
Large Egret
29.
Anhinga rufa
Darter
30.
Anthropoides virgo
The Demoiselle Crane
31.
Ardea cinerea*
Grey Heron
32.
Ardeola grayii *
Pond Heron
33.
Athene brama
Spotted Owlet
34.
Bubulcus ibis *
Cattle Egret
35.
Ceryle rudis
Pied Kingfisher
Animals
Birds
4.117
Sr. No.
Scientific Name
Common Name
36.
Chlamydotis undulata
Houbara Bustard
37.
Choriotis nigriceps
The Great Indian Bustard
38.
Circus aeruginosus
Marsh Harrier
39.
Clamator Jacobinus *
Pied Crested Cuckoo
40.
Columba livia neglecta *
Blue Rock Pegion
41.
Coracias benghalensis *
Indian Roller
42.
Corvus macrorhynchos *
Jungle Crow
43.
Corvus splendens *
House Crow
44.
Cypsiurus parvus
The Palm Swift
45.
Dicrurus adsimillis *
Black Drongo
46.
Egreta garzetta
Little Egret
47.
Egretta gularis*
Reef Heron
48.
Elanus caeruleus
Blackwinged Kite
49.
Eudynamys scolopacea *
Koel
50.
Francolinus pondicerianus
Grey Partridge
51.
Galerida deva
Crested Lark
52.
Gyps bengalensis
Whitebecked Vulture
53.
Haliastur indus
Brahminy Kite
54.
Himantopus himantopus
Blackwinged Stilt
55.
Hydrophasianus
Pheasant tailed Jacana
56.
Lanius schach
Rufousbacked Shrike
57.
Larus argentatus
Herring Gull
58.
Limosa lapponica
Bartalied Godwit
59.
Limosa limosa
Blacktailed Godwit
60.
Monticola gularis
Blue Rock Thrush
61.
Motacilla alba dukhuensis
White Wagtail
62.
Motacilla cincerea
Grey Wagtail
63.
Mycteria leucorodia *
Painted Stork
64.
Nectarinia asiofica brevirostris
Purple Sunbird
65.
Neophron percnopterus
White Scavenger Vulture
66.
Numenius arquata
Curlew
67.
Orthotomus sutocius
Tailor Bird
68.
Pandion haliaetus
Osprey
69.
Parus major
Grey Tit
70.
Pavo cristatus *
Common Peafowl
71.
Pelecanus qnocrotalus
Rosy Pelican
72.
Perdicula asiatica
The Jungle Bush Quil
73.
Phalacrocorax niger *
Little Cormorant
74.
Phalacrocorax qarbo *
Large Cormorant
75.
Phoenicopterus roseus *
The Flamingo
4.118
Sr. No.
Scientific Name
Common Name
76.
Platalea leucorodia *
The Spoonbill
77.
Pluvialis squatarola
Grey Plover
78.
Podiceps raficollis
Little Grcbe
79.
Pseudibis papillosa
Black Ibis
80.
Psittacula krameri *
The Roseringed Parakeet
81.
Recarvirostra avosetta
Avocet
82.
Saxicoloides fulicata
Indian Robbin
83.
Sterna aurantia
River Tern
84.
Strebopelia decaocto
Ring Dove
85.
Strebopelia senegalensis *
Little Brown Dove
86.
Sturnus pagodarum
Brahminy Myna
87.
Sturnus roseus
Rosy Pastor
88.
Sypheotides indica
Lesser Florican
89.
Tephrodornis pondicerianus
Common Wood Shrike
90.
Threskiornis aethiopica
White Ibis
91.
Tringa tetanus
Redshank
92.
Turdoides striatus
The Jungle Babbler
93.
Vanellus indicus
Redwattled Lapwing
94.
Crocodiles palustris
Crocodile
95.
Geochelone elegans
Star Tortoise
96.
Python molurus
Python
97.
Varanus bengalensis *
Monitar Lizzard
98.
Varanus salvator
Water Monitor
99.
Naja naja
Indian cobra
100.
Bungarus caeruleus
Common Indian Krait
101.
Vipera russelli
Russells Viper
102.
Calotes versicolor
Garden lizard
Reptiles

*These species were observed during the Survey by NEERI Team
4.119
Table 4.5.7
Rare, Endangered and Vulnerable Status of Birds
in Jamnagar District
Sr.
No.
Scientific Name
Common Name
Status
Ephippiorhynchus
Asiaticus
Black necked stork
Endangered
Haliastur indus
Brahminy kite
Vulnerable
Anhinga rufa
melanogaster
Darter
Vulnerable
Calidris tenuirostris
eastern knot
Eastern knot
Rare and Endangered
Coruficollis
Eastern little stint
Rare and Endangered
To nebularia
Green Shank
Vulnerable
Phalaerocorax
fuscicollis
Indian Shag
Vulnerable
Butorides striatus
Little Green Heron
Endangered
Falco peregrinus
Peregrine Falcon
10
Asio flammeus
Shorteared owl
Vulnerable
11
Tringa erythropus
Spotted Red Shank
Vulnerable
12
Emberiza striolata
Striolated Bunting
Vulnerable
4.120
Table 4.5.8
List of Marine Fish Species
Sr. No.
Name of Fish
1.
White pomfret
2.
Black pomfret
3.
Bombay duck
4.
Thread fin
5.
Jew fish
6.
Hilsa
7.
Clupeid
8.
Coilia
9.
Shark
10.
Mullet
11.
Cat fish
12.
Eel
13.
Leather Jacket
14.
Seer fish
15.
Indian salmon
16.
Ribbon fish
17.
Silver bar
18.
Perch
19.
Small Sceindies
20.
Shrimp
21.
Prawn (Medium)
22.
Prawn (Jambo)
23.
Lobster
24.
Crab
25.
Levta
26.
Cuttle/Squids
27.
Miscellaneous
Source: Assistant Director of Fisheries, Jamnagar
4.121
Table 4.5.9
Different Prawn Species Found in the Gulf of Kutch
Family
Species
Penacidae
1. Penaeus indicus
2. P. latisulcatus
3. P. meguiensis
4. P monodon
5. Penicillatus
6. P. semisulcatus
7. Metapenaeus affinis
8. M. brevicornis
9. M. burkenroadi
10. M. lysianassa
11. M. lysianassa
12. M. monoceros
13. M. stebbingi
14. Paprpenaeopsis harswickii
15. P. psculptilis
16. P. stylifera
17. Trachypenaeus granulosus
18. T. pescadoreensis
19. Solenocera crassicornis
20. Metapenaeopsis stridulans
Sergestidae
1. Acetes indicus
Palaemonidae
1. Palaemon semmelinkii
2. P. styliferus
3. P. tenuipea
Hippolysmata
1. Hippolysmata ensirostris
2. Saron marmoratus
Alpheus
1. Alpheus distinguendus
Source: Marine National Park, Jamnagar
4.122
4.6
Socio- economic Environment
4.6.1
Reconnaissance
The study of socio-economic component of environment incorporates various facets
viz. demographic structure, availability of basic amenities such as housing, education, health
and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation, communication and power supply,
prevailing diseases in the region as well as features such as places of tourist attraction and
monuments of archaeological importance. The study of these parameters helps in identifying,
predicting and evaluating the likely impacts due to the proposed project.
The area within 25 km radius from the project site is designated as study area, which
includes 115 villages from Jamnagar District covering 3 talukas namely Jamnagar, Khambaliya
and Lalpur. The main occupation of the people in the study area is agriculture and its allied
activities. These villages surveyed are presented in Table 4.6.1 alongwith their distance and
direction from the project site and the locations is depicted in Fig. 4.6.1
The major industrial establishments near the project site include a fertilizer plant of
GSFC, power plant of GEB, cement plant of Digvijay Cement Limited, ESSAR Industries
Limited and Reliance Industries Limited. It is envisaged that the proposed project would lead to
certain impacts on the surrounding area with reference to socio-economic environment. The
data on baseline status of the socio-economic profile is collected and the impacts are predicted.
4.6.2
Baseline Status
Baseline information is collected to define the socio-economic profile of the study
area. The database thus generated in the process includes the following:
1)
Demographic structure
2)
Infrastructure base in the study area
3)
Economic attributes
4)
Health status
5)
Socio economic status with reference to Quality of Life
6)
Awareness and opinion of the people about the project
The data is generated using secondary sources viz. Census Records, District
Statistical Abstract, Primary Health Centers, Official records etc. and primary data collection
through field survey as well as field observations.
4.123
4.6.2.1
Demographic Structure
The study comprises 115 villages consisting of 38 villages of Jamnagar taluka, 41
villages of Khambaliya Taluka and 36 villages of Lalpur Taluka from Jamnagar district. The
summary of a demographic data based on primary census abstract (CD) 2001 of Jamnagar
district with reference to population, employment, household, literacy and community structure
is presented in Table 4.6.2 and the summarized information is given in Table 4.6.3.
The area is highly dominated by Hindu Community while the other religions group
accounts for the very small percentage out of the total population in the study area. The society
in the villages is traditionally rooted with old beliefs like patriarchal system and feudalism.
Gender differences can also be seen in the study area.
Agriculture is the main occupation of the people in the study area and the major food
crops grown in the district are wheat, rice, jowar, bajra and chilies whereas non-food crops
grown are cotton and fodder crops.
The significant demographic features are:
The total no of households in the study area are 216222

The total population in the study area is 1175132
Sex ratio (No. of females per 1000 males) is 928
It is observed that the study area has an average literacy rate of 60.24% and the
employment rate is 30.33%
4.6.2.2
Infrastructure Resource Base

The infrastructure resource base with reference to education, medical, water resources, post
and telegraph, transportation and power and power supply is abstracted from Household, Assets and
Amenities CD-2001 of Jamnagar district, Gujarat and presented in Table 4.6.4. However, the information
is collected through socio-economic survey about the facilities in the villages is described below:
Education
Anganwadi Center is available in most of the surveyed villages. The figures from survey
reported that most of the villages have primary and middle school facility while for further higher
education people have to travel to more than 20 km.
The literacy rate of the study area is 60.24%, female literacy rate in the study area is quite
low. Maximum educational level of the people in the study area is up to 10th class. The reason behind
the low educational level may be due to lack of educational facilities, poor transportation facilities to
schools and low motivation level of parents and students.
4.124
The scope of higher and technical education is available only at the district and only few
people are able to take benefits of these educational institutions.
Medical Facility
Medical facilities in terms of community health workers and medical practitioner are available
in most of the villages. The villages devoid of government medical facility avail them from private clinics
or RIL center at Motikhavadi or visit to Lalpur and Khambaliya for treatment.
Power Supply
Electricity is available in all the villages for both domestic and agriculture purposes. Electricity
connections for irrigation are also very few as the problem of shut down of electricity prevails in the study
area.
Water Supply
The rural people from Jamnagar district use untreated well water for drinking purpose. Water
supply is available in all villages that include bore wells, water tanks and water tankers provided by
panchayats at the time of water scarcity. The quality of water is salty in some villages.
Transport and Communication

Transportation facilities are satisfactory. Bus stop is available in every village and bus
visits villages for more than 4-5 times a day. The approach route is either Kuccha or pacca.
Post and communication facilities are extensively available with the PCO, STD and ISD
facility. People are satisfied with the communication facilities.
Fuel
Fuel that is mainly used for cooking and other domestic purpose is wood, kerosene and LPG.
LPG agencies are available in most of the villages while some people have to fetch it from the villages
located more than 5 km.
4.6.2.3
Economic Attributes
The information on economic resource base of the area reveals that the main occupation of
the people in the study area is agriculture and its allied activities. As rainfall is scanty and draught is
common, agriculture production is not higher in the study area. The main food crops grown are wheat,
rice, jowar, bajra, chilies and while the non-food crops grown are cotton and fodder crops. People
residing near the coast mainly carry out fishing activity. The salt pans generated, also provides good
source of employment for the local people. Local people are also employed in the nearby industries on
contract basis. The employment pattern of the study area is shown in Fig. 4.6.2 and is described below:
Total main workers in the villages of the study area are 356450 (30.33 %)
There are 54417(15.27%) workers as cultivators
There are 21456 (6.01%) agriculture labours
4.125
Non-worker population in the study area is 781603 (66.51%)
4.6.2.4
Health Status
Health of the people is not only a desirable goal, but it is also an essential investment
in human resources.
As per the National Health Policy, Primary Health Care has been
accepted as main instrument for achieving this goal of development and strengthening rural
health infrastructure through a three-tier system, viz. sub-centers, primary health center (PHCs)
and community health center, which have been established.
Lack of building, shortage of manpower and inadequate provision of drug supplies
are hampering the operational activities of these units. The standards to be met according to
National health Policy are given below:
Population
Infrastructure
Personnel
3,000 5, 000
1 Sub center
1 ANM
25,000 30, 000
1 PHC, 6 beds
2 Medical officers
1,00,000
Rural
Medical superintendent
Data regarding health status has been collected from Primary Health Centers; Community
Health Center Lalpur and Rural Hospital Khambaliya. From the data collected different health problems
are reported to be prevalent in the community. Cases of acute watery diarrhea are reported to be high in
the month of August. Other diseases like gastroenteritis and malaria are also highly prevalent in the study
area besides common fever and tuberculosis.
The primary health center conducts various health camps and vaccination camps, health
awareness programmes such as family welfare camps to motivate people for family planning operations,
AIDS awareness programme and regular medical check-up camps are organized by PHC.
4.6.2.5
Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes

The ancient temples of Krishna and Asapura Mata are situated in villages Khambaliya (21
km) and Jogwad (15 km) from the project site.
4.6.3
Socio-economic Survey
In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any developmental projects
on socio-economic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehensions of the people in the project
area. Socio-economic survey serves as an effective tool for fulfilling this requirement. Socio-economic
survey was conducted by NEERI in 18 villages of the study area located in all directions with reference to
the project site. Sarpanch of each village and respondents (adults male-female) were chosen for the
4.126
collection of awareness and opinion, by using judgmental or purposive sampling methods representing
various socio-economic sections of the community.
During the socio-economic survey in the 18 villages it was observed that people are facing
certain problems. The field observations from each of these villages during survey with reference to
critical issues such as expectations from the project and their quality of life is described below:
In most of the villages, respondent reported that their monthly income is near by
Rs. 2000-2500/- unemployment problem are most prevalent in the study area.
People are mainly engaged on temporarily or on contract basis in RIL and
ESSAR Oil Limited and its associates
Due to improper planning of drainage system respondents have reported the
problems related to mosquito nuisance. Malaria and respiratory diseases are
commonly found in study area. Existing medical facility in the surveyed villages
are not satisfied
All the surveyed villages are facing electricity shortage problems. Electricity is
available for only 6-8 hours in a day, therefore daily activity mainly agriculture is
highly affected. This results in low production and low income affecting economic
level of villagers. Most of the villages are not having streetlights
Primary survey revealed that educational level in the region is relatively low. The
status of female literacy is reported to be very low. It was observed that the
literacy is reported to be very low. It was observed that the literacy rate in the
study area is higher in the younger age group as compared to people above 35
years
Low educational status in the region has increased the level of unemployment, as
people are not able to fulfill the requirement of the job
People are demanding that technical education must be introduced to locals that
may held to create employment opportunities
People expected construction of infrastructure facilities like school, community
hall, temple etc. with the help of SEZ authority
Villages are facing the problem of pollution due to the near by industries
Poor and inadequate medical facilities are common complaint in surveyed
villages. Some of the villages have no accessibility to health care facilities.
People have to go to long distance to access the medical facilities. People
expect extension of mobile health van facility in the villages
4.127
Most of the surveyed villages do not have any pucca road. There are only Kuccha
roads in the villages. The condition of roads is very poor and maintenance of
roads has been not done since long time. People expect periodic maintenance of
major roads
People complained of long distance, lack of proper approach roads and pathways
and low motivation level for low enrolment rate in getting higher education
4.6.4
Awareness and Opinion of the People about the Project

Querries were made to the local people regarding awareness about the project. During
discussions following observations were recorded:
Most of the respondents are aware about in the study area proposed project,
People are expecting that the project will bring new development in the region
and may generate jobs for the local population
People are expecting that project authority will improve the basic infrastructure of
the villages and may ultimately help in improving the Quality of Life of the region
People are expecting medical facilities from proposed project and desire
improvement in facilities and extension of the facilities to some more nearby
villages
4.6.5
Quality of Life
Quality of life (QoL) is a term, which indicates overall status of socio-economic
environment in a given area. Quality of life (QoL) is defined as a function between objective
conditions and subjective attitudes involving a defined area of concern.
The objective conditions are defined as numerically measurable artifacts of a
physical, sociological event or economic event. Objective conditions may be defined as any
number, which stands for a given quantity of a variable of interest so long as it is independent of
subjective opinion.
Subjective attitude is primarily concerned with affective and cognitive dimensions. It
is specifically concerned with how aspects of cognition vary with variation in objective
conditions.
Once objective measures are obtained for each factor, they are transformed to a
normal scale varying from 0 to 1 (value function curve) in which 0 corresponds to the lowest or
least satisfactory measure, and 1 corresponds to the highest. The weights are assigned to each
factor by ranked-pairwise technique, by the expert group based on the secondary data and
4.128
general observations.
For each objective measure, a corresponding subjective measure is developed for
each individual of the sample population by asking him to rate his satisfaction scale (value
function curve). It is used such that 0 corresponds to the lowest level of attitudinal satisfaction
and 1 corresponds to the highest level of satisfaction. Weights are assigned to each factor
using ranked - pairwise comparison techniques.
The Socio-economic Indicators for QoL Assessment are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
I.
Income, Employment and Working Conditions

Housing
Food
Clothing
Water Supply and Sanitation
Health
Energy
Transportation and Communication
Education
Environment and Pollution
Recreation
Social SecurityHuman Rights
Subjective quality of life

m
QoLs = 1/p
i =1
j=1
QIij X Wi
Where,
QoLs =
Subjective quality of life index
No. of respondents, j = 1, ......, p
No. of factors,
QIij
Subjective quality index for i th factor assigned by jth respondent
Qiij =
i = 1, ......, m
Subjective quality index for i th factor assigned by all respondents in

an area
Wi
II.
Relative weightage of the i th factor
Objective quality of life

i=n
QoLo =
QIi X Wi
i=1
Where,
4.129
QoLo =
Objective quality of life index
No. of QoL Factors
1, ......, n
QIi
Satisfaction level (assigned by the expert group) for the i th objective

indicator
Wi
III.
Normalized weight for i th factor
Quality of Life (Cumulative Index)

QoLo + QoLs
QoLc = ------------------2
The subjective and objective QoL indices prior to commissioning of the project are
presented in Table 4.6.6.

The average QoL index values are estimated as:
QoL (s)
QoL (o)
QoL (c)
=
=
=
0.50
0.52
0.51
The average QoL index value for the study area is leaning towards satisfactory level
due to good economic status like low income, unemployment and also availability of basic
needs, viz. food, clothing, and housing. The area lacking with medical, educational facilities and
social security, besides water scarcity, inadequate irrigation, lack of sanitation, which are
subjective conditions and are not much satisfactory as compared to objective conditions.
4.130
Gulf of Kachchh
Jamnagar
5
16
15
14
SH-6
10 km
Sas
oi
13
17
25 km
Sh-27
18
6
Khambalia
4
10
Lalpur
11
Fig. 4.6.1: Socio-economic in the study area
4.131
12
Marginal workers
3.2%
Non workers
66.5%
Main workers
30.3%
Household workeres
1.6%
Other workers
77.1%
Agricultural Labour
Cultivators 6.0%
15.3%
Fig. 4.6.2: Employment pattern in the study area
Table 4.6.1
Distance and Direction of the Villages Surveyed
Sr.
No.
Villages
Aerial Distance
(km)
Direction
1. Naranpar
20
ENE
2. Gordhanpar
20
NNE
18.3
19
WSW
5. Vadinar
18.3
NW
6. Sevak Dhuniya
3. Pipartoda
4. Kota
6.6
7. Rafudad Moti
8. Gajana
SE
9. Apia
SW
10. Govana
12.6
11. Godavari
16
SSE
12. Rinzpur
23.3
SE
13. Padana
5.6
NW
14. Navagam
10
NNE
15. Dera Chhikari
7.3
16. Kana Chhikari
10
17. Kanalus
18. Arablus
5.6
NE
Table 4.6.2
Demographic Structure in Study Area
Sr.
No.
NAME
No_House
hold H
TOT_P
TOT_M
TOT_F
P_SC
P_ST
P_LIT
4264 537823
MAIN_W_P MR_W_P NON_W_P
Jamnagar- District
1.
Jamnagar
156241
836256
435975
400281
68359
244647
14132
577477
2.
Vasai
251
1693
856
837
118
377
434
1254
3.
Amra
691
4141
2137
2004
165
2273
1517
232
2392
4.
Jivapar
446
2405
1223
1182
107
1402
1117
58
1230
5.
Gaduka
87
447
229
6.
Balambhdi
108
497
253
218
221
124
75
248
244
249
84
102
311
7.
Dodhiya
252
1389
725
664
221
781
626
218
545
8.
Vav Beraja
148
775
393
382
418
302
465
9.
Chela
1024
5696
2994
2702
978
67
2556
1989
256
3451
10. Harshadpar
336
1755
868
887
112
1005
837
57
861
11. Naranpar
302
1886
976
910
180
11
1060
568
21
1297
12. Changa
265
1531
760
771
190
839
558
150
823
13. Chandragadh
207
1054
520
534
692
504
543
14. Khoja Beraja
164
871
443
428
91
482
346
141
384
15. Lonthiya
150
795
396
399
11
373
359
45
391
16. Bavariya
37
189
97
92
104
96
89
17. Lavadiya
226
1398
723
675
144
640
581
40
777
18. Mokhana
222
1234
617
617
123
584
333
901
19. Dhandha
76
461
238
223
44
246
194
260
20. Chandraga
104
533
265
268
144
327
237
64
232
21. Bed
999
6260
3213
3047
144
3187
1926
97
4237
22. Mungani
450
2644
1361
1283
267
117
1560
584
154
1906
Sr.
No.
NAME
No_House
hold H
TOT_P
TOT_M
TOT_F
P_SC
P_ST
P_LIT
23. Gagva
157
837
428
409
148
425
199
111
527
24. Nani Khavdi
277
1410
733
677
61
901
370
32
1008
25. Sapar
381
1921
983
938
373
1053
798
171
952
26. Champa Beraja
178
879
462
417
473
249
34
596
27. Khoja Beraja
164
871
443
428
91
482
346
141
384
28. Gordhanpar
136
775
399
376
384
174
51
550
29. Khara Beraja
97
537
287
250
220
213
184
353
493
2790
1448
1342
207
1350
749
181
1860
31. Moti Khavdi
1973
7422
4033
3389
131
5098
2356
322
4744
32. Lakha Baval
607
3504
1791
1713
602
1685
1438
49
2017
33. Kansumara
350
2045
1053
992
267
1045
579
85
1381
34. Haripar
142
704
349
355
412
257
116
331
35. Pipartoda
33
138
68
70
71
65
15
58
36. Khengarka
200
1148
577
571
243
654
354
280
514
37. Lakha Baval
607
3504
1791
1713
602
1685
1438
49
2017
38. Masitiya
494
3180
1659
1521
1084
782
57
2341
10636
63354
32350
31004
3211
57
31905
16792
1262
45300
189
1133
583
550
116
31
439
303
829
41. Bhatgam
65
445
247
198
50
162
168
16
261
42. Kota
96
623
334
289
189
183
433
43. Kolava
313
2018
999
1019
151
802
911
145
962
44. Bhandariya
240
1509
737
772
78
709
699
79
731
45. Bajana
310
2079
1059
1020
102
810
714
466
899
46. Kandorna
180
1062
526
536
49
468
500
106
456
47. Bhadthar
692
3937
2039
1898
313
1836
1455
528
1954
30. Dhinchda
Khambhalia- Taluka
39. Khambhalia
40. Danta
4.135
Sr.
No.
NAME
48. Sagariya
No_House
hold H
TOT_P
TOT_M
TOT_F
P_SC
P_ST
P_LIT
74
428
212
216
202
216
83
129
49. Mota Mandha
254
1446
732
714
73
560
418
172
856
50. Nana Mandha
216
1330
706
624
99
582
247
122
961
51. Nana Ambla
238
1443
738
705
436
403
275
765
52. Mota Ambla
105
594
289
305
14
269
167
73
354
53. Vadinar
1166
6578
3400
3178
742
23
3133
1643
199
4736
54. Bharana
605
4113
2110
2003
99
1211
969
135
3009
55. Timbdi
155
870
434
436
118
436
219
81
570
56. Kajurda
163
952
483
469
104
333
265
143
544
57. Haripar
147
868
460
408
68
541
229
25
614
58. Kanchanpur
131
626
336
290
250
159
23
444
59. Sinhan Kakabhai
124
561
277
284
85
248
171
12
378
60. Lakhasar Hapa
155
1020
514
506
89
519
289
130
601
61. Devaliya
163
1051
514
537
29
382
441
86
524
91
546
287
259
64
345
139
25
382
62. Lakhiya Nana

63. Lakhiya Mota
178
992
495
497
48
548
271
154
567
64. Rangpar
164
954
482
472
95
495
353
96
505
65. Veraval Moti
297
1692
876
816
92
1078
732
130
830
66. Sevak Bhatiya
85
380
181
199
18
226
218
158
67. Sevak Dhuniya
163
1006
536
470
113
46
597
300
39
667
68. Dabasang
256
1298
647
651
246
634
340
108
850
69. Machhu Beraja
273
1626
810
816
38
825
610
211
805
96
474
241
233
255
43
243
206
68
200
71. Modpar
475
3193
1600
1593
132
1485
1036
61
2096
72. Rafudad Moti
307
1771
883
888
22
90
956
557
364
850
73. Gajana
218
1094
589
505
94
528
431
108
555
70. Sevak Bharudiya
4.136
Sr.
No.
NAME
No_House
hold H
TOT_P
TOT_M
TOT_F
P_SC
P_ST
P_LIT
74. Mulila
203
1196
597
599
40
572
517
676
75. Pipar Navi
243
1387
692
695
76
696
502
80
805
76. Rafudad Nani
321
1938
1011
927
151
1072
577
528
833
77
526
282
244
10
282
278
30
218
77. Kanvirdi
78. Apia
168
1011
491
520
56
415
533
93
385
79. Govana
315
1875
953
922
48
785
487
408
980
18421
101637
52076
49561
10080
618
53154
35568
8283
57786
81. Singach
593
3514
1840
1674
152
1606
1544
116
1854
82. Jasapar
214
1376
688
688
21
630
497
193
686
83. Veraval Nani
154
1003
526
477
437
307
171
525
84. Dhuniya Nava
89
509
251
258
235
228
49
232
85. Khadba Mota
408
2210
1088
1122
323
18
1115
682
476
1052
86. Jogvad
144
724
397
327
122
430
251
74
399
87. Karana
200
1036
495
541
130
549
432
66
538
Lalpur-Taluka
80. Lalpur
88. Dhuniya Nava
89
509
251
258
235
228
49
232
89. Khadba Mota
408
2210
1088
1122
323
18
1115
682
476
1052
90. Veraval Nani
154
1003
526
477
437
307
171
525
91. Godavari
197
1202
629
573
74
596
371
336
495
92. Nanduri
470
2659
1355
1304
112
1230
848
335
1476
93. Bharudiya Mota
104
668
349
319
335
214
10
444
79
440
223
217
181
205
233
95. Raka
195
1051
555
496
133
534
336
208
507
96. Khatiya
221
1134
593
541
203
644
426
22
686
97. Khadba Nana
294
1816
920
896
456
84
766
658
38
1120
41
282
155
127
41
84
67
131
94. Vijaypur
98. Babariya
4.137
Sr.
No.
NAME
No_House
hold H
TOT_P
TOT_M
TOT_F
P_SC
P_ST
P_LIT
99. Rinzpur
337
2114
1064
1050
86
15
887
697
147
1270
100. Tebhada
240
1392
739
653
363
536
561
171
660
101. Sanosri
410
2176
1084
1092
298
1075
775
257
1144
102. Kathitad
142
659
371
288
380
150
52
457
103. Sansora
245
1540
791
749
116
693
398
445
697
104. Chorbedi
190
1108
577
531
124
481
461
135
512
80
375
188
187
36
227
173
17
185
106. Badhla
200
946
486
460
150
466
444
502
107. Khadba Nana
294
1816
920
896
456
84
766
658
38
1120
108. Vadpanchasara
157
846
412
434
133
484
296
21
529
109. Padana
636
3364
1803
1561
489
1637
1051
112
2201
110. Navagam
330
1615
818
797
92
854
596
29
990
111. Dera Chhikari
113
529
265
264
262
149
18
362
112. Kana chhikari
118
706
364
342
300
278
81
347
113. Kanalus
388
2059
1044
1015
245
1075
858
64
1137
114. Arablus
287
1550
771
779
421
800
700
82
768
115. Meghavadar
158
780
395
385
36
393
388
22
370
216222
1175132
609595
565537
96747
5671 708004
356450
37079
781603
105. Panchsara Mota
Total
Source : Primary Census Abstract : Jamnagar District CD 2001
4.138
Table 4.6.3
Summary of Demographic Structure
Sr.
Demographic Parameter
Details
No.
1.
No. of District
01
2.
No. of Taluka
03
3.
No. of Villages
115
4.
Total No. of Household
216222
5.
Total Population
1175132
6.
Sex Ratio (No. of female 1000 Males)
7.
Scheduled Castes (%)
8.
Scheduled Tribes (%)
928
96747(8.23%)
5671 (0.48%)
9.
Literate (%)
708004 (60.24%)
10.
Main Workers (%)
356450 (30.33%)
11.
Marginal Workers (%)
12.
Non-workers (%)
Source: Primary Census Abstract CD (2001) Jamnagar District, Gujarat.
37079 (3.15%)
781603 (66.51%)
Table 4.6.4
Infrastructure Resource Base of the Study Area
Sr. District Educational
Medical
Power
No.
facilities
supply
institution
Source Of Drinking Water

Tap
Hand
Tube
pump
well
Well
Tank, River, Spring
Any
pond,
other
canal
lake
Jamnagar District
1.
Total
2,629
902
296,004 189,197 60,678 10,919 46,066 1,265
902
185
30,230
2.
Rural
2,074
448
157,963 86,479
898
183
11,724
3.
Urban
555
454
138,041 102,718 20,155
18,506
40,523
6,345 43,379 1,184

4,574
2,687
Source: Housing, Household Amenities & Assets CD (2001) Jamnagar District, Gujarat.
4.140
81
Table 4.6.5
Mortality Rate of the Study Area
Taluka Name
Year
Birth
Death
IMR
Jamnagar
1999
2000
2001
18389
17549
18338
4439
4604
5292
196
146
0
Kambaliya
1999
2000
2001
3965
5665
4962
587
476
500
06
10
21
Lalpur
1999
3168
3124
2822
378
389
435
27
12
08
2000
2001
Source: Statistical Abstract Book 2002 - 03 Jamnagar District, Gujarat.
4.141
Table 4.6.6
Existing Quality of Life in the Study Area
Sr. No.
Villages
QoL (s)
QoL (o)
QoL (c)
1.
Naranpar
0.50
0.52
0.51
2.
Gordhanpar
0.48
0.50
0.51
3.
Pipartoda
0.47
0.49
0.48
4.
Kota
0.49
0.51
0.50
5.
Vadinar
0.49
0.51
0.50
6.
Sevak Dhuniya
0.51
0.53
0.52
7.
Rafudad Moti
0.52
0.54
0.53
8.
Gajana
0.50
0.52
0.51
9.
Apia
0.47
0.49
0.48
10.
Govana
0.52
0.54
0.53
11.
Godavari
0.51
0.53
0.52
12.
Rinzpur
0.53
0.55
0.54
13.
Padana
0.47
0.49
0.48
14.
Navagam
0.52
0.54
0.53
15.
Dera Chhikari
0.48
0.50
0.49
16.
Kana Chhikari
0.49
0.51
0.50
17.
Kanalus
0.53
0.55
0.54
Arablus
0.52
0.54
0.53
Average
0.50
0.52
0.51
18.
QoL (s) : Subjective Quality of Life

QoL (o) : Objective Quality of Life
QoL (c) : Cumulative Quality of Life
4.142
hapter
5
Identification and Prediction of
Environmental Impacts
Impact prediction is a way of mapping the environmental consequences of the

significant aspects of the project and its alternatives. Several techniques and methodologies are
in vogue for predicting anticipated impacts due to projects on natural and social aspects of the
environment. These predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of the
environment to derive the ultimate scenario of environmental conditions. These conditions are
then subsequently evaluated for acceptability by screening them against standards for ambient
environmental quality, against toxic effect, thresholds, etc. Based on results of prediction and
evaluation, pollution abatement and control measures in order to mitigate the adverse impacts
on the environment are delineated in an Environmental Management Plan for further
implementation during the construction and commissioning of the proposed activities, as well as
during the operational phase.
Impact predictions are made against a 'baseline' established by the existing
environment (or by its future state) known as baseline studies, the collection of data on relevant
biophysical, social and economic aspects provides a reference point against which the
characteristics and parameters of impact-related changes are analysed and evaluated. In many
cases, it is likely that the current baseline conditions will still exist when a project is
implemented.
5.1
The characteristics of environmental impacts to be taken into account in impact

prediction and decision-making include:
i)
Nature (positive, negative, direct, indirect, cumulative);
ii)
Magnitude (severe, moderate, low);
iii)
Extent/location (area/volume covered, distribution);
iv)
Timing (during construction, operation, decommissioning, immediate, delayed,

rate of change);
v)
Duration (short term, long term, intermittent, continuous);
vi)
Reversibility/irreversibility;
vii) Likelihood (probability, uncertainty or confidence in the prediction); and

viii) Significance (local, regional, global)
The anticipated environmental impacts are predicted and evaluated in terms of the
above mentioned characteristics during construction and operation phases of the proposed
petroleum and petrochemical units in SEZ.
Various industries in India have been classified as green, orange and red by Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB), a statutory organisation under Ministry of Environment and
Forests
(MoEF),
depending
upon
pollution
potential
of
these
industries. The pollution potential is rated as low, medium and high for green, orange and red
category of industries respectively.
The industries proposed in SEZ are Refinery and
Petrochemicals, which all fall under red category.
Green
i)
ii)
Non-obnoxious and non-hazardous emitting industries

Do not discharge industrial effluent of polluting nature
i)
Industries with proper environmental assessment and adequate pollution

control measures to treat their waste
Orange
Red
i)
Polluting industries
Prediction of impacts is the most important component in environmental impact

assessment process. Several mathematical/statistical techniques and methodologies are
available for predicting impacts due to developmental activities on physico-ecological and socioeconomic environment. The quantitative prediction of impacts is also essential to delineate
5.2
pragmatic Environmental Management Plan (pollution abatement and control measures) for
implementation during and after the commissioning of proposed activities for minimising the
adverse impacts on environmental quality.
Mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe cause-conditioneffect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In
case, mathematical models are either not available or it is not possible to identify/validate
models for a particular situation, predictions are arrived at through available scientific
knowledge and judgments.
The environmental impacts of the proposed project are further categorized into the
following:
During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short

term; and
During the operation phase which would have long-term effects
The construction and operation of the proposed project comprises various activities
each of which shall have varied environmental impacts. The impacts identified have been
presented in the following sections.
The mathematical models used for carrying out predictions in the present study
included, steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion model designed for multiple point sources
for air quality and wave divergence model for noise quality. In case of land, biological and socioeconomic environments, the predictions have been made based on the available scientific
expertise and judgments.
5.1
Impacts during Construction Phase

The project construction phase (though generally short-term in comparison to the
operation phase) can lead to significant environmental impacts. Significant impacts can result
through short-term, high-intensity pressures on the physico-chemical environment in relation to
air, groundwater, surface water, soils and land. Risks to environment parameters are of
particular importance while assessing the construction stage impacts, in addition to hazards and
risks posed to construction stage workers.
The stress on infrastructure, socio-cultural incompatibility due to immigration of

construction workers and living conditions and consequent public hygiene are also important
issues that has been considered while assessing impacts during construction stage.
The prediction of construction stage impacts includes any impacts occurring as a
5.3
result of project infrastructure setup during construction, (e.g. roads, temporary labor colonies
etc.). The waste and refuse generated during construction, and any likely impacts resulting
through de-commissioning of temporary structure(s) created during construction phase.
The construction activities will mainly involve:
Land preparation for proposed project units
Civil construction and mechanical erection of the facilities
Internal pipeline laying and development of associated roads
The construction phase activities of any development shall cause short-term and
temporary impacts. The various impacts during construction i.e. on air, water, land, soil,
biological, social etc. their characteristics are listed in Table 5.1.
5.1.1
Air Environment
During the short period of site preparation mechanical shovels and earthmovers will
be used for site clearance, cut and fill and other site leveling activities. These activities could
generate dust particles which will be mobilised by wind, and affect the ambient air quality.
However, these activities will be only temporary and with the sandy nature of the soil, the
impact to ambient air quality would be only in areas in close proximity to project site.
During the construction phase, all emission sources will be intermittent which
include emissions from heavy equipment used for construction and materials transport, from
heavy vehicles on site. The power for construction purpose will be made available from the DG
sets. The emissions are temporary and not expected to contribute significantly to the ambient
air quality and will be within prescribed limits for industrial regions by CPCB.
The construction phase activities of any development in the SEZ shall mostly cause
negative, short-term and temporary impacts. Adjoining proper mitigation measures could
minimize these impacts.
i)
Air quality and noise level impacts from site clearing, soil excavation,
transportation of raw materials, construction activities and trenching on land
ii)
Soil erosion to a small extent (flat terrain) due to site clearing, soil excavation,
construction activities and trenching on land
iii)
Land, soil and aesthetic impacts due to labour camps and land reclamation
iv)
Impact on water quality from discharge of wastes from labor camps through
sewage treatment units will show turbidity increase due to soil erosion at the
project site
5.4
v)
Marginal loss of flora and fauna due to site clearing
vi)
Impacts on socio-economic environment due to employment generation in

construction activities
5.1.2
Noise Environment
a) Impacts due to Construction Equipment: The noise due to construction
equipment will be a temporary phenomenon.
However, noise levels due to construction
equipment may result into significant impacts due to operation of several equipment at a time.
b) Noise due to Transportation: The noise impact due to transportation will occur during the
construction phase when many trucks (each way) per day will be plying on State Highway due
to transportation of construction materials, man and machinery. This will not be a continuous
operation but it may last up to 2-3 years. This will add to noise impact as background noise
level will increase by 2-3 dBA.
5.1.3
Water Environment
Only temporary and localised impacts on hydrology are expected due to the
construction activities. These could arise from temporary obstruction to natural flow of water
due to foundation excavation, stacked material etc. There is a low significance of these impacts
which can be easily overcome by appropriate construction methodology and practices.
During construction phase, water of appropriate quality is required for the following
activities:
Earth material compaction and stabilization during embankment construction
In-situ cement concrete preparation for RCC and PCC requirements
Drinking water needs of construction workers
Equipment washing and cleaning, especially those involved in earth material

compaction and stabilization
Maintaining the embankment slope landscape, roadside, kerbside, median-side
vegetation and compensatory plantation near the completed stretches of road

The water requirement during the construction period is estimated about 500 m3/hr
for construction and campsite requirements. The water will be made available from existing
refinery resources (desalination plant) without affecting local water resources as the region is
water scarce. The employment of the local people for the unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will
ensure minimal temporary construction camp facilities thus minimise the migration of the
people. Adequate sanitation facilities will be provided at the campsites.
5.5
5.1.4
Land Environment
The SEZ project will require acquisition of additional land; land is being acquired
through the Land Acquisition Act and Direct Purchase. Since most of the land is barren no
change is anticipated on the landuse due to such activities outside the SEZ boundaries.
The impacts on soil due to land disposal of solid wastes such as construction
rubble, campsite garbage and discarded topsoil may impact soil quality. However, the impact is
likely to be insignificant as the project authorities will take adequate measures to ensure that all
waste generated at the construction site and at the labour camps are collected and disposed
off in an appropriate manner in a dump site or recycled or reused where feasible. Moreover,
experience gained while setting up RIL refinery will be made use of in handling solid wastes
emanated during construction phase.
No quarry material will be required as the land is a gentle slope and mostly even
and will not involve major cutting and filling. During the site preparation work, the soil from the
higher gradient shall be utilized to level the areas with lower gradient. The amount of cutting
and filing is well balanced. The current topography and usage of the area will be used as a
basis for the development of a reinstatement plan that will be implemented after the quarry
activities have ceased.
5.1.5
As the project will be developed mainly in barren land therefore there will be very
less tree cutting and tree felling. But since the proposed project will acquire a large amount of
land it can cause damage to soil micro fauna like earthworms and scavengers which helps in
maintaining soil fertility.
There exist five industries around the proposed project site within 25 km radius of
the study area. These are Reliance Industries Limited, Essar Oil Limited, Gujarat State
Fertilizer Company, GEB Power Plant and Digvijay Cement Limited. Due to these industries
and traffic in the region the air pollution and noise pollution causing damage to the
environment, due to which the natural habitats of the wild animals (Nilgai, Wild Boar, Fox) are
reducing day by day. Because of shortage of food it is learnt that these animals enter the
villages and destroy agricultural land.
Minimal vegetation will be cleared for the construction activities. The necessary
stockpiles will be maintained within the SEZ complex. The construction labourers will be
prohibited from using vegetation for fuel wood. Common kitchens at the camp site will be
provided with cooking gas/fuel for this purpose.
The construction phase of the project will not have any impact on the biota
freshwater bodies considering its location and operations philosophy.
5.6
5.1.6
The potential impacts of the project construction on local public infrastructure and
civic amenities could arise due to pressure on resources (power, water, roads) due to the
construction activities and the presence of the construction camps.
The electricity requirement for construction activities will be met from the existing
RIL refinery resources and the project proponents will not source electricity from the State
electricity grid supply during the construction activities. No existing resources/water sources
(surface/groundwater) which are currently being used by the villagers for the purpose of
obtaining drinking water and/or water for irrigation or other purposes will be tapped into. As
mentioned previously construction water will be procured by desalinating the saline water.
Drinking water requirements during the construction phase will be met from desalination plant
of refinery complex.
The SH-25 (Jamnagar Dwarka) will be the main roadway for transportation of
construction equipment and material. About 500 trucks per day are expected to ply on the
road. Although such incremental traffic is not likely to cause major impacts on the national
highway, any adverse impacts on the road infrastructure shall be adequately addressed. The
village roads in the project area, if required, will be widened and strengthened for the use.
However any strengthening/widening of any village roads shall not call for resettlement and
rehabilitation. After the completion of the project activity village roads in the vicinity of the
project area will be repaired for any damage caused by the movement of project related
vehicles.
The construction camps will be located on sites acquired by Reliance and no
impacts are expected on the local infrastructure in terms of land requirement.
Separate
arrangements shall be made at the construction camps for water and power supply, sanitation
facilities and fuel to ensure that there are no pressures on the local resources.
5.1.7
Impacts on Health & Safety

Given the minimal intrusion into the existing natural resources of the region (land,
freshwater sources), adequate measures for dust suppression (the only credible source
impacting the air environment) and adequate distance from nearest habitation; minimum
adverse health impacts are expected, either during construction or operation phase of the
project.
The movement of heavy earthmovers, excavators, transporting vehicles during the
construction phase may increase the risk of accidents and injuries. Interaction of local labour
with outside labour force during the construction may lead to transference of communicable
diseases if left uncontrolled and unchecked.
5.7
A road safety awareness campaign will be
undertaken to better inform the communities about safer road habits. The project proponent
proposes to carry out community awareness program in partnership with the local health
authorities on communicable sexually transmitted diseases well ahead of the commencement
of the construction of project to minimize such risks. Also adequate facilities for the health of
construction workers will be provided at the campsite.
5.8
Table 5.1
Likely Impacts of Construction Phase
Activity
Site
clearing
Soil
excavation /
quarrying
Transportati
on of
construction
materials
Environmental
Impact
Duration
Reversibility
Primary /
Secondary
Particulate
emissions
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Moderately significant
due to high wind speed
and large area involved
Noise
generation from
earthmovers
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Moderately Significant to
the workers at the site
as the noise level
generated is about 95100 dB(A)
Insignificant as the
silence zone is away
from the SEZ site
Loss of flora
and fauna
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Not significant as land is

mostly barren and
mangroves are far away
Increased soil
erosion from
cleared area
Longterm
Irreversible
Primary
Not significant as the

soil has moderate
erodibility potential and
site sometimes receive
heavy rainfall and wind
Project affected
population
Longterm
Irreversible
Primary
Significant as people
from 6 villages will be
affected
Particulate
emissions
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
due to high wind speed
and large area involved
Noise
generation from
excavating
equipment /
explosives
Shortterm,
intermitte
nt
Reversible
Primary
as the noise level
from the SEZ site
Turbidity and
suspended
solids increase
in the nearby
water body
Intermittent
Reversible
Secondary
as creek and sea are
nearby and area is
prone to heavy rain fall,
so runoff effect
Particulate and
gaseous
emissions (CO,
HC, NOx)
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Slightly
significant/temporary
Noise
generation
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
from the SEZ site but
temporary for locals
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Moderate
Construction Particulate and

activities
gaseous (CO,
HC, SO2, NOx)
5.9
Significance
Duration
Reversibility
Primary /
Secondary
Noise
generation
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
as the noise level
from the SEZ site
Sewage
generation in
labour camps
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Insignificant because
sanitation facilities and
sewage treatment plant
will be provided
Cutting of trees
due to usage of
wood as fuel
Longterm
Reversible
Primary
No impact at all as
workers will be provided
with alternate fuel
DG sets for
power
generation
Gaseous
emissions (SO2,
HC, CO, NOx)
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Slightly Significant
Trenching
for laying
pipelines/se
wers/cables
Soil erosion
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Insignificant as soil will

be backfilled within a
few days after removal
Land
reclamation
Impact on soil
quality and
erodibility
Longterm
Irreversible
Primary
Insignificant as proper
compaction will be
undertaken
Increase in
turbidity of water
body
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Insignificant as increase
in turbidity will be small
and for short duration
Shortterm
Reversible
Primary
Significant positive
impact
Activity
Environmental
Impact
emissions
Construction Employment
activities
generation
5.10
Significance
5.2
Impacts during Operation Phase

Every industry during the operational phase has certain emissions, which create an
impact to the environment. The operational phase activities due to the proposed SEZ have the
potential to cause long-term environmental impacts. A pre-requisite to estimating the potential
environmental impacts for the proposed SEZ was the identification and recording of the total
project inputs including process technology, raw materials, water and energy. These impacts
during the operation phase have been minimized by considering the use of the Best Available
Technology, adopting cleaner options, physical and chemical nature of raw materials,
precautionary measures, requirements of processing, transportation and handling of any
hazardous/toxic /flammable/explosive material(s), usage of any recycled/salvaged material from
industrial waste in the process, optimum usage of water, wastewater recycle and reuse etc.
The potential impact identification along with their impact characteristics are
presented in Table 5.2.
5.2.1
Air Environment
The impacts on air quality from any project depend on various factors like design
capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material/fuel used, envisaged emission control
measures, operation and maintenance practices. Apart from the above, other activities, viz.
transportation of raw materials and products, storage facilities and material handling within the
plant may also contribute to air pollution. The air pollutant emission scenarios have been
considered for air quality modeling.
5.2.1.1
Air Pollutant Emissions
Emissions due to Existing Refinery

The major air pollutants from the proposed SEZ which will contain refinery and
petrochemical units are SO2 and NOx due to the fuels burnt in the various process units. The
fuel gas/liquid fuels in the complex are generated from the various process units and it is
hydrotreated so that the fuel has low sulphur content which in turn reduces the emissions from
the stacks. The fuel gas and fuel oil are fed to the furnace in a controlled manner so as to have
minimum emissions. Natural gas / Synthesis Gas will also be used as a supplementary fuel.
The efficient burner management system controls the NOx emissions.
Emissions due to Proposed Project of SEZ
The SEZ complex consists of 9 major units as given in the Table 5.3. The emission
details of air pollutants due to SEZ is given in the Table 5.4.
5.11
5.2.1.2
Micro-Meteorology
The micro-meteorological data for the region during winter season indicates the
predominant winds from N-E and N-W sectors. Winds from almost all the directions were
observed during the study period without significant diurnal shift in wind direction. The sea
breeze and land breeze phenomena could not be clearly distinguished due to dominance of
synoptic winds. Synoptic winds dominated the wind pattern. The wind speed class of 10-20
km/h dominated the wind pattern. The mixing height details have been given in Table 5.5.
The hourly wind speed, solar insulation and total cloudiness during day time and
wind speed and total cloudiness during night time were used to determine the hourly
atmospheric stability class (Pasquill and Gifford) viz., A to F. The hourly stability was
determined based on the technique suggested by Turner.
Turners system used for determining the stability classes is as follows:
-
For day or night: If total cloud cover (TC) = 10/10 and ceiling <7000 ft (2134
m), NR=0
For night-time (defined as period from one hour before sunset to one hour
after sunrise):
a)
If TC<4/10, use NR = -2
b)
If TC>4/10, use NR = -1
For daytime: Determine insulation class number (IN)

a)
If TC<5/10, use NR=IN
b)
If TC>5/10, modify IN by the sum of the following applicable criteria

i)
If ceiling<7000 ft (2134m), modification = -2
ii) If ceiling>7000 ft but <16000 ft (4877 m), modification = -1

iii) If TC=10/10 and ceiling>7000 ft, modification
-1, and let
modified value of IN=NR, except for day-time NR cannot be <+1

All the stability classes were observed to be prevalent during the study period.
However, the stability classes B and C were predominant during daytime, whereas stability
class F was predominant in the nighttime.
5.2.1.3
Air Quality Modeling

The impact on air quality due to emissions from single source or group of sources is
evaluated by use of mathematical models. When air pollutants are emitted into the atmosphere,
they are immediately diffused into surrounding atmosphere, transported and diluted due to
winds. The air quality models are designed to simulate these processes mathematically and to
5.12
relate emissions of primary pollutants to the resulting downwind air quality. The inputs include
emissions, meteorology and surrounding topographic details to estimate the concentration of
conservative air pollutants.
The Industrial Source Complex Short Term Version 3 (ISCST-3) model has been
developed to simulate the effect of emissions from point sources on air quality. The ISCST-3
model was adopted from the USEPA guideline models and routinely used as a regulatory
model to simulate plume dispersion and transport from up to 100 point sources and 20000
receptors. ISCST3 is the state of the art model with USEPA and extensively used for
predicting the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) of conservative pollutants from point, area
and volume sources. The impacts of primary air pollutants are predicted using this air quality
model keeping in view the plain terrain at the project site. The micrometeorological data
monitored at project site during study period have been used in this model.
The ISCST-3 model is, an hour-by-hour steady state Gaussian plume dispersion
model which takes into account the following:
-
Terrain adjustments
Stack-tip downwash
Gradual plume rise
Buoyancy-induced dispersion, and
Complex terrain treatment and consideration of partial reflection
Plume reflection off elevated terrain
Building downwash
Partial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for
Hourly source emission rate, exit velocity, and stack gas temperature
The ISCST-3 model thus provides estimates of pollutant concentrations at various

receptor locations.
The MoEF sought clarification on data of the data of the ISCST model has been lumped
for all the stacks for prediction of environmental GLC. Since there are more than 160 stacks
that are envisaged, it is necessary that the exact location of these stacks and their emission
rate are included and the GLC then predicted for relevant pollutant including HC
The ISCST3 Model has been used for the air modeling study to predict the pollutant
concentration at the ground level. The various stacks, as listed in Table 5.4 of the EIA Report,
were marked on the overall plot plan to arrive at their co-ordinates. These co-ordinates were
fed into the grid network along with the respective emission rates. In the modeling exercise,
5.13
each stack has been considered as a point source and the impact of all the point source stacks
together has been modeled.
It is clarified that the emissions from all the stacks listed in Table 5.4 of the EIA
report have been considered as multi-point sources and not lumped together as a single point
source.
The impact of the gaseous emissions from all the 167 stacks has been studied.
Each stack has been considered as an individual point source. Accordingly the emissions from
167 point sources have been modeled using the approved ISCST3 air modeling software to
arrive at the maximum GLCs in the area. As per the model, the maximum GLCs of SO2 and
NOX from SEZ emission are estimated to be 57 g/m3 (4.16 km, SSW Direction) and 56 g/m3
(4.16 km, SSW Direction) respectively in winter season. The isopleths showing GLCs of SO2
and NOX in winter season are presented in Fig. 5.1 and Fig. 5.2. The estimated GLCs after
superimposing with the baseline are within the stipulated standards for the industrial areas and
is indicated in Table 5.6.
5.14
20
18
16
Distance in North Direction,km
14
12
10
0
0
10
12
14
16
18
20
Distance in East Direction,km
Fig. 5.1 Estimated GLCs of SO2 due to Proposed SEZ in Winter Season
5.15
20
18
16
Distance in North Direction,km
14
12
10
0
0
10
12
14
16
18
Distance in East Direction,km
Max. Conc. : 56 g/m3

4.16 km, SSW Direction
Fig 5.2: Estimated GLCs of NOx due to Proposed SEZ in Winter Season
5.16
20
Table 5.2
Likely Impacts of Operational Phase
Activity
Impact Characteristics
Environment
Positive/ Primary /
al Impact
Duration Reversibility
Negative Secondary
Significance
Particulate
emissions and
gaseous
emissions
(CO, HC,
NOx) during
vehicular
movement
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Primary
Slightly significant
Noise
generation
from vehicular
movement
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Primary
Noise
generation
from power
plant
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Primary
Can be assessed only after

undertaking EIA for power
plant
Water quality
impacts from
cooling water
discharge
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Primary
discharge will be properly
designed using diffuser
Resource
utilization
Competitive
water demand
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Primary
Insignificant as large
quantity of water will be
required though treated
sewage will also be used
Product
generation
Air emissions
from process
plant /
industry
operation
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Primary
Slightly significant as
predominantly non-polluting
industries having cleaner
technologies will be set up
in SEZ
Noise
generation
from process
plant /
industrial
machinery
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Primary
Insignificant as silence zone

is away from SEZ
Solid waste
generation
Longterm
Reversible
Negative
Secondary
Slightly significant as waste

will be segregated, treated
and disposed at appropriate
landfill sites or incinerated
Transporta
tion of raw
materials
(Table 5.2 contd.)
5.17
Impact Characteristics
Activity
Environmental
Impact
Duration Reversibility
Positive/
Negative
Primary /
Secondary
Significance
Industries proposed in
SEZ will generate only
small quantity of
hazardous waste which
will be disposed as per
the Hazardous Waste
Collection, Handling
and Disposal Rules at
common facility
Wastewater
generation
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Secondary
the wastewater will be
appropriately treated
and reuse to maximum
and excess will be
disposed off at
locations away from
fishing / breeding zones
/ other beneficial water
use areas
Treated effluent after
recycled to maximum
extent will be
discharged into the sea
Raw
material /
product
storage
Impact on
groundwater
quality due to
leakage of
material during
rains
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Secondary
storage tanks will be
properly lined
Product
distribution
Vehicular
emissions
during
transportation of
product to
consumers
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Primary
Noise
generation
during
transportation of
product to
consumers
Longterm
Irreversible
Negative
Primary
Insignificant as silence
zone is away from SEZ
Traffic
congestion
Longterm
Reversible
Negative
Secondary
the existing road will
experience increased
volume
5.18
Table 5.3
SEZ Units
Sr.
No
Proposed Units
C1 Based Units
II
C2 Based Units
III
C3 Based Units
IV
C4/C5 Based Units
VI
Carbon Black
Lube Oil Cum Refinery
Complex
Captive Power Plant
Jamnagar Export Refinery
Project
VII
VIII
IX
Coke Gasification
Methanol Synthesis
Acetic Acid
Ethylene Oxide Derivatives like Mono Ethylene Glycol
(MEG), Di Ethylene Glycol (DEG), Tri Ethylene Glycol
(TEG)
Polyethylene polymers - Linear Low Density Polyethylene
(LLDPE), Low / High Density Polyethylene (LDPE / HDPE)
Acrylic Acid & derivatives, Super Absorbent Polymer (SAP)
n-Butyl Acrylate
n-butyraldehyde
n-Butanol
2-Ethyl Hexanol
Propylene derivatives like Propylene oxides, cumene,
phenol
Propylene Glycols
Polyols
Polypropylene (Non woven)
Polypropylene (PP)
Butyl/Halo Butyl Rubber, Emulsion Styrene Butadiene
Rubber (ESBR), Styrene Butadiene Rubber (SBR), Poly
Butadiene Rubber (PBR), Solution Styrene Butadiene
Rubber (SSBR)
Butene 1
Fumaric Acid
Mono Nitro Benzene, Aniline, Methylene Di Aniline,
Phosgene, Methylene Diphenyl Diisocyanate, Toluene
Diisocyanate, Benzene
Styrene
Polyesters Complex Polyester Oriented Yarn (POY),
Polyester Stable Fiber (PSF)
5.19
Table 5.4
Stack Details for the Refinery, Power Plant and the Petrochemical Units
Unit
Stack name
Diameter
(m)
Stack
Height
(m)
Temp.
K
Velocity
(m/s)
1.7
117.3
595
Emission Rate (g/s)

SO2
(g/s)
NOX
(g/s)
10.1
11.66
1.69
603
10
11.66
1.69
0.04
C1 Based Units
Coke gassification SRU/TGT Stack
SRU/TGT Stack
1.7
117.3
Acetic Acid
Process Stack
0.4
50
320
6.9
Methanol
Process Stack
1.2
50
483
Furnace Stack
1.5
50
468
13.2
0.13
46.07
Furnace Stack
1.5
50
472
14.1
0.13
46.07
Poly vinyl Acetate Process Stack
1.2
50
483
7.7
Poly Vinyl Alcohol Vent Dryer Stack

Vinyl Acetate
Process Stack
Monomer
C2 Based Units
1.2
50
480
7.2
0.6
50
458
6.2
Multifeed cracker Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
437
17
9.73936
3.500083
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
428
17.6
10.0831
3.623615
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
429
17.5
10.02581
3.603026
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
430
17.1
9.796651
3.520671
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
435
17.5
10.02581
3.603026
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
433
16.9
9.68207
3.479494
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
432
17
9.73936
3.500083
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
437
17.2
9.853941
3.54126
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
434
17.3
9.911231
3.561849
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
428
17.6
10.0831
3.623615
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
429
17.5
10.02581
3.603026
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
430
17.1
9.796651
3.520671
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
433
17
9.73936
3.500083
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
431
16.9
9.68207
3.479494
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
435
17.4
9.968522
3.582438
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
433
17
9.73936
3.500083
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
436
17.3
9.911231
3.561849
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
432
17.6
10.0831
3.623615
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
429
17.5
10.02581
3.603026
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
431
17.4
9.968522
3.582438
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
427
17.3
9.911231
3.561849
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
429
17
9.73936
3.500083
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
433
17.1
9.796651
3.520671
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
437
16.9
9.68207
3.479494
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
431
17.1
9.796651
3.520671
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
429
17.5
10.02581
3.603026
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
430
17.3
9.911231
3.561849
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
435
17.5
10.02581
3.603026
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
438
17.4
9.968522
3.582438
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
429
17.1
9.796651
3.520671
5.20
Unit
LLDPE
Stack name
Diameter
(m)
Stack
Height
(m)
Temp.
K
Velocity
(m/s)
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
427
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
50
439
Fresh feed Furnace

Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
1.6
50
50
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
Fresh feed Furnace
1.6
Process Stack
MEG+DEG+TEG CO2 Stripper Vent
Emission Rate (g/s)

SO2
(g/s)
NOX
(g/s)
17.3
9.911231
3.561849
17.6
10.0831
3.623615
433
437
16.9
17.6
9.68207
10.0831
3.479494
3.623615
50
438
17.4
9.968522
3.582438
50
428
17
9.73936
3.500083
1.5
50
562
17.06
8.590196
3.087102
0.4
50
320
6.9
0.04039
Incinerator
0.44
50
337
7.3
0.126511
CO Vessel Vent
0.5
50
338
7.2
0.062346
Process Stack
0.75
50
460
4.1
Process Stack
0.75
50
460
4.1
PP
Absorber
0.8
50
326
Vent Absorber
0.96
50
340
7.2
2 Ethyl Hexanol
Propylene
derivatives
Flare Stack
0.5
75
Process Stack
0.25
50
430
Flare Stack
0.3
60
Flare Stack
0.4
65
Process Stack
1.1
50
411
7.6
0.5
60
0.7
80
0.2
50
475
2.4
0.45
60
0.056831
C3 Based Units
n-Butyraldehyde
Acrylic acid &

derivatives
SAP
C4 / C5 Based
Units
n-Butanol
Flare Stack
ESBR
Flare Stack
Butyl /Halo Butyl
Flare Stack
rubber
Poly Butyl rubber Process Stack
C6 / C7 / C8 / C9
Based Units
Mono Nitro
Benzene
Styrene
Flare Stack
3.8
50
414
5.3
0.033333
1.227778
Polyster Complex DTA Vapouriser
1.2
50
483
7.1
2.288034
0.822262
DTA Vapouriser
1.2
50
483
2.255808
0.810681
DTA Vapouriser
1.2
50
483
7.3
2.352485
0.845424
DTA Vapouriser
1.2
50
483
6.9
2.223582
0.7991
DTA Vapouriser
1.2
50
483
7.2
2.320259
0.833843
DTA Vapouriser
1.2
50
483
2.255808
0.810681
DTA Vapouriser
1.2
50
483
7.3
2.352485
0.845424
DTA Vapouriser
1.2
50
483
7.1
2.288034
0.822262
DTA Vapouriser
1.2
50
483
7.7
2.481389
0.891749
Vent Scrubber
1.1
50
411
7.6
50
318
23.2
0.683285
0.427053
PTA
Turbine Expander
Atm. Absorber
Paraxylene and
Orthoxylene
0.8
50
335
7.2
0.128827
0.080517
Incinerator
50
361
6.8
1.521775
0.546888
Platforming
4.82
50
489
3.6
3.958333
16.13889
Xylene
4.43
50
485
4.1
2.183333
1.786111
5.21
Unit
Stack name
Diameter
(m)
Stack
Height
(m)
Temp.
K
Velocity
(m/s)
Xylene
4.43
50
485
Xylene
4.43
50
O-Xylene
4.42
50
Fuel Stack
Fuel Stack
Fuel Stack
Emission Rate (g/s)
4.1
SO2
(g/s)
2.183333
NOX
(g/s)
1.786111
485
4.1
2.183333
1.786111
486
3.7
2.005556
14.025
50
430
7.7
9.25
2.477081
50
429
7.5
9.25
2.412741
50
432
9.25
2.57359
CDU/VDU
4.5
72
478
0.061111
2.697222
CDU/VDU
4.5
72
473
4.2
0.061111
2.697222
Carbon black
Lube Oil Cum

Refinery
Complex
VHO HT
2.8
50
451
0.038889
1.691667
DHDS-1
3.8
50
491
3.6
0.011111
0.463889
Hydrogen Plant
2.94
50
456
6.5
0.025
1.15
Hydrogen Plant
2.94
50
453
6.2
0.025
1.15
LCO Hydrocracker
1.4
50
588
3.5
0.008333
0.380556
HRSG
3.2
80
468
13.2
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
472
14.1
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
470
13.8
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
469
13.9
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
469
14.8
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
475
14
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
465
14.2
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
468
13.6
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
473
14.5
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
475
13.4
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
474
13.3
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
469
13.7
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
468
14.3
0.138889
46.07222
HRSG
3.2
80
470
13.5
0.138889
46.07222
Auxiliary Boilers
2.3
80
423
13.1
23.33333
9.602778
Auxiliary Boilers
2.3
80
432
13.5
23.33333
9.602778
Auxiliary Boilers
2.3
80
430
13.6
23.33333
9.602778
Auxiliary Boilers
2.3
80
423
13.4
23.33333
9.602778
Auxiliary Boilers
2.3
80
433
14.1
23.33333
9.602778
Auxiliary Boilers
2.3
80
427
13.7
23.33333
9.602778
Auxiliary Boilers
2.3
80
425
14
23.33333
9.602778
Auxiliary Boilers
2.3
80
429
13.9
23.33333
9.602778
Delayed Coker
Delayed Coker
3.25
3.25
54
54
458
457
3.7
3.6
0.033
0.033
1.495
1.495
Delayed Coker
3.25
54
458
3.8
0.033
1.495
Delayed Coker
3.25
54
460
3.6
0.033
Styrene 1
3.8
45
411
3.8
Styrene 2
3.8
45
414
3.7
Power Plant
(2100 MW)
JERP
5.22
1.495
0.441667
0.011111
0.441667
Unit
Stack name
Diameter
(m)
Stack
Height
(m)
Temp.
K
Velocity
(m/s)
LCO Hydrocracker
1.4
45
588
3.5
MS Quality Upgrader
3.8
45
571
3.6
Alkylation
3.8
45
468
DHDS 1
3.8
45
Emission Rate (g/s)

SO2
(g/s)
0.008333
NOX
(g/s)
0.380556
3.3
0.055556
2.452778
491
3.4
0.011111
0.463889
0.047222
DHDS 2
3.8
45
498
3.6
0.011111
0.444444
CDU / VDU
4.5
72
478
3.3
0.061111
2.697222
CDU / VDU
4.5
72
470
3.5
0.061111
2.697222
CDU / VDU
52
472
3.2
0.061111
2.697222
VDU
52
488
0.061111
2.697222
Bitumen
40
471
3.8
0.019444
0.858333
3.8
54
451
3.5
0.038889
1.797222
Mild Hydrocracker
Mild Hydrocracker
3.8
54
454
3.6
0.038889
1.797222
Kero HT
2.2
45
441
3.1
0.005556
0.238889
VGO HT
2.8
45
451
3.3
0.038889
1.691667
HNUU
1.6
45
485
3.2
0.016667
0.738889
Platformer
1.8
55
491
3.5
0.111111
5.047222
Parex 1
4.3
73
446
3.3
0.055556
2.558333
Parex 2
4.3
73
441
3.5
0.055556
2.558333
Parex 3
4.3
73
443
3.4
0.055556
2.558333
Parex 4
4.3
73
444
3.5
0.055556
2.558333
Hydrogen 1
3.8
45
458
6.5
0.022222
0.952778
Hydrogen 2
3.8
45
452
6.3
0.022222
0.952778
Hydrogen 3
3.8
45
455
6.4
0.022222
0.952778
SDA 1
40
430
0.036111
1.594444
SDA 2
Propane
Dehydrogenation
Tatory
40
435
4.2
0.036111
1.594444
40
436
3.9
0.083333
3.691667
40
633
3.4
0.002778
0.166667
Max Olefin FCC
3.45
82
544
19.5
97.22222
68.05556
SRU 4
1.7
117.3
593
9.9
9.813889
1.694444
SRU 5
1.7
117.3
595
10.1
9.813889
1.694444
SRU 6
1.7
117.3
603
10
9.813889
1.694444
768.5865
1138.304
Total
5.23
Table 5.5
Meteorological Data for winter season
Day Hour Wind Direction
(in degrees)
1
1
337.5
1
2
292.5
1
3
337.5
1
4
67.5
1
5
315
1
6
67.5
1
7
315
1
8
45.5
1
9
360
1
10
45
1
11
67.5
1
12
45
1
13
315
1
14
337.5
1
15
22.5
1
16
360
1
17
22.5
1
18
315
1
19
360
1
20
22.5
1
21
360
1
22
45
1
23
270
1
24
292.5
2
1
337.5
2
2
292.5
2
3
360
2
4
67.5
2
5
45
2
6
270
2
7
90
2
8
45.5
2
9
360
2
10
337.5
2
11
360
2
12
45
2
13
225
2
14
337.5
2
15
22.5
2
16
360
2
17
22.5
2
18
315.5
2
19
135
2
20
22.5
2
21
360
Wind speed
(m/s)
1.5
1.8
2.3
2.6
2
3.5
2.5
3
2.5
2
2.6
2.5
2.3
2.5
2.1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.6
3.2
4.1
3.4
2.5
1.5
1.8
2.3
2.6
2
3.5
2.5
3
2.5
2
2.6
2.5
2.3
2.2
2.4
1.5
2
2.5
3.2
3.5
3.2
Temp.
(0K)
293.9
293.3
293.3
292.8
292.1
291
289.9
291.3
293.9
294.8
295.9
296.8
297.7
298.1
298.3
298.6
297.7
295.9
294.5
293.8
293.3
292.9
293.3
292.9
293.9
293.3
293.3
292.8
292.1
291
289.9
291.3
293.9
294.8
295.9
296.8
297.7
298.1
298.3
298.6
297.7
295.9
294.5
293.8
293.3
5.24
Stability Class Mixing Height

(m)
6
10
6
20
5
100
5
200
5
250
4
400
3
500
3
550
3
600
3
700
3
800
2
900
2
1000
2
1100
2
1000
2
900
3
800
3
600
4
450
4
400
5
250
5
200
5
150
6
50
6
10
6
20
5
100
5
200
5
250
4
400
3
500
3
550
3
600
3
700
3
800
2
900
2
1000
2
1100
2
1000
2
900
3
800
3
600
4
450
4
400
5
250

(in degrees)
2
22
45
2
23
90
2
24
292.5
3
1
180
3
2
292.5
3
3
135
3
4
67.5
3
5
202.5
3
6
360
3
7
90
3
8
45.5
3
9
360
3
10
337.5
3
11
225
3
12
45
3
13
22.5
3
14
45
3
15
67.5
3
16
360
3
17
22.5
3
18
315.5
3
19
135
3
20
67.5
3
21
360
3
22
45
3
23
90
3
24
315
4
1
292.5
4
2
67.5
4
3
135
4
4
270
4
5
360
4
6
225
4
7
135
4
8
45.5
4
9
157.5
4
10
247.5
4
11
315
4
12
292.5
4
13
22.5
4
14
90
4
15
45
4
16
360
4
17
67.5
4
18
360
4
19
112.5
4
20
90
4
21
360
4
22
45
Wind speed
(m/s)
4.1
3.4
2.2
1.5
1.8
2.3
2.6
2.3
3.5
2.7
3
2.5
2.2
2.6
2.5
2.3
3.5
2.4
4.1
2.3
2.5
3.2
3.1
3.2
3.3
2.8
1.8
1.2
1.5
2.4
2.2
2.4
3.3
2.5
3.2
2.1
2.2
2.7
2.3
2.6
3.5
4.1
4
2.5
2.4
3.1
3
3.3
3.4
Temp.
(0K)
292.9
293.3
292.9
293.9
293.3
293.3
292.8
293.1
291
289.9
290.3
293.9
294.8
295.9
296.6
297.7
298.1
298.3
299.2
297.7
295.9
294.5
293.8
293.3
292.9
293.3
292.9
294
293.6
293.3
292.8
293.1
292
289.9
290.3
292.9
293.8
294.9
296.6
298.7
299.1
299.3
299.6
298.7
296.9
295.5
293.8
293.3
292.9
5.25

(m)
5
200
5
150
6
50
6
10
6
20
5
100
5
200
5
250
4
400
3
500
3
550
3
600
3
720
3
800
2
900
2
1020
2
1150
2
1060
2
900
3
800
3
600
4
450
4
400
5
250
5
200
5
100
6
50
6
10
6
20
5
100
5
200
5
250
4
350
3
480
3
550
3
600
3
720
3
830
2
900
2
1020
2
1150
2
1060
3
900
3
800
3
600
4
450
5
400
5
250
5
200

(in degrees)
4
23
180
4
24
202
5
1
225
5
2
45
5
3
337.5
5
4
315
5
5
360
5
6
270
5
7
67.5
5
8
45.5
5
9
157.5
5
10
22.5
5
11
292.5
5
12
180
5
13
22.5
5
14
112.5
5
15
67.5
5
16
360
5
17
45
5
18
360
5
19
247.5
5
20
45
5
21
315
5
22
337.5
5
23
225
5
24
292.5
Wind speed
(m/s)
2.6
2
1.2
1.5
2.4
2.2
2.4
3.3
2.5
3.2
2.1
2.2
2.7
2.3
2.6
3.5
4.1
4
2.5
2.4
3.1
3
3.3
3.4
2.6
2
Temp.
(0K)
293.3
292.9
294
293.6
293.3
292.8
293.1
292
289.9
290.3
292.9
293.8
294.9
296.6
298.7
299.1
299.3
299.6
298.7
296.9
295.5
293.8
293.3
292.9
293.3
292.9
5.26

(m)
6
100
6
50
6
10
6
20
5
100
5
200
5
250
4
350
3
480
3
550
3
600
3
720
3
830
2
900
2
1020
2
1150
2
1060
3
900
3
800
3
600
4
450
5
400
5
250
5
200
6
100
6
50
Table 5.6
Cumulative Values of GLCs for SO2 and NOx after Superimposing with the
Baseline AAQM Data
Sr.
No.
Sampling
Location
Cumulative Value
SO2
Cumulative Value NOx
1.
Arablus
26
29
2.
Gadhuka
26
25
3.
Gagwa
42
44
4.
Jogwad
38
43
5.
Kanachikari
18
24
6.
Kanalus
36
49
7.
Khatiya Beraja
38
30
8.
Macchuberaja
21
48
9.
Meghpur
40
48
10.
Motikhavdi
31
38
11.
Motalakhiya
39
36
12.
Mungani
34
38
13.
Nanikhavdi
32
34
14.
Nanalakhiya
39
37
15.
Padana
23
31
16.
Rangpar
26
37
17.
Rasangpar
50
51
18.
Sapar
30
36
19.
Setalus
32
30
20.
Sevak Bharudiya
18
44
21.
Jivapar
14
23
22.
Balambhadi
15
28
23.
Dera Chikari
14
24
24.
Meghavadar
22
33
5.27
5.2.2 Noise Environment

5.2.2.1
Impacts due to Stationary Noise Source

Cumulative noise level at a particular location due to noise source can be computed
by using Wave Divergence Model as given below:

Lp2 = Lp1 20 log (r2/r1) Ae1,2
Where,
Lp2 and Lp1 are the noise levels at the distances r2 and r1 respectively from the
source and Ae1,2 is the excess attenuation along the path r2-r1 due to environmental adsorption,
scattering and other shielding effects.
Total noise level Lp (Total) due to all sources can be determined as follows :
Lp (Total) = 10 log (10Lpa/10 + 10Lpb/10 + 10Lpc/10 + .)
(1)
Where,
Lpa, Lpb, Lpc are the noise levels at a given location due to sources A, B, C etc.
Noise levels have been predicted at proposed noise sources in all the process units
within the refinery and petrochemical complex.
The major stationary noise generating sources expected at proposed SEZ during
operation phase are given in Table 5.3. The noise generation from major equipment will be
restricted through manufacture specifications like BFPs, GTG, STGs, etc.: 85 dB(A). These
sources have been considered for prediction of impact on ambient noise levels at nearby
human settlements as well as the occupational exposure to workers within the project premises.
Accordingly the net cumulative noise generation due to multiple sources at one location have
been derived following standard logarithmic sum (log. Sum) formula.
The cumulative noise impact from different stationary sources at proposed project
site
has
been
predicted
at
100mx100m
grid
intervals
over
an
area
of
33.52 km x 31.8 km noise impact area mainly covering project premises Fig. 5.3. The predicted
results of cumulative noise levels at each grid points are used to draw noise contours through
Surfer ver.6 graphics package. The predicted noise contours around proposed sources are
shown in Fig. 5.3. These prediction results are applicable to only present layout plan. In case of
any change in layout the distribution/pattern of predicted noise contours are also expected to
change accordingly. It is also to be noted these noise contours derived without considering any
attenuation factors due to structural interferences or green belt, i.e. the prediction results are
conservative.
As per the prediction results, the impact of noise out side the proposed project
premises would be less than 22 dB(A) (Fig. 5.3).
5.28
The impact of noise levels from the stationary sources within SEZ is predicted to be
below 24 dBA as given in Table 5.7. This table also shows the pre-project status and post
project status that is prediction of noise impact in the nearby vicinity of the proposed SEZ. The
predicted noise level after superimposing the predicted noise levels with the baseline data are
well within the stipulated norms of CPCB and is indicated in Table 5.7.
5.29
33.52 km
22-28-30N
Vokatiyo (kado)
Narada
Valupir (kado)
22-27-N
Sikka
Digvijagaon
22-25-30N
22-24-0N
Vadinar
Singach
Lakha baval
Masitiya
Champa beraja
Vav beraja
Sapar
Danyo (Kado)
Kana chikari
Dera chikari
31.84km
31.84km
22-22-30N
31.84km
22-21-0N
22-19-30N
Khatiya beraja
Sumra terdhan
22-18-0N
Rangpar
22-16-30N
Machhu beraja
22-15-0N
Sinhan kakabhai
Sevak bhatiya
Sevak Bharudiya
Anikhana
Jasapar
22-13-30N
22-12-0N
Sinnan aher
Daltungi
Gajana
Charantungi
Khambhaliya
Sodha tardhan
Mahadeviya
690-45-
Rafudad moti
690-46-
69 -48E
Apla
690-
Mulila
Memana
Lalpur
Kanvirdi
Gujarat
Rafudad nani
Veraval
Khirsara
0
69 -510 69 -5230
69 -
69 -
69 -
69 -
70 -
700-
33.52 km
Note : Contour Units in dB(A)
Fig. 5.3 : Predicted Noise Contours due to Proposed Units at SEZ
5.30
Table 5.7
Noise Impact from Stationary Sources at SEZ at Nearby Communities
Sr.
Village Name
Pre-project Status
(Baseline) dB(A)
Day
Night
Predicted
Noise Level
from SEZ dB(A)
Post-project Status
dB(A)
Day
Night
1.
Padana
46.8
41.0
19
46.81
41.02
2.
Motikhavdi
60.0
40.0
15
60.01
40.01
3.
Sapar
50.2
38.0
13
50.21
38.01
4.
Navagam
41.0
34.0
19
41.01
34.01
5.
Kanalus
50.2
42.0
24
50.21
42.02
6.
Dera chikari
51.5
41.8
16
51.5
41.8
5.31
5.2.3
Water Environment
5.2.3.1
Water requirement
Considering the water shortage in the region, seawater shall be used for the
proposed SEZ after desalination to meet water requirement. The domestic and process water
requirements in the SEZ and in township shall be met by desalination of the seawater.
Sea water is the only source of water for the SEZ Project. The energy (heat)
requirement for the desalination plant (Desal) shall be met from the waste heat from the
processing units. A very low pressure steam (0.7 kg/cm2 g) shall be used in the Desal Plant.
This energy integration eliminates the venting of low pressure and low temperature steam from
the process units and / or eliminates the condensation requirements. Water requirement for
the SEZ Project and Units therein is estimated at 15000 m3/hr.
The proposed SEZ project requires water for boilers & heaters, processes, process
cooling, utilities cooling, domestic consumption, fire water make up and greenbelt
development/horticulture. The entire water requirement will be met from the desalination of
seawater. Thus no fresh water of the region will be used. However the Narmada supply
project is in the pipeline and can be supplementary source, if required.
Total water management system is designed integrating the sea water, desal water,
cooling tower and effluent treatment systems using targeted recycle and reuse.
The overall water balance, water requirement and wastewater generation scenario
for proposed SEZ project are presented in Fig. 5.4.
The water requirement and effluent generation from the each individual unit is
provided in Table 5.12 of the EIA report. The total effluent generation from the various
complexes and the overall water balance at the intake of the complex is given in the Fig 5.4 of
the EIA report
5.32
5.33
5.2.4
Land Environment
5.2.4.1 Land use Pattern

The breakup of land of SEZ complex is presented in section 1.1 of Chapter 1. This
table indicates that the total land area proposed for the SEZ project is 4,545 Ha and proposed
units would occupy about 2,275 Ha of land apart from 1185 Ha of land utilized for public/semipublic/greenbelt and transportation. The proposed residential complex will be set up in an area
of 810 acre.
The commercial complex would occupy 275 acre.
The change in the
landuse/land cover pattern remains insignificant.
5.2.5
A greenbelt development plan has been recommended by NEERI in Chapter 6. The
plantation of over 3.0 million trees has already been completed for existing adjacent Reliance
refinery. RIL has developed extensive greening of the area in the existing complex using novel
technological agricultural methods/techniques using the recycled water. Basing on this
experience, a further extensive high-density plantation is proposed to be developed. The
impact shall be positive as the greenbelt will be developed on a barren land in and around
various units within the SEZ.
5.2.6
The proposed project will involve employment of workers during the operation phase.
During the socio-economic survey it was observed that the proposed project would
create certain beneficial effects as well as adverse effects on the socio economic environment.
Some of these impacts would be short-term whereas the others would be of long term in nature.
It is necessary to identify the extent of these impacts for further planning of control
measures leading to mitigation of the adverse impacts. The impacts on parameters of human
interest have been assessed in terms of positive and negative impacts.
The potential impacts due to the project are presented in Table 5.8, whereas the
expected change in Subjective Quality of Life is presented in Table 5.9 and Table 5.10
respectively. The potential impacts due to the project are presented below:
Positive Impacts
The proposed project is expected to generate large indirect employment besides
marginal direct employment
Local population will be benefited by the project as the indirect employment
opportunities will increase in the region that will help in increasing the economic
status of the region
5.34
The project has favorable ranking by majority of the local people and is looked
upon as a step for further development of the area
The proposed project will enhance quality of life of the people in the study area
Infrastructure will increase due to the project by way of transport and
communication and amenities like school, health center, telephone booths and
other basic requirements will be generated for working population of the project
and village community.
Local Population may get benefited dew to increased Business activated. viz.
Market, trade and commerce
Negative Impacts
The adverse impacts on socio-economic environment due to proposed activities in the
region will be :
During the construction period there will be short-term socio-economic impacts in
the study area that may include increase in floating population (contract
labourers) which marginally strain on the civic amenities like drinking water,
sanitation, road transport and other facilities
Change in population density and diversity through the immigrants may cause
cultural & health related problems in the region.
Proposed project activity may increase pollution level in the area during the
construction and operation period.
Dust pollution due to transportation in dry areas may cause, poor yield of crops
etc.
Social security problems may in the region due to influx of population
As in the case of previous refinery implementation, the negative effects will be mitigated by
extensive socio and health monitoring and support the local population groups in terms of
cultural, medical and resource sharing with the people. For eg: Reliance has extended drinking
water supply to the Jamnagar and neighbouring communties, whenever there is a shortage of
water.
5.35
Table 5.8
Prediction of Qualitative Impacts on Socio-economic Environment
Parameter
Local
Regional
Direct
Indirect
Reversible
Irreversible
Employment
Income
Transport
Education
Medical facilities
Communication
Availability of power
Sanitation
Housing
Health
Recreation
Agriculture
Cost of living
Business
Per Capita Income
Pollution
+ : Positive Impact
- : Negative Impact
: Insignificant
5.36
Table 5.9
Expected Change in Subjective Quality of Life
Villages
QoL (s)
Naranpar
0.50
QoL (S) after

Implementation of
EMP and welfare
Measure
0.52
Gordhanpar
0.48
0.50
Pipartoda
0.47
0.50
Kota
0.49
0.51
Vadinar
0.49
0.50
Sevak Dhuniya
0.51
0.54
Rafudad Moti
0.52
0.54
Gajana
0.50
0.52
Apla
0.47
0.49
10
Gavana
0.52
0.54
11
Godavari
0.51
0.52
12
Sr. No.
Rinzpur
0.53
0.55
13
Padana
0.47
0.49
14
Navagam
0.52
0.54
15
Dera Chhikari
0.48
0.50
16
Kana Chhikari
0.49
0.51
17
Kanalus
0.53
0.55
18
Arablus
0.52
0.54
0.50
0.52
Average
QOL (s) = Subjective Quality of Life
5.37
Table 5.10
Expected Change in Cumulative Quality of Life
Villages
QoL (s)
Naranpar
0.51
QoL (S) after

Implementation of
EMP and welfare
Measure
0.52
Gordhanpar
0.51
0.53
Pipartoda
0.48
0.50
Kota
0.50
0.52
Vadinar
0.50
0.53
Sevak Dhuniya
0.52
0.54
Rafudad Moti
0.53
0.54
Gajana
0.51
0.53
Apla
0.48
0.50
10
Gavana
0.53
0.55
11
Godavari
0.52
0.55
12
Sr. No.
Rinzpur
0.54
0.57
13
Padana
0.48
0.51
14
Navagam
0.53
0.55
15
Dera Chhikari
0.49
0.51
16
Kana Chhikari
0.50
0.52
17
Kanalus
0.54
0.57
18
Arablus
0.53
0.55
0.51
0.53
Average
QOL (c) = Cumulative Quality of Life
5.38
5.3
Pollution Load
The proposed petroleum and petrochemical complex is composed of different
units as listed earlier in this document. The various units will have point sources as emissions
and will generate wastewater and solid waste which will contribute to the overall pollution load
of the complex.
Even though the best possible technology and environment friendly fuel
(natural gas & syngas) are proposed to be maximized in the complex, there will be a certain
contribution to the pollution load on the environment. The pollution load has been estimated
taking into account the CPCBs proposed standards for Refineries and Petrochemical Units. The
pollution load also takes into account the World Bank Standards for Refineries and
Petrochemical Complexes. The CPCB standards prescribed for the non-criteria pollutants will
be incorporated into the design of the various units in the design stage of the project. The
pollution load due to each unit proposed in the petroleum and petrochemical complex is
tabulated in Table 5.11. As seen from the Table, the overall pollution load from the complex in
terms of SO2 and NOx is estimated at 67 TPD and 99 TPD, respectively. The main source of
raw water will be the sea water that will be desalinated for process use. Water management will
be implemented to incorporate recycle and reuse. Various Units will have their dedicated
Effluent Treatment Plants and methodology for reuse / recycle / disposal of solid and hazardous
wastes.
5.4
Public Consultation Summary

The Public Consultation process was conducted by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board
in line with Appendix IV of the Environment Clearance Notification dated 14th September 2006.
The Public Hearing for the Petroleum and Petrochemical Complex in the SEZ was conducted
on 8th January 2008.
The entire project including major findings of Environmental Impact
Assessment and Risk Assessment reports was presented to the Public and various queries
were answered by the project proponent and NEERI. There was overall support for the entire
project and no specific objection or comments was raised with respect to the proposed project.
However, the public had some general comments with respect the air emissions, air
borne dust, storm water flows and land acquisition issues with respect to the existing facilities.
All issues raised by the Public were answered in the Public Hearing and the same have been
documented by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board.
Various environmental management
measures and post project environmental monitoring being conducted for the existing refinery
complex were explained to the Public to resolve.
Issues were raised with respect to the benefit of the proposed project to the local
community. The Public was informed that the necessary measures would be carried out in
5.39
consultation with the local governing bodies and Village Gram Panchayat to meet the various
requirements of the various villages. It was also mentioned to the villagers that an amount of
Rs 1 crore would be spent for environmental and social benefits in each of the villages that
would be covered in the SEZ Area.
Employment opportunities were sought by the Public and it was assured that preference
would be given to local persons who possess the required skills.
Further, the secondary
employment generation and potential was also explained with back-up of the existing secondary
employment generated due to the existing facilities.
Overall, the Public supported the project and appreciated the various efforts of the
project proponent towards community development and participation. The Public Hearing ended
with a positive note and the locals are looking forward to industrial development in the region.
The proceedings of the Public Consultation process have already been sent by the Gujarat
Pollution Control Board to the Ministry of Environment & Forests.
5.40
Table 5.11
Pollution Load from Units in Petroleum & Petrochemical Complex
Sr.
No.
Plant
Air Emissions
1.
Pet Coke gasification
SO2
(TPH)
0.083
2.
Methanol Synthesis
0.0008
0.331
3.
4.
Acetic Acid
Vinyl Acetate
Monomer
Poly Vinyl Acetate
Poly Vinyl Alcohol
Multifeed Cracker
Complex
Ethylene Oxide
Derivatives MEG
etc.
Polyethylene
Polymners
Acrylic Acid &
derivatives
Super Absorbent
Polymer
0.00014
-
1.314
0.471
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
n-Butyl Acrylate
13.
14.
15.
N-Butraldehyde
n-Butanol
2-EthylHexanol
16.
17.
18.
19.
Hydrogen Peroxide
H2O2
Poly Propylene
Rubber Projects
20.
Maleic Anhydride
21.
22.
Mono Nitro Benzene

Aniline
23.
Phosgene
24.
Methylene Di Anililne
NOx
(TPH)
0.012
0.00036
0.03
Liquid
Effluent
Solid
Waste
Other Emissions
(M /hr)
150
VOC&CO - < 150

mg/Nm3
NMHC - < 150 mg/Nm3
25
0.37
MMTPA
Catalyst
50
75
None
None
NMHC - < 150 mg/Nm3

NMHC - < 150 mg/Nm3
100
140
400
None
Catalyst
Coke
VOC & Stripper Vent 0.04 Kg/hr

CO - 0.44 kg/hr
193
Catalyst
80
50
Column
residue
Catalyst
300
None
75
Catalyst
60
75
75
Catalyst
Catalyst
Catalyst
90
Catalyst
150
None
20
300
None
1500
TPA
10
10
300
Spent
Catalyst
None
Catalyst
100
Activated
Carbon
Catalyst
Salt
0.011
Purge Gases sent to
incinerator
Acrylic acid vapours
removed with scrubber
attached to process stack
Emissions from process
vent - < 150 &
Incinerator
NMHC - < 150 mg/Nm3
Purge gases Flared
NMHC - < 150 mg/Nm3
NMHC - < 150 mg/Nm3
and Flare
Purge Gases sent to
incinerator
Process Flare
Butadiene - 5 mg/Nm3
Styrene - 100 mg/Nm3
3
NMHC 150 mg/Nm
Particulates 25 mg/Nm3 &
Fuel gas to fuel pool
3
Benzene < 5 mg/Nm
H2 blend stream after H2
Separation & Incinerator
Stack exhaust < 1
mg/Nm3
5.41
Sr.
No.
Plant
Air Emissions
SO2
(TPH)
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Methylene Diphenyl
Diisocyanate
Styrene
Paraxylene &
Orthoxylene
Putrefied Teraphthalic
Acid
NOx
(TPH)
0.001
0.004
0.045
0.127
0.008
0.001
Liquid
Effluent
Solid
Waste
Other Emissions
(M /hr)
MDI/TDI - < 0.1 mg/Nm3

Particulate < 25 mg/Nm3
Styrene - 100 mg/Nm3
Benzene 5 mg/Nm3
Aromatics/Xylene/toluene
- <100 mg/Nm3
85
None
125
1100
TPA
2900
TPA
Pretreatment
sludge
Spent
Pellets
Spent
Yarn
None
150
510
30.
Polyethylene Teraphthalic (PET)

Polyester Complex
125
0.075
0.031
31.
Carbon Black
0.099
0.026
32.
0.0008
0.036
300
33.
Lube Oil Refinery

Complex
Captive Power Plant
0.678
2.59
34.
JERP
0.456
0.47
Recycled
water
1200
100
Carbon Black 18
3
mg/Nm
5.42
315
Eq.
Catalyst
None
Eq.
Catalyst
Table 5.12
Water Requirement & Effluent generation for the Units in the Complex
Sr.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Unit
Pet Coke Gasification
Methanol
Acetic Acid
Poly Vinyl Acetate
Poly vinyl Alcohol
Ethylene oxide derivatives
Poly ethylene Polymers
Acrylic Acid and Derivatves
SAP
n- Butyl Acrylates
n-butaraldehyde
n-butanol
2- Ethyl Hexanol
Hydrogen Peroxide
Poly Propylene
Rubber Projects
Maleic Anhydride
Mono Nitro Benzene
Aniline
Methylene Diphenyl
Diisocynate
Styrene
Paraxylene and Ortho Xylene
PTA
PET
Polyster Complex
Carbon Black
Lube Oil Refinery Complex
RPL Refinery
Water Requirment
in TPH
250
2
2
2
4
100
425
250
150
115
325
5
3
3
2
5
200
50
400
40
50
400
5
Liquid Effluent in
TPH
150
25
50
75
100
140
400
193
80
50
300
75
60
75
75
90
150
20
300
10
10
300
100
100
250
280
600
200
180
100
500
2000
85
125
150
510
125
100
315
300
1200
1400
6600
14998
5738
Domestic Consumption / Fire

Water Make-Up
CT Make-up
Total Water Requirment
5.43
hapter

The refinery and the petrochemical Special Economic Zone (SEZ), is located near the
existing refinery at Jamnagar and at a distance of 28 kms west from Jamnagar in Gujarat State
of India. The baseline data for various components of environment i.e. air, noise, water, land,
biological and socio-economic aspects has been collected, and the impacts have been
predicted and evaluated due to the proposed SEZ on the various environmental components
The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) provides an essential link between
predicted impacts and mitigation measures during implementation and operational activities.
EMP outlines the mitigation, monitoring and institutional measures to be taken during project
design, implementation and operation to avoid or mitigate adverse environmental impacts, and
the actions needed to implement these measures.
The EMP prepared is in line with the guidelines prescribed by the MOEF / CPCB.
RIL group has got a strong, consistent and committed corporate policy in the Environmental
management in all the complexes. The Environmental parameters are internalized into the
project planning, design, procurement, constructional and operational aspects. The RIL group
as accorded several prestigious environmental management awards for their complexes by
national and international agencies.
The design module for the environmental protection for the
process, design,
engineering, procurement and construction will be a set of specific project environmental

specifications for the project planning.
The C1 to C8 petroleum and petrochemical complex the technology providers,
licensors, vendors, EPC contractors and possible JV partners will be instructed to follow and
6.1
implement the project specific project environmental specifications. These are being developed
and will incorporate the applicable standards of Govt of India, State government and pollution
control boards. The IFC /WB standards and the stipulations of environmental stipulations will
also be integrated into the design.
The Environment Management Plan as follows:
Delineation of mitigation measures for all the identified significant impacts
Delineation of the unmitigated measures
Physical planning including work programme and locations for putting mitigation
systems in place
Delineation of financial plan for implementing the mitigation measures in the form of
budgetary estimates.
The likely impacts on various components of environment due to the project during
developmental activities have been identified and measures for their mitigation are suggested.
Reliance SEZ Jamnagar envisages the following major activities:
Production of petroleum products such as clean fuels to meet the latest national
and international standards
Production of downstream petrochemical products C1-C8 based units, Carbon

Black and Lube Oil Cum Refinery Complex.
Captive power plant, Desalination Plant, Utilities and infrastructure
The EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential
biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each aspect, or operation,
which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures
Parameters that should be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the

action
Timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation
are fully met
The EMP comprises of a series of components covering direct mitigation plan and
environmental monitoring for air, water, noise etc., an outline on the waste management plan.
The environmental management plan has been prepared for each of the above developmental
activities. M/s Reliance Infrastructure Limited would use the EMP described in the following
sections to develop the standard operating procedures for the SEZ and units therein.
6.2
6.1
EMP during Construction Phase
6.1.1
Site Preparation
Environmental pollution during construction stage will be limited and for temporary
period during the activity.

Directly or indirectly all the environmental components get affected due to construction
activity. The following environmental protection and enhancement measures are suggested for
implementation by the contractor or the project proponent during the construction activities as
applicable.
6.1.2
Air Environment
During the construction phase, the fugitive and gaseous emissions are expected from
the heavy machineries deployed during the construction phase. All the other emission sources
are intermittent and include emissions from materials transport from heavy vehicles. The
gaseous emissions are expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality. However,
some generic measures should be taken to reduce fugitive and gaseous pollutants emissions
during the construction phase, which are as follows:
The storage and handling of soil, sub-soils, top-soils and materials should be
carefully managed to minimize the risk of wind blown material and dust
Those sections of the working area that are being trafficked over should be
damped by controlled application of water sprays (e.g. by water dowsers) as
conditions dictate.
Vehicles or equipment should be checked for pollutant emissions against

stipulated norms.
Transport vehicles and construction machinery should be properly maintained so

as keep air emissions in check. Emphasis should be made on EURO II engines
Idle running
of vehicles should be minimized during transport and handling
activities
Engines and exhaust systems of all vehicle and equipment should be maintained
so that exhaust emissions do not breach statutory limits (set for that
vehicle/equipment type and mode of operation by CPCB), and that all vehicles
and equipment are maintained in accordance with manufacturers guidelines.
Exhausts of other equipment used for construction (e.g. generators) if any will be
positioned at a sufficient height to ensure dispersal of exhaust emissions and
6.3
meet the standards set by CPCB.
Construction material transport to the site should be properly covered to avoid

fugitive emissions.
Regulate vehicle speed to a maximum limit of 40 km/hr within the premises
Periodic maintenance of vehicle
Ensure use of good fuel for vehicle. Gas powered or low sulphur diesel and
unleaded petrol in conventional vehicles should be used within the project area
Well maintained construction equipments preferably those with lesser emissions

should be preferred.
During the short period of the site clearing mechanical shovels and earthmovers
should be used for site clearance, cutting and filling and other site leveling
activities. The site clearance activities could generate dust emissions, which can
affect the ambient air quality. The site should be sprayed / sprinkled with water to
suppress the dust emissions. The areas where the soils contain large quantities
of fine sand, which has a tendency to blow in dry conditions. The Contractor
should be made responsible for ensuring that particular attention is paid towards
dust suppression.
A greenbelt should be initiated along the boundary of the project site for
improvement of ambient air quality as suggested in the Section 6.2.5 of this
Chapter. Past experience for the development of greenbelt by Reliance could
also be utilized.
Loading/unloading and storage areas should be paved to reduce dust emissions.

All main roads (internal and external) to be used by the project authorities should
be made pucca (either with WBM, concrete or bitumen) to suppress the dust
generation along the roads.
Personnel Protection Equipment (PPE) should be provided to construction

workers. Dust masks should be provided to construction workers, while carrying
out operations that may entail potential for dust inhalation.
The construction laborers should be prohibited to use the vegetation for fuel
wood.
6.4
6.1.3
Noise Environment
The following measures are recommended to mitigate adverse environment during
construction phase:
Onsite workers should be provided with noise protection device muffs wherever
necessary.
Construction activities should be so co-ordinated such that the noise levels

should not exceed the ambient noise levels prescribed by CPCB.
Engines of all the rotating parts, machineries, vehicles should be thoroughly

maintained (e.g. oiling & greasing of all the moving parts)
Earth movers and construction machinery with low noise levels should be used.
Periodic maintenance of construction machinery and vehicles should be

undertaken. Good condition and new machineries should be preferred.
Green belt should be developed during the construction phase for attenuation of
noise, noise levels in the vicinity of the heavy construction equipment will be high
due to the running of heavy machines and compressors.

necessary. Either Acoustic barriers / shelter should be developed in noisy
workplaces or acoustic enclosures should be provided for the high noise
generating equipment.
Use of DG sets should be enclosed type and should conform to the EP rules
prescribed for air and noise emission.
6.1.4
Water Environment
Measures for Supply of Water
The region being water scarce, the project proponent should not extract water
from any water bodies (surface or groundwater) for the construction phase of
the project. No existing resources fresh water sources (surface/groundwater)
which are currently being used by the villagers for the purpose of obtaining
drinking water for irrigation or other purposes should be tapped into. The water
shall be supplied from the existing water resources of the adjacent Reliance
refinery complex for construction purpose.
Adequate drinking water of potable quality facilities during the construction

phase should be provided to the contractors. This should be met from the
6.5
refinery resources to the construction sites.

Mitigation Measures for Prevention of Water Pollution
The only two credible sources of potential impacts arise from uncontrolled
runoffs from the labour camps and accidental spills of oil etc. into surface and
ground water bodies. The selected contractor should be obligated to follow the
procedures so as not to pollute groundwater.
Sufficient and appropriate sanitary facilities should be provided in order to

maintain hygienic conditions in the labour camps. Adequate precautions should
be undertaken so as to avoid sewage into any water body, Sasoi tank in
particular. Developmental activities should be in line with the local hydrological
pattern.
Area for maintenance of vehicles should be so located that contamination of

Surface water (Sasoi tank) by accidental spillage of oil can be prevented.
These measures will adequately mitigate the possibility of any negative impacts
during construction on terrestrial water quality. The wastes, such as, sanitary
wastes should be treated in sewage treatment plant of appropriate size and
technology existing facilities available in refinery premises should be extended
to construction workers.
The sludge generated should be collected and disposed in an appropriate

manner either at a landfill site or used as compost for horticultural uses.
The workshop areas should be used for the maintenance of vehicles and
construction machineries so as to avoid accidental spills of oil/oily wastes.
Drains and detention basins should be provided to stabilize slopes and collect
run off/sediments
Storm water management including erosion control and sedimentation measures

at the site should be controlled by erosion control methods (Ponds) for the
construction phase of the project.
The storm water drainage system should be designed to be commensurate with

the local hydrological pattern of the area.
The area being devoid of major
rainfall has limited scope for major flows. However, the storm water drains will
be culminated in the storm water ponds that should collect the water for reuse.
Any excess flow in the ponds will be drained as per the natural hydrological
pattern of the area. The storm water ponds should also act as retention ponds
for sediment transport and erosion control
6.6
As stated above, the area is mostly even and will not involve major cutting and
filling.
The site grading should not create any open slopes or dips in the
topography that will require slope stabilization. The various storm water ponds
etc should be created with the requisite slope stabilization and stone pitching on
the sides to retain design volumes of storage and collection. The slope
stabilization of storm water pond should also arrest any carrying in or erosion of
banks.
6.1.5
Land Environment
Workers engaged during construction phase should preferably be provided with

temporary housing facilities at planned labor colonies located nearer to project
site. Haphazard growth of labor camps should be avoided. The labor camps
shall be provided with all the essential facilities.
Labour camps should not disturb local environment.
On completion of construction works all temporary structures, surplus materials

and wastes should be completely removed to avoid future land use
incompatibility. Dumping of construction waste should be prohibited on land
covered by natural vegetation and stockpiles should be provided with gentle
slopes.
The land acquired for the SEZ project is a barren (arid) land, should be
compatible with the surrounding landuse.
Minimum vegetation should be cleared for the construction activities.
The solid wastes such as paints, lubricants, oil, diesel containers or any other
non-biodegradable wastes that have leaching characteristics should be
disposed as per the Authorization received from GPCB.
The nutrient content of topsoil should be recovered from different areas during
site grading, prior to construction activities, the topsoil should be placed in the
areas where the greenbelt is earmarked for development. If there is any excess
topsoil, the same should be handled, stored and piled (max. 3 m height) in
demarcated storage area. The storage area should be regularly sprinkled with
water to minimize the risk of dust being blown by the wind.
Stock piles should not be located in the storm water flows.
The project location is in an arid barren area, which is devoid of any dense
vegetation. Sparse vegetation in terms of bushes and shrubs are seen on the
6.7
site. These should be cleared, mulched and used in preparation of compost

material to be utilized for land application in green belt area.
The area is mostly even and hence will not involve major cutting and filling.
During the site preparation work, the soil from the higher gradient should be
utilized to level the areas with lower gradient. Since the overall area is relatively
flat, the amount of cutting and filling would be well balanced
Construction Waste Management
Segregation of waste material should be based on the reusability and recycling

potential. Reuse and recycling opportunities shall be systematically investigated.
Management should ensure that the infrastructure for recycling of construction

and demolition materials is in place and operating at the beginning of the
project. On-site system should be set-up to collect and sort waste for recycling,
or for reuse, and monitor the system consistently throughout all phases of
construction.
Materials and products should be selected with minimal or no packaging, if

possible.
Construction debris from the site and any construction debris in the site areas
associated with the projects will be removed on a regular basis by the
contractor.
Workers should be educated on waste prevention goals and the proper handling
and storage of materials.
Separation at source should be implemented e.g. by designating a separate

waste disposal area where different types of waste can be brought separated
and stored temporarily prior to disposal.
The solid waste generated should be collected and disposed in an appropriate

manner either at a landfill site or used as compost for land application. The
existing workshop areas should be used for the maintenance of vehicles and
construction machineries so as to avoid accidental spills of oil/oily wastes. Area
for maintenance of vehicles should be so located that contamination of
groundwater by accidental spillage of oil can be prevented
6.1.6
The region does not have dense vegetation and landuse suggests agricultural
activities in certain areas, which crops for only one season i.e. during the monsoon season.
The following measures are recommended to mitigate adverse impacts on biological activities
during construction phase:
6.8
There should be minimal removal of vegetation and felling of trees.
Revegetation should commence at the time when site clearing is being

undertaken.
Reliance should continue with its afforestation programme to replace any

vegetation removed during construction.
A greenbelt of appropriate width should be developed in and around the

proposed SEZ.
6.1.7
The related developments like construction camps should not be dependent on

local resources (power, water), during both construction and operations phase,
the only likely impact on infrastructure would be on the roads, especially SH 25
during the construction phase. However, considering the low traffic emanating
during construction phase, effective traffic management should not pose any
problem. A traffic management scheme should be developed to avoid
congestion on the nearby and local roads.
It is estimated that about 50,000 construction workers on average will be

involved for a period of 2-3 years. The total employment during the construction
phase will be about 24 lakh man months (both skilled and non-skilled
employment). The manpower required for these activities should preferably be
employed from nearby villages so that avenues of employment will be open to
local people.
When necessary, it is recommended that the local communities should be

engaged in an on-going dialogue during construction period, with an objective to
build and maintain a good relationship with the project proponent and
contracting companies.
As an efficient tool for maintaining these good relationships, it is recommended

that a grievance mechanism should be operational during the construction
period. The mechanism aims at receiving and facilitating resolution of the
affected communities concerns and grievances related to the risks and
nuisances created by the project. The efforts should be commensurate to the
potential impacts of the project, ranging from designating a community liaison
officer for maintaining a formal grievance register.
6.9
Health and Safety
The movement of heavy equipment should be done with proper precaution to

prevent any accidents on the road.
Occupational risk should be minimized at the project site through safety

measures. Movement of vehicles with 40 km/hr imposed speed limits on village
roads should reduce risks of accidents or injuries.
Safety training should be provided to all construction workers on operation of

equipment. Security should also be extended during non-working hours to
ensure there is no uncontrolled access to the machinery and equipment.
The contractors should also be vigilant to detect workers showing symptoms of

communicable diseases. All illness and incidents should be reported and
recorded.
6.1.8
Energy and Water Use
Existing Captive Power Plant (CPP) in the adjacent Reliance refinery complex
could meet the power requirement for the construction phase, wherever feasible.
The source of potable and construction water for expansion project during
construction should be met by the Desalination units in the existing refinery and
storm water collected in the ponds.
The contractors should be encouraged to conserve the water during the

construction
The lights should be turned off when work is at a halt. Security lighting can run
on motions sensors.
Using of natural material in possible areas that require a low-level of processing,

there by reducing energy use and pollution. (Stone, brick Clay tile)
6.2
Environmental Management Plan during Operational Phase

In order to mitigate the impacts due to operation of refinery, power plant and
petrochemical complex on various environmental components, the following measures are

recommended;
6.10
6.2.1
Air Environment
The impact on air quality due to emissions from multiple sources during the continuous
operations has been assessed by use of mathematical models.

The incremental predicted GLCs of major air pollutants viz., SO2 and NOx due to the
proposed SEZ developmental activities over the baseline air quality are within stipulated
standards of CPCB for industrial regions, i.e. 120 g/m3. However, measures proposed for
mitigating impacts on ambient air quality during the project operations include the following:
Best Available Control Technology (BACT) should be installed at individual

emission sources to minimize the air pollutant emissions.
Regular record on sulphur emission should be maintained at SEZ units as part of

the environmental data records.
Off gases from proposed units should also be treated in amine absorption units
and regeneration unit meant for H2S removal as already in practice for
desulphurization of off gases (fuel gas) in existing Reliance refinery.
Performance evaluation of Sulfur Recovery Units with Tail Gas Treatment Units
should be done on regular basis (at scheduled intervals) through monitoring off
gas flow rate.
In case of any failure in sulfur recovery units appropriate steps should be taken to
match the generation with SRU feed
FCCU
should
have
particulate
control
systems
such
as
Electrostatic
Precipitators/cyclones/wet scrubbers.
The measures to reduce the SO2 in furnaces, boilers, gas turbines is by

quantifying the contribution of various sources in order to determine the main
source, increase in the energy efficiency of the plant, heat recovery, vapor
management and change of combustibles.
All the combustion units should be maintained properly at optimum efficiency.
All fuel combustion units should be operated with minimum excess air so that fuel
consumption is optimized and emission of NOx is minimized. Low NOx burners
should be implemented in all combustion units of proposed units in SEZ.
Energy conservation projects/schemes to result into reduction in quantity of fuel

should be implemented.
Port holes and sampling facilities should be provided at proper location for all the
6.11
stacks coming up in the SEZ for monitoring of flue gas velocity and flue gas
temperature and also for checking concentration of different pollutants at regular
intervals.
The SEZ complex should comply with proposed emission standards of CPCB for
stacks located in the SEZ complex.
Ambient air quality with respect to SPM, SO2, NOx, H2S and CO monitoring shall
be done at minimum 4 locations around the SEZ complex. The monitoring
stations should be set up in consultation with the GPCB.
A digital weather station for monitoring wind speed, direction, temperature,

relative humidity and rainfall with automatic data logging and analysis facility
should be installed at the SEZ complex. The same should be operated
continuously for maintaining micrometeorological data record at SEZ site.
Emission from DG stacks, if used should be comply with the emission standards
stipulated by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and GPCB.
Continuous sources of emissions should be installed with stacks having sufficient

height (CPCB norms) to ensure adequate dispersal of pollutants. Further,
pollution control systems such as low NOx burners and low sulphur fuel should be
used.
Gas powered or low sulphur diesel and unleaded petrol in conventional vehicles
should be used within the project area and for product evacuation.
Waste oil should be sold to MoEF /GPCB authorized waste oil recyclers
Proposed Incinerator design and emissions should be as per the Guidelines of

CPCB as given in details later in the Section 6.2.4.2 of this Chapter.
Idling of vehicles should also be minimized during transport and handling

activities
Loading/unloading and storage areas should be paved to reduce dust emissions
All access roads (internal as well external) to be used by the project authorities
should be made pucca (either with WBM, concrete or bitumen) to suppress the
dust generation along the roads
To control fugitive emissions of VOCs in the SEZ complex, following steps should be
taken along with the requirements / conditions notified by MoEF for oil refineries and
petrochemicals shall be followed:
6.12
Provision of internal floating roof tanks with flexible double seal for MS and
intermediate products.
Provision of mechanical seals in pumps
Regular inspection of floating roof seals and proper maintenance of floating roof
seals for proposed storage tanks
Preventive maintenance of valves and other equipment
Regular skimming of oil from separators/equalization basin in ETP.
Fugitive VOC emissions should be assessed and minimized whenever possible

(vapor recovery systems, joints, pumps, fittings etc.). They shall also be
monitored at regular intervals
Fugitive emissions should be controlled through proper maintainance
It would be a best practice to avoid burning in flaring stacks and to recover these
gases whenever feasible.
Use of high grade gasket material for packing, provision of motor operated valves
for critical services such as high vapour pressure components and chemicals
Fuel leaks should be prevented from on land equipment. Further implementation

of Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) programme using a portable VOC
detection instrument should be done on distribution lines and tanks.
Inventory of odorous compounds should be maintained and release of such

compounds should be prevented.
The following guidelines should be adopted for the units to be developed in the SEZ
Complex:
Each plant may prepare a component inventory as per the data reporting formats
All leaking equipment may be marked by weatherproof identification till repaired
Pumps:
Visual inspection should be done every week.
Changeover to spare pump immediately and repair leaks should be attended to

immediately. During the repairs care should be taken to avoid water and soil
contamination.
Sensors should be provided to detect seal system / barrier fluid leaks and should
be fitted with an alarm.
Compressors:
Every compressor in VOC service should be equipped with seal & barrier fluid
system to prevent leak to atmosphere.
6.13
Barrier fluid system should be as under:

- vent/ control system/ fuel systems or back to process
- sensors should be provided to detect seal system / barrier fluid leaks and
should be fitted with an alarm.
Switch over to leak less / low leak type within next three years.
The leakages should be attended to immediately
Compressors having dry sealing systems & having closed vent exhausting
vapour from drive shaft seal to control system may be exempted from monitoring.
Pressure Relief Devices:
Pressure Relief Devices in gas / VOC service should be operated below leak
threshold except during pressure release
Monitoring for confirmation within 5 days of pressure release
Pressure Relief Devices routed to process / fuel gas system or closed vent
system should be exempted from monitoring.
Pressure Relief devices with upstream rupture disc are exempted from LDAR
After pressure release, rupture disc should be reinstalled as soon as possible
Sampling Connection Systems:
Sampling connection system in VOC service should be equipped with closed

purge / closed loop / closed vent system, then gases displaced during filling need
not be collected
Closed purge/closed loop/ closed vent system should return purged fluid back to
system
Collect & recycle the purged fluid to process direct or transfer purged fluid to
control device
In-situ sampling systems & sampling without purge are exempted from LDAR
monitoring requirement
Open Ended Valves or Lines:
Each open ended valve or line in VOC service should be equipped with a cap /
blind flange / plug or second shut off valve
Each line equipped with a second valve should be operated so that valve on
process side is closed before closing the shut-off valve.
Open-ended lines designed to open automatically in emergency shutdown

system should excluded from LDAR
6.14
Open-ended lines or valves containing materials which will pose serious

explosion, over-pressure or other safety hazard if capped, should be excluded
from LDAR
Valves:
Completely closed valves (e.g. bellow seal valves having no external shaft
penetrating valve body) are exempted from monitoring provisions.
Wherever possible, low leakage valves such as non-rising stem/ diaphragm

valves with tight sealing system (e.g. metal fabric gasket) may be used.
Repair to a leaking component should be attended immediately. Conduct

monitoring immediately after leak repair as confirmation for satisfactory repair.
Up to 5% valves may be designated inaccessible & may be exempted from

monitoring requirements.
Flanges/Connectors:
Flanges in organic HAP service should be provided with high quality packing e.g.
metal fabric/graff-oil having low leakage values
Existing Plants should replace flanges in VOC service with high quality packing
Up to 5% flanges/connectors maybe declared as inaccessible & maybe

exempted from monitoring requirements.
The repair of a leaking flange should be attended immediately. Monitoring should

be conducted immediately after leak repair as confirmation for satisfactory repair.
Delay of Repair:
Conditions under which delay in repair is permissible:

- Repair not feasible without plant shutdown
- If existing seal system are to be changed with better/low leakage
system
requiring change is equipment assemble (e.g. single mechanical seal on

pump to be replaced by dual mechanical seal or with a closed vent &
control system or change of valve assembly)
Measures for control of phosgene and Safe Management

Phosgene is a transient intermediate in the manufacturing of Methylene Diphenyl
Diisocyanate (MDA) & Toluene Diphenyl Isocyanate (TDI). The Phosgene Panel under the
American Chemistry Council has delineated the Safe Management Measures for phosgene.
The extract of the above refereed document is attached as Annexure IX. The most suitable
measures for our plant will be selected from those suggested by Phosgene Panel under the
American Chemistry Council based on the configuration and size of the equipments. These will
be selected during the detailed engineering stage through HAZOP & Risk Analysis studies.
6.15
Further, these designs and safety measures will be reviewed by the experts in this field.
Online monitoring of phosgene from the absorber and sensitive detectors would be
installed for detection of phosgene.
6.2.2
Noise Environment
The design of the project should be such that the sound pressure level in the work
area will not exceed 90 dBA. Restricted areas should be those locations where it is not
reasonably practicable to reduce the noise level below the work area limit, Wherever
practicable, attempts should be made to reduce the noise level below 85 dB(A). The equipment
should be chosen in such a way that the above noise limit is not exceeded. The noise levels at
the nearest habitation should be less than the stipulated standards of CPCB. However, as a
good operational procedure, the following generic measures should be implemented in addition
to the existing green belt:
Similar measures as proposed in the construction phase for noise making

machinery, to ensure practicably low noise levels within the work environment.
Specification for procuring major noise generating machines/ equipments should

include built in design requirements to have minimum noise levels meeting
CPCB/MOEF requirements. The monitored noise levels at sensitive locations
should be taken to ensure that the impact due to high noise levels is practically
minimized.
Monitor job and location specific noise levels for compliance with HSE
regulations by verifying acceptability of noise levels caused by the project
activities and comparison with noise criteria
Conduct periodic audiometric tests for employees working close to high noise
levels, such as compressors, DG sets, the loading, unloading sections etc.
Provision of PPEs should be done and their proper usage should be ensured for
eardrum protection of the workers as well as visitors
It should be ensured that low noise (generating) equipment are procured

wherever feasible

necessary
Sound proofing /glass paneling should be provided at critical operating stations,

and control rooms
6.16
Either Acoustic barriers / shelter should be developed in noisy workplaces or

acoustic enclosures should be provided for the high noise generating equipment
Noise generating sources in the plant areas should be monitored regularly.

Monitoring of ambient noise levels should also be carried out regularly both
inside the refinery area as well as outside the greenbelt.
6.2.3
Water Environment
Since fresh water is a scarce resource in the area, only seawater should be used
for proposed expansion project. Desalination units should be installed to meet
the water requirement of SEZ units. The impact on the ground water/saline
intrusion if any should be monitored through the existing network of monitoring
wells and piezometers.
An effluent treatment plant based on the raw wastewater quality and required
treated wastewater quality should be designed. However the effluent standards
should be well within the prescribed limits of GPCB & CPCB. The performance of
ETP should be continuously monitored and any deviation in performance should
be corrected on priority
Reduction in water requirements should be achieved by implementation of closed

circuits within the petroleum and petrochemical complex.
Use of desalinated water as service water should be minimized
Reuse of effluent should be attempted
Recycle of pump gland cooling water should be undertaken
Condensate recovery should be maximized
Treated effluent should be used for hydrotesting of vessels/tanks/pipelines

instead of desalinated water. Treated effluent should also be used for cleaning of
columns/vessels during turnaround
Holding ponds should be provided so that bio-systems of wastewater treatment

system should be prevented against shock load
Dosing of chlorine or biocides as part of advanced cooling water treatment in the

cooling water system should be done to take care of biological growth
The detailed record of raw water intake at refinery (for processes, CT makeup,
fire water, green belt development and sanitary and drinking purpose) as well as
township complex and wastewater generation from different sources should be
6.17
maintained on daily/regular basis w.r.t. flow rates and characteristics. These

details should be useful in preparing comprehensive water balance at project site
and also for identification and implementation of reuse/recycle practice of treated
effluent at project site leading to mitigation of effluent discharges.
Water flow measurement facilities (metering) should be provided at inlet and

outlets of major process units, which should help in minimizing wastage,
conserving the water as well as maximizing the recycle/reuse of treated effluent
Regular monitoring of effluent from different treatment units and also combined
final discharge of treated wastewater including outlet of STP at township is
recommended. Performance evaluation of effluent treatment plant as well as
sewage treatment plant should be undertaken at regular intervals for all relevant
parameters covered under this study
Use of polishing lagoon pond for aquaculture should be explored, where bioassay tests could be conducted at regular intervals
The effluents discharged into the sea should be done through the multipore
diffuser system designed by the National Institute of Oceanography (NIO). The
location of discharge should also be identified by NIO. The diffuser system shall
discharge the wastewater generated by the refinery, power plant and the
petrochemical units.
The effluents discharged into the surface water or the natural environment, their
physicochemical characteristics after any treatment should comply with the
maximum levels defined by the CPCB.
Regular monitoring of the discharge of the main pollutants is required to ensure

that the regulatory maximum levels are complies with. Periodic measurements of
the pollutants in the natural environment is considered best practice.
6.2.3.1 Sewerage Management Plan

Following a modular phased development concept in the SEZ, sewerage system
should comprise of an integrated sub-system; each catering to a self-contained park/hub,
collection system of pipe network, lifting stations (LS), terminal sewage pumping stations
(TSPS), sewage treatment plants (STP) and tertiary treatment plant (TTP) before recycling for
non-domestic & industrial usages. The whole SEZ territory should be divided into different
sewerage catchment zones. Each zone shall be serviced by one sewage treatment plant
(STP). Lifting stations should be provided for STPs in order to reduce depth of manholes.
Where necessary, the sewage should be pumped through rising mains to traverse higher
6.18
ground and then flow into the gravity sewer.

Considering the ease of operation and maintenance, power requirement, size of unit,
any one of two processes namely UASB or FAB technology may be appropriate for the SEZ
area. FAB technology requires very less land, which is a precious item in SEZ area; hence, it is
proposed that for secondary treatment of sewage FAB technology (Fluidized Aerobic
Bioreactor) may be used. FAB (Fluidized Aerobic Bioreactor) is a biological treatment process
employing fluidized bed bioreactors operating at elevated pressures, followed by a dissolved air
flotation (DAF) clarifier, which removes suspended solids from the effluent. The DAF unit
produces a clear effluent suitable for direct discharge or further polishing, for example, by
conventional sand filter or membrane filtration, to yield a final effluent of very high quality.
However another alternative, is establishing a Sewage Treatment Plant of high
efficiency aerobic treatment schemes based on extended aeration system using fine bubble
diffused aeration are proposed. These plants are compact, odor free and have an energy
efficient process. STP shall generate water of high quality, suitable for use as process water for
industries / warehouses /transportation / horticulture etc.
6.2.3.2 Drainage
A gridiron patterned integrated Drainage system with the sewerage system, to cater
the surface run off within the SEZ area should be designed by gravity flow. The storm water
discharge points in the form of holding ponds with overflow weirs designed to ensure that
excess water, in extreme circumstances should flow out in a controlled manner. These ponds
shall act as flood retention as well as surface water storage.
The U-drain system should be constructed of reinforced concrete for the surface run
off collection for reasons of easy maintenance and durability. These should be placed along
with the main roads. The entire storm water drainage system should be developed according to
the layout plan of the area showing industries, roads, residential localities, etc. once the
tentative layout is approved. Separate storm water drainage system should be provided to
ensure that there is a quick disposal of storm water so that there is no disruption in normal
activities.
Type of Drains
The SEZ should have drainage along the four types of roads, viz. local street, collector
street, sub-arterial and arterial as drainage is very essential to avoid any water logging which
may result in disruption of normal activities in the area. The surface water should be diverted to
the drain by bell mouth inlet points or gullies.
Drains are to be designed as per design peak discharge governed by the topography
6.19
of the area, duration, amount and frequency of rainfall (with 10 and 25 years return period),
nature of soil, land use, etc.
Size of the main, trunk, branch and lateral drains should be designed according to the
respective area of catchments and design rainfall intensity, as per IRC:50 and CWC flood
estimation report.
6.2.3.3 Wastewater treatment plant

The treatment plant should be designed on the following philosophy
To treat and recycle the effluents from one process to another and also the
domestic effluent
To ensure that the treated effluent is within the stipulated standards or statutory
norms of GPCB and CPCB/MOEF.
Stream wise treatment of wastewater
To reduce the load on the secondary treatment units
Glycols effluent pre treatment unit

Process effluent like glycol should be kept separately from the other streams because of
high BOD/COD. This is due to the presence of glycol in the effluent, which is biodegradable.
The effluent from MEG plant is received in to equalisation tank and fed equally on the media of
bio tower by rotary distributors. On the surface of the PVC media slime growth takes place and
the outlet of the clarifier is taken to the clarifier for the removal of bio sludge. The overflow from
the clarifier is taken to the waste recirculation, from where part of the effluent is recycle back to
the system and rest is being taken to the equalistion tank II.
Effluent management of mono, di and tri-ethylene glycols
The MEG / DEG / TEG effluent mainly contain corresponding glycols as pollutant. These are
very easily biodegradable. This glycol effluent will be pretreated in a biological pretreatment unit
to reduce the biodegradable load on the central ETP. The details of the pretreatment are given
below.
The effluent from the MEG / DEG / TEG plants will be received in an equalization tank after
primary treatment.
The requisite nutrients for bacterial metabolism will be added in the
equalization pond and the effluent will be fed to the bio-tower. Bio-tower will be filled with PVC
media. On the surface of the PVC media slime growth will take place. A rotor distribution arm
will be provided on the top of bio-tower to ensure equal distribution of effluent on the PVC
packing media surface. Outlet of the bio-tower is taken to the clarifier for the removal of bio
sludge from the effluent. Clarifier effluent will then be routed to the Central ETP for further
6.20
treatment with the other effluent streams.

In the MEG / DEG / TEG plant there will be many pumps, which will be handling organic
chemicals like Ethylene Oxide, MEG, DEG, TEG and Poly Glycols. During the maintenance
activity these pumps will be decommissioned. During the decommissioning, contents of pumps
/ suction lines will be drained to separate underground collection pits. These underground pits
will be strategically located at various places in the Glycols Plant.
Instead of diverting the content of the underground pits to the ETP, the content of the
underground pits will be diverted to a Glycol Slop Tank from where the glycols will be sent to
the pretreatment for reprocessing. This system will reduce the organic load on the effluent
treatment plant. During the distillation, MEG, DEG & TEG are obtained and the residual glycols
are left behind which are usually incinerated in an incinerator. However, there is a potential
market for selling this glycol residue, thereby minimizing the generation of waste for disposal.
Since this waste can be treated as a product for sale, the emissions contribution from the usual
incineration of residual glycol will also be less.
The block flow diagram of the Glycol Effluent pre-treatment unit is shown in Fig 6.4.
PTA Effluent
The concentration of the PTA effluent is very high as it contains organic compounds and
acetic acid. The effluent from the PTA is received in to clarifloculator with the aid of polyelectrolyte, where suspended solids are being removed. The overflow of the clarifloculator is fed
to the anaerobic digester running either parallel or series. These digesters are combination of
up flow sludge blanket and up flow anaerobic filter. The over flow from the digester is taken to
the equalisation tank II.
Details of Effluent Characteristics of PFY unit and Effluent treatment

This effluent does not require any separate pre-treatment and will be pumped directly from
collection sump to the central ETP for treatment with other effluent streams. The schematic flow
diagram of proposed Central Effluent Treatment Plant is shown in fig. 6.1 of the EIA report.
Similar practice is already being followed for PFY effluent at one of our petrochemical complex
located at Hazira, Gujarat.The Effluent characteristic of Polyester filament yarn unit is enclosed
as Table 6.4.
Effluent Treatment Plant
The composite effluent from the rest of the plants mainly consist of oil, grease, organic
matter and suspended solids which should be treated in effluent treatment plant consisting of
6.21
primary, secondary and tertiary facilities.

The primary treatment facilities consist of TPI (Tilted plate inceptor pit) for removal of
free oil, equalisation tank and pH Adjustment tank for pH correction, Flocculator followed by
Dissolved Air Flotation Unit (DAF) for removal of emulsified oils
The secondary treatment is a combination of the attached growth and suspended
growth system consisting of Equalisation tank, Bio tower and Aeration tank and Secondary
clarifier followed by Guard pond and polisher
The tertiary treatment facility consists of clarified water sump, Rapid sand filter and
Activated carbon filter.
The air is continuously blown from the bottom of the tank so that effluent mixed
properly in the tank, due to flowing of air in upward direction it will carry the free oil to the
surface, is taken to the slop oil tank via slop oil sump. There is a provision to removal of water
from the tank. The equalized effluent should be further treated in Dissolved Air Flotation (DAF)
tank for removal of emulsified oils and suspended solids. The oil and scum from the surface
should be removed with the help of mechanical skimmer. The scum and oil should then be
taken to the sludge pump.
The effluent should be taken to the equalisation tank where PTA effluent after
pretreatment. The effluent from the equalisation tank should then pumped into 2 stage
biological system compromising of plastic media bio towers as the first stage and a part of the
effluent should be taken to the fine bubble diffused aeration system as the second stage.
The overflow of the effluent should then taken to the clarifier for removal of biomass
and the overflow from clarifier should be collected in clean clarified sump where chlorine would
be added. Then the effluent should be pumped through dual media filters. Then effluent from
the filter should be send send to the polishing aeration tank. In this DO level will rise and the
effluent from this unit could be used for horticultural purposes and make up water in cooling
towers.
The MoEF sought clarification on details of Common Effluent Treatment plant. Some of the
plants that have typical effluent characteristics that need pre-treatment will have their own
effluent treatment plant within the battery limit of the specific plant. These plant specific ETPs
will treat their respective effluent to the specified standard that would be acceptable at the
Central ETP.
The composite effluent from the all the plants will mainly consist of oil, grease, organic matter
and suspended solids which would be treated in effluent treatment plant consisting of primary,
secondary and tertiary facilities.
6.22
The primary treatment facilities consist of two stage oil removal the first being free oil removal
and the second would be emulsified oil removal.
The secondary treatment is a combination of the attached growth and suspended growth
biological system consisting of Equalisation tank, Bio tower and Aeration tank and Secondary
clarifier followed by Guard pond and polisher. The tertiary treatment facility consists of clarified
water sump, Rapid sand filter and Activated carbon filter
At the equalisation tank the PTA effluent after pretreatment within the plant will combine.
For further recycle and reuse of the treated wastewater, effluent polishing methods like
RO, Ion Exchange columns etc will be explored and implemented. The Schematic Flow
Diagram of Proposed Central Effluent Treatment Plant in SEZ is shown in Fig. 6.1.
6.2.4
Land Environment
Soils in the adjoining areas are sandy loam to silty loam with moderate infiltration
rates, amenable to groundwater pollution. Considering this fact, every precaution
should be taken to avoid spillage of oils, petroleum and petrochemical products
on soils to protect groundwater and to avoid any danger to other soil microbial
groups which are sensitive to oil pollution
Oil is a potential hazardous substance present in wastes generated from refinery

and petrochemical complex. Special care should be taken in all the oil removal
operations. Disposal of Oily sludge generated from effluent treatment plant
through Coker should be practiced.
The sludge generated from the ETPs of the petrochemical complex should be
disposed off in secured landfill / incinerated. The incinerated ash should be send
to the secured landfill.
The storage, handling, transportation & disposal of the hazardous waste should
comply with the Hazardous Waste Management Rules.
Greenbelt in and around the SEZ units should be developed.
A record w.r.t quantity, quality and treatment management of solid hazardous

waste should be maintained at environmental monitoring cell for different process
units (sources)
Mixers and tank cleaning procedures, which maximize recovery of oil, should be
6.23
adopted to reduce tank bottom sludge.
Recovery of oil from oily sludge using techniques such as centrifuging, thickening
and filtration should be undertaken.
The following measures should be practiced at the Coke Storage area by the Reliance:
Coke piles height should be kept at 3.5 m or less since the wind velocities closer
to the ground is less.
The piles should be aligned with prevailing wind direction to minimize the carry
over with the wind.
Regular water sprinkling should be carried out over the piles and truck movement
area. Three / four water tankers should be exclusively used for this purpose
round the clock.
Rows of Casuarinas trees should be planted on the boundary of the storage area
as windbreakers.
Storm water channels should be provided around the piles storage area to collect
and route the rainwater to two coke fines settling ponds. Coagulant addition
facilities are also to be provided in these ponds for improving the settling.
The outlet drains two nos of hay filters should be provided in series.
Down stream of the hay filters a check dam should be constructed near the
boundary for creating a large water storage area. This will further increase the
residence time for the settling of remaining coke fines.
It is recommended that above measures should be continued for the project and
take further steps of improving/increasing the hay filters.
6.2.4.1 Hazardous /Solid Waste Management

Solid waste disposal and management is a prime concern in the SEZ as it not only comprises of
the household waste but also the industrial waste. The domestic waste with assumed solid
waste generated of 0.5 kg / capita / day solid waste will be generated in the SEZ township. The
hazardous waste generation from each Unit has been tabulated in Table 5.11 of the EIA report.
However, the catalyst waste generation frequency varies based on the type of catalyst and its
frequency of regeneration. The combined hazardous waste generation and proposed disposal
methodology from the Petroleum and Petrochemical Complex has been tabulated in Table 6.1
of the EIA Report.
6.24
Proposed Solid waste management system

In the short-term, the trash collection areas should be designed for collection of
recyclables and should have a used oil collection tank or a rack on which to store containers of
used oil. In the short-term, this oil should then be exported off-site to a refinery for recycling or
to a facility where it could undergo proper disposal.
This emphasizes the need of on-site recycling of oil, which is an upcoming concept.
There are two main uses for recycled oil:
It can be re-refined in the refinery and then used in combustion engines and as a
lubricant, or
It can be burned as fuel, if the proper procedures and equipment are used.
For this facility, the oil collection service transport should collect the oil to an onsite
facility for treatment. Ideally, this facility should be located near or in conjunction with SEZs
petroleum, oil, and lubricant facility.
For most of the collected oil, a simple oil separation and storage apparatus should
suffice. The used oil should be emulsified; however, a more advanced system called ultra
filtration is required. If high levels of metals or other contaminants are present, a chemical or
reverse osmosis unit may be necessary. In both ultra filtration and osmosis, the waste water
that is removed during separation is clean enough to be used directly for gray water and should
go to the proposed gray water collection area.
Once treated, the oil should be utilized within SEZ industries with oil boilers for use as
a fuel source. The treated oil is actually a preferred fuel source for many industrial facilities.
Many of the industries in the SEZ can be potential candidates for this treated oil.
For the residential township, the effective solid waste management systems are
needed to ensure better human health and safety.
They should be safe for workers and
safeguard public health by preventing the spread of disease. In addition to these prerequisites,
an effective system of solid waste management should be both environmentally and
economically sustainable. Clearly it is difficult to minimize the two variables, cost and
environmental impact, simultaneously. There will always be a trade off. The balance that
needs to be struck should reduce the overall environmental impacts of the waste management
system as far as possible, within an acceptable level of cost.
It is proposed that mechanical composting process be adopted, which is eco-friendly
and also some revenue can be generated by the sale of compost.
6.25
Recycling turns materials that would otherwise become waste into valuable resources.
Materials like glass, metal, plastics and paper are collected, separated and sent to facilities that
can process them into new material.
All biodegradable municipal solid waste should be mixed with sewage sludge to
undergo composting to produce saleable fertilizer. Composting is another form of recycling.
Non-biodegradable waste should be brought together with the industrial waste to the landfill for
ultimate disposal. Although source reduction, reused, recycling and composting can divert large
portions of municipal solid waste from disposal, non-biodegradable waste should be collected
in landfills. Landfills within the SEZ should be well-engineered facilities that are to be located,
designed, operated, monitored, closed, and cared for after closure, cleaned up when necessary
to protect human health and the environment.
Different processes have different catalyst, which have to be replaced at different
intervals. Based on the process, the spent catalyst will be deactivated based on the methods
prescribed by the catalyst suppliers. The spent deactivated catalyst will either be taken back by
the catalyst supplier for regeneration or the catalyst with available activity can be sold to other
processing units. Spent Catalyst containing precious metals can be sold to authorized
processors for precious metal recovery. The management and disposal of catalyst will be in line
with the requirements of the Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules.
Segregation and Storage at source
It will be necessary to segregate the solid waste generated at every household as well
as in the commercial premises. The segregation will entirely depend upon its source of
generation, it should be segregated as biodegradable as well as non-biodegradable and
accordingly, it should be stored in different containers or bags with different color codes.
There will be another types of solid waste termed as Bio-medical waste, which will be
generated at the medical centre. It will also be of hazardous and non-hazardous type, and
hence required to be segregated and collected in separate containers provided at individual
medical centers.
Control of contamination risk linked to the storage of toxic or hazardous waste:
Water-proofing and installation of containment system for loading and unloading

area.
Installation of chemical storage areas which are linked to containment systems, if

possible covered.
Avoidance
of
chemical
and
storage
6.26
tank
drainage
systems
installed
underground.
Collection and transportation
The refuse collector should collect the bags daily from the container placed in
residential areas. Small trucks (dumpers) of capacity 4.5 m3 is suggested for collection of waste.
It should be rear loading type equipped with hydraulic loading and mechanical tipping
mechanism. Truck shall be designed for manual loading of bags and mechanical unloading at
the storage depot.
Waste collected from the litter bins provided at suitable intervals on the street should
be a mixture of biodegradable and non-biodegradable waste. This waste should be emptied in
to the closed truck and transported to storage transfer depot. Road sweeping is proposed to be
done mechanically. Garden waste should be collected once in three days.
Treatment and Disposal Strategies
Several technologies are recommended for processing, treatment and / or disposal of
solid waste. Some of them are Microbial composting, Vermi composting, Incineration, Power
generation, Fuel pelletisation etc. Each waste has a separate destination depending on its
quality. However a general treatment and disposal strategies as out lined in Municipal Solid
wastes (Management and Handling) Rules2000 that can be adopted is as follows:
After collection and bringing all the coloured bags at one storage area, the
biodegradable waste from residential, commercial areas can be transported on routine
basis through the authorized contractors to composting plant, whereas non
biodegradable should be disposed off to common land fill site. Due care should be
taken to avoid fly nuisance throughout the cycle of collection, transportation, treatment
and disposal of biodegradable waste from residential and commercial areas
The recyclables such as metal canes, plastics etc. should be sold to only authorized
vendors.
Hazardous part of bio-medical wastes should be incinerated at common incineration

facilities and the incinerated ash should be disposed in the on-site secured landfill,
while non-hazardous wastes should be disposed off on pre-identified landfill site in
consultation with local administration body.
The final designing and modalities may be carried out during construction phase of the
project or a tie-up with local administration should be made for entire solid waste
disposal, after being collected and segregated at township complex.
The tank truck loading and unloading area should be sealed and linked to containment
facilities.
6.27
Hazardous substance storage area should be contained and when possible, covered
to any pollution through run-offs.
Wastewater and chemical drainage systems must undergo regular inspection for
leaks.
Chemical drainage systems inside the facility and storage tanks should be above
ground, unless otherwise recommended for reasons of hygiene and safety.
It is also recommended that a monitoring programme be implemented to check

underground water for any spillage.
It is the best practice that all necessary measures should be taken in the design and
operation of the facility to ensure proper waste treatment through the definitionof
procedures which aim to:
- limit the quantity and toxicity of waste at source.
- sort, recycle an reuse manufacturing sub-products.
- ensure the treatment or pre-treatment of toxic waste.
- ensure storage of final waste in the best possible condition
Disposal of catalyst used in the different process
Different processes have different catalyst, which have to be replaced at different
intervals.
Based on the process, the spent catalyst is deactivated based on the methods
prescribed by the catalyst suppliers. The spent deactivated catalyst is either taken back by the
catalyst supplier for regeneration or the catalyst with available activity is sold to other
processing units.
Spent Catalyst containing precious metals will be sold to authorized
processors for precious metal recovery. The management and disposal of catalyst will be in
line with the requirements of the Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules.
6.2.4.2 Common Incinerator Facility

The incinerator should be designed for capacity more than 200 kg/hr. Incinerator shall
be installed with venturi scrubbing system, which is an air pollution control system.
All
incinerators, individual or common will be designed as per the CPCB Criteria. The individual
incinerator will be a process requirement of respective units and the common incinerator will
cater to the incineration of requirement of the complex. The technical details of the common
incinerator is given in Annexure XI
The size of the opening through which the waste is charged should be larger than the
size of the waste bag to be fed. The volume of the primary chamber should be atleast five times
the volume of one batch.
6.28
The double chamber incinerator should preferably be designed on "controlled-air"

incineration principle, as particulate matter emission is low in such incinerator. Minimum 100%
excess air should be used for overall design. Air supply in the primary and secondary chamber
should be regulated between 30% - 80% and 170% - 120% of stoichiometric amount
respectively. Primary air should be admitted near / at the hearth for better contact. Flow meter /
suitable flow measurement device shall be provided on the primary & secondary air ducting.
The combustion air should be supplied through a separate forced draft fan after accounting for
the air supplied through burners.
A minimum negative draft of 1.27 to 2.54 mm of WC (Water Column) should be
maintained in the primary chamber to avoid leakage of gaseous emissions from the chamber
and for safety reasons. Provision should be made in the primary chamber to measure the
Water Column pressure.
The waste should be fed into the incinerator in small batches after the fixed interval of
time and continuous charging using appropriate feeding mechanism.
The sides and the top portion of the primary and secondary chambers shall preferably
have rounded corner from inside to avoid possibility of formation of black pockets/dead zones.
The size of the secondary chamber should be properly designed so as to facilitate a
minimum of one second of residence time to gas flow. For the estimation of residence time in
the secondary chamber its volume should be calculated starting from the secondary burner tip
to the thermocouple.
The refractory lining of the chamber should be strong enough to sustain minimum
temperature of 1000 C in the primary chamber and 1200 C in the secondary chamber. The
refractory & insulation bricks shall have minimum 115 mm thickness each & conform to IS:81983 & IS:2042-1972 respectively.
The Incinerator shell should be made of mild steel plate of adequate thickness
(minimum 5 mm thick) & painted externally with heat resistant aluminum paint suitable to
withstand temperature of 250C with proper surface preparation. Refractory lining of the hot
duct should be done with refractory castable (minimum 45 mm thick) & insulating castable
(minimum 80 mm thick). Ceramic wool should be used at hot duct flanges & expansion joints.
The thermocouple location should be as follows:
In Primary chamber - Before admission of secondary air
In Secondary chamber - At the end of secondary chamber or before admission of

dilution medium to cool the gas
6.29
There shall be a separate burner each for the Primary & Secondary chamber. The
heat input capacity of each burner should be sufficient to raise the temperature in the primary
and secondary chambers as 80050C and 105050C respectively within maximum of 60
minutes prior to waste charging. The burners should have automatic switching "off/on" control
to avoid the fluctuations of temperatures beyond the required temperature range.
Each burner should be equipped with spark igniter and main burner.
Proper flame safeguard of the burner should be installed.
Provide view ports to observe flame of the burner.
Flame of the primary burner

- should be pointing towards the centre of the hearth.
- should be having a length such that it touches the waste but does not
impinge directly on the refractory floor or wall
The secondary burner should be positioned in such a way that the flue gas passes
through the flame.
There should not be any manual handling during charging of waste in to the primary
chamber of the incinerator. The waste should be charged in bags through automatic feeding
device at the manufacturer's recommended intervals ensuring no direct exposure of furnace
atmosphere to the operator. The device should prevent leakage of the hot flue gas & any
backfire. The waste should be introduced on the hearth in such a way so as to prevent the
heap formation. Suitable raking arrangement should be provided for uniform spreading of waste
on the hearth.
A tamper-proof PLC(Programmable Logic Control) based control system should be
installed to prevent:
Wastes charging until the required temperature in the chambers are attained
during beginning of the operation of the incinerator.
Waste charging unless primary & secondary chambers are maintained at the
specified temperature range.
Waste charging in case of any unsafe conditions such as - very high temperature
in the primary & secondary chambers; failure of the combustion air fan, ID fan,
recirculation pump; low water pressure & high temperature of the flue gas at the
outlet of air pollution control device.
The incineration system should have an emergency vent. The emergency vent should
6.30
remain closed i.e it shall not emit flue gases during normal operation of the incinerator.
Each incineration system should have graphic or computer recording devices, which
shall automatically and continuously monitor and record dates, time of day, batch sequential
number and operating parameters such as temperatures in both the chambers. CO, CO2, and
O2 in gaseous emission shall also be measured
The possibility of providing heat recovery system/heat exchanger with the incinerator
should also be considered wherever possible.
Structural design of the chimney / stack should be as per IS:6533-1989. The
chimney/stack should be lined from inside with minimum of 3 mm thick natural hard rubber
suitable for the duty conditions and should also conform to IS:4682 Part I-1968 to avoid
corrosion due to oxygen and acids in the flue gas.
The location and specification of porthole, platform ladder etc. should be as per the
Emission Regulations, Part-3 (COINDS/20/1984-85), published by CPCB.
Incinerator room and waste storage room
The incinerator structure should be built in a room with proper roofing and cross
ventilation. There should be minimum of 1.5 m clear distance in all the directions
from the incinerator structure to the wall of the incinerator room.
Adjacent to the incinerator room, there should be a waste storage area. It should
be properly ventilated and so designed that waste can be stored in racks and
washing can be done very easily. The waste storage room should be washed
and chemically disinfected daily.
The floor and inner wall of the incinerator and storage rooms should have outer
covering of impervious and glazed material so as to avoid retention of moisture
and for easy cleaning.
The incineration ash should be stored in a closed sturdy container in a masonry room
to avoid any pilferage. Finally, the ash should be disposed in a secured landfill.
6.2.4.3 Common Secured Landfill Facility

Selection of Landfill Site
The Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility will be designed and constructed as per the
CPCB Guidelines. The ETP sludge, oily sludge, spent clay, incinerator ash etc. should be
disposed in a common captive landfill site proposed to be located in the proposed SEZ. The
landfill site should be chosen based on following considerations:
6.31
Minimise health risks
Minimise adverse environmental impacts
Minimise costs
Maximise public acceptability

The site characterization and identification is very important aspect. Prior to
assessment of health and environmental impacts of any landfill site, detailed analysis of
hydrological, atmospheric and chemical features of the site should be carried out. Accordingly,
the selected site for landfill is screened on the basis of following criteria :
Geology and hydrology of the area
Soil quality of the region
Ground water quality
Ambient air quality

During scrutinizing the selected site, the following areas are eliminated which fail to
meet additional socio-economic and environmental concerns as well as additional geologic and
hydrologic factors:
Existing zones of development
Agricultural land preserves
Areas of mineral development
Freshwater wetlands
Visual corridors of scenic rivers
Riverine and dam-related flood hazard areas

In addition, following features should also be considered for selection of landfill site:
Easy access to a road system
Ease in land acquisition
Beneficial after use
Outside a military exclusion zone
Outside a safe buffer distance (100m) from an existing or planned, quarry,

which will undertake blasting with explosives
Away from areas known to contain collapsing soils
6.32
Specifications for landfill site selection
Landfill site should be large enough to last for 20-25 years
Landfill site should be away from habitation clusters, forest areas, water bodies,
monuments, national parks, wetlands and places of important cultural, historical
or religious interest
A buffer zone of no-development should be maintained around landfill site
Facilities at Landfill Site

The following facilities should be provided at the landfill site:
Landfill site should be fenced or hedged and provided with proper gate to
monitor incoming vehicles or other modes of transportation
Landfill site should be well protected to prevent entry of unauthorized persons

and stray animals
Approach and other internal roads for free movement of vehicles and other
machinery should exist at the landfill site
Landfill site should have wastes inspection facility to monitor wastes brought in
for landfill, office facility for record keeping and shelter for keeping equipment
and machinery including pollution monitoring equipments
Provisions like weigh bridge to measure quantity of waste brought and landfill
site, fire protection equipments and other facilities as may be required should
be provided
Utilities such as drinking water (preferably bathing facilities for workers) and
lighting arrangements for easy landfill operations when carried out in night
hours should be provided
Safety provisions including health inspections of workers at landfill site should

be periodically made
Specifications for Land Filling
Wastes subjected to land filling should be compacted in thin layers using landfill
compactors to achieve high density of the wastes.
Wastes should be covered immediately or at the end of each working day with
minimum 10 cm of soil, inert debris or construction material till such time waste
processing facilities for composting or recycling or energy recovery are set up.
6.33
Prior to the commencement of monsoon season, an intermediate cover of 4065 cm thickness of soil should be placed on the landfill with proper compaction
and grading to prevent infiltration during monsoon. Proper drainage berms shall
be constructed to divert run-off away from the active cell of the landfill.
After completion of landfill, a final cover should be designed to minimize

infiltration and erosion. The final cover shall meet the following specifications,
namely :
-
Final cover should have a barrier soil layer comprising of 60 cm of clay or

amended soil with permeability coefficient less that 1 x 10-7 cm/sec.
On top of the barrier soil layer there should be a drainage layer of 15 cm.
On top of the drainage layer there should be a vegetative layer of 45 cm to

support natural plant growth and to minimize erosion
Leachate Management
When rain water or run-off water gets into the landfill, the chemical compounds
present in the impounded wastes get leached along with water as leachate. The characteristics
of the leachate depend upon both composition of the material and on environmental factors.
Solid/hazardous waste landfills should be provided with a system to collect, contain
and possibly treat leachate. Typically, at a minimum a double-liner system should be placed at
the bottom and side slopes of the facility prior to initial placement of hazardous wastes. This
liner system will contain leachate that later may be generated in the deposited wastes and then
flow downward by gravity. Leachate that accumulates above the liner should be directed to one
or more central collection sumps through a series of perforated plastic collection pipes. From
these sumps, leachate is pumped out for pre-treatment (either on or off-site) and ultimate
treatment in wastewater treatment plant near CPF.
To facilitate removal of leachate from the liner, the bottom of landfill is sloped, and a
sufficient number of drainage pipes are provided so that the leachate depth over the liner does
not exceed 0.3 m (1 ft).
Fig. 6.2 and 6.3 illustrate conceptual design of bottom liner and leachate collection
system configuration.
Leachate generation is also reduced through the placement of a low-permeability cap
over completed portions of the landfill. This cap should have a permeability less than or equal to
the permeability of the bottom-liner system.
In some cases, a hazardous waste landfill can be exempted from double-liner
6.34
requirements for leachate emission control if, among other factors, the hydrogeologic setting
would preclude leachate migration to ground or surface water. For example, some hazardous
wastes may be minimally prone to leaching or migration. Also, hydrogeologic factors at the site
could provide a degree of protection, these include on site soils with a significant attenuative
capacity (e.g. certain clays) and/or a substantial thickness of soil situated between the landfill,
ground and surface water.
Leachate Collection System

The leachate collection and removal system should consists of a network of drains to
collect and remove any accumulation of leachate that might develop in the bottom of the landfill,
and it prevents migration of leachate to the subsurface.
Collection drain layer
Layer permeability not less than 10-3 meter/sec; minimum thickness 30 cm;
minimum slope 3%
Drain pipe
Size and hydraulic capacity : large enough to carry-off the collected leachate
Spacing (as recommended by USEPA)
Surface Water Control

Surface water originating from off-site upstream locations should be directed around
or away from the landfill via half-round corrugated metal pipe (CMP) or ditches lined with
asphaltic concrete (AC). These ditches should be designed such that off-site peak runon from at
least a 25-year storm can be diverted.
On-site surface water should be generally handled as follows:
Runoff from non-landfilled areas should be diverted directly off-site.
Runoff from exposed excavation areas should be directed to siltation basins

and then discharged off-site.
Runoff from the active landfill area should be directed to holding sumps where it
is sampled for contamination. Uncontaminated water should be directed off-site,
and contaminated water should be treated on-site and then discharged off-site
or conveyed by truck or pipe for treatment off-site.
Runoff from completed landfill surfaces should be directed to holding sumps

(different sumps than used for runoff from active landfill areas since the runoff
volume will be greater and the runoff less likely to be contaminated), where it is
6.35
sampled for contamination. Uncontaminated water is directed off site and

contaminated water is treated onor offsite.
Drainage ditches located on non-landfilled areas are generally earth ditches, halfround CMP, or AC- or gunite-lined earth ditches.
Temporary earth berms and drainage ditches should be used to divert on-site runoff
away from active landfilling areas. Permanent drainage ditches located on the landfill must be
able to accommodate some differential settlement, and are thus frequently constructed of halfround or whole CMP or plastic pipes with overlapping flexible joints: riprap-lined earth ditches
are also commonly used.
Ground Water Monitoring

The monitoring of groundwater is the most important tool to test the efficiency of
landfill performance. This is indispensable as it provides detection of the presence of waste
constituents in groundwater in case of leachate migration. In this programme, water samples
are taken at a predetermined interval and analysed for specific pollutant expected to be in the
leachate. However, if any contamination is detected in the existing wells which are located
about 500m away from landfill, it can be concluded that considerable damage has already
occurred in the liner system provided in the landfill site to prevent further damage to
groundwater sources. For early detection of leachate migration, it is suggested to construct
Piezometers around the landfill.
In addition to Piezometers, monitoring wells should be installed to a depth of atleast 3
meters below the maximum historic groundwater depth. Based on assumptions and data about
the characteristics of leachate to be generated, approximate permeability of soils in the zone of
aeration, and direction and velocities of groundwater flow, the maximum probable aerial extent
of contaminant migration can be estimated as a basis for establishing the position of monitoring
wells.
A minimum of two ground monitoring wells should be typically installed at a disposal
facility: one up-gradient well and one down-gradient well. It is suggested to collect water
samples and analyse. Records of analysis should be maintained.
Operation and Maintenance Programme

To achieve effective performance of a landfill disposal facility operation and
maintenance of the landfill form key element.
Factors involved in the operational stage are summarized below:
Wastes acceptability
6.36
Details of wastes arrived at secure landfill facility
Segregation of wastes according to design methods
Random checking of waste for its characteristics
Filling as per specification

In addition to the operational procedures outlined above, following maintenance
schedule should be adhered:
Proper care should be taken to check for erosion due to rain and vehicular
movements
Drainage system should be checked periodically for blockage
A log book should be maintained to account for the quantity of waste

disposed/dumped
If any vegetative growth on the embankment and near landfill area should be
removed, an equal area should be planted elsewhere in the same area.
Closure and Postclosure

a)
Closure
Upon final closure of the landfill or upon completion of a cell, a final cover is applied
that is constructed to:
Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of any bottom liner
system or natural subsoils present in order to minimize long-term migration of
liquids through the closed landfills surface
Function with minimum maintenance
Promote drainage and minimize erosion abrasion of the cover
Accommodate settling and subsidence so that the covers integrity is

maintained
For lanfills with all or a portion of the wastes in above grade cell, final side slopes are
generally up to 3:1 horizontal to vertical. A 4.6-to 6.1-m wide (15 to 20ft) slope bench is placed
every 7.6 to 9.1 m (25 to 30 ft) of vertical rise to minimize slope erosion and increase slope
stability. Top surface slopes generally are at minimum 5 percent to promote runoff and to
accommodate some degree of future settling of the landfill.
6.37
b)
Postclosure
After final closure of a disposal facility, the following postclosure maintenance and
monitoring activities are conducted throughout the postclosure care period:
Perform routine final cover maintenance. The integrity and effectiveness of the
final cover is regularly maintained by filling and regrading depressions in the
cover and surface as necessary to correct adverse effects such as settling,
subsidence, erosion, and animal burrowing. Also, drainage and flood control
channels should be kept clear of accumulated debris. Dead vegetation should
also be replaced
Prevent runon and runoff of precipitation from eroding or otherwise damaging

the final cover
Protect and maintain surveyed benchmarks
Maintain the environmental monitoring facilities
Obtain samples from monitoring facilities and analyze and report the results in
accordance with applicable permit requirements
Postclosure monitoring during the first 12 to 18 months will generally involve relatively
frequent site inspections and sampling (e.g. once per month). Monitoring frequencies can
generally be reduced after this period if no problems are encountered during that time.
6.2.5
Following measures are recommended to mitigate adverse impacts on biological
activities during operation phase:
Development of green belt with carefully selected plant species is of prime

importance due to their capacity to reduce noise and air pollution impacts by
attenuation/assimilation and for providing food and habitat for local macro and
micro fauna.
This not only overcomes the problem but also enhances the
beauty of area that will attract bird and insect species and by this way ecology
of the area will maintain to great extent.
For developing the greenbelt in and around proposed project site care need to
be taken to plant the evergreen species. The planting of evergreen species may
have certain advantages that may reduce the environmental pollution.
Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored and the trees
which could not survive should be counted. Equal number of trees should be
6.38
replaced and their survival should be closely monitored.
The rainwater harvesting should be done. Treated sewage and effluent in the
best combination should be used for greenbelt development. Water scarcity
should not be the reason for not expanding and strengthening greenbelt.
Provision for irrigation water should be made as part of proposed project
6.2.5.1 Preparation of greenbelt plan keeping in view the selected plant species
The proposed greenbelt development in SEZ should be of a suitable width along the
periphery of SEZ area including residential complex, space between the units located within the
SEZ, along the roads, railway sidings, the hazardous waste disposal facility, storage areas,
loading / unloading areas of products etc.
Criteria for selection of species for greenbelt

The plant species suitable for green belt development should be selected based on
the following characteristics.
It should have thick canopy cover
They should be perennial and evergreen
They should have high sink potential for pollutants
They should be efficient in absorbing pollutants without significantly affecting

their growth.
6.2.5.2 Guidelines for plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development should be planted using pitting
technique. The pit size should be either 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm or 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm.
Bigger pit size is prepared on marginal and poor quality soil. Soil used for filling the pit should
be mixed with well decomposed farm yard manure or sewage sludge at the rate of 2.5 kg (on
dry weight basis) and 3.6 kg (on dry weight basis) for 45cm x 45 cm x 45 cm and 60 cm x 60 cm
x 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of soil should be completed at least 5-10 days before
actual plantation. Healthy sappling of identified species should be planted in each pit.
Roadside Plantation
Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the
shady area, increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach
roads to project site, colony, hospitals, etc. should be planted with flowering trees. Reliance
SEZ should encourage plantation outside the plant boundary. Adequate care should be taken
to encourage greenbelt development on the road side, however to uplift the regional ecosystem
of the area by greenbelt development, all the voluntary organizations should take initiative to
6.39
encourage massive plantation along the roadside Trees should be planted to increase aesthetic
value as well as shady area along the roads.
The list of selected evergreen plants species for development of green belt is given in
Table 6.2.
6.2.6
In order to mitigate the impacts likely to arise out of the proposed project and also to
maintain good will of local people for the proposed project, it is necessary to take steps for
improving the social environment. Necessary social welfare measures by the industry shall be
useful in gaining public confidence depending on local requirement.
The EMP measures are suggested for smooth functioning of the activities are given
below:
SEZ should continue to undertaken social welfare programes for the betterment
of the Quality of Life of villages around in collaboration with the local bodies.
Some basic amenities, viz. education, safe drinking water supply to the nearby
villages may be taken up
Regular medical check up should be continued on routine basis in the villages

around the SEZ and also by providing mobile hospital services
SEZ shall in collaboration with local government improve the road infrastructure
in the vicinity
Formal and informal training to provide direct and indirect employment to the
affected villagers due to the project shall be taken up on priority
Entrepreneurship Development programme (EMP) should be undertaken for both

male and female group irrespective of their age and education, qualification
Job
oriented
skill
training,
courses
may
be
organized.
Through
industrial/technical training institutions for educational youth (both for male and
female), like home need appliances, tailoring, plumbing, light & heavy vehicles
driving
6.2.7
Health and Safety
Personal protective facilities like helmets, safety (gas) mask/safety dress, shoes
etc. be ensured for all workers, engaged in operation of process units within the
refinery complex
The health checkups (diagnostic) for all regular employees at the refinery
complex at scheduled intervals to be maintained along with the corresponding
6.40
health records.
6.2.8
A note on Occupational Health and Surveillance and safety measures

The design of the plants will be based on the relevant API, ASTM standards / codes and
the best engineering practices followed internationally. Further, HAZOP studies will be carried
out while detailed engineering is done and P&IDs are developed to ensure that all process
control measures are adequate for safe operation of the plants. In case of chemicals like
phosgene the guidelines issued by American Chemistry Council will be followed and approval
from the concerned agencies will be obtained.
The unit operations manual will include a chapter on HSE issues related to the operation
of the particular unit.
A note on the Safety Management System being followed in the present Refinery
complex is enclosed as Annexure XII .Similar Safety Management System will be developed
for the new complex before its commissioning.
The fire safety measures for the petroleum and petrochemical complex have been
elaborated Chapter 6 & 7 of the Risk assessment Report.
6.3
Capital / Recurring
Management
Expenditure
on
Environmental
The details on proposed refinery expansion project cost and capital / recurring
expenditure on environmental management.
6.4
Project Cost
Rs. 60,000 crores
Cost for pollution control facilities
Rs. 1,800 crores
Recurring budget (Annual Maint @ 2%)
Rs.
36.0 crores
Proposed Environment Monitoring

Since the SEZ Complex is big enough, each industry should have senior executives
who shall report to their respective Site President. The SEZ complex will have an Environment
Cell for the entire SEZ and units therein. The Environment cell should consists of environmental
professionals with experience in various aspects of Environment Management ranging from 7
years to 20 years. This cell should be set up during the construction of the SEZ itself and they
should have adequate expertise and competency in handling and implementing the
Environment Management systems and practices. The Environment Cell should monitor and
measure the environmental performance of each industry in terms of efficiency of pollution
control devices, and conduct regular energy and water audits. The cell should also on a regular
basis also coordinate third party Environmental Audits. Members of the Environment Cell shall
participate in National Task Forces under CREP (Charter for Corporate Responsibility for
6.41
Environmental Protection) and in committees for reviewing National Standards for the
petroleum and petrochemical industry. The Corporate Environment Cell at the Headquarters
shall be an advisory body on all environmental related issues and support the Environment Cell
at the SEZ.
Every industry within the SEZ should in due time aim to be certified for ISO 14001
standards. The Environment cell in each industry should be responsible for implementing and
maintaining environment management systems. These industry should co-ordinate with the
Environmental Management Cell of SEZ for establishing and monitoring the compliance of ISO
14001. The Management Systems should be established in compliance with the ISO 14001
standards which should be audited internally by qualified internal auditors and externally by the
certifying body as per the stipulated frequency.
SEZ - Site President
SEZ - HSEF Chief
Env Managers
Safety
Managers
Doctors
Fire Managers
It is recommended that the parameters as provided in Table 6.3 should be monitored

by strengthening the existing environmental monitoring programme. The frequency of
monitoring is also presented in Table 6.3. In addition, parameters as specified by CPCB,
GPCB, MoEF and in CREP should also be monitored at specified locations with recommended
frequency.
6.42
Gas
Holder
PTA
Effluent
To Boiler
Anaerobic
Digester I
Equalization Tank
Flash Mixture
Clarifloculator
`
Anaerobic
Digester II
Holding Tank
Holding Tank
Ash for Metal

Recovery
Holding Tank
Oil and Grease
Effluent fromAcetic
acid + PE plants
+Tank farm
MEG
Emulsified oils
Polyelectrolyte
Chlorine
Combined
Effluent
Cracker,POY,PET,
PSF,PP
Tilted Plate
Interceptor
Equalization
tank I
pH
Adjustment
tank
Flash Mixture
Clari
Floculator
Dissolved air
flotation tank
Bio
Tower I
Aeration
Tank 1
Bio
Tower II
Bio
Tower II
Secondary
Clarifier II
Equalization
tank II
Collection
Tank
Secondary
Clarifier II
Sludge
Collection
Chamber
Polisher
Sludge
Thickener
Land Applications
and Disposal
For Recycle,
Reuses , Greenbelt
and Discharge
Refinery ETP
Activated
carbon
colum
Dual
Sand
Filter
Fig. : 6.1 Schematic Flow Diagram of Proposed Central Effluent Treatment Plant in SEZ
6.43
Fig. 6.2:
Schematic Profile of an FML Plus Composite Double Liner System
for a Landfill
6.44
Fig. 6.3 : Schematic of an FML plus Composite Double-liner System for a Landfill
6.45
Fig: 6.4: Block Flow diagram of MEG Effluent Pre Treatment Plant
6.46
Table 6.1
Hazardous Waste Quantity and Mode of Disposal
Sr. No
Waste
Qty generated /Yr
Mode of Storage and Disposal
Hazardous waste
Oil sludge from ETP
14256 M3
Internal recycle in Delayed Coker unit and Converted into coke.
Slop Oil
12000M3
Internal recycle by reprocessing in the process units

Stored In the drums and drums are stored on impermiable concrete
Oil
Rags,
cotton
3
Oil
waste
contaminated
platform during storage period. It is praposed to be disposed in the
/contaminated
secured landfill facility being developed in the SEZ area or

450M3
packing
Incinarated using well designed incinarator

Stored in MS drums. MS drums are stored on impermiable concreate
platform during storage period.Waste lubricating oil is sold to certified
Waste lubrican oil and Used oil
1500 KL
waste lubricating oil processor.
Spent catalyst from other units

like
5
Platformer.isomer
and
tatory
As per the contracts with catalyst suppliers , the catalyst will be taken
2750 tons*
back to the suppliers.
As and when these tanks are taken Will be treated through sludge melting pit for the maximum recovery
Oil
sludge
generated
cleaning of heavy tanks
Empty drums
while
for cleaning , so Estimation of

quantity is not possible
of hydrocarbon. After that it will be disposed off in the secured

landfill..
15000 nos
Sold after decontamination.
6.47
Sr. No
Waste
Qty generated /Yr

Throughly purged and made hydrocarbon free and disposed in
Spent Clays
5500 Tons
landfill area.
Incinerator Ash
100 Tons
Secured landfill
Process Related Waste
Equilibrium catalyst
Biological sludge
250 tons
Activated Carbon
4800 Tons
Mixed with petcoke .
Molecular Sieves
4000 tons
Sold to firebrick manufacturers.
Slag from Coke gasification unit
Non processing waste
Scrap metal
7500 tons
Sold
Wooden and Electrical scrap
3600 tons
Sold
Plastic Bags
600 tons
Sold/Reused after cleaning
Scrape carton box and Paper
900 Tons
Sold
Used Tyres
330 Nos
Sold
Glass
90 Tons
Sold
Nylon&Fibre scrap
240 tons
Sold
14000 tons
Sold to other refineries.

Composting& use as mannure in Greenbelt .
0.128 to 0.37 MM tons
Sold to Cement manufacturing units/ metal recovery
6.48
Sr. No
Waste
Qty generated /Yr
Waste cable Scrap
1200 tons
Sold
Battary Scrap
330 tons
Sold
6.49
Table 6.2
List of Plant Species suggested for Green belt
Sr. No.
Article I.
Name of Plants
Species
Trees
1.
Acacia auriculoformis (16 m)
2.
Acacia nilotica (8 m)
3.
Achras sapota(10m)
4.
Aegle marmelos (12 m)
5.
Annona squamosa (10 m)
6.
Annona reticulata (10 m)
7.
Albizia moluccana(20 m)
8.
Azdirachta indica (20 m)
9.
Cassia siamea (10-12m)
10.
Casuarina equisetifolia (10 m)
11.
Dalbergia sisoo (10 m)
12.
Derris indica (10 m)
13.
Ficus bengalensis (20 m)
14.
Ficus religiosa (20 m)
15.
Mangifera indica (15 m)
16.
Mimusops elengi (10 m)
17.
Peltophorum pterocarpum (10m)
18.
Pithecellobium dulce (8 m)
19.
Psidium guayava (15 m)
20.
Saraca asoka (5 m)
21.
Syzygium cumini (20 m)
22.
Tamarindus indica (20 m)
23.
Zizyphus mauritiana (10 m)
Shrubs
1.
Bougainvillea spectabillis (8 m)
2.
Citrus lemon (3 m)
3.
Hibiscus rosa-sinensis (3 m)
4.
Lawsonia inermis (5 m)
5.
Nerium indicum (5 m)
6.
Sesbania sesban (6 m)
7.
Thevetia peruviana ( 6 m)
6.50
Table 6.3
Project Stage
Construction
Air Quality
Component
Post-project Environmental Monitoring Plan
Parameters
Standard
Location
Operation
Operation
Air Quality
Institutional
Responsibility
Duration
SPM, RPM, SO2, NAAQS of 6 locations with minimum 1 Once a month 24

hr/day
for
NOx,
CPCB
locations in upwind side, more
consecutive days
sites in downwind side / impact
zone on land only.
SPM, RPM, SO2, NAAQS of Minimum 6 locations in each
Air Quality
Frequency
Twice a week
Consecutive
2 Agency/
In-house
working Agency/
NOx, CO, HC (non- CPCB and field with one on upwind side,
methane),
PPAH
two on downwind and one on
Mercaptans,
(World
lateral side.
benzene,
vinyl bank)
In-house
days in a week
SPM, RPM, SO2 and
hrs
NOx - 24
CO
- Grab
chloride, NH3,
1,2-dichloroethane
HC
Particulates, SO2,
NOx, CO, HC (nonmethane), Ni, Va,
H2S, HCl, Benzene,
Each stack
Emission
standards of
CPCB/GPCB
and PPAH
Once in 15
days
NH3,
1,2- (World bank)
dichloroethane
6.51
Grab
As
per
the Agency/In-house
recommendations
of
GPCB for existing stacks
Project Stage
Construction
Component
Noise level
Institutional
Parameters
Standard
Location
Frequency
Duration
Responsibility
Leq day, Leq night, CPCB noise 2 to 4 locations representing Once every 24 hour reading with a Agency/
dB(A)
standards
different receptors/land use
seasonfrequency of 10 minutes In-house
Summer,
every hour for 2 nonWinter, Post- consecutive days per
monsoon
week for 2 weeks per
during
season
construction
period
Operation
Noise level
Leq day, Leq night, CPCB noise Near major sources in refinery Once
L10, L50,
dB(A)
L90 standards
every 24 hour reading with a Agency/
complex and along the highway seasonSummer,

Winter, Postmonsoon
frequency of 10 minutes In-house

per hour for 2 nonconsecutive days per
week for 2 weeks per
season
6.52
Construction/
Operation
Water quality
Physico-chemical
Relevant
parameters,
Nutrients
and
Organic
parameters, heavy
water
around refinery
quality
standards of
CPCB and
metals
PPAH
(World
Bank)
Operation
Water quality
Physico-chemical
Same
parameters,
above
Nutrients
and
10-20 groundwater samples Once
every One grab samples from Agency/In-house
season
each
Summer,
source
Winter, Postmonsoon.
groundwater
as Inlet and outlet of each ETP Once in 15 Composite flow-weighted Agency/

units
days.
sampling
In-house
Organic
parameters, heavy
metals
6.53
Project Stage
Construction
Component
Soil Quality
Parameters
Particle
distribution,
Texture,
Operation
Location
Frequency
Duration
Institutional
Responsibility
size Contaminan - At all stockyard locations, At the start Sample every season till Agency/In-house
t threshold construction
machinery and end of construction phase is
pH, level given parking/refuelling/maintenance construction
complete
Electrical
by USEPA
conductivity, CEC,
Alkali metals, SAR,
Permeability, Water
holding
Porosity
Solid/hazardo
us wastes
Standard
locations
activity at the
relevant
location
capacity,
Depending on type Contaminan - At accidental spill sites

of wastes
t threshold Solid waste disposal location
level given
by USEPA
6.54
- In the event - One time sample

of an accident
- Once during
each season
Agency/In-house
Monitoring of tree Number to At all locations/sections where During

be felled as tree is felled
laid out in
project
detail
Pre-construction
Construction
Traffic Volume
Operati
on
Ecology
felling
tree -
Agency/In-house
felling
design
Survival rate
plantation
Road
volume,
of -
At locations of compensatory Annually

plantation and landscaping
For 3 years
operation starts
after Agency/In-house
Traffic As
per At all artery roads leading to 1 day hourly Thrice in a year marking Agency/In-house
relevant
construction site
counts
peak, medium and low
characteristics and IRC

speed
specification
s
construction activity at
the site
6.55
Table 6.4
Effluent Characteristics of PFY
WATER ANALYSIS REPORT

M/s RELIANCE INDUSTRIES LTD.
Surat, Gujarat
MONTH : April 2009
Date of Sampling : 18-04-09
Sr. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Parameters
pH
Suspended Solids, mg/l
Dissolved Solids, mg/l
TKN, mg/l
Ammonical Nitrogen, mg/l
BOD (3 days at 270C), mg/l
COD, mg/l
Oil and grease, mg/l
Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l
Chloride, mg/l
Sulphide, mg/l
Fluoride (as F), mg/l
Cyanide (as CN), mg/l
Phosphate, mg/l
Phenols (as C6H5OH), mg/l
Copper (as Cu), mg/l
Mercury (as Hg), mg/l
Zinc (as Zn), mg/l
Lead (as Pb), mg/l
Nickel (as Ni), mg/l
Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l
Chromium (Cr+6), mg/l
Sodium, mg/l
6.56
POY Plant
Process Water
6.85
22
356
8.96
6.37
28
648
2.9
219.38
111.67
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
7.3
<0.1
<0.01
<0.01
0.033
1.017
0.425
<0.01
<0.01
35.07
Chapter 7
Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Plan
A detailed planning is necessary for the resettlement of project-affected people with a
development strategy and package that may aim at improving or at least restoring the economic
base of the project affected persons (PAPs). Preference must be given to land-based
resettlement strategies for people dislocated from agricultural settings. If suitable land is not
available, non land-based strategies must be planned that may provide opportunities for
employment or self-employment. Resettlement action plan is being prepared according to the
provisions mentioned in National Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy 2003 in carrying out
resettlement and rehabilitation plans for any developmental project.
7.1
Socio Economic Survey
7.1.1
Demographic Profile of Project affected People

As per the information gathered during the socio-economic survey by NEERI, there
are about five project affected villages namely Navagam, Kanalus, Kana chikari, Dera chikari
and Padana from where land is going to be acquired for the proposed SEZ project. The total
land acquisition for the project is about 4544.76 Hectares out of which 2629.84 hectares of land
is private, 1338.27 hectare is Government land and 576.63 hectare is Lease land. The socio-
7.1
economic survey of the Project Affected Persons (PAPs) was undertaken to know the opinion
and expectations of the project affected people.
Village wise distribution of Land Acquired by SEZ
Sr.
No.
Area Acquired
Name of Village
Private
Govt.
Navagam
107-81-76
368-58-97
Kanalus
888-62-00
599-25-01
Kana Chhikari
439-17-80
321-18-06
Dera Chhikari
24-33-19
0-05-06
Padana
202-89-96
48-20-83
2629-84-71
1338-27-93
Total
Source: Information provided by Project Authority
Details of Land Acquired

Sr.
No.
Type of Land
Ha, Are, Sq. Mtrs
Private land
2629-84-71
Government Land
1338-27-93
Lease land
576-63-59
Total
4544-76-23
Source: Information provided by Project Authority
Navagam
The village has a population of about 1615. The education level of the people of
Navagam is only up to secondary school as there is no higher education facility in the village.
Unemployment level is high in the region, during the survey it was observed that most of the
people were having expectation of being employed by Project Proponents.
Kanalus
Kanalus village is having the population of around 2059.
All the required, basic
facilities are available in the village. Sanitation and drainage facilities are poor in the village,
which leads to various diseases. Therefore people are demanding improvement in the
sanitation and drainage facility. From this village, land has already been acquired for the
project. People have high aspirations regarding employment and compensation. People expect
construction of community hall in the villages.
7.2
Dera Chikari
People of Dera chikari village reported that water is polluted and saline and due to
this health status of villages is badly affected.
Common health problems like skin itching
gastroenteritis and breathlessness in highly prevalent in the region. People are expecting
mobile health facility at this village. People of Dera Chikari are also expecting that employment
should be given to the local population by SEZ authorities. People are expecting that SEZ
authorities must construct Radhakrishna temple in the village. People are complaining about the
air pollution problem in the region.
Kana Chikari
Most of the project affected people of Kana Chikari village are aware about the
project and have favorable opinion towards the project; but people are expecting that SEZ
authorities must provide job opportunities to the local population and are also demanding that
technical training institute must be introduced for the local people so that it may help to create
employment opportunities. Villagers are mainly facing the problem of water and electricity.
People opined that SEZ authorities should extend welfare activities in the villages
Padana
The village has a population of around 3364. The common diseases reported are
gastroenteritis, malaria, skin infection and common fever particularly during rainy season.
Frequent power failure and power shut down for 16 hours is reported in the village that hampers
the irrigation facility in the region. Agricultural land from Padana village was earlier acquired for
the different project operating in the study area. People were unsatisfied with the compensation
given to them for the acquisition of the land and are demanding adequate compensation from
SEZ and they have high aspirations regarding employment and compensation. People are
expecting that SEZ authorities must develop certain infrastructure facilities like school, medical
center, community hall, temple etc. in the village. As the village is near to the SEZ people have
common complain of air and non availability of potable water.
During the survey it was observed that the quality of life of the surveyed villages is
satisfactory. People opined that the implementation of social welfare schemes should be based
on priority need of the local people and these needs must be considered after the consultation
with the villagers.
7.3
7.1.2
Recommendations from National Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan
Resettlement and Rehabilitation Strategy

The Gujarat government has no specific R&R policy at state level; however they have
adopted National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation for Project Affected Families
2003. The National Policy does not cover any R&R plan in the form of purely cash
compensation to project affected people. It addresses only compensatory land allotment and
some additional financial assistance as part of compensation for shifting to new location and the
transit period losses. The summary of R&R plans based on the provisions under the National
Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation of Project Affected Persons (PAPs), without affecting
their social and economic life have been described below:
Each PAF owning agricultural land in the affected zone and whose entire land
has been acquired may be allotted agricultural land or cultivable wasteland to the
extent of actual land loss subject to a maximum of one hectare of irrigated land or
two hectares of un-irrigated land/cultivable wasteland subject to availability of
Government land in the districts.
has been acquired shall get one-time financial assistance equivalent to 750 days
minimum agricultural wages for loss of livelihood where neither agricultural land
nor regular employment to one member of the PAF has been provided.
has not been acquired and consequently he becomes a marginal farmer shall get
one time financial assistance equivalent to 500 days minimum agricultural wages.
Stamp duty and other fees payable for registration shall be borne by the requiring
body.
The Land allotted shall be free from all encumbrances. The Land allotted may be
in the joint names of wife and husband of PAF.
In case of allotment of wasteland/degraded land in lieu of acquired land, each
PAF shall get financial assistance of Rs. 10000/- per hectare for land
development.
In case of allotment of agricultural land, a one-time financial
assistance of Rs. 5000/- per PAF for agricultural production shall be given.
The state government should provide irrigation facilities to the irrigable land at the
relocation sites
7.4
According to the government resolutions on R&R policy, each landed oustee shall
be entitled to be allotted irrigable land in the state which they choose to resettle,
of equal size to that type which they own prior to their resettlement provided,
however that in those cases where the oustees owned less than 2 hectares of
land, such oustee shall be entitled to at least 2 hectares of irrigable land
acceptable to them
Each PAF belonging to the category of agricultural labourer, or non-agricultural
labourer shall be provided a one time financial assistance equivalent to 625 days
of the minimum agricultural wages.
The Project Affected Families shall be provided necessary training facilities for
development of entrepreneurship to take up self-employment projects at the
resettlement zone as part of R&R benefits.
Only those oustee who own land shall be considered eligible for the allotment of
agriculture land of their own choice
For the loss of trees, crops, perennials and Sharecroppers compensation should
be given at the market value
R&R benefits for project affected families of scheduled tribes

Each Project Affected Family of ST category shall be given preference in
allotment of land.
Each tribal PAF shall be entitled to get R&R benefits mentioned in above Paras
under the Policy.
Each Tribal PAF shall get additional financial assistance equivalent to 500 days
minimum agriculture wages for loss of customary rights/usages of forest produce.
The Tribal Land alienated in violation of the laws and regulations in force on the
subject would be treated as null and void and the R&R benefits would be
available only to the original tribal landowner.
The Tribals families residing in the Project Affected Areas having fishing rights in
the river/pond/dam shall be given fishing rights in the reservoir area.
Tribal PAFs enjoying reservation benefits in the affected zone shall be entitled to
get the reservation benefits at the resettlement zone.
Estimation of Cost of Land

Aspects to be considered while preparing R & R Plan
7.5
Total land to be acquired
Nature of the land and cropping pattern
Market value of the land
Net annual productions of the land
Net profit from the land
The resettlement plan must include land allocation or culturally acceptable alternative
income- earning strategies to protect the livelihood of the landless, semi-landless and
households headed by females.
7.2
Recommendations
The recommendations for smooth implementation of the Resettlement and
Rehabilitation Plan are delineated below :

Compensation should be provided earlier enough before commencement of
project construction to the PAP, for the loss of their agricultural land
Project authorities should ensure frequent meetings with the implementation and
monitoring committee and also with the local project affected people and teams
for the smooth implementation of all relief measures
Project authorities should seek advice and help of local administration sarpanch,
Block development officer and other local leaders] in the area. Their participation
and involvement in the proposed development schemes shall be helpful in
confidence building. This would also help in conflict resolution if any such,
situation arises.
The quality of the land must be considered as it may not hinder the economic
status of the project affected people and affects their quality of life
If the desirable quality of land required is not available, then the net annual
income of the project affected people and the net profit from the land income
must be considered and that amount of money is to be provided to the project
affected people
At the time of land acquisition, compensation must also be given for the standing
crops, perennials to the PAP
Essential cash compensation must be given for the existing infrastructures on the
agricultural land like well, small huts etc. for the reconstruction of the
infrastructure
7.6
Access to Training, Employment and Credit

a)
Employment
The Project Authorities should provide preference in employment for project-affected
families in the category of unskilled and skilled workmen as per the need of the project. Every
affected family must be helped in starting some gainful occupation/getting training to facilitate
secondary employment in the region. The project authorities must construct shopping
complexes in which a limited number of small shops/stalls will be earmarked. Eligible persons
must be allotted employment after considering their skills and capabilities and wages should be
provided to them as fixed by the corporation. Some members of the project-affected families
may qualify to go for vocational training courses, like ITI etc.
b)
Training
Majority of household have small landholdings and their occupation is agriculture.
Special training must be imparted to the affected people for supporting their economic activities
in various forms. The oustee must be given training on dairy farming, carpet weaving, carpentry
etc. Promotional activities for improvement of agricultural and horticulture yields in the area will
be encouraged by providing training to the project affected people.
c)
Financial Assistance
For starting an income generation scheme/self employment the Project Authority
should provide financial grant in the case of shops allotted to the land PAFs. Certain financial
assistance must be given to the eligible project affected families for generating self
employment.
The Project authorities must consider awarding petty contracts to the Co-operatives
of eligible families on preferential basis so that some of them may be engaged in such jobs
also.
7.3
R&R Programme Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

R&R committee meetings should be held in every three months in order to ensure
incorporation of preference of the PAFs and resolve logistic problems in implementation of R&R
Plans. The project co-ordinator with team members must meet every PAF to ensure the
implementation of project from time to time. Six-month progress reports must be submitted to
project proponent. Planning Department, for evaluation and disbursement of finance.
Potential Evaluation Indicators for monitoring would be:
7.7
The
Task completion as per schedule

Identification of conflict among stakeholders, and its resolution
Awareness of PAFs and their involvement in overall development and
improvement in their quality of life
7.8
References
1.
The SEZ policy introduced in the Export Import (EXIM) Policy, Govt. of India,
April 1, 2000
2.
Draft Policy and Guidelines issued by the Ministry of Commerce (MoC),

Govt. of India (2005)
3.
Amendment in the EIA Notification of 7th July, 2004, Ministry of Environment

and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi
4.
EIA Notification of 14th September, 2006, Ministry of Environmnet and Forests

(MoEF), New Delhi
5.
National Ambient Air Quality Standards Notification, April 11, 1994, Ministry
of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi
6.
The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by Ministry
of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000
7.
Soil Chemical Analysis by M.L. Jackson, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi (1967)
8.
Methods of Soil Analysis Part-I, Black C. A., Ames Iowa, 555 (1964)
9.
IRS P6 LISS III Scenes (Path 94, Row 59) available in CD format from
National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Department of Space, Government
of India were used along with collateral data
10.
National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R) of project affected

families (2003)
11.
Gujarat Policy on Special Economic Zone
12.
Analysis Monitoring and Surveying Air Pollution, Stern, A.C, (1968)
13.
Measuring and Monitoring of Air Pollutants, Strauss W, Air Pollution Control

III, Wiley Interscience Publications (1978)
14.
a. ISO/TR 4227 : 1989 Planning of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

b. ISO 8756 : 1994 Air Quality Handling of Temperature; Pressure and
Humidity Data
c. ISO 6879 : 1983 Air Quality Performance Characteristics and Related
Concepts for Air Quality Measuring Methods
d. IS 5182 (Part-II), 1989, Sulfur dioxide estimation procedure, Methods for
measurement of air pollutants.
e. IS 5182 (Part-IV), 1987, Suspended solids estimation procedure, Methods
for measurement of air pollutants.
f.
IS 5182 (Part-VI), 1992, Nitrogen oxide estimation procedure, Methods

g. IS 5182 (Part-X), 1982, Carbon monoxide estimation procedure, Methods

15.
Non-methane hydrocarbon air quality measurements, J. Air Pollut. Contrl.

Assoc. Altshuller, A.P., Lonneman W.A. and Kopczynski S.L., 23 : 597 (1973)
16.
Climatological Tables of Observatories in India (1951-1980), published by the

India Meteorological Department, Govt. of India, issued by The Director
General of Meteorology, New Delhi, 5th edition (1999)
17.
Standard Methods for Examination of Water & Wastewater, 19th Edition, 1995,
Edited by Andrew Eaton, et.al.
18.
ISO/DIS 11464 Soil Quality Pretreatment of Sample for Physico-chemical

Analysis (1993)
19.
SEE Soil Class 2.0 version based on United States Department of Agriculture
(USDA)
20.
Soil methods, Keen, B.A and Raczkowski, H.J. Agric. Sci., 11 : 441-449 (1921)
21.
Soil and plant testing as a basis of fertilizer, FAO Soils Bulletin, 38/2, Rome
(1980)
22.
Course Manual on Soil Sampling Analysis, NEERI, Nagpur (1986)
23.
Studies in Ecology, Quantitative Plant Ecology, P. Greig Smith (Third edition),

vol. 9, 1983
24.
A Revised Survey of the Forest Types of India, Champion, H.G. &

Seth, S.K., Manager of Publication, Delhi (1968)
25.
Working Plan for Jamnagar Division , Forest Department, Govt. of Gujarat
26.
Simpson, E.H., Measurement of Diversity, Nature, London, 163,pp 688 (1949)
27.
Red Data Book of Indian Plants, M.P. Wayar & A.R.K. Sastry, by Botanical
Survey of India (1998)
28.
Primary Census Abstract, Jamnagar District, Gujarat State, CD - 2001
29.
National Health Policy, Govt. of India (1983)
30.
Statistical Handbook, Jamnagar District, Gujarat State (2001)
31.
Report on Doing Better Business Through Effective Public Consultation and
Disclosure by International Finance Corporation (IFC) (1998)
32.
Socio-economic Environmental Studies Series, Studies in Environment, vol. II

Quality of Life, EPA 600/5-72-012b (1974)
33.
Christopher Wood, Environmental Impact Assessment, A Comparative

Review,(Second edition) Published by Pearson Education LTD., England
pp125-1399 (2003)
34.
Categorization of Industry based on Pollution Potential by CPCB
35.
EIA for Proposed Special Economic Zone (SEZ) for Positra, Gujrat by NEERI
(2001)
36.
Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed Development of Navi Mumbai

Special Economic Zone, Maharashtra, India by NEERI (2005)
37.
Manual on Water Supply and Treatment published by CPHEEO (Central

Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organisation), Ministry of Urban
Development, New Delhi, (1991)
38.
Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling) Rules-2000, Ministry of

Environment and Forests Notification, New Delhi The Gazette of India, pp. 122, (2000)
39.
Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts, CPCB, Ministry of Environment and

Forests (MoEF), New Delhi, Govt. of India, Probes 75 (1999-2000)
40.
a. ISO 5667 1 : 1980 Water Quality Sampling Part 1 : Guidance on the

Design of Sampling Program
b. ISO 5667 2 : 1991 Water Quality Sampling Part 2 : Guidance Sampling
Techniques
c. ISO 5667 3 : 1985 Water Quality Sampling Part 3 : Guidance on the
Preservation and Handling of Samples
d. ISO 5667 4 : 1987 Water Quality Sampling Part 4 : Guidance on the
Sampling from lakes natural & man made
e. ISO 5667 5 : 1991 Water Quality Sampling Part 5 : Guidance on the
Sampling of drinking water & water used for food & beverage processing
f. ISO 5667 6 : 1990 Water Quality Sampling Part 6 : Guidance on the
Sampling of rivers and streams
g. ISO 5667 8 : 1993 Water Quality Sampling Part 8 : Guidance on the
Sampling of Wet Deposition
h. ISO 5667 9 : 1992 Water Quality Sampling Part 9 : Guidance on the
Sampling from marine waters
i. ISO 5667 10 : 1992 Water Quality Sampling Part 10 : Guidance on the
Sampling of wastewater
j. ISO 5667 11 : 1993 Water Quality Sampling Part 11 : Guidance on the

Sampling of groundwater
k. ISO 5667 15 : 1989 Water Quality Determination of Biochemical Oxygen
Demand after 5 days (BOD5) Dilution & Seeding Method
41.
Book on
Water and Wastewater Analysis by D.S.
C.A. Moghe, R. Sarin of Daya Publishing House, New Delhi (2002)
42.
World bank Group Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook for

Petrochemicals Manufacturing, (July 1998)
43.
Proposed Air Emission Regulation For Petrochemical Plants by CPCB, New

Delhi
44.
Coface Environmental Guidelines for Oil and Gas Petrochemical Plants

(July 2003)
45.
Additional TOR Letter from the MoEF
46.
Proceedings of the Public Consultation Process
47.
Clarifications and additional information submitted to MoEF
Ramteke,
Annexure - I
National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
(1994, 1998)
Pollutant
Time weighted
average
Concentration in ambient air

--------------------------------------------------------Industrial
Residential,
Sensitive
area
Rural & other area
areas
3
80 g/m3
120 g/m3
60 g/m3
80 g/m3
15 g/m3
30 g/m3
Method of
measurement
Sulphur
dioxide
(SO2)
Annual average*
24 hours**
Oxides of
Nitrogen
(as NO2)
Annual average*
24 hours**
Suspended
Particulate
Matter (SPM)
Annual average*
24 hours**
360 g/m3
500 g/m3
140 g/m3
200 g/m3
70 g/m3
100 g/m3
High volume sampling

(average flow rate
not less than 1.1 m3/min)
Respirable
Annual average*
Particulate
24 hours**
Matter (size
less than
10 m) (RPM)
120 g/m3
150 g/m3
60 g/m3
100 g/m3
50 g/m3
75 g/m3
Respirable particulate
matter sampler
Lead (Pb)
Annual average*
24 hours**
1.0 g/m3
1.5 g/m3
0.75 g/m3
1.00 g/m3
0.50 g/m3
0.75 g/m3
AAS method after

sampling using EPM
2000 or equivalent
filter paper
Carbon
Monoxide
(CO)
8 hours**
1 hour
5.0 mg/m3
10.0 mg/m3
2.0 mg/m3
4.0 mg/m3
1.00 mg/m3
2.00 mg/m3
Non-dispersive infrared
spectroscopy
Ammonia
(NH3)
Annual average*
24 hours**
---
100 g/m3
400 g/m3
---
--
*
**
80 g/m3
120 g/m3
60 g/m3
80 g/m3
15 g/m3
30 g/m3
Improved West
& Geake method
Ultraviolet
fluorescence
Jacob & Hochheiser
(Na-Arsenite) method
Gas phase
chemiluminescence
Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform
interval.
24 hourly/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. However, 2% of the time it may exceed
but not on two consecutive days
NOTE
1.
2.
3.
National Ambient Air Quality Standard : The levels of air quality necessary with an adequate margin of
safety, to protect the public health, vegetation and property.
Whenever and wherever two consecutive values exceeds the limit specified above for the respective
category, it would be considered adequate reason to institute regular/continuous monitoring and further
investigations.
The State Government/State Board shall notify the sensitive and other areas in the respective states within
a period of six months from the date of Notification of National Ambient Air Quality Standards.
Annexure - II
Damage Risk Criteria for Hearing Loss

Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA)
Maximum Allowable
Duration Per Day, h
Noise Level
dBA (Slow Response)
90
92
95
97
100
1.5
102
105
0.5
110
0.25 or less
115
ii
Annexure III
Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise

Area Code
Category of Area/Zone
Limits in dB(A) Leq*

Day Time
Night Time
(A)
Industrial Area
75
70
(B)
Commercial Area
65
55
(C)
Residential Area
55
45
(D)
Silence Zone
50
40
Notes :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m.

Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m. to 6.00 a.m.
Silence zone is defined as an area comprising not less than 100 meters around Hospitals,
Educational Institutions and courts. The silence zones are zones which are declared as
such by the competent authority.
Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four abovementioned
categories by the Component Authority.
* dB(A) Leq denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A
which is related to human hearing
"A", in dB(A) Leq, denotes the frequency weighting in the measurement
corresponds to frequency response characteristics of human ear
Leq : It is an energy mean of the noise level over a specified period
iii
of noise and
Annexure - IV
Classification of Inland Surface Water
(CPCB Standards)
Characteristics
A@
B@
C@
D@
E@
1.
Dissolved oxygen, mg/l,Min
2.
Biochemical oxygen demand,

mg/l. Max
3.
Total Coliform organisms,*

MPN/100 ml, max
50
500
5000
4.
Total Dissolved Solids,mg/l, Max.
500
1500
2100
5.
Chlorides(as Cl), mg/l, Max.
250
600
600
6.
Colour, Hazen units, Max.
10
300
300
7.
Sodium absorption ratio, Max.
26
8.
Boron (as B) \, mg/l, Max.
9.
Sulphates (as SO4),mg/l, Max
400
400
1000
10.
Nitrates ( as NO3),mg/l, Max.
20
50
11.
Free Ammonia (as N), mg/l, Max.
1.2
1.0
2.25
6.5-8.5
6.5-8.5
6.5-8.5
6.5-8.5
6.0-8.0
0.05
0.2
0.2
12.
Conductivity at 25 C,
micromhos/cm, Max.
13.
pH value
14.
Arsenic (as As),mg/l, Max.
15.
Iron (as Fe) mg/l, Max.
0.3
50.0
16.
Fluorides (as F), Mg/l, Max.
1.5
1.5
1.5
17.
Lead (as Pb),mg/l, Max.
0.1
0.1
18.
Copper (as Cu), mg/l, Max.
1.5
1.5
19.
Zinc (as Zn), mg/l, Max.
15.0
15.0
If the coliform count is found to be more than the prescribed tolerance limits, the criteria for coliforms shall be
satisfied if not more than 20 percent of samples show more than the tolerance limits specified, and not more than
5 percent of samples show values more than 4 times the tolerance limits. Further, the fecal coliform should not
be more than 20 percent of the coliform. Source: Indian Standard (IS:229 - 1982).
@ A
B
C
D
E
Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

Outdoor bathing (organised)
Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection
Propagation of Wildlife, Fisheries
Irrigation, Industrial cooling, Controlled waste disposal
iv
Annexure - V
General Standards for Discharge of Environmental Pollutants - Effluents
(Gazette Notification of MoEF, May 1993)
_____________________________________________________________________________
S.
Parameter
Standards
No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inland surface
Public
Land for
Marine coastal
water
sewers
irrigation
areas
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
1. Colour and odour
---
----
---
---
200
a) For process waste

water-100
b) For cooling water
effluent 10 percent
above total suspended matter of
influent
2. Suspended solids
mg/l, Max.
100
600
3. Particular size of
suspended solids
Shall pass 850

micron IS Sieve
---
a) Floatable solids,
max. 3 mm
b) Settleable solids,
max 850 microns
4. ***
---
***
---
5. pH value
5.5 to 9.0
6. Temperature
Shall not exceed 5oC --above the receiving

water temperature
---
Shall not exceed 5oC

above the receiving
water temperature
7. Oil and grease mg/l

Max.
10
20
10
20
8. Total residual chlorine

mg/l Max.
1.0
---
---
1.0
5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0
5.5 to 9.0
9. Ammonical nitrogen
50
50
--50
(as N), mg/l Max.
_____________________________________________________________________________
1. Schedule : VI inserted by Rule 2(d) of the Environment (Protection), Second Amendment
Rules, 1993 notified vide G.S.R. 422(E) dated 19.05.1993, published in the Gazette No. 174
dated 19.05.1993.
_____________________________________________________________________________
S.
Parameter
Standards
No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inland surface
Public
Land for
Marine coastal
water
sewers
irrigation
areas
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
10. Total Kjeldahl nitrogen
(as NH3) mg/l, Max
100
100
11. Free ammonia (as

NH3 ) mg/l, Max
5.0
5.0
12. Biochemical Oxygen

demand (5 days at
20oC) mg/l Max.
30
350
100
100
13. Chemical Oxygen

demand, mg/l Max.
250
250
14. Arsenic (as As),

mg/l Max.
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
15. Mercury (As Hg.)

mg/l Max.
0.01
0.01
0.01
16. Lead (as Pb) mg/l,

Max.
0.1
1.0
2.0
17. Cadmium (as Cd)

mg/l, Max.
2.0
1.0
2.0
18. Hexavalent chromium (as Cr+6),

mg/l, Max.
0.1
2.0
2.0
19. Total chromium (as

Cr) mg/l, Max.
2.0
2.0
2.0
20. Copper (as Cu)

mg/l, Max.
3.0
3.0
3.0
21. Zinc (as Zn.) mg/l

5.0
15
15
Max.
22. Selenium (as Se.)
0.05
0.05
0.05
mg/l, Max.
_____________________________________________________________________________
vi
____________________________________________________________________________
S.
Parameter
Standards
No.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inland surface
Public
Land for
Marine coastal
water
sewers
irrigation
areas
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
_____________________________________________________________________________
23. Nickel (as Ni)
mg/l, Max.
3.0
3.0
5.0
27. Cyanide (as CN)

mg/l Max.
0.2
2.0
0.2
0.2
29. Fluoride (as F)

mg/l Max.
2.0
15
15
30. Dissolved phosphates

(as P), mg/l Max.
5.0
32. Sulphide (as S) mg/l

Max.
2.0
5.0
33. Phenolic compounds

(as C6H5OH)
mg/l Max.
1.0
5.0
5.0
10-7
10-7
10-8
10-7
10-6
10-6
10-7
10-6
24. ***
25. ***
26. ***
28. ***
31. ***
34. Radioactive materials

(a) Alpha emitter
micro curie/ml
(b) Beta emitter
micro curie/ml
35. Bio-assay test
90%survival
90%survival 90%survival 90%survival
of fish after
of fish after
of fish after
of fish after
96 hours in
96 hours in
96 hours in
96 hours in
100% effluent
100% effluent 100% effluent 100% effluent
_____________________________________________________________________________
vii
_____________________________________________________________________________
S.
No.
Parameter
Standards
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Inland surface
Public
Land for
Marine coastal
water
sewers
irrigation
areas
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
_____________________________________________________________________________
36. Manganese (as Mn.)
mg/l
37. Iron (as Fe) mg/l
38. Vanadium ( as V)
0.2
0.2
0.2
39. Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l
10
20
40. ***
*
*
*
*
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. Omitted by Rule 2(d)(i) of the Environment (Protection) Third Amendment Rules, 1993 vide
Notification No. G.S.R. 801 (E) dated 31.12.1993
viii
Annexure VI
Procedure for Environmental Clearance of the project
The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India, is the governing body
that issues the Environmental Clearance (EC) for a project. The procedures for obtaining the
EC for a project is specified in Figure 1.
The EC process will compromise of a maximum of four stages, of which screening may not
apply for cases such as i.e. refinery, petrochemical complex, SEZ, etc. These four stages in
sequential order are given below:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Screening
Scoping
Public Consultation
Appraisal
Scoping
The applicant has to submit an application seeking prior EC made in the prescribed format,
pre feasibility report and a comprehensive Terms of Reference (TOR) of the proposed project
addressing all the environmental concerns for the preparation of the Environment Impact
Assessment (EIA) & Risk Assessment (RA) to the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) under
the MoEF. The EAC shall determine and convey to the applicant the TOR within 60 days of
the receipt of the documents. This TOR will be on the basis of information furnished by the
applicant including the TOR proposed by the applicant, site visit by EAC (if required) and the
other information available. These TOR shall be deemed as the final TOR for EIA, which will
be displayed on the MoEF website.
The applicant/ third party shall prepare the Draft EIA and RA study report in line with the final
TOR for the proposed project.
Public Consultation
Once the draft EIA and RA is ready, the applicant shall make a request for Public Hearing
(PH) to State Pollution Control Board (SPCB). The SPCB shall advertise the same in one
national daily and one regional vernacular daily intimating the date, time, venue, the offices
where the public could access the Draft EIA Report and the Summary of the EIA report before
the PH. The SPCB shall arrange to video film the entire proceedings. Once the public hearing
is completed, a Final EIA is prepared by incorporating the public hearing comments before
submission for Appraisal.
On completion of the PH, the SPCB representatives will prepare the minutes of the meeting
and compile the documentation pertaining to the PH which will include the press notice,
queries, responses, attendance sheets and comments/suggestions made at the PH, which will
be submitted to the MoEF.
No Objection Certificate (NOC) / Consent for Establishment (CFE)

As per the requirements of the Air Act and Water Act, the project proponent will file an
application with the respective State Pollution Control Board for the Consent for
Establishment. The project will be appraised by the technical committee of the SPCB wherein
the project proponent has to respond to all the queries based on the documentation submitted
and furnish any additional information, as required. On satisfactory completion of the technical
committee review, the SPCB issues the No Objection Certificate (Consent for Establishment)
of the project.
Appraisal by EAC
The draft EIA will be finalized incorporating the comments of the Public Consultation process.
The final EIA will be submitted to the MoEF along with the outcome of the public consultations.
The MoEF will then scrutinize the documents (EIA Report, video tape of the PH, final layout
plan, Project feasibility report) with reference to the TOR and the inadequacies noted shall be
communicated to the EAC enclosing a copy of the EIA documents, the PH proceedings, public
responses along with Form I and scheduled dated of the EAC meeting for considering the
proposal. The appraisal of an application (EIA report and other documents) shall be completed
by the EAC and the recommendation on grant of EC shall be conveyed to the MoEF. The
MoEF shall consider the decision of recommendations of the EAC and convey its decision on
EC to the applicant.
Post Environmental Clearance Monitoring
The Project management shall submit half yearly compliance reports in respect to the
stipulated EC terms and conditions in hard and soft copies to the regulatory authorities.
Transferability of the EC
A prior EC granted for a specific project to an applicant may be transferred during its validity to
another legal person entitled to undertake the project on application by the transferor or by the
transferee with a written no objection by the transferor, to, and by the regulatory authority
concerned, on the same terms and conditions under which the prior EC was initially granted.
Consent to Operate, Environmental Action Plan and Monitoring
Prior to the commissioning of the project, the project proponent shall apply to the SPCB for
Consent to Operate in the prescribed format. All the operational details based on the final
design of the project are mentioned on this application and after ensuring compliance to all the
conditions specified by the SPCB in the CFE and the conditions specified in the EC. The
SPCB will issue consent to operate.
The compliance to various conditions that are specified in the statutory approvals is monitored
by the SPCB and MOEF. The post project environmental plan as specified in EIA is to be
practiced and periodic reports are to be sent to the MOEF and SPCB of monitoring division.
Further an annual environmental audit report is to be submitted to the relevant statutory
authorities.
EIA & RA Scope
Process For Environmental Approvals

Start
Project Definition
Agency Selection for EIA &

RA
Draft EIA and RA report
Form 1 + Pre-feasibility
report + Terms of Reference
(TOR) to EAC
S
C
O
P
I
N
G
Approved TOR for EIA and

RA Studies
Draft EIA and RA report
Public Hearing
Incorporation of Public Hearing

comments in Draft EIA
A
P
P
R
A
I
S
A
L
C
E
N
T
R
A
L
G
O
V
T
E
A
P
&
M
O
N
I
T
O
R
I
N
G
Application to SPCB for

Public Hearing and NOC
Public hearing notice

publication and documents
for public review during
mandatory notice period
Final EIA & RA

SPCB Appraisal
Final EIA to be submitted to

MOEF
NOC
MOEF to scrutinize the Final

EIA with reference to TOR.
60 ( 315 ) of
EACs recommendation
EC to MOEF
Environmental
15Clearance
( 345 )
(EC)
Preparation of Specs for

environmental requirement &
systems incorporating the
stipulated conditions of
environmental clearance
Review and feed back during

Design, Construction and
Commissioning
Liaison with Govt and

statutory bodies and obtain
operational approvals/
consents
Establish monitoring &

regulatory compliance norms
for steady state operation.
Periodic monitoring of
compliance and assistance to
plant on specific issue.
Project Management to
submit compliance report in
respect of EC to MOEF
Comprehensive EIA study or

any other studies as stipulated
in the MOEF EC
Preparation of detailed EAP

for Construction and
Operation
P
U
B
L
I
C
C
O
N
S
U
L
T
A
T
I
O
N
Annexure - VII
Annexure VIII
Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan

Instructions of Government of India (Ministry of Industry) 1988
Thus, land for land was the only objective of human resettlement. But there was no
clearcut guidelines in achieving this objective.
Government of India, in the Ministry of
Industry, Department of Public Enterprises, Bureau of Public Enterprises in their Office

Memorandum No. 15/13/84 B.P.E (C) dt. 3.2.1986 issued a set of instructions on land
acquisition and rehabilitation aspects involved in major projects and alleviation of the
difficulties faced by the dispossessed persons. Ministry of Water Resources in their letter
No. 6/71/84-P.H dt. 27.5.1986 impressed upon all State Governments to follow the
instructions contained in the aforesaid Office Memorandum of Ministry of Industry,
Department of Public Enterprises, while formulating projects. The salient features of the
Office-Memorandum are the following :
(a) There should be a Rehabilitation Cell in each and every project to identify the
persons who are dispossessed of their land following acquisition of their land
(b) Rehabilitation assistance should be given to those who are dispossessed of their
land and homestead and provided they were themselves cultivating those lands.
Absentee landlords will not be entitled for any rehabilitation assistance
(c) Considering the educational attainment of the oustees, arrangements at project cost
will be made to impart suitable-vocational training in available training institutes for
employment in the project, subject to availability of vacancy.
If suitable training
disciplines are not available in existing institutes, such training courses which would
equip the candidates for employment should be started and funded by the project.
But there will be no started and funded by the project.
But there will be no
commitment by the project authorities that such training arranged for by the project
will ultimately provide employment to the oustee in the project itself or anywhere else.
The idea behind such training is only to equip the oustee with necessary ability to
compete for employment alongwith others
(d) There will be no assurance for any employment opportunities in the project. But the
projects will assist the State, Governments in organising and financing the oustees in
taking to useful avocations like poultry, animal husbandry, etc.
The basis
responsibility of initiating such activities will be that of the State Government ; not the
project
(e) The Rehabilitation Cell will monitor the progress of rehabilitation activities
(f)
The entire cost of rehabilitation will be a part of the project cost
Eligibility
(a) In fully submerged villages, displaced families losing land and/or houses will get land
in rehabilitation area provided they do not have three acres or more land in any
adjoining area
(b) Landless and homeless families belonging to the fully submerged villages will also
get land
Rehabilitation Policy Relating to Other Projects in the State

1. Training in I.T.I
2. Allotment of shops adjacent to plant approaches and inside township
3. Engagement in agro-based industries
4. Unskilled job in the plant
Determination of Market Value of Land

(a) Preparation of Land Acquisition estimate is not an easy task. For this, the market
value of the land proposed to be acquired is to be determined.
Normally this is
determined after taking into account the sale transactions at the date of publication of
notification U/S 4(1) of the L.A. Act. In the event of non-availability of such data, the
market value of the land prevailing on or close to the date of submission of the
proposal may be taken into consideration
(b) If no such sale transaction data are available, sales of such quality of land in the
vicinity within a fairly recent date can be taken into account
(c) If no such statistics as contemplated in (b) above are available, the net annual
produce of the land can be taken into account for valuation
(d) Value awarded in previous land acquisition proceedings is also relevant evidence on
the question of market value
(e) For determination of market value of agricultural land, the annual letting value is also
taken into account. The net profit the tenant derives from the land over a certain
number of years is taken as the letting value
(f)
While determining the market value of the land, value of trees, houses, wells, tanks,
crops, etc., that are standing on the land shall be taken into account
Source : Environmental Impact of Large Reservoir Project on Human Settlement : A.K. Dalua 1993
Annexure IX
SAFE MANAGEMENT
MEASURES
FOR
PHOSGENE
Contents
Section
Topic
No.
Pg.
No
1.0
Introduction
1.1
Preface and Legal Notice
1.2
Company Goals
2.0
Training and Job Safety

2.1
Employee Education and Training
2.2
Safety review
Health Factors, Industrial Hygiene, Medical Management,
3.0
First Aid and Protective Equipment

3.1
General
3.2
Air Monitoring
3.3
Medical Management
3.4
Personal Protective Equipment
15
3.4.1
General
15
3.4.2
Availability and Use
17
3.4.3
Training
17
3.4.4
17
Emergency Response
18
Emergency Response Plan
18
General
18
4.2
Fire
21
4.3
Gaseous Leak
22
4.4
Liquid Spills
25
4.5
Mutual Aid
25
4.6
Public Departments
25
Design of Facilities
26
5.1
Plant Layout and Siting
26
5.2
Materials of Construction
28
General Design Considerations
28
4.0
4.1
4.1.1
5.0
5.2.1
Section
Topic
No.
Pg.
No
5.3
Piping Items and Valves
30
5.3.1
Piping
30
5.3.2
Valves
32
5.3.3
Other Components
32
5.3.4
Piping Layout and Design
33
5.3.5
Preparation for Use
36
5.3.6
Leak testing
36
5.3.7
Drying
36
5.3.8
Preventative Inspection and Maintenance
37
Pumps
39
5.4.1
General Guidelines
39
5.4.2
Mechanically Sealed Pumps
40
5.4.3
Differential Pressure
41
Instruments
41
5.5.1
Introduction
41
5.5.2
General Description
42
5.5.3
General Design Installation Issues
43
Relief Devices
44
Introduction
44
Secondary Containment
45
5.7.1
Introduction
45
5.7.2
Double Walled Construction
46
5.7.3
Structural Enclosures
46
5.7.4
Dump Tanks
47
5.7.5
Containment Vaults
47
Mitigation Systems
48
Fugitive Collection Systems
49
Vacuum Systems
49
5.8.1.1.1
Spot Ventilation Systems
49
5.8.1.1.2
Permanent Ventilation Systems
50
Phosgene Neutralization Systems
50
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.6.1
5.7
5.8
5.8.1
5.8.1.1
5.8.2
Section
Topic
No.
Pg.
No
5.8.2.1
Caustic Scrubbers
50
5.8.2.1.2
Dispersion Stacks
51
5.8.2.1.3
Emissions and Controls
51
Inspection and Testing
53
5.9.1
Inspection & Testing During Operation
53
5.9.2
Inspection & Testing During Maintenance / Turnarounds
57
5.9.3
Commissioning Equipment
62
5.9.4
Certification & Training Requirements for Non Destructive
67
5.9
Testing (NDT) Inspectors

5.9.5
Record keeping
67
Equipment Cleaning and Repair
68
6.1
General
68
6.2
Preparation for Inspection or Repair
68
6.3
Equipment Repairs
71
6.4
Preparation of Service
72
6.0
SAFE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES FOR PHOSGENE
1.0
1.1
Introduction
Preface and Legal Notice
The information on Phosgene Safe Practice Guidelines Document is a presented

in this document. The information provided in the document is a guideline to be
adopted or followed. The information is intended to provide helpful guidance that
the Project Proponent has to consider.
1.2
Company Goals
Continuous improvement in phosgene production process with respect to

safety, health and environmental protection.
Comply with the Chemical Weapons Convention to which India is a

signatory.
Precautionary information, such as is presented here, should be provided to

all persons who will use, handle or otherwise be exposed to phosgene.
2.0
2.1
Training and Job Safety
Employee Education and Training

Phosgene boils at 7.56oC (approximately 46oF) at atmospheric pressure so it is
normally in a gaseous state. As a gas, phosgene is poisonous. However, it may
be in a liquid state under certain pressure and temperature conditions. Liquid
phosgene can cause skin and eye burns. Liquid phosgene will usually have a
sufficiently high vapor pressure that handling it presents the same toxicity
concerns as handling the gas. The toxicity of phosgene depends on the degree
of exposure or dose.
The hazards associated with the use and handling of
phosgene (that is, the likelihood of significant exposure) can be minimized by

proper education and training of employees and contractors before their
assignment to operating responsibilities in areas handling this material, as well
as by observing proper engineering practice.
Safe handling of phosgene depends to a great extent upon the effectiveness of

employee education, proper training in safe practices, the use of safety
equipment, and the proper application from the employee of the knowledge and
skills learned. Knowledgeable supervision and management support is required
to assess and improve on this process.
Before undertaking any employee training on the handling or processing of

phosgene, the trainer should be thoroughly familiar with the properties and
characteristics of the chemical. While reviewing the information provided in this
document
to
be
helpful,
users
to
help
ensure
that
all
appropriate
recommendations and precautions are followed. Consider whether the training

materials include up-to-date information and are presented in a format that is
easily understood by all employees.
Verification that the employee has
understood the material, and documentation of the testing procedure, may be

needed.
Frequently Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are relied upon to
provide up-to-date information on phosgene safety and handling. The National

Institute of Occupational Safety and Healths (NIOSH) Criteria Document on
phosgene also provides information.
Employee and contractor education and training programs should be thorough

and accurate training program covering topics and information are important and
beneficial include:
Exposure symptoms and exposure signs with emphasis on possible delayed

effects.
Phosgene handling training that includes line-breaking practices.
Phosgene neutralization practices.
Qualification of workers authorized to approach and contain phosgene leaks.
Instructions and periodic drills or quizzes regarding items such as:
potential emergency scenarios
physical characteristics of phosgene
health hazards associated with exposure and overexposure to phosgene
first response measures
personal protective equipment (PPE)
occupational exposure limits
fire and explosion information
gas detection equipment, gas alarms and emergency shutdown

equipment such as valves and switches
spill and disposal procedures
emergency procedures
review of previous incidents (if any)
Instructions on reporting to the proper authority all incidents involving either

the inhalation of the vapors of phosgene or direct contact with the liquid, as
well as all signs of illness, particularly respiratory distress.
Instructions on reporting all cases of personal protection equipment failure to

the proper authority.
In addition to initial training, periodic re-training of phosgene workers should be

carried out on a regular basis to reinforce and update important information. The
Company shall also provide training and education programs for maintenance
and emergency personnel who may frequent a phosgene area.
Informing
workers in neighboring areas (villages) of emergency procedures, in the event of

phosgene releases or spills can help provide for appropriate actions should an
event occur.
Company will find it useful and this may be required by law to maintain a record
of those personnel who are instructed, retrained and tested.
2.2
Safety Review
The users must consult the applicable regulatory norms and review all the
requirements in their entirety (and to learn of potential updates). After becoming
thoroughly familiar with the properties and hazardous characteristics of
phosgene, operating procedures must be written and reviewed by appropriate
personnel. Once the procedures have been finalized, they should be reviewed
by appropriate personnel, especially workers who will be handling phosgene.
During the hazard evaluation, the hazards of the process, past incidents,
engineering controls, failure consequences, mechanical integrity and facility
siting must be considered. The review should not only be concerned with the
hazards of contact with or exposure to phosgene, but also with hazards that may
be involved in handling containers and using the operating equipment. Other
hazards associated with the work should be noted.
The need for personal
protective equipment, its maintenance and its proper use, as well as its
limitations should be determined.
Procedures for all reasonably foreseeable
emergencies should be established, including determining suitable locations for

and the operation of safety showers, fire extinguishers, alarms etc. Both routine
and non-routine operations must be considered including the startup and
shutdown of a process. Emergency planning and response procedures must be
considered.
During safety review of the operations, it may become apparent that some
danger points can be eliminated.
However, process changes should not be
made without following the Management of Change procedures. In chemical

processing, even a slight deviation might cause disastrous results.
To increase training effectiveness, all significant hazards can be explained

together with precautions to be followed in the standard operating procedures.
Safety precautions can be an integral part of the operating instructions.
For example, if specific-level personal protective equipment is required while linebreaking, the standard operating procedure which describes the line-breaking
can also make it clear that the specific personal protective equipment is required
for that operation. Since each aspect of operation has elements of safety, it is
helpful if the manuals and operations documents incorporate safety information
for all steps.
Periodic audits are required at least every 3 years. This duration however can be
increased or decreased based on the requirements. Periodically checking the
employees helps make certain that they are following instructions and
precautions as directed. Complete standard operating procedures that embody
safety information can help prevent injuries and accidents.
3.0
Health Factors, Industrial Hygiene, Medical Management, First Aid and

Protective Equipment
3.1
General
Phosgene is a poisonous gas at atmospheric pressure and room temperature. (It

may, however, be in a liquid state under certain temperature and pressure
conditions.) However, the hazards of phosgene are greatly reduced if workers
follow safe working procedures and are provided with proper safeguards.
The harmful effects of low-level exposure to phosgene are primarily due to

irritation but this action may not be immediately apparent in a relatively mild
exposure. An exposed person may even breathe the gas deeply into the lungs
without being aware of the hazard. This may result in minor and brief irritation to
the upper respiratory system with more serious effects in the alveolar portion of
the lungs. In heavy exposures, irritation may be apparent at once but even so,
because the gas causes little spasm of the air passages, immediate symptoms
may subside. However, the effects to the areas of the lung where gas exchange
is taking place will continue to occur over the next few hours. Pulmonary edema,
indicated by excessive amounts of fluid in the lungs, is the result of
overexposure.
Phosgene exposure may also produce irritation of the eyes and headache.
Nausea, vomiting and abdominal pain may occur. The important site of action is
in the finer air passages of the lungs and the pulmonary capillaries.
3.2
Air Monitoring
Early methods for the detection of phosgene utilizes absorption into a solution
which changes color (25% 4(4-nitrobenzyl pyridine) and stabilizes the color
(0.5% N-Phenylbenzene). The absorbance is then read on a spectrophotometer.
Early colorimetric methods give rise to development of diffusion badges.
Badges that change color upon exposure to phosgene are commercially

available. Color change is white to pink (red) or white to blue. Extremely high
concentrations (percent not ppm levels) may cause the color to change back to
white again. Badge readings may vary depending on the manufacturer of the
badge, the reader of the badge, and other conditions and factors. Manufacturers
may provide additional details for inclusion in employee training.
Dose is estimated by matching the intensity of color on a badge reader or color

wheel (graduated color intensities that correspond to dose (ppm-minutes). The
potential for individuals color blindness to reds is a factor that can be addressed
in the development of a badge program.
Users can develop written programs including a log of exposures or possibly lack
of exposures. Documentation of dose can include details of the event leading to
the exposure as well as details of any respiratory protection used.
Useful
information may include the name of the individual who wears the badge, the
person entering the information, and the circumstances of the event in case it
should be necessary to provide this information later. During training on the use
of the badges, it may be important to stress that all exposures be reported
immediately. In most cases, exposures warrant an incident investigation and
accompanying documentation of that investigation.
Placement of badges can be an important element in a badge program. More

useful and reliable results can be achieved if the badge is placed in the breathing
zone of the individual. Badges that are affected by ultraviolet (UV) light and
water may be adhered under the front brim of the hard-hat. Alternately, clips can
attach the badge to the collar to better secure the badge and still provide
representative breathing zone concentration. Wearing badges under additional
personal protective equipment (PPE) (slicker suits, bunker gear, etc.) and
badges worn on the back of the hard-hat can hinder the badges effectiveness.
Users may also consider including the written program on Standard Operating
Procedures or Job Safety Information regarding instructions on the proper use
of badges and medical reporting procedures.
The badge manufacturers
recommendations for use are also relevant. Since a dose of 48 ppm-min is

equivalent to 480 minutes times the TLV of 0.1 ppm, values less than 48 ppmmin do not necessarily constitute an overexposure. This information may be
helpful when considering the definition of first aid and recordable injury. A
dose of 48 ppm-min can be chosen as reporting through the medical facility; or
use a lesser value.
It must be emphasized again, however, any phosgene
exposure should be given due consideration keeping in mind the TLV and the
hazard potential of phosgene.
Badges are also used as leak detection devices, especially in open-air

environments where tiny leaks may escape detection using handheld monitors,
area monitors or ammonia sprays.
Badges may be placed and left for long
periods of time (subject to the manufacturers recommendations for maximum

sampling time) to identify low concentrations of phosgene. The lower detectable
limit of instrumentation that gives immediate concentration readout (usually 0.01
ppm) may be insufficient for very small leaks.
Other types of portable and fixed monitoring systems also are available which
use either electrochemical cell detectors or a version of the color chemistry
mentioned above. Instrumentation utilizing paper tape chemistries is usually very
specific to phosgene. Electrochemical cell detectors may have cross-sensitivity
to a number of contaminants typically found in industrial settings (e.g., sulphur
compounds and hydrochloric acid (HCl) gas). Filters can help minimize the
problem. It is beneficial to discuss this matter with manufacturers of all these
devices, especially where false indication of phosgene could cause harm to
employees, neighboring industries or the community.
In some circumstances, it may be necessary to employ instrumentation in the

event phosgene is released in areas where it could enter a building (e.g. intake
through the heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) system, conduit path
openings, etc.).
Detection of trapped phosgene vapors after a release is
important because vapors could pose a threat to building occupants in the vicinity
or person downwind of a release.
Remote optical sensing systems can monitor for phosgene down a long path,
rather than detecting its presence at a single point. Fourier Transform Infrared
(FTIR) systems may be quite useful. Rapid improvements in this technology
make this technique state-of-the-art, but therefore may lack of field reliability over
time.
3.3
Medical Management
Clinical Procedures
Adequate self- protection should be ensured before rescuers attempt to aid

casualties. Rescuers should wear appropriate protective clothing including
respiratory and eye protection. Self contained breathing apparatus and
impermeable suits are required to protect against high concentrations.
The priority is to remove the casualty from further exposure and maintain vital
functions. Management of acute phosgene inhalation is symptomatic and
supportive.
Phosgene is a volatile gas and contamination from individuals exposed to gas

alone is unlikely. However, in cold environment/weather, phosgene gas can
condense and contaminate others dermally, unless they are protected.
Exposure to liquid agent will result in off-gassing and a secondary hazard.
Remove contact lenses if present and easily removable. Irritate eyes with
lukewarm water or sodium chloride 0.9% solution. Patients with eye injuries
should be referred to an ophthalmologist. If eye tissue is frozen seek urgent
specialist advice.
All clothing should be removed unless covering an area of frostbite.

Whenever possible the affected individual should remove contaminated
clothing for him/herself
Phosgene does not remain liquid for long, except in cold climates. Skin
decontamination is therefore not usually required following exposure to gas
alone. If required, this should be carried out using a rinse-wipe-rinse regime
with dilute detergent (10 ml washing up liquid to a 10 litre bucket of water).
Contaminated clothing should be placed in clear, labeled sealed bags to

prevent further contamination. It should be stored in a secure area away from
staff and patients.
Establish and maintain a clear airway and administer supplemental oxygen

as required.
Sample collection and monitoring
There is no analysis available to measure blood phosgene concentrations.

Concentration in air may be measured.
Clinical samples will be required according to patients condition. Consider

obtaining arterial blood gases and chest X-rays. These may need to be
repeated.
Treatment
In the event of and incident causing release of phosgene, additional resuscitation

equipment will be available. This should be requested EARLY in the course of
the incident. The trigger for obtaining it will be released separately.
The severity or duration of the initial phases does not reliably indicate the
potential for sever clinical effects.
If exposure is suspected the patient should be observed for 24 hours.
Those exposed should undertake no exercise remaining on bed rest as

exercise may precipitate oedema and collapse.
10
Inhalation Management
Treatment is symptomatic and supportive. Give oxygen for dyspnoea and

bronchodilators (e.g. inhaled sulbutamol) for bronchospasm.
Monitor arterial blood gases and pulmonary function and obtain a chest x-ray.
Mechanical ventilation with positive end-expiratory pressure may be

necessary if non-cardiogenic pulmonary oedema develops.
Monitor for the development of secondary infection and ARDS.
The role of prophylactic corticosteriods (inhaled or systemic) is unproven.

Antibiotics will be required if pneumonia is unproven.
Follow up lung function testes should be obtained following recovery from the
acute illness.
Dermal Management
Dermal features usually occur only after exposure to concentrated phosgene

gas or contact with liquid phosgene.
If frostbite has occurred; remove clothing carefully; these may need to be

soaked off with tepid water; irrigate the area. Surgical referral may be
necessary.
If frostbite has not occurred; remove any remaining contaminated clothing.

Irrigate with copious amounts of water.
Treat burns symptotically.
Place any contaminated clothes in double, sealed, clear bags, label and store
in a secure area away from patients and staff.
11
Eye Management
Remove contact lenses if required. Irrigate eyes immediately. Stain with

fluorescein and refer to an ophthalmologist if there is any uptake of the stain.
Oral Management
Not applicable.
Admission criteria
If exposure is suspected, the patients must be observed for 24 hours due to

the possibility of delayed, potentially fatal, pulmonary oedema occurring.
Patients should undertake no exercise and should be placed on strict bed as
soon as possible.
Protection of health workers
All medical staff should wear full personal protective equipment when
decontaminating patients.
Laboratory procedures
There is no analysis available to measure phosgene concentrations. Air

sampling at the site of exposure may confirm the nature of exposure. Clinical
samples, including blood gases should be taken according to the patients
clinical condition.
12
Public health procedures
Surveillance and detection of deliberate release
A deliberate release should be considered in the event of any cases where

there is no clear history of occupational or other exposure to phosgene. The
likelihood of a deliberate release increases with the number of cases, which
are linked in time and place.
Expert advice may be required in order to confirm the occurrence of a covert

release and epidemiological investigations may be required to defined
exposed zone in time and space.
Case definition
A record should be kept of all patients attending as the result of phosgene

release.
Possible case
Patient reporting possible exposure with or without mild symptoms, probably

not admitted for continuing medical care.
Probable case
Patient reporting exposure, with some symptoms consistent with exposure,

likely to have continuing medical care.
Confirmed case
Patients reporting exposure, with some symptoms consistent with exposure,

likely to have require hospital care.
13
Confirmed case
Characteristically symptomatic patient, with history of exposure require

hospital care.
Public Health Action
Removal from exposure
Minimization of harm by removal from exposure is probably the most

important public health measure. Evacuation from contaminated area is
essential and is likely to be undertaken by the emergency services (or by self
evacuation).
Decontamination
Adequate self-protection should be ensured before rescuers attempt to aid

causalities. Rescuers should wear appropriate clothing including respiratory
and eye protection. Self-contained breathing apparatus and impermeable
suits are required to protect against high concentrations.
Phosgene is a volatile gas and secondary contamination from exposed

individuals is unlikely, though liquid phosgene can contaminate others
dermally, unless they are adequately protected. Off-gassing from liquid agent
may pose a secondary vapor hazard.
All clothing should be removed. Phosgene evaporates quickly except in cold

weather and therefore tends not to remain liquid for long, except in very cold
climates. Skin decontamination may not be required. If required, it should be
carried out using a rinse-wipe-rinse regime with dilute detergent (10 ml
washing up liquid to a 10-litre bucket of water.
Contaminated clothing should be placed in clear, labeled, sealed bags to

prevent further contamination.
14
Epidemiological investigation
It is vitally important to try and obtain epidemiological data on this patient

group. A draft questionnaire has been provided to hospital trusts (Hospital
Chemical Incident Response) and further advice may be issued. Health
authorities may wish to collaborate with acute trusts in collating these data.
Environmental hazard summary
Phosgene is denser than air and may accumulate in low-lying areas.
It has a vapor pressure (vapor pressure 1418 mm Hg at 25C).
Phosgene degrades slowly in atmosphere
In water phosgene in hydrolyzed and is rapidly lost by volatisation.
If released into damp soil phosgene will hydrolyze and be lost by

volatilization. It has a high Kco and is expected to be highly mobile.
3.4
Drinking Water Standards: no data available. Immiscible with water.
Soil Guidelines: no data available.
Air Quality: no data available.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
3.4.1
General
Because the odor of phosgene may not be noticed and is not unpleasant,
establishment of engineering controls and work practices helps protect
against potential risks.
Phosgene fatalities have occurred from
overexposure, sometimes with few, if any, initial symptoms.
Handling phosgene in completely closed processing systems helps

minimize exposure. In the event of a release of phosgene, the immediate
evacuation of the area, and entering the area only with the use of
appropriate respiratory protective equipment reduces potential concerns.
15
It is beneficial to have several sets of protective equipment available at all

times stored outside of, but near to, the area where phosgene is used.
Workers can benefit from instructions on how to avoid or minimize

breathing phosgene in areas where they may be exposed to the gas.
Other items may include: equipping and instructing in the use of positive
pressure self-contained breathing equipment when it is known that
phosgene may escape; familiarizing workers with the location, operation
and limitations on the duration of use of respiratory protective equipment;
and reporting immediately any episode in which the gas was breathed or
of contact of the skin or eyes with liquid phosgene.
Personal protective equipment serves to compliment but not substitute for

safe working conditions, adequate process control, ventilation and proper
conduct by employees working with phosgene (engineering controls).
However, in some instances, it is the only practical means of protecting
the worker in emergency situations and while performing tasks where
engineering controls are not feasible.
An appropriate choice in selection and use of personal protective

equipment will normally be dictated by the total situation, rather than by
the toxic properties of phosgene alone.
These situations may also
involve other hazardous materials or normally innocuous materials that

can magnify potential concerns associated with phosgene. Therefore, the
following information on equipment is to be considered as a potential
reference point for general guidance. Users need to select appropriate
personal protective equipment based on their specific needs and
circumstances.
Other chemicals or factors may require the use of
additional protection. Except in extreme emergencies, no one should be

given personal protective equipment without suitable training in its use.
CAUTION :
It is important to consider all the chemicals potentially
present with phosgene when selecting PPE.
16
3.4.2
Availability and Use
Location, care and selection of appropriate PPE are dictated by the

proposed use of the equipment. Personnel, facilities and programs have
to be assigned for suitable care, decontamination and repair of all
equipment.
3.4.3
Training
Provide training so that employees using PPE in phosgene service are

extensively experienced in the use of the relevant PPE prior to its use in
phosgene service.
Consult the manufacturer recommendations where
provided.
3.4.4
Some of the Personal Protective Equipment to be provided will be as

follows:
Protective clothing
Foot protection
Hand protection
Eye protection
Respiratory protection
Head protection
Storage of PPE for phosgene service
Maintenance of PPE for phosgene service
Decontamination of contaminated clothing
17
4.0
4.1
Emergency Response
4.1.1
General
Elements of an emergency response plan. The requirements dictate that

the employer develop an emergency response plan that shall address, as
a minimum, the following items to the extent that they are not addressed
elsewhere:
a. Pre-emergency planning and coordination with outside parties.

b. Personal roles, lines of authority, training and communication
c. Emergency recognition and prevention
d. Safe distances and places of refuge
e. Site security and control
f.
Evacuation routes and procedures
g. Decontamination
h. Emergency medical treatment and first aid
i.
Emergency alerting and response procedures.
j.
Critique of response and follow-up.
k. PPE and emergency equipment
Additional items for Emergency Response Plans
The following items may also be included or considered as part of

emergency response planning.
Depending on specific circumstances,
alternative or additional items may be required for emergency response

plan development
Key company personnel evaluate the feasibility of including alternate

personnel and how to contact those individuals if the need arose (e.g.
phone, pager). Automatic pager calls and phone ring-down systems
18
are available and may be helpful especially where large numbers of

people must be contacted quickly.
Key outside personnel may be contacted directly or by automatic ringdown, and messaging systems may be incorporated to speed the
process and document that the calls were made.
Titles of individuals as they function in Emergency Response activities

and their associated duties before, during and after the emergency
can be explained in the plan.
A description of the facility, layout and chemical inventory will aid in

communicating with outside agencies and mutual aid groups.
Preplanning the location and staffing of the incident command team,

management and staging areas, including a possible location offsite
should a catastrophic emergency arise, can facilitate response
actions.
It is beneficial to have training and drills simulate real situations and

have personnel trained to act as if the activity was not a mere
preparation exercise.
Drills should include the actual use of
respirators including escape respirators. Smoke bombs to be used to

make drills more or realistic and to display air patterns.
Alarm systems such as directional sirens, strobes or public

announcement systems to be included.
Evaluate whether alarm
systems have sufficient volume to reach all affected personnel.
Evacuation/Shelter-in-Place:
Establishing procedures that include
communication equipment inside the safe shelter in the event it

becomes necessary for persons to evacuate the safe shelter or for
occupants to communicate information back to the On Scene Incident
Commander (OSIC)
19
Downwind or perimeter monitoring has been used to better draw

boundaries for personnel protection. Detection instruments help to
determine when concentrations have dropped and the all clear can
be safely given.
Consideration may be given to any structures
downwind that are or could be occupied by personnel. Phosgene can

be trapped in buildings where it dissipates slowly. Keep in mind that
IDLH conditions will affect the staffing requirements for the
downwind/perimeter monitoring person.
Personnel and PPE decontamination procedures have to be included

in emergency plans. Before wearing PPE, the use of badges or direct
reading phosgene analyzers help evaluate whether phosgene is
present.
Given the frequency of personnel turnover at hospital emergency

rooms, addressing medical procedures for offsite personnel can be
useful.
The incident and drill critiques generate action items that can be
resolved in a timely manner.
When developing written plans consider past incidents, near misses

and credible emergency situations that could arise. A detailed plan
for phosgene may be incorporated into the general site emergency
plan.
Other practices that benefit response plants include:
familiarizing all employees in the phosgene process with the plan;

reviewing the plan on a periodic basis; and training the plant
emergency responders to handle phosgene emergencies.
20
a. The owner or operator shall develop and implement an emergency

response program for the purpose of protecting public health and the
environment. Such programs shall include the following elements:
1. An emergency response plan which shall be maintained at the

stationary source and contain at least the following elements:
(i) Procedures for informing the public and local emergency

response agencies about accidental releases;
(ii) Documentation of proper first-aid and emergency medical

treatment necessary to treat accidental human exposures; and
(iii) Procedures and measures for emergency response after an

accidental release of a regulated substance.
2. Procedures for the use of emergency response equipment and for

its inspection, testing and maintenance;
3. Training for all employees in relevant procedures; and
4. Procedures to review and update, as appropriate, the emergency

response plans to reflect changes at the stationary source and
ensure that employees are informed of changes.
b. A written plan that complies with other contingency plan regulations or

is consistent with the approach in the National Response Teams
Integrated Contingency Plan Guidance (One Plan)
21
4.2
Fire
Phosgene is nonflammable. At temperatures above 250oC (482oF), phosgene
decomposes to form mixtures of carbon monoxide (CO), chlorine (Cl2), carbon
dioxide (CO2) and carbon tetrachloride (CCl4). In the presence of oxygen, the
carbon monoxide may burn to form carbon dioxide.
In case of fire and in the absence of phosgene leaks, the removal of cylinders
from the fire zone and immediately shutting off phosgene sources reduces some
potential risks.
When containers cannot be moved and if no phosgene is
escaping , water has been sprayed on containers and piping to keep them cool.
Vessels and piping containing phosgene can be cooled with water spray. In such
cases, cooling may be imperative because boiling of the phosgene and
subsequent explosion of the vessel could create an extremely hazardous
situation.
The selection of sprinkler systems, firewater monitors or portable firewater

supplies is based on factors including the quantity of phosgene and the
requirements of the insurer and local fire marshal. Structural fireproofing where
phosgene is stored, piped and used may affect the requirements.
In case of fire associated with phosgene, it may critical to keep all authorized
persons upwind a safe distance from the phosgene area and all other personnel
evacuated from the area. Firefighting personnel may need respiratory protection
available.
4.3
Gaseous Leaks
As soon as there is any indication of phosgene present in the environment,

immediate steps to evaluate include stopping the release of gas/liquid and
simultaneously protecting personnel downwind including the community.
Indication of phosgenes presence in the environment may come from personnel
or area monitoring systems, process control indicators or other sources.
22
Authorized, trained personnel equipped with suitable protective equipment

should conduct the investigation.
It is prudent to assume that Immediately
Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH) conditions exist when responding to

emergencies.
Procedures for IDLH atmospheres.
For all IDLH atmospheres, the employer
shall ensure that:
i.
One employee or when needed, more than one employee is located outside
the IDLH atmosphere.
ii.
Visual, voice or, signal line communication is maintained between the

employee(s) in the IDLH atmosphere and the employee(s) located outside
the IDLH atmosphere.
iii.
The employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmosphere are trained and
equipped to provide effective emergency rescue.
iv.
The employer or designee authorized to do so by the employer, once notified,

provides necessary assistance appropriate to the situation.
v.
Employee(s) located outside the IDLH atmospheres are equipped with:
(A) Pressure demand or other positive pressure SCBAs or a pressure

demand or other positive pressure supplied-air respirator with auxiliary
SCBA and either
(B) Appropriate retrieval equipment for removing the employee(s) who

enter(s) these hazardous atmospheres where retrieval equipment would
contribute to the rescue of the employee(s) and would not increase the
overall risk resulting from entry or
(C) Equivalent means for rescue where retrieval equipment is not required.
23
If the leak or spill is extensive or uncontained, sounding an evacuation alarm and

warning all persons in the path of the gas helps prevent further concerns. Prearranged meeting points, crosswind or upwind, can be planned and used in
practice to help ensure everyone is accounted for. Gaseous phosgene often lies
close to the ground because it is heavier than air.
Wind socks and
instrumentation indicating wind speed and direction can provide important

information for communication to those in the immediate area.
Relevant regulatory and community organizations should be notified as

appropriate.
The use of Safe Shelters sometimes provides a safer alternative to evacuation.

These designated buildings can provide greater safety by constructing them to
be relatively air-tight and under positive pressure, assuming the air intake is in a
phosgene-free area or can be filtered. These locations may be labeled, and
direction given to the occupants about procedures to follow when the Safe
Shelter is downwind as well as upwind.
Persons entering a Safe Shelter
downwind of a release have been known to contaminate the building with

phosgene.
Anyone critical to the orderly shutdown of a process system that could be

downwind of the release, may require respiratory protection.
In case of fire and if only gaseous phosgene is leaking, water can be sprayed on
containers and piping to keep them cool. Water applied to the point of leak may
cause enlargement of the leaking opening because of corrosion.
Consider
removing cylinders from the fire zone if possible and shutting off phosgene
sources immediately.
Water fog may not be very effective in neutralizing
phosgene vapor, but can help reduce concentration in the air.
Aqueous
ammonia spray may be more effective in neutralizing phosgene vapor, but

should be used with caution due to hazards associated with breathing high
concentrations of ammonia.
24
4.4
Liquid Spills
In case of fire and if liquid phosgene is leaking, firefighting foams have to be

used to cover the liquid spill until disposal. Water for firefighting should be used
with caution so as to avoid adding water to the liquid pool if at all possible. Liquid
phosgene reacts slowly with water to form carbon dioxide and hydrochloric acid.
The heat of reaction increases the vaporization rate of the liquid phosgene and
therefore may increase the potential hazard to personnel. Subject to such issues
and depending on overall circumstances, it still may be useful to spray containers
with water to keep them cool.
All of the requirements and considerations for handling gaseous phosgene leaks
also apply for liquid phosgene spills.
4.5
Mutual Aid.
Industrial plants in vicinity can help one another by establishing plans and an
organization for rendering mutual aid in the event of an emergency or disaster
such as phosgene spill or fire.
As part of these efforts, making mutual aid
organizations thoroughly aware of the presence of phosgene in a facility

facilitates proper response and training. Staging areas (including alternates) may
be designated during the planning stage.
Phosgene emergency procedures that may involve persons outside the plant can
be incorporated in Mutual Aid Instructions and Public Department Procedures.
Written provisions may be included in the Mutual Aid-Private Industry Agreement

to allow for reimbursement for damages to equipment, manpower, etc.
4.6
Public Departments
In the absence of a structured Mutual Aid Organization or where local emergency

responders do not participate, including local emergency groups in any
25
emergency plan may provide useful assistance. This inclusion would become
especially critical during a catastrophic event.
5.0
5.1
Design of Facilities
Plant Layout & Siting
The design layout of the phosgene plant is an important factor to be considered

for new construction. Aspects relevant to design layout include being located
near populated buildings, other operations and off site populations.
Siting means conducting a review of the location of equipment and piping with
regards to: 1) possible impact on human or environmental receptors, or 2) where
other plant operations could have impact on the phosgene equipment. In case
one, for example, design layout might consider such items as predominant wind
direction and populated areas down wind. In case two, the considerations might
include items such as any flammable or potential explosive processes, which if
an event occurred could have impact on the phosgene equipment.
The following section on Plant Siting and Layout Guidelines provides information
relevant to the design and layout of new or revised facilities. It is important to
note that the following criteria represent considerations often used by facilities
handling hazardous materials.
However, given the highly toxic nature of
phosgene, during the construction of new phosgene handling facilities, or

significant modifications to existing facilities, facilities should also consider what
secondary mitigation measures may also be necessary or appropriate to address
the potential risk to local populations resulting from significant loss of
containment.
26
Items to consider may include:
A) Plant Siting
Locating phosgene containing units with consideration of prevailing wind

direction as far as possible from the general community outside the site
boundaries.
Protecting on-site buildings occupied by a large number of people through

a combination of engineering controls, administrative procedures and/or
distance.
Locating phosgene generating and processing plants close together

within a site to minimize the spread of phosgene containing areas.
Locating phosgene containing units away from other processes which

have potential for explosion of fire, or events which may impact or
damage equipment containing phosgene.
Incorporating additional safety and loss prevention precautions if

phosgene must be transported across plant boundaries either by pipeline
or in pressurized container.
B) Plant Layout
Providing that all sections of the plant are easily accessible for
maintenance and emergency response purposes.
Locating phosgene generating or processing sections in plant areas with

low traffic density whenever possible and minimizing phosgene containing
pipelines.
Having additional engineering controls for prevention and mitigation of

leaks from the equipment where plant sections have special process
27
conditions, or where because of the surrounding situation, other controls

may be needed. Refer to those parts for additional information. Designs
that incorporate layers of protection rather than relying on a single
method of control are relevant in this capacity.
Selecting the location of the control buildings in relation to the phosgene

containing sections and with considerations of the prevailing wind
direction. The selected location, having an elevated fresh air intake in the
control building and maintaining the building under positive pressure have
been used to minimize infiltration of phosgene in the event of a release.
5.2
Materials of Construction
Carbon steel is often used. Austenitic stainless steel, duplex stainless steel, and
high nickel alloys have also been used.
5.2.1
General Design Considerations
In this section, the design of process equipment for pure phosgene is

discussed. Unless otherwise specified, the information provided below
applies to the design of storage and non-storage vessels.
Phosgene processing equipment has been sited earlier above or below

ground depending on local conditions. Influencing factors include:
Consequence of a major spill on the locality (e.g., the local population

and the weather conditions).
Venting, draining, etc. of the immediate area if a major spill occurs.
Risk from falling objects and accidental damage from other sources
(e.g., traffic).
28
Risks from external vessel corrosion, (e.g., environment and ground

conditions if sited in a buried storage).
Accessibility for vessel inspection (external as well as internal).
Approachability to the vessel from all directions to allow access during

emergency conditions.
Above ground vessels may, however, be a desirable choice for future

installations unless special environmental conditions dictate otherwise.
Containment of Spills
Development of a containment area around phosgene processing

equipment can be used to help prevent an uncontrollable spread should a
leak occur. This area might be bounded by retaining walls with facilities
for the addition of absorbing chemicals, or be fitted with special drains
leading to vessels containing neutralization facilities and fume extraction
or any other measure that addresses potential conditions.
The area
might also be fitted with a storm water drainage system that could be
manually controlled to lift water out of the containment area. The purpose
of this arrangement is to keep inadvertently released chemicals out of the
effluent system.
Trenches and Drains
To help prevent the spread of fire into a phosgene process area, maintain
an appropriate distance between the equipment and a service trench. A
similar distance should be considered between a drain and the
processing equipment unless the drain system is completely isolated from
any other drains that could transport flammable liquids.
29
Vessel Design
Consider required pressure rating, operating temperature, and absolute

vacuum conditions within the vessel during design.
A corrosion
allowance may also be incorporated into the design.
Users can take steps to help ensure that the vessels are protected
against over pressurization. High-pressure alarms serve in this capacity.
Set the alarm approximately mid-way between normal operating and the
burst disc failure pressure to give warning of a potentially dangerous
occurrence.
Extra protective devices may be required as a function of the site chosen

for the vessel. For example, the vessel may be double walled to reduce
the risk of damage from falling objects, corrosion and subsequent leaks.
5.3
Piping Items and Valves
5.3.1
Piping
Particular consideration should be provided with regard to the following

activities.
Thoroughly purging all piping of phosgene prior to any welding. Dry

phosgene can support combustion of carbon steel and other metals,
and may pose a safety risk to personnel performing the welding.
Protecting
piping
(and
valves
and
instruments)
from
over
pressurization when liquid phosgene can be trapped between closed

valves.
Protecting phosgene systems from the intrusion of moisture. Moisture

can react with phosgene and cause severe corrosion and failure.
30
Taking measures so that the phosgene systems are thoroughly

cleaned, dried, and devoid of all oils, greases and other materials that
would react with phosgene to cause fire, corrosion, pressure increase
or harmful deposits.
Inspecting all phosgene-piping systems at regular intervals for signs

of leakage, internal or external corrosion, and insulation failure. Note
that because piping supports can be subject to corrosion and can
create opportunity for other system integrity problems, including piping
supports within the inspection plan helps reduce risk.
Where stainless steel materials are employed, inspections and testing

may include an assessment of stress corrosion cracking caused by
exposure to chlorides. Atmospheric exposure from the outside, as
well as process exposure from the inside can cause stress corrosion
cracking.
Considering fugitive emission issues when designing piping systems

for phosgene.
Adequately protecting liquid phosgene piping from liquid hammer

damage. Phosgene liquid has a high density that can result in large
hydraulic shock forces.
Selection
When making design decisions, the designer should consider such

items as variable operating conditions, including start-ups, upsets,
shutdowns and system evacuation.
The use of threaded joints in piping systems creates increased

potential for leaks, and the fittings are necessarily thinner because of
the requirement to taper the joints for threading. As a result, threaded
fittings tend to be generally avoided, if possible, but where threaded
31
connections cannot be avoided, the use of a chemically compatible

thread sealant helps reduce some risks of leakage.
Employ
fluoropolymer-based thread sealants in phosgene service.
5.3.2
Valves
Types of Valves
Valves commonly employed in dry phosgene service are the globe, ball,
plug and butterfly types. Each valve is available in several basic body
patterns, employing different design features often suited to a particular
service and/or specific application.
5.3.3
Other Components
Other
components
such
as
instrument
items,
relief
devices,
decontamination hoses, temporary items, cylinders and expansion

chambers are described in their respective sections.
Expansion Joints
It is important to consider whether phosgene piping systems have

sufficient flexibility to prevent failure of the piping system due to thermal
expansion or contraction. When flexibility cannot be introduced into the
system through pipe routing, bellows expansion joints have been
employed to absorb the differential expansion while containing the system
pressure.
Hoses
It is not often that either metallic or non-metallic hoses are used in

permanent piping systems, and their use in permanent piping connections
may increase opportunity for leakage.
When hoses are required for
temporary connections, give due consideration to the design, fabrication,
32
testing and certification of all the components. British Standard BS6501

Flexible Metallic Hose Assemblies is one available source for additional
information regarding the hoses.
One approach has been to adopt using a hose that is consistent with
Chlorine Institute criteria, for phosgene cylinder connections to rigid
piping with a PTFE liner.
These hoses are typically used in well
ventilated areas due to the potential permeability of the fluoropolymer

liner.
Non-reconstituted (virgin) PTFE reduces the likelihood of
permeability. Contact the Chlorine Institute for further information on its

approval specification.
5.3.4
Piping Layout and Design
Good piping layout will enhance safety, reduce maintenance costs and
provide an efficient operation.
General Layout Considerations
It is important to avoid trapping liquid phosgene between valves and

to provide expansion chambers or pressure relief.
Arrange and support piping to permit removal of process equipment

and components.
Installing phosgene lines next to steam lines, acid lines, etc. can
increase risk of corrosion.
Protect phosgene piping from risks of
excessive heat or fire.
Consider limiting the use of vent and drain connections in a phosgene

pipeline to the minimum strictly necessary for removal of dirt, liquid or
gas. However, company may wish to provide that all sections that
can be blocked in have sufficient connections for clearing the
phosgene.
33
Consider providing for linear thermal expansion by routing or pipe

loops.
Piping design can incorporate a means to minimize the possibility of

liquid hammer. Phosgene liquid has a high density that can result in
large hydraulic shock forces.
It may be desirable to blind all dead-ended valves/openings.
Layout of both process equipment and piping should consider

potential safety benefits resulting from minimizing the length and
diameter of piping in phosgene service and reduced phosgene
inventory
Clearances
Road and walkway clearances can be set to minimize the potential for
impact damages. Barriers or guardrails may be useful. Railroad and
roadway clearances may be regulated by state or local laws. If phosgene
piping must pass through a wall or bulkhead, the maintenance of proper
side clearances is important.
Supports
Use supports to prevent pipe sagging. It may be necessary to avoid

hanging other piping from phosgene lines and conversely, to avoid
hanging phosgene lines from other piping. Piping has been supported
with hangers, pipe shoes or other items that do not allow metal to wear or
corrode. If located in an area where seismic activity can be significant,
local codes may require special design considerations.
34
Routing
Route phosgene piping for the shortest distance practical with
consideration given to the flexibility, line expansion and good engineering
practice. Piping can be designed to avoid pocketing.
Valving
Locate valves and controls in areas with adequate accessibility.
Consider locating block valves as close to equipment as possible,

also in branch lines at the main header and, where practical, to allow
lines to drain away from the valves.
Minimizing the use of valving can reduce some potential risks.
Tracing
Condensation can occur in gas lines when the temperature drops below
the pressure-temperature equilibrium. To help prevent this action, the
lines can be traced. Installation of tracing can be such so as to minimize
corrosion or decomposition of the piping system.
Electric tracing is a useful tracing method. Care must be taken to monitor

the condition of the electric tracing system to ensure localized hotspots do
not develop in the event of a wiring or control system failure.
Insulation
A key function of insulation is to provide a sufficient moisture barrier to

prevent corrosion under the insulation.
Engineered access methods,
which do not compromise the system moisture barrier, have been used to
accommodate thickness testing or external inspection.
35
Miscellaneous
Connectors have been used in lieu of flange joints.
Confusion can be reduced by readily identifying phosgene lines.
Consider keeping the use of flange joints to a minimum.
Elastomers, which have been used in piping components, should be

selected based on factors including relevant service and service
conditions.
5.3.5
Preparation For Use
Cleaning
Since phosgene can react with foreign materials, clean all portions of
phosgene systems before use.
Care must be taken in cleaning
procedures to remove all residues because phosgene also reacts with

water. To this end, any equipment received in an oily condition should be
appropriately cleaned and thoroughly dried before use.
5.3.6
Leak Testing
Develop leak-testing procedures tailored to a particular need and

circumstance.
Additional information on leak testing, such as ASME
B31.3, is available.
5.3.7
Drying
It is important to consider whether the phosgene piping systems are

adequately dried before being placed in service. Even if water has not
been purposely introduced into the system for hydrostatic testing or
cleaning, moisture may enter the system from the atmosphere or other
sources. Where steam has been used for cleaning, introduce nitrogen or
dry air directly after steaming. Heating the purge gas aids considerably in
the drying process.
The temperature must be limited based on the
36
equipment and insulation type, but for general reference purposes, 200oF
(93oC) has been a temperature previously used in some situations.
Vacuum dehydration can also be considered after the majority of phased

water has been purged from the system.
This may be particularly
effective following the steam heating / nitrogen purge step, and can also
be used for leak checking the system.
Valves
Valves require special attention. Consideration should be given to valve

removal for disassembly and drying if water has entered the piping
system. Most valves, regardless of style, have pockets where water can
be trapped, especially if the valve is fully open. It can be important that
valves left in the piping system are fixed in the half-open position when
the system is being dried. To help ensure that water or moisture is not
trapped in a cavity,a check can be run on valves removed temporarily
from the system during the drying operation. These valves are thoroughly
dried prior to replacement in the piping system if they are not dried with
the rest of the system. Personal responsible for drying the system should
be familiar with valve construction and aware of places where water or
moisture can be trapped.
5.3.8
Preventative Inspection & Maintenance
Preventative Maintenance
As part of an over-all preventative maintenance program, consider

whether items, such as the following have been checked periodically and
corrected as needed.
flange bolt condition and tightness
valve packing leaks
valve bonnet leaks
37
valve operation
threaded joints
insulation condition
tubing connections
paint condition
condition of supports
external corrosion
Repainting on a regular basis will help maximize pipe life and minimize
leaks by reducing external corrosion.
Timing for this activity is
determined by individual site conditions.
Periodic Inspections
Inspecting phosgene-piping systems on a regular basis reduces potential

risks.
Methods include those such as visual inspections, ultrasonic
thickness checks and non-destructive radiography checks.
In many
situations, the visual inspection is by far the most important inspection

that can be done with other methods used to supplement. Documenting
the results of all inspections helps provide for a thorough and consistent
maintenance program.
Visual
Part of a visual inspection may encompass a leak check of all flanges,

valves and other fittings and attachments. Particular areas of concern
may include items such as pipe supports and areas with paint or
insulation damage. Where insulation is damaged, further inspection is
often warranted. Special note may be taken of weld areas as these areas
corrode more quickly. Any significant observed pitting or wall loss merits
further investigation and correction as necessary.
38
Non-Destructive Testing
Non-destructive testing methods measure pipe walls thickness, pit

depths, and internal and external erosion/corrosion.
include
ultrasonic
thickness
measurements
These methods
and
radiographic
measurements.
Routine testing will indicate corrosion rates typical for the system so that
the timing of major reports can be estimated. Consideration should be
given to checking areas of high fluid velocity more frequently due to
possible internal erosion.
Radiographic techniques are available to check pipe wall thickness

through insulation.
This approach permits checking piping systems
without breaking the vapor barrier of the insulation. If test methods are
used which require the removal of insulation, care must be taken to
address whether the insulation vapor barrier integrity has been properly
restored.
5.4
Pumps
5.4.1
General Guidelines
All pumping equipment should be designed to provide reliable operation

and a high certainty of containment.
The information set out in the
following identified sections also provides general guidelines relevant to

the specification and design of the pumping system: 5.2 Materials of
Construction; 5.3 Piping Items and Valves; and 5.5 Instruments.
Additional information is included in Section 5.4.5.
Several common options available to pump phosgene are addressed

here. As with other sections of the Manual, users have an independent
obligation to conduct their own analysis for their specific circumstances as
alternative or additional considerations may be required.
39
5.4.2
Mechanically Sealed Pumps
Where mechanical seals are employed for containment, a double seal

with some type of pressurized barrier fluid should be considered. The
use of protective systems helps ensure that the seal and pump function
correctly.
Local and remote indications are more useful than no
monitoring or local monitoring only.
Evaluate whether all gasket and O-ring materials are compatible with the
process fluids. Concerns have been raised over graphite being more
permeable than other gasket materials. The resulting leakage over time
combined with atmospheric moisture has caused corrosion to take place
on bolts where it is difficult to monitor.
Screwed connections are more prone to leaks. They also appear weaker
in resisting pipe strain and external forces because of concentrated
stresses in their thread roots. Threaded connections in phosgene service
may be undesirable.
Casing drains can reduce or eliminate trapped phosgene in equipment

that must be serviced.
Installing a sufficient quantity at the proper
location can allow almost complete draining of the pump prior to

decontamination and maintenance.
Many manufacturers offer hydro testing as a method of testing their

casings, and pumps to be used in phosgene service can use this service.
Vessels have been tested to 1.5 times their working pressure and this
reference may offer a useful pressure for these pump parts as well.
Documentation of the hydro test, for record keeping, can reduce potential
difficulties.
Additional inspections to help ensure the integrity of the
casing include dye penetrant, x-ray or helium leak tests. Other casting
specifications can be added that will also require additional testing.
40
Pumps function most efficiently and reliably if they are operated near their
design flow.
For pump protection, instruments are available that measure, monitor or

indicate some of or all of the following:
5.4.3
Suction pressure
Discharge pressure
Seal fluid pressure
Seal fluid flow
Seal fluid level
Vibration
Minimum flow protection
Supply level trip
Power level
Differential Pressure
Where practical, phosgene can be moved via differential pressure.
When possible, as with a new design, a combination of differential

pressure, and gas only, may reduce the possibility of leaks, save
maintenance efforts, and reduce the quantity that can be released.
5.5
Instruments
5.5.1
Introduction
The Instruments section provides a general description of

instruments and control systems utilized in phosgene service. It
also provides tips regarding operation and maintenance, as well
as information regarding less than successful applications
employed in the past.
41
5.5.2
General Description
Phosgene producing or phosgene processing units should be operated in

a manner that provides protection for personnel and the environment.
Instrumentation complements piping and mechanical systems to help
provide for safe and reliable operation.
It is expected that the process will be controlled and remain within the
vessels, equipment, piping, instruments and/or analyzer systems. A goal
of the instrument design effort is to eliminate or minimize potential
leakage points. This is often accomplished by minimizing leak paths in
instrument installations, frequently with the use of inline instrument
devices.
Other goal of instrument design efforts for phosgene service include

providing for the reliability of instrument systems and devices, utilizing
reliable technologies and methods, and providing for safe access and
maintainability of the instrument system and devices to minimize
personnel exposure to phosgene.
The goal of providing safe access for maintainability of the instrument

system may sometimes create inconsistencies with the goal of minimizing
leak paths. Maintainability is often enhanced with the use of flush/purge
fittings or devices.
These installations tend to add more valves and
fittings, and hence possible leak paths. Minimizing leak paths without
maintainability will often require removal of an instrument device with a
small controlled release to a recovery system.
Individual company
policies and/or practices will provide guidance for achieving these

seemingly conflicting goals.
The design/application of inline instrument devices or hardware utilized in

phosgene service should consider all the process conditions and other
materials in the process stream in selecting the most suitable/appropriate
42
materials of construction for the instrument device or hardware. Material

selection for instruments in contact with phosgene varies depending on
overall process stream requirements and other specific factors.
5.5.3
General Design Installation Issues
As part of evaluation the following have to be considered:
Evaluation the use of inline devices whenever possible.
Eliminating (minimizing) leakage points to the atmosphere for

instruments in phosgene service.
Minimizing screwed (national pipe thread, NPT) process connections

and tubing and fittings in contact with phosgene or its reactants as
non-threaded process connections provide less potential for leaks (i.e.
evaluate the use of welded or flanged connections whenever
possible).
Evaluating common Mode Failure possibilities and taking steps to

eliminate as many as possible.
Utilizing fail-safe components and methods whenever possible to

drive the process to a safe on loss of energy.
The use of a process isolation valve for all instrument devices in

phosgene service that are not of inline design may allow for safe
removal of instruments for maintenance.
Histories of reliability should be reviewed in technology selection. The

use of smart transmitters, valves with smart positioners, etc., may
assist online diagnostics and maintenance.
43
Instrument devices are often installed to allow flushing and

decontamination, purging and/or venting before removal of equipment
for calibration and/or repair.
Redundant systems, when used, often include redundant elements

from sensor to control processing to final control elements.
Support for instrument devices and their auxiliaries are designed to

protect against mechanical damage. One example is a small bore
extended branch trees with extended moment arms.
Incorporating self-monitoring and/or error reporting elements (smart

instruments) into phosgene indication, control, interlocking, and/or
alarming strategies can help identify some potential problems.
Periodic checks, calibration procedures (including function check),

and reporting methods have been used for instrument devices
deemed critical to safety to the process (as identified by PHA analysis
or other method).
Instrument devices are often specified and installed with consideration

given to maintenance, calibration and testing requirements, both on
line and off line.
Transmitter specified for phosgene applications can be designed to

handle vacuum service required for equipment evacuation.
5.6
Relief Devices
5.6.1
Introduction
Relief devices are used to help prevent a catastrophic failure of

equipment and/or minimize the effects of any unanticipated or
uncontrolled events.
As such, relief devices generally serve as
44
emergency devices not used for normal process control. Relief devices
are used for individualized equipment as well as equipment assembled as
part of a chemical process. Relief devices are designed to protect a
vessel or system from excess pressure by removing or relieving fluid from
that vessel or system. Relief devices however are not the only method
for over-pressure protection. Equipment and/or process designers also
consider the causes of over-pressure as well as the appropriate pressure
disposal system during the process design stage. Some considerations
during this stage may include:
Design of process equipment such that there are no credible

scenarios, which exceed the maximum allowable working pressure of
the equipment, possibly eliminating the need for an over-pressure
protection device.
Design of process equipment to minimize the venting / relief rate

through the over-pressure protection device, possibly reducing the
size of both the relief device and the connected disposal system.
Design of process equipment such that a single common overpressure protection device protects several pieces of equipment,
possibly reducing the number of relief devices.
5.7
Secondary Containment
5.7.1
Introduction
Proper design and installation of phosgene handling equipment is

essential in preventing phosgene leaks and accidents. Proper design
installation, along with an effective maintenance program and operator
training, enhances the safety of phosgene operations.
However, to further increase the safety level of the operation, employ

secondary containment systems.
45
The purpose of these secondary
systems is to provide a safety net in order to prevent chemical releases

to the open atmosphere. Examples of secondary containment include
double walled construction, structural airtight enclosures, dump tanks and
containment vaults. A description of each type follows:
5.7.2
Double Walled Construction
These types of systems are often called a pipe within a pipe or wall
within a wall. The design concept is essentially a two-layer approach
where the inside layer or inside wall is in contact with the chemical and
the outside layer and the outside layer or outside wall surrounds the inner
layer. The void or plenum area between the walls is often monitored for
chemical leakage.
Sometimes this area is filled with a gas such as
nitrogen to prevent moisture build-up.
Double walled systems also provide protection against foreign object

impingement or contact. The same principle is sometimes used in the
transportation industry for railcars and barges.
5.7.3
Structural Enclosures
Structural enclosures can be described as a sealed building or box. From

the outside, these enclosures may appear similar to other buildings in the
operational process. However, they will normally have special features,
such as an air tight seal, possibly maintained under vacuum with
ventilation to a scrubber, controlled access, and dedicated leak detection
monitors.
The material of construction can vary from standard concrete blocks to

special cocoon sealed corrugated metal to fully welded steel sheets. No
matter what the materials of construction, the success of the enclosure or
box depends upon its ability to fully contain any phosgene leaks and
direct them to a safe neutralization system.
46
Some cautions when using enclosures involve the possible containment

of process flammables such as carbon monoxide or hydrocarbons and
the possible need to use of PPE when entering a sealed enclosure.
These factors are considered in the design of the enclosure as well as in
development of procedures and special steps for maintenance activities
inside an enclosure.
5.7.4
Dump Tanks
Dump tanks can be used to transfer a liquid mixture from the process
vessel to an emergency holding or containment vessel. In most cases,
dump tanks are not used for any other purpose.
They are sized to
contain the largest applicable operating volume and normally remain

empty. Transfer to the dump tank can be either manual or automatic and
by either process pressure or with nitrogen pressure. Due to the special
nature of most phosgene processes, dump tanks are not routinely used.
5.7.5
Containment Vaults
A vault can be described as an underground pit designed to contain a

liquid spill. The spill would be directed into the valve vault where it would
be contained and vented or purged to a neutralization unit. Most vaults
remain water or moisture free. Also vaults have limitations are not usually
effective for gas release containment.
Because of the special nature of most phosgene processes, vaults are

not routinely used.
Pluses
Minuses
Double
Excellent
Walled
protection
difficult to locate point of
Easy to maintain
leak
Reliability
containment
47
impact
of
Sometimes
extremely
Difficult to repair internal

wall
Capable of continuous
Focused
leak
of
containment
of
Operational
monitoring
secondary
plenum area
Enclosures
Reliability
&
containment
maintenance cost
Can encompass large
Special
processing sections
procedures used
Quick detection of leaks
Extends
possible
duration
Dump
Provide
focused
Tanks
containment
personnel
maintenance
Dedicated
for
liquid
processes
Limited purpose.
Vaults
Provide
focused
containment
Underground
Limited purpose
Must
remain
moisture
free
5.8
Mitigation Systems
Mitigation methods are used to reduce the overall impact of an accidental

release. The methods listed below provide varying degrees of mitigation success
from complete mitigation to unquantified partial mitigation methods. Mitigation of
phosgene is difficult because of the chemical properties of phosgene
In relative terms, phosgene is slow to hydrolyze when exposed to water whereas

other halogen compounds tend to react very quickly with water.
This
characteristics represents a key understanding for emergency response and

HAZMAT personnels awareness.
Another concern is that hazardous concentrations of phosgene may not be

visible because the vapor tends to be transparent unless the concentration is
48
very high. This issue depends on the atmospheric conditions at the time of the
release.
Phosgene also tends to accumulate in low-lying areas. For instance, phosgene

will often be found in drainage systems located in affected areas of release.
5.8.1
Fugitive Collection Systems
5.8.1.1
Vacuum Systems
Generally, there are two different types of vacuum systems

employed for handling of fugitive phosgene emissions
5.8.1.1.1
Spot Ventilation Systems
A spot ventilation system typically consists of a circuit or

header of elephant trunk drops connected to a large
volume-blower and discharges to a phosgene mitigation
device.
The flexible hose of an elephant trunk drop is
positioned near the fugitive source, pulling the emission

away to a mitigation device. This type of system can serve
the following purposes:
Capture, contain, and mitigate low levels of fugitive

phosgene resulting from a minor loss of containment
event (e.g., a small valve-packing leak).
Capture, contain, and mitigate low levels of fugitive

phosgene which may result during the process of
verifying equipment is clear prior to any maintenance
breaking and entering activity.
49
5.8.1.1.2
Permanent Ventilation Systems
The second vacuum system is typically associated with

clearing contaminated process equipment prior to any
maintenance disassembly activities. This vacuum system
has consisted of either temporary or permanent piping
connected to process equipment, with a vacuum pump
capable of pulling deeper vacuum. As part of the overall
strategy
for
clearing
and
maintenance
preparation,
phosgene and other contaminants are vaporized under a

deep vacuum, captured in the vacuum system and
discharged to a phosgene mitigation device.
5.8.2
Phosgene Neutralization Systems
5.8.2.1 Caustic Scrubbers
Caustic scrubbers provide a method for mitigation of a phosgene

release.
Within the category of caustic scrubbers, there are
several different types of scrubbing towers.
The basic caustic scrubbing system is comprised of a caustic

source feeding a scrubbing tower. The tower is either an open
contact type tower or a packed tower.
Key operating parameters for operation of a caustic scrubber

include: the maximum flow rate of phosgene expected from the
process; the maximum duration of the release to the scrubber;
the concentration of caustic available for scrubbing; and the
circulation or flow rate of caustic into the scrubbing tower.
50
5.8.2.1.2
Dispersion Stacks
A robust phosgene destruction system design, installation,

and operating procedures represent the primary option of
controlling phosgene emissions.
However, an elevated
dispersion stack may be used to provide an additional

layer of defense in the event of phosgene breakthrough
from the primary phosgene destruction system.
In the
event the destruction system is unable to completely

neutralize the phosgene, the exit gas can be dispersed at
an elevated location with the intention of reducing the risk
to personnel in the general vicinity.
A high volume air
blower can be used to elevate the gas velocity through the

stack, enhancing the dispersion capability.
Dispersion
modeling software can be employed to estimate any

potential impact of a fugitive phosgene emission, taking
into consideration the environmental conditions, such as
wind
speed
and
direction.
Materials
capable
of
withstanding corrosion resulting from mixing phosgene with

moisture in the air are available for dispersion stacks and
related equipment.
In addition, an online phosgene analyzer can be used to

help ensure appropriate regulatory limits are not exceeded.
5.8.2.1.3
Emissions and Controls
Potential process emissions from the production of

isocyanate include phosgene, hydrogen chloride, aromatic
and aliphatic solvents, aromatic amines, aromatic nitrogen
compounds, isocyanates, nitrogen oxides and sulphur
oxides. Because these emissions include a number of toxic
51
and corrosive chemicals, controls are necessary (as shown

in figure given below) would include:
1.
A water scrubber to remove and recover hydrogenchloride.
2.
A caustic scrubber to provide removal of VOC and

CoCl2 from the water scrubber as well as to remove
VOC from the nitration and distillation processes.
3.
An incinerator for volatile organic compound
4.
A second caustic scrubber for treatment of the

incinerator exhaust to remove residues from the
combustion of chlorinated hydrocarbons.
HCl, VOC,
COCl2
Water
Scrubber
Water
Recovered
HCl
Stack
Exhaust
Caustic
Scrubber
A
Caustic
52
Spent
Caustic
Incinerator
Fuel Air
Caustic
Scrubber
B
Caustic Spent
Caustic
5.9
Inspection & Testing
Maintaining the integrity of phosgene handling systems is of the utmost

importance. This section outlines common practices for inspecting and testing
phosgene system equipment, piping and vessels. The objective of inspection
and testing practices is to eliminate phosgene releases by preventing failures in
these components.
5.9.1
Inspection & Testing During Operation
This section outlines techniques commonly used to inspect and test

phosgene-containing process equipment while in operation.
The
methodologies and frequencies listed are to be considered only as

references for additional consideration. Users must develop their own
inspection methodologies and frequencies based on their specific needs
and circumstances. Local regulations, design codes, and plant history
are among the factors that must also be considered in developing
appropriate inspection methodologies and frequencies.
Inspection Methodologies and Frequencies

During Operation
Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency
Process
Visual inspection has to be used for Annually
Equipment
observing the signs of corrosion,

leaks, condition of paint, and condition
of
structural
support
(e.g.,
pipe
hangers, I-beams, etc.)
Rotating
Equipment
Testing that has to be performed:

Vibration measurement
53
Vibration
Monthly to semi-

During Operation
Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency
annual
Fugitive emission testing of seals, Emissions

tubing, and flanged connections
Quarterly
to
Yearly
Piping
Thickness measurements (TMs) have Thickness

to be performed to check integrity and measurements
estimate
corrosion
rates.
The intervals from 1
thickness measurements have to be to 5 years, based

done using ultrasonic or radiographic on remaining life
methods.
for
Areas frequently checked and
thickness
include
corrosion
elbows, rates
downstream of valves and welds,

branches, turbulent areas, dead legs,
injection points and the small end of
reducers
Piping
including
connections
and Visual - Annually
flanges, has to be visually inspected

for installation of the correct gasket,
gasket condition, signs of leakage,
paint condition, and the presence of
corrosion
under
insulation
(CUI).
Profile radiography has to be used to

identify corrosion insulation without
having
to
remove
the
insulation.
Suspect areas for corrosion under

insulation have included low points on
54

During Operation
Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency
vertical piping runs, areas where

insulation is altered to fit valves,
branches, fittings or areas where
insulation
is
Areas
operating
of
damaged/uncovered.
temperatures
between 140oF to 280oF (60oC to

137.7oC) and intermittent operation
have also warranted focus.
Relief
Visual inspection has to be used to Annually
Devices
inspect
for
signs
of
leakage
or
corrosion of bolts, holders, etc.

Vessels,
Thickness measurements have to be Thickness
Pressure & used to check integrity and estimate measurements

Low/No
corrosion
rates.
The
thickness based
Pressure
measurements have to be done using remaining life
on
ultrasonic or radiographic methods.

(Note: Be sure that the diameter size
of the vessel does not exceed the
capability
of
the
radiographic
methodology.
Consider appropriate
locations
establishing
for
specific
thickness measurements)
Visual Annually
Visual
inspections
and
profile
radiography (on small vessels) have

to be used to identify corrosion under
insulation.
Suspect
areas
for
corrosion under insulation have to be
55

During Operation
Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency
included
support
vessel
rings,
skirts,
and
insulation
areas
where

fittings etc.
Areas of operating
temperatures between 140oF to 280oF

(60oC to 137.7oC) and intermittent
operation have also warranted focus.
The seam between tank bottom and

support pad has also to be visually
inspected for damage to the sealer
Valves,
Visual inspections have to be used for Visual Annually
Flanges,
the following:
Fittings,
Tubing
&
Gasket and bolt condition

Packing condition
Paint condition
Support condition
Abrasion and crimping (tubing)
Sign of leakage
Connections, flanges, fittings, and Emission

valve packing have also to be tested Quarterly
for fugitive emissions.
Profile radiography has to be used on

certain valves to determine if there is
erosion or corrosion.
identify
items
to
This can help
repair
prior
to
turnarounds. (Note check whether the
56

During Operation
Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency
size
of
the
capability
of
valve
the
exceeds
the
radiography
methodology
5.9.2
Inspection & Testing During Maintenance / Turnarounds
This section outlines commonly used techniques to inspect and test

phosgene-containing
turnarounds.
process
equipment
during
maintenance
and
The methodologies and frequencies listed are to be
considered only as references for additional consideration and are based

on historical data from major phosgene manufacturers.
Users must
develop their own inspection methodologies and frequencies based on

their specific needs and circumstances. Local regulations, design codes,
and plant history are among the factors that must also be considered in
developing appropriate inspection methodologies and frequencies.

During Maintenance / Turnarounds
Equipment
Sample Methodology
Type
Sample
Frequency
All process
Visual inspection to be used
At each repair or
Equipment
observing for signs of corrosion,
turnaround
leaks, condition of paint, and condition

of structural support (e.g., pipe
hangers, I-beams, etc).
Rotating
Equipment
Testing that has to be performed:

Coupling inspection & alignment
57
At each repair or
turnaround

Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency
Leak testing of seals, tubing and

flanged connections
Internal inspection for casing
erosion and corrosion
Piping
Thickness measurements have to be At each repair or

performed to check integrity and turnaround
estimate
corrosion
rates.
The
thickness measurements have to be

done using ultrasonic or radiographic
methods. Common areas checked for
thickness
have
included
elbows,
downstream of valves and welds,

branches, turbulent areas, dead legs,
injection points and the small end of
reducers.
Piping
including
connections
and
flanges, has to be visually inspected

for installation of the correct gasket,
gasket condition, signs of leakage,
paint condition, and the presence of
corrosion
under
insulation
(CUI).
Profile radiography has to be used to

identify corrosion insulation without
having
to
remove
the
insulation.
Suspect areas for corrosion under

insulation have included low points on
vertical piping runs, areas where
58

Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency

branches, fittings or areas where
insulation
is
Areas
operating
of
damaged/uncovered.
temperatures
between 140oF to 280oF (60oC to

137.7oC) and intermittent operation
have also warranted focus.
Inspection tools such as a boroscope

have to be used to internally inspect
piping for signs or corrosion or erosion
Welds have to be inspected for stress

cracking using dye penetrant or eddy
current.
Areas of concern have
included welds that experience high

loading or high vibration.
Relief
Activities of rupture disks have to be 1 to 2 year
Devices
included:
intervals
(including
Inspect holder & bolts for corrosion
rupture
Inspect disk for corrosion or other
disks and
mechanical
pressure /
correct material selection
vacuum
Check piping for blockage
relief
Replace disk
defects
to
check
valves)
Activities for pressure or vacuum relief
valves have been included:
59

Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency
Tested set pressure (not while

installed)
Inspected packing, seats, bolts,
and gasket surfaces for corrosion
or other mechanical defects
Checked piping for blockage
Looked for signs of leakage
Vessels,
Thickness measurements have to be External of
Pressure &
performed to check integrity and remaining
Low/No
estimate
Pressure
thickness measurements have to be
corrosion
rates.
The
done using ultrasonic or radiographic

methods.
Consider
locations
for
thickness
appropriate
establishing
specific
measurements.
Eddy
current has to be used to check

integrity of tubes.
Visual
inspections
and
profile
radiography (on small vessels) have

to be used to identify corrosion under
insulation.
Suspect
areas
for
corrosion under insulation have to be

included for vessel skirts, insulation
support
rings,
and
areas
where

fittings etc.
Areas of operating
temperatures between 140oF to 280oF
60

Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency
(60oC to 137.7oC) and intermittent
operation have also warranted focus.
Internal inspections have to be used

to visually identify pitting of the base
metal and condition of the welds.
Stainless steel alloy welds have to be
inspected to dye penetrate or eddy
current to identify stress corrosion
cracking. Welds that experience high
loading or high vibration have often to
be areas of concern.
include
piping
Examples
connections,
seam
welds, and tray supports.
The internal inspection has also to be

used to check the integrity of tank
bottoms that cannot be externally
inspected. Thickness measurements
have been taken to identify areas of
thinning or corrosion between the tank
bottom and tank pad.
Valves,
Critical isolation valves and valves in As with other
Flanges,
solids or high velocity service have to timetables,
Fittings, &
be internally inspected to check for frequency varies
Tubing
corrosion/erosion and seat condition. with previous

These isolation valves have also to be experience.
pressure-tested
61
to
check
sealing Areas of high

Equipment
Sample Methodology
Sample
Type
Frequency
integrity.
solids or erosion
may be checked
Profile radiography has to be used on more frequently.

certain valves to determine if there is
erosion or corrosion.
identify
items
to
This can help
repair
prior
to
turnarounds. Check whether the size

of the valve exceeds the capability of
the radiography methodology.
5.9.3
Commissioning Equipment
This section includes common techniques for checking system integrity

prior to and following installation, repair, or turnaround of equipment and
systems. Local regulations may require a combination of several of these
techniques or alternative methods.
An inspection of equipment and valves prior to installation can help

prevent future failures and leaks. This inspection frequently consists of
verifying appropriate materials of construction, gasket material, and
lubricants.
During the installation or assembly process, proper bolt
torquing is important to ensure the integrity of connections.
Once installation or repair work is complete, a visual inspection can be

used to help verify system integrity. This visual inspection evaluates that
correct gaskets are used, all flanges and connections are tight,
instrumentation is installed, and that no open connections or drains exist.
The visual inspection is often followed by cleaning or flushing to remove
trash and debris. This cleaning has been done with compressed gas
62
(e.g. nitrogen or air) or with a fluid. One benefit to using a fluid wash is
that some instrumentation can be functionally tested. An acid flush may
be necessary for carbon steel equipment to reduce iron content in the
product. Draining and blowing the system clear following a fluid wash
removes free-standing liquid and minimizes corrosion.
The procedures described above help prepare the system for a rigorous
integrity test. The integrity tests are commonly referred to as pressure
tests or leak tests. Available integrity tests for piping and equipment
systems include: (a) hydrostatic tests, (b) pneumatic tests, and (c)
sensitive leak tests.
Generally, a hydrostatic or pneumatic test is
performed on repaired or new piping and vessels, and then a sensitive

leak test is performed on equipment that was opened or repaired during
the maintenance / turnaround. Each test method will be described in
more detail below.
Hydrostatic Testing
A hydrostatic test is frequently performed on new or repaired piping and

vessels. In this test method, the vessel and/or piping is pressurized with
a fluid (e.g. water) up to or slightly above design pressure. A hydrostatic
test helps verify that the repaired or new vessels and piping can withstand
the design pressures.
A hydrostatic test does not provide many clues as to the actual condition
of the vessel. Unknown factors such as flaws, corrosion, metal loss in
heat affected zones of the welds, poor weld fusion or lack of penetration,
cracks in weld seams, or de-lamination of plates are, for the most part,
undetected by hydrostatic testing.
Repeated hydrostatic testing can shorten the fatigue life of the vessel
because it applies close to yield level stresses to small cracks or flaws
that may be developed over time by cyclic stresses. Thus, the hydrostatic
test method is not often used for routine inspections.
63
As discussed
above, in many cases, it is only performed on new or repaired piping and

vessels to help ensure the integrity of welds and connections.
Also, careful development of the test procedure helps prevent damaging

equipment due to over pressure.
American Society of Mechanical
Engineers Code B31.3 provides further information relating to the test

parameters. Questions often considered include:
Is other equipment to be tested at the same time or to be included in

the same test? If no, then has the equipment been properly isolated
for the test?
Will the testing exceed the maximum allowable working pressure
(MAWP) of the equipment?
What are the test-acceptance criteria, including duration and gauge
errors?
Who needs to witness the test?
Is overpressure protection required?
Are redundant gauges installed?
What measures are in place to ensure that all air is purged through
high point vents to prevent equipment damage or personal injury?
Note: The chemistry of the fluid used in the hydrostatic test is

important in preventing corrosion of carbon steel and stress
cracking of stainless steel.
Pneumatic Testing
The use of pneumatic testing requires special consideration because of

the potential dangers associated with the stored energy of the
compressed gas involved in the test. Pneumatic testing is often only
used when hydrostatic test is undesirable because of concerns over
moisture in the piping and vessels. A pneumatic test involves pressuring
the vessel and/or piping with a compressed gas up to or slightly above
design pressures.
64
Like hydrostatic testing, pneumatic testing can shorten fatigue life, or

damage equipment and injure people if performed improperly. Thus, it is
often only performed on new or repaired equipment to help verify the
integrity of welds and connections.
The precautions listed in the
Hydrostatic Testing discussion above are commonly considered in

pneumatic testing a well.
Sensitive Leak Testing
Sensitive leak tests are commonly used in phosgene services because

they can detect very small leaks that may go undetected during
hydrostatic or pneumatic leak tests.
Examples of sensitive leak tests
include helium leak tests, ultrasonic leak tests, and anhydrous

hydrochloric acid (HCl) tests.
Helium leak testing consists of adding a small volume of helium to the

system, followed by a larger quantity of nitrogen.
A helium mass
spectrometer is then used to detect for leaks.
Advantages of helium testing:

Very little fatigue on the equipment.
Helium testing is a more sensitive test. It can identify more leaks than
water or air.
The equipment is portable
Decreased risk to health or environment
Disadvantages of helium testing:

Operators must be properly trained.
The test can be very slow, as you must wait for helium to travel
through the vessel.
Equipment and/or contractors can be costly.
65
Ultrasonic testing consists of pressuring up the system with nitrogen or

compressed air and then using a high frequency sonic leak detection
device to detect leaks. The sonic leak detector is used to detect leaks at
welds, seams, joints, and any other areas of possible leakage. Sonic leak
detectors with a detection frequency range of 20 kHz to 100 kHz have
been used previously.
Advantages of ultrasonic testing:

Simplicity.
Little fatigue on the equipment.
High sensitivity relative to hydrostatic or pneumatic tests.
Low costs.
Disadvantages of ultrasonic testing:

Not as effective in finding leaks in large systems.
Sensitive to environmental conditions, especially wind.
Anhydrous HCl testing consists of adding bottled anhydrous HCl into the
piping/equipment to a low pressure. Once this is complete, the system
pressure is raised using a solution of ammonia water. This should create
smoke at the connection if the HCl is leaking from the pressurized
system.
Advantages of HCl testing:

Little fatigue on the equipment
HCl testing is a sensitive test and provides visual indication of the
leak.
The bottled HCl is portable
Disadvantages with HCl testing:

Operators must be properly trained.
Hazardous properties of anhydrous HCl.
66
Before Startup
After testing, it is important to dry the equipment before returning to

service. If the equipment is not dried, HCl will be formed and corrosion
may occur.
5.9.4
Certification & Training Requirements for Non Destructive Testing

(NDT) Inspectors.
It is important to consider training and qualifications when selecting an

inspector.
Properly qualified inspectors can help in developing an
inspection plan and interpreting the results. The American Society for
Nondestructive Testing (ANST) offers information on testing personnel
qualifications and certifications.
Local regulations may also define
specific requirements.
5.9.5
Record keeping
Maintaining accurate inspection records for vessels, piping, and

equipment facilitates inspection and testing operations, and is often
required by local regulations. These records can be used to determine
future inspection intervals and repair methods. Information often kept in
these records includes:
Original design details of the equipment (e.g., design code, fabrication

drawings, materials of construction, capacity, chemical service,
operating conditions)
Procedures for safely and effectively performing external and internal

inspections, including preferred inspection methods.
Results
of
previous
recommendations.
67
inspections
and
corresponding
repair
Procedures and details of any vessel repairs or changes of chemical

service.
Local regulation may define record retention rules.
Frequently, these
records are retained for the life of the equipment or longer.
6.0
6.1
Equipment Cleaning and Repair
General
Because phosgene is a highly toxic material, extraordinary caution is required

when working on or entering equipment used in phosgene service. Cleaning and
maintenance are potentially hazardous activities that should be performed only
by workers who are thoroughly familiar with the dangers involved and the
precautions necessary for safe performance of the work. For this reason, the
importance of proper training, an understanding of hazard recognition, and a
soundly planned approach to each job cannot be overemphasized.
The following sections provide an overview of procedures and techniques used

to prepare phosgene equipment for maintenance and return the equipment to
service, and offer information on issues that might arise during the repair work
itself.
6.2
Preparation for Inspection or Repair
When a phosgene system is to be cleaned or repaired, empty the system of

process liquids and gases containing phosgene. Following equipment shutdown,
remaining liquids and gases should be transferred to other process equipment in
the plant either by pumping or by pressuring off with a dry, inert gas, such as
nitrogen, supplied at a pressure higher than that on the equipment to be cleared.
Once this has been accomplished, it is useful to valve the system and vent the
remaining pressure to a destruction or decomposition device, such as a caustic
scrubber. During depressurization, the frosting of piping, etc., which has been in
68
liquid phosgene service, indicates it still contains liquid. External application of

heat can expedite the clearing process and may be a necessity when cold
weather retards or even prevents evaporation of phosgene at atmospheric
pressure. However, heating a closed system containing liquid phosgene may
produce excessive pressure so close monitoring helps protect against potential
risks.
After the equipment has been depressurized and is liquid-free, pull the
equipment under vacuum and install steel slip blinds at the isolation points to
prevent phosgene from leaking back through the blocked valves from other parts
of the system (note: if plans call for the use of purging for clearing purposes, the
vent line would be left unblended). Consider locating the blinds as close as
possible to the isolating block valves because a leaking valve may fill the space
between the blind and the valve with liquid phosgene, which will then be released
when the blind is removed. It may be advantageous to connect the vacuum to a
high point on the system, but not at a drain valve if at all possible, because low
points are prone to pluggage. When removing full face blinds or plugs located on
bleed valves where the vacuum connection would be made, exercise appropriate
caution because liquid phosgene can be trapped behind them. Before installing
blinds, it may be important to verify that the system is under vacuum by reading
an appropriately ranged pressure gauge or by cracking open a bleed valve.
After blinds are installed, use a dry, inert gas to purge the remaining phosgene
vapors to the vent system. For larger systems, which are solid-free, the use of
heated inert gas can sometimes be more effective at purging. Once the system
is clear, the vent line itself can be blinded to help complete the isolation. For
difficult-to-clear equipment, additional options for consideration include flushing
with water, weak aqueous ammonia, caustic or anhydrous ammonia (only done
after the blinds have been installed and the system vented). Water flushing,
following the use of ammonia or caustic, serves an important function to help
eliminate those contaminants. Dispose of the resulting vent or waste stream in
an environmentally responsible manner consistent with relevant requirements.
69
Safety should always be the primary consideration when clearing phosgene

process equipment. The use of air-supplied respiratory protection is necessary
for any activity where exposure to phosgene is a concern. Clear appropriate
areas of unprotected personnel whenever performing work requiring breathing
air.
Prior to beginning maintenance work, plant operations personnel can help verify
that the equipment has been cleared of phosgene by cracking open a bleed
valve and checking for the presence of phosgene using a detection badge or
other hand-held detection device.
The system may need a slight positive
pressure in order to check for the presence of phosgene. It is important that the
system is depressurized completely before maintenance loosens the first bolt.
As part of the evaluation, keep in mind that process solids that come into contact
with, or are suspected of coming into contact with, phosgene may contain
trapped phosgene.
When solids are agitated, crushed, or blasted, there is
potential for phosgene to be released.
The preceding information on clearing relates to equipment being removed from

service for relatively major repairs expected to take a considerable amount of
time. Aspects of the information may be useful to address minor repairs, such as
gasket replacements, instrument replacements, leaking plugs and valve packing,
as well as some valve replacements. Even after the equipment has been cleared
of liquid, depressurized, and pulled under vacuum, use appropriate precautions
during the performance of repair work.
If phosgene equipment requires welding or burning, evaluate use of special

preparation procedures because phosgene impregnated into the surface of the
metal can be liberated by the high localized temperatures produced.
This
process can involve washing out the equipment with hot water and/or steaming it
out to remove the residual vapors.
In preparation for vessel entry, clear the inert gas used for purging by flushing
with atmospheric air. For example, an air horn or similar air-moving device has
70
been used.
Flexible ducts connected to a vacuum source discharging to a
destruct system may be useful if the existing air is contaminated.
6.3
Equipment Repairs
The repair of equipment that has been in phosgene service merits special
precautions to avoid accidental exposure. Due to the increased possibility of
accidental releases, it is beneficial to avoid attempting repairs while the
equipment is still in operation unless authorized to do so using appropriate safe
work procedures. Even after clearing, it is possible for phosgene vapors or liquid
to remain trapped in gaskets and valve packing, behind pluggage in piping,
inside damaged level displacers or agitator gearboxes, etc. This phosgene can
be released during disassembly for repairs or, for example, simply by operating a
valve.
For this reason, performing repairs using appropriate PPE even on
cleared equipment reduces potential risks.
At times, equipment that is still contaminated must be transported from the unit to
another location for decontamination. In such cases, consider the feasibility of
blinding off or plugging all process-exposed sections.
If this is not possible,
another option is to transport the equipment by a person wearing appropriate

PPE and clearing all other personnel from the route.
If equipment must be taken to the facilitys shop or sent out of the plant for repair,
consider decontaminating the equipment as soon as possible using special
procedures to eliminate the possibility of an unexpected release.
The
procedures may require disassembly and cleaning using steam, hot water or
other cleaning agents as appropriate. Vendors who handle such equipment must
be thoroughly knowledgeable of the hazards of handling phosgene and with the
decontamination procedures used.
Sometimes welding on phosgene equipment has to be done in the field without

benefit of complete decontamination. If so, review whether the welder has airsupplied respiratory protection and whether the area has been cleared of
unprotected personnel.
71
After welding on piping or equipment in phosgene service, risks can be reduced

by evaluating whether the work was done properly and will not result in
premature or unexpected failures. To this end, all welds can be tested prior to
placing the piping or equipment in service.
All parts and materials to be used in phosgene service are designed and
specifically approved for such use.
A detailed procedure for cleaning and
packaging repaired valves for phosgene service serves an important function

because failure of these valves to properly seal when required could have
significant consequences.
Threaded fittings used in phosgene service (e.g. plugs, pressure gauge nipples)
create increased potential for leaks and are necessarily thinner because of the
requirement to taper the joints for threading. As a result , threaded fittings tend
to be generally avoided if at all possible, but when they must be used, some
risks can be reduced by coating the threaded fitting with approved pipe sealant
before being installed in order help avoid leakage. As one example, employ
fluoropolymer-based thread sealants in the phosgene service.
If a vessel used in phosgene service must be inspected or repaired internally,

OSHA guidelines for vessel entry are available. If the vessel has been cleared
by dry-gas purging only and has not been washed out, evaluate appropriate PPE
to protect against the possible presence of ferric chloride and hydrochloric acid
coating the interior surfaces.
6.4
Preparation for Service
A phosgene system that has been open to the atmosphere needs to be

extensively dried before being returned to service. Severe internal corrosion to
steel piping and other equipment can result if significant moisture is allowed to
remain inside the system. Drying the systems return to practice helps prevent
this possibility. Drying has been done using a purge of dry inert gas, such as
nitrogen.
Heating the purge gas will facilitate the procedure.
If a steam
exchanger is used, consider whether the gas pressure is higher than the steam
72
pressure on the exchanger.
This action will help prevent moisture from
contaminating the purge gas if the exchanger leaks.
To aid evaporation,
consider keeping the phosgene system maintained as close to atmospheric

pressure as possible (or slight vacuum) during the drying process.
External
heating of the equipment being dried can help aid in the drying process.
Nitrogen bleeds have been established at dead legs, including instruments such
as pressure transmitters and differential pressure flow transmitters. Dew points
can be taken at a number of different locations to help ensure the entire system
has reached the desired dew point.
Equipment that has undergone minor repairs using the vacuum method
described in the previous sections may contain a small amount of atmospheric
moisture. It may not be practical or possible to purge this moisture from the
system or, if it can be purged, to obtain a dew point due to contamination with
phosgene.
Such equipment can sometimes be returned to service without
problems. However, to keep the frequency of this type of repair to a minimum

and to do whatever drying is possible under the circumstances because some
corrosion and sludging are likely.
Small sections of piping which need to be dried before installation have for
example been flushed with acetone and then nitrogen purged. Another method
has been to steam purge internally until the piping is very hot then purge
immediately with nitrogen.
Note the importance of removing grease, oil and other foreign material from lines
and equipment before returning to service. Piping components contaminated
with oil, grease, or other hydrocarbons are potentially reactive with phosgene.
Products of reaction could lead to unexpected pressure buildup in a closed
system.
When drying is complete, consider whether all atmospheric bleeds have been
plugged, capped or blinded to prevent phosgene leakage or a release due to
accidental valve operation. To reduce risks, the system can be checked for
leaks (after removing any blinds) by first pressurizing it with a dry, inert gas to
73
operating pressure, blocking it in, and watching for a pressure drop.
This
process will help indicate any large leaks, but small leaks might only be found
through other methods. Options that have been used include those such as
checking each flange, etc. with a soap and water solution and watching for
bubbles or by charging the system with a sensitive gas such as helium or
helium/nitrogen combination and then leak detection device. After all leaks have
been repaired and the equipment passes pressure tests, it can typically be
depressurized and returned to service.
It is possible for leaks to occur after equipment has been returned to service,
especially if the equipment is in liquid phosgene service. Frequent equipment
checks (using phosgene badges or handheld phosgene monitors for example) for
several hours after startup help identify such leaks. The use of special washers
such as disk spring to prevent loosening of bolting due to thermal cycles on the
equipment can be helpful in preventing leakage.
A desirable attribute of an
appropriate disc spring is that it should apply clamping pressure along a

continuous arc pattern, rather than concentrating it at one point.
74
Annexure X
point. A slipstream of hot quench oil will be fed by USC recycle furnace quench fittings
and the combined stream will flow into the Heavy fuel oil stripper.
The cracked gas overhead from Quench Oil Tower will be further cooled in the Quench
Water Tower by direct contact with circulating quench water, condensing much of the
cracked gasoline and most of the dilution steam. The gasoline and process water are
separated in the oil/water separator at the bottom of the tower. A portion of the gasoline
will be used to reflux the Quench Oil Tower, and the net product gasoline will be
Debutanized in the Distillate Stripper and sent to the gas hydrogenation unit (GHU).
The separated quench water will be used for various process heating service and returned
to the top of the Quench Tower. Net condensate, representing condensed dilution steam,
which was fed in the furnace along with the feed, is sent to the dilution steam generation
system.
Dilution Steam Strippers (DSS)
Solids and entrained hydrocarbons are removed from the quench water in a
filter/coalescer system. Dissolved light hydrocarbons are stripped from the process water
by dilution steam in the LP water stripper. After pumping and preheating, the water is
sent to the dilution steam generators for vaporization by quench oil and low medium
pressure (LMP) steam in DSS reboilers. Phenols, styrenes and other contaminants are
stripped from the water cooled, resulting in an environmentally acceptable blowdown.
Additional DSS with steam reboilers are provided to meet excess requirements.
Cracked Gas Compression
The cracked gas from the Quench Water Tower is compressed in a four stage centrifugal
compressor. The effluent from each stage passes through an aftercooler and then to a
separator drum. Liquid condensate is flashed back to the previous drum, with the vapour
going to the next stage of compression. The hydrocarbon condensate from the second
stage suction drum is pumped to the distillate stripper. The process water from this drum
flows to 1st stage suction drum from where it is pumped to Quench water tower.
Acid gases are removed between the third and fourth stages of compression in Caustic
wash tower with non-fouling ripple trays. A water wash section at the top of this tower
removes any caustic entertainment.
Cracked gas from the fourth stage discharge is water cooled and sent to a separator drum.
Vapor from this drum is sent to the cracked gas rectifier, which fractionates the heavy
ends from the feed gas flowing to the demethanizer system. Reflux for this tower is
condensed against high-level propylene refrigeration. The cracked gas rectifier
effectively reduces cracked gas compressor interstage recycle, minimizing compressor
horsepower and further reducing fouling. Wash water is injected into the compressor
blades to reduce fouling of blades with polymers during compression.
Acid Gas Removal
Cracked gas from the third stage discharge drum is fed to the caustic tower where it is
washed with circulating weak and strong caustic solutions and finally with water. The
bottom circulating weak caustic solution is heated by quench water to ensure that
hydrocarbons do not condense in the tower. The strong caustic solution is maintained at
10% NaOH with fresh caustic solution make-up. The strength of the weak caustic
solution is maintained by letdown from the more concentrated solution.
Spent caustic from the base of the tower of 1% concentration is routed to the spent
caustic deoiling drum where it is contacted with aromatic gasoline to remove
hydrocarbons and polymers. The spent caustic is sent to the degassing drum. After
degassing spent caustic is stripped with steam to remove hydrocarbons like benzene,
before entering the spent caustic oxidation unit for further treatment.
Spent Caustic Oxidation
Spent Caustic from Stripper flows to SCO fed surge from where it is pumped to the first
reactor after preheating against reactor vent gas. There are three reactors operating in
series. These reactors are fed with air from air compressor after filtration.
Each reactor operates nearly full of liquid at 130C and is divided into two zones by a
perforated plate. The spent caustic flows slowly upward in contact with a stream of fine
air bubbles. The reactor pressures are individually controlled to allow the flow of spent
caustic through each reactor under level control. On the spent caustic stream from each
reactor a filter is provided for removal of possible agglomerated polymer. The residence
time in each reactor is approximately 4 hours at the maximum design rate.
Oxidized spent caustic from last reactor is filtered, cooled and diverted to effluent surge
drum. From this drum spent caustic is pumped to the effluent treatment plant. During
this process, COD of the spent caustic is reduced to acceptable limits for treatments in
ETP.
Condensate Stripper
Liquid hydrocarbon bottoms from the cracked gas rectifier are flashed into fourth stage
suction drum. Liquid hydrocarbon from this drum is warmed against quench water and
flashed into the condensate stripper. This tower function as a deethanizer, further
reducing compressor recycle and allowing much of the C3 and heavier hydrocarbons to
bypass the cold fractionation system, with a savings in refrigeration horsepower. Also
this ensures that the C2 spec. in the bottom stream is satisfied.
Cracked Gas Dehydration
The cracked gas from the rectifier reflux drum is dried in the cracked gas dehydrators.
Two vessels are provided, one operating, the other regenerating or on standby. Molecular
sieve desiccant is utilized with a moisture analyzer strategically placed to monitor for
water breakthrough. The desiccant is regenerated with residue gas from the demethanizer
overhead system. The regeneration gas is heated in a feed/effluent exchanger followed
by a high-pressure steam heater. Saturated regeneration gas is cooled before feeding a
separator drum. The condensed water is sent to the quench water tower and the residue
gas flows to the fuel gas system.
Demethanizer System
The dried cracked gas is cooled against propylene refrigerant and demethanizer bottoms
before separating vapor and liquid in the prestripper feed drums. The liquid is sent to the
demethanizer prestripper, while the vapor is further cooled against recycle ethane and
propylene refrigerant. Liquid from the second prestripper feed drums is sent to the
demethanizer prestripper.
The prestripper is a demethanizing tower, which reduces the energy requirements of the
fractionation system. The overhead vapor is the bottom feed to the demethanizer. The
prestripper bottoms are sent to the deethanizer. Reboil heat is provided by quench water.
The vapor from demethanizer feed drum No. 1 is cooled in stages against demethanizer
overhead streams and ethylene refrigerant. The vapor from demethanizer parallel feed
drum No. 1 is cooled against stages of ethylene refrigerant. Liquid vapor provides liquid
for the second and third demethanizer feeds.
Vapor from the last demethanizer feed drum is cooled against demethanizer overhead
streams and sent to the residue gas rectifier. This small tower effectively eliminates
ethylene loss in the residue gas. The rectifier bottom stream is reheated and enters the
demethanizer as the top feed. The rectifier overhead vapor is further chilled against
residue gas and sent to the overhead separator. Liquid from the separator is returned to
the rectifier as reflux.
The net rectifier vapor from the reflux drum is further chilled against the coldest residue
gas and sent to the hydrogen drum. Net vapor from this drum of 95-mol percent
minimum hydrogen purity is reheated and sent to the PSA system for CO removal.
Liquid from this drum is normally flashed to low pressure, reheated and compressed back
to fuel gas pressure using fuel gas compressor. If fuel gas compressor is down, hydrogen
is injected into the methane stream to achieve low temperature by reducing methane
partial pressure.
A standard Pressure Swing Adsorption (PSA) system is used to remove carbon
monoxide, which would poison the hydrogenation catalyst. The demethanizer overhead is
condensed against lowest level ethylene refrigerant to provide tower reflux. The net
tower overhead after partial reheat is sent to the methane expander-recompressor system
for cooling the incoming CG feed beds and then to the fuel gas system after regenerating
the CG dehydrator.
Reboil heat for condensing intermediate level propylene refrigerant provides the
demethanizer. Additional chilling of the CG is performed in the parallel chilling train.
Deethanizer
The dual-feed deethanizer separates the demethanizer and demethanizer prestripper
bottom streams into C2 overhead and C3 and heavier bottom streams. The bottom stream
is sent to the depropanizer. The net vapor overhead stream feeds the acetylene
hydrogenation system. Reboil heat is provided by circulating quench water.
Acetylene Hydrogenation System

The acetylene is catalytically hydrogenated to ethane and ethylene over palladium
catalyst. The deethanizer vapor overhead stream is heated to reaction temperature and
sent to the primary C2 hydrogenation reactor. Two primary reactors with intermediate
cooling are provided, one operating, the second for regeneration or on standby.
The effluent from the primary reactor is cooled and enters the first secondary adiabatic
reactor. The effluent from this reactor is cooled and sent to the second guard adiabatic
reactor. A third adiabatic reactor is either on regeneration or standby.
The acetylene - free effluent from the secondary adiabatic reactors is cooled and sent to
the green oil knockout drum. The separated green oil is sent to the primary fractionator.
The gas flows to the secondary dehydrator where molecular sieve desiccant removes
traces of water.
Ethylene Fractionation
The ethylene - ethane vapor from the secondary dehydrator feeds the ethylene tower.
Reflux is condensed against low level propylene refrigerant. The ethylene product is
withdrawn as a liquid a few trays below the top of the tower. Light impurities are
eliminated by pasteurization with a small vent stream from the reflux drum recycling to
the cracked gas compressor system. Condensing propylene refrigerant vapor provides
bottom reboiler heat. Condensing ethylene refrigerant compressor discharge vapors
provides the side reboiler load.
Provision is made to send a low pressure and high pressure ambient temperature ethylene
vapor product to battery limits by pumping vaporizing and superheating the side draw off liquid product stored in OSBL spheres. Provision is also made to sub - cool this
liquid to approximately - 100C for transfer to atmospheric storage.
Depropanizer
The deethanizer and condensate stripper bottom streams feed the depropanizer. The C3
fraction is totally condensed against propylene refrigerant, producing reflux and a liquid
overhead stream, which is pumped into the C3 bydrogenaton system. The bottom stream
flows to the debutanizer.
C3 Hydrogenation
Methylactylene and propadiene are catalytically converted to propylene and propane in
two liquid - phase reactors in parallel with after cooling. A separator drum after the
cooler vents gas to the cracked gas compression system. MAPD concentration in the
feed is controlled by recycling reactors is being regenerated. Third reactor is kept as
standby.
Secondary and Tertiary Deethanizers
The effluent from the C3 hydrogenation system feeds the secondary and tertiary
deethanizers operating in series. These towers remove traces of C2's, carbon dioxide
water which are recycled to the cracked gas compression system. These towers are
reboiled with quench water. Reflux is condensed with cooling water.
Propylene Fractionation System

The bottom stream from the seondary/tertiary deethanizer feeds the propylene
fractionation system, which consists of the propylene stripper and rectifier, in series. The
overhead stream from the rectifier is totally condensed against cooling water, producing
reflux and a liquid propylene product. The bottom stream, which is primarily propane, is
vaporized and is recycled to the cracking furnaces.
Debutanizer
The debutanizer produces a mixed C4 distillate product. The bottom stream is combined
with the distillate stripper bottoms and sent to raw pyrolysis gasoline unit. The
Debutanizer is reboiled with L.P. steam and condensed with cooling water.
Refrigeration
The cascaded refrigeration system has three levels of ethylene refrigeration and four
levels of propylene refrigeration. The ethylene refrigerant is condensed against various
levels of propylene refrigeration. The propylene refrigerant is condensed with cooling
water. Refrigerant makeup is supplied by propylene/ethylene product.
C4 Hydrogenation
The C4 hydrogenation system is a liquid - phase catalytic process. The butadiene in the
debutanizer net overhead - is selectively converted to n-butanes. Recycled back for
cracking or used for separating various C4 components in C4 complex.
Gasoline Hydrogenation Unit (GHU)
The GHU consists of two stages. This process produces a feedstock for downstream
aromatic recovery by selectively hydrogenating the diolefins in the first stage and the
olefins in the second stage. The feedstock hydrodesulfurization also takes place during
second stage.
The liquid feed from debutanizer bottoms is pumped under flow control to the unit and
mixed with fresh makeup hydrogen. The mixed stream enters the 1st stage reactor after
heating. The reactions (diolefins and styrene hydrogenation) occur in a mixed phase on
the fixed bed type of reactor with two beds. Quench liquid injection between the bed
limits the temperature increase.
The reactor effluent enters 1st stage hot separator. The vapor phase from the hot separator
is cooled and partly condensed and then it enters the cold separator drum. The liquid
from this drum with liquid from hot separator drum flows to the Depentaniser. The
purpose of depentaiser is to stabilize the reaction liquid products by eliminating the light
components, which have been dissolved under pressure. The second purpose is to
separate C5 cut from C6 + cut.
C5 cut is drawn as a side stream from the column and sent to battery limits after cooling.
This C5 stream is recycled back to furnace for further cracking with Naphtha/NGL. C6 stream flows to deoctaniser, which operates at slight vacuum, created by LMP steam
ejector. Overheads from this column are partly condensed and fed to second stage
hydrogenation reactor. Wash oil is drawn as a side product and sent to wash oil tank after
condensation and cooling for internal consumption. Bottoms from the column is C9 +
steam, which is sent to Battery Limits.
The feed to second stage is mixed with hydrogen from 2nd stage recycle compressor &
vaporized to reaction temperature prior to reactor entry. The reactions (hydrogenation of
olefins and desulfurization) occur in the vapor phase on a fixed bed type reactor.
Ni - Mo type catalyst is used for hydrogenation and Co - Mo catalyst is used for
desulfurization. The quench is provided between the two stages for temperature control
of second bed. The effluents from the reactor are flashed in the second stage separator
after cooling. The net liquid from separator is sent to stripper.
The stripper eliminates H2S and light components dissolved at high pressure in the C6 C8 cut. The bottoms are sent to battery limits after cooling as C6 - C8 cut product, which
is further pumped for aromatics, recovery.
Annexure XI
minutes prior to waste charging. The burners will have automatic switching "off/on"
control to avoid the fluctuations of temperatures beyond the required temperature range.
Each burner will be equipped with spark igniter and main burner.
Proper flame safeguard of the burner will be installed.
Provide view ports to observe flame of the burner.
Flame of the primary burner
- will be pointing towards the centre of the hearth.
- will be having a length such that it touches the waste but does not impinge directly
on the refractory floor or wall
The secondary burner will be positioned in such a way that the flue gas passes through
the flame.
The waste will be charged in bags through automatic feeding device at the manufacturer's
recommended intervals ensuring no direct exposure of furnace atmosphere to the
operator. The device will prevent leakage of the hot flue gas & any backfire. The waste
will be introduced on the hearth in such a way so as to prevent the heap formation.
Suitable raking arrangement will be provided for uniform spreading of waste on the
hearth.
A tamper-proof PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) based control system will be
installed to prevent:
Wastes charging until the required temperature in the chambers are attained during
beginning of the operation of the incinerator.
Waste charging unless primary & secondary chambers are maintained at the
specified temperature range.
Waste charging in case of any unsafe conditions such as - very high temperature in
the primary & secondary chambers; failure of the combustion air fan, ID fan,
recirculation pump; low water pressure & high temperature of the flue gas at the
outlet of air pollution control device.
The incineration system will have an emergency vent. The emergency vent will remain
closed i.e it shall not emit flue gases during normal operation of the incinerator.
Structural design of the chimney / stack will be as per IS:6533-1989. The chimney/stack
will be lined from inside with minimum of 3 mm thick natural hard rubber suitable for
the duty conditions and will also conform to IS:4682 Part I-1968 to avoid corrosion due
to oxygen and acids in the flue gas.
The location and specification of porthole, platform ladder etc. will be as per the
Emission Regulations, Part-3 (COINDS/20/1984-85), published by CPCB.
The
incineration ash will be disposed in a secured landfill.
Annexure XII
Titmus Vision Tester for eye checking.
Laboratory services: with Randox auto analyser for bio-chemistry, Cell Dyne for
hematology, Gas chromatography for urine phenol monitoring. Laboratory tests
for all including blood sugar estimation, lipid profiles, liver and kidney profiles
etc. can be performed with state-of-the-art equipment like Automatic Blood cell
counter & Auto-analyzer.
Other facilities: X-Ray, TMT (Tread Meal Test), 4D-USG with Colour Doppler
for Sonography and 2-D Echo, ECG, Spirometer for Pulmonary function test,
Audiometry booth and audiometer (for evaluating hearing loss), 24 hrs chemist
and Fully equipped ICU ambulance, Nebuliser, Defibrillator-cum Cardiac
Monitor, Pulse Oxymeter, Minor Operation Theatre, Ventilator, Separate
decontamination room and observation beds with facility of online oxygen for
each bed.
Industrial Hygiene Cell: - To bridge a link between safety, health and

environment, a separate industrial hygiene cell is established. A qualified
industrial hygienist looks after personal monitoring of various health hazards, by
walk through surveys, quantitative analysis etc. Various instruments to measure
the same are procured, e.g. Wet Bulb Globe Temperature(WBGT) meter, noise
level meter, noise dosimeter, air sampler, indoor air quality monitoring
equipment, and illumination meter etc.
3. Occupational Health Monitoring

The main purpose of health monitoring is to detect possible onset of an occupational
disease, to identify as early as possible any adverse health effects caused by work practices
or exposure to potential hazards, to monitor personal exposure with the help of biological
monitoring, for checking the effectiveness of preventive and control measures, for
identifying possible health effects of changes in the working practices, technology or
substances used in the refinery, to ensure right man for the right job, to prevent spread of
communicable diseases through food handlers. Health examinations helps to identify
conditions, which may make workers more susceptible to the effects of hazardous agents
and to detect the early signs of health impairment caused by these agents.
Medical Monitoring at Reliance includes:Pre-employment Medical Examination

Periodic Medical Examination
Special Medical Examination
3.1 Pre-Employment Medical Examination
Pre-employment medical examination is a statutory requirement and its conduction is an
important function of an occupational health service. The purpose of pre-employment
assessment is to ensure that a person has no pre-existing ill health or disability that may
make the performance in the proposed job difficult or unsafe for the individual, co-workers,
other employees and for the third parties like the visitors or customers, also to ensure that
the proposed job does not cause a danger to health of the person himself/herself by
aggravating his/her pre-existing health condition. The assessment is also used to provide
baseline data for future comparison during Periodic Medical Examinations (PMEs). All
prospective candidates are called to OH&FWC for pre-employment medical examination.
Based on all reports, his/her fitness certificate is prepared and sent to HR.
3.2 Periodic Medical Examination

The purpose of periodic medical examination is to monitor the health of employees during
the course of their employment. It aims at verifying fitness in relation to their jobs and
early detection of any signs of ill health. It will be supplemented by other examinations in
accordance with the nature of hazards observed for e.g. persons working in hazardous
processes undergo half yearly medical examination; annual audiometry test is performed to
those who are exposed to high noise areas. Periodic medical examination of all employees
joined or transferred to site on or before 31st March is done irrespective of their cadre or
type of job. A separate mail of PME Observation & Recommendation is sent to employees
with their findings. A Health Card with brief details of PME is sent to individual employee
through internal courier to their residential address
3.3 Special Medical Examination

Those employees who are exposed to either hazardous chemicals or processes will require
more frequent medical examination than the others, with specific attention to certain
parameters. Similarly some specific groups like food handlers, bus drivers and paramedical
staff will also need more frequent medical examination. Special Medical examinations are
carried out for following groups:3.3.1 Persons exposed to Hazardous Chemicals
Some persons may be exposed to hazardous substances (liquid/gaseous) like hydrogen
sulfide, benzene, methanol, petroleum coke, crude oil etc during different processes in
refinery. In addition to periodic medical examination they will be subjected to special
examination of target organs like Respiratory system, Nervous system, Gastro-intestinal
system, Optic nerve & Retina, Skin, Lungs, Bladder, and Hemophiliac etc depending upon
the type of chemical exposure. Frequency of this check-up will be six monthly. Every six
months data generated will be reviewed and appropriate steps will be taken. For e.g. all
personnel handling benzene are monitored for benzene exposure. Based on shift schedule, a
monthly schedule is made for urine sample collection by medical center and their urine
samples are collected at the end of week shift. Urine phenol estimation and tt-MA (Trans,
trans-Muconic Acid test) is done at medical laboratory.
3.3.2 Persons working in Noisy areas
In refinery there are certain areas where personnel are exposed to continuous noise. Though
different measures have been taken during designing of the plant, and various protective
devices are issued, occupational health hazards due to noise cannot be completely ruled
out. In addition to periodic medical examination, employees exposed to continuous noise
are subjected to audiometry test every year.
3.3.3 Employees >45 years of age

The likelihood of cardiac problems, hypertension, diabetes, increases progressively with
age, hence special attention, including a more detailed investigation is required in this age
group. More emphasis is given to: Eye sight and its problems, Status of heart, Stress test,
Audiometry. Frequency will be once a year.
3.3.4 Food-Handlers
This group of workers is catering to a large number of employees. They may be one of the
prime sources for spreading different communicable diseases, especially those food or
water borne. The Health-card will be issued to the workers found fit. The worker will keep
the card with him while on duty and will have to display it as and when required.
3.3.5 Drivers of Company Owned Cars / Hired Vehicles
This specific group of workers drives vehicles for the organization (both passenger and
goods). Accidents put the employees and property at risk. To avoid such untoward
incidents, their medical examination is done. Emphasis is given to vision (Colour &
distant), hearing, history or signs of Heart Diseases, epilepsy, and any drug addiction.
Crane operators also undergo task specific annual medical examination.
3.3.6 Paramedical Staff

While discharging their duties this group of workers is exposed to different communicable
diseases, similarly if they are suffering from communicable disease they may pass it to the
patient. Hence it is utmost important to screen them at regular intervals.
4.0 Curative Medical Care
Health Care during Construction
The construction of new Refinery complex is in progress where in thousands of workers
are involved. It is of upmost importance to render medical services both emergency and
routine to take care of health of construction workers. All construction workers are
examined for communicable diseases before assigning the job at the site as well as
providing the accommodation in labour camps. The First Aid medical centres are provided
in all labour camps and at the site with necessary required facility, 24 hrs a day. Dust masks
are provided to construction workers, while carrying out operations that may entail
potential for dust inhalation.
4.1 Project Medical Centre (PMC):

PMC is manned round the clock with availability of doctor, male nurse and an ambulance.
PMC is equipped with emergency medical equipment and medicines to give primary
medical treatment for any type of injury /acute illness. All medical data are entered in
MDMS (Medical Data Management System). 3 additional ambulances are stationed at
different locations at construction site to minimize the response time to an emergency call.
These ambulances are equipped with basic life saving instruments and medicines. One
male nurse along with walkie-talkie is deployed round the clock in these ambulances.
Pre- Placement screening

Contractor supervisors bring / direct new contract workers to Medical Inspection (MI)
room, located at Shramik Swagat Kendra & before proceeding for safety induction.
Contract workers are screened for any major communicable disease and referred to Moti
Khavadi Medical Centre (MKMC) /Project Medical Centre (PMC) for further examination
to determine his fitness by doctor. Based on doctors fitness certificate, security pass is
issued. Contractors supervisor also ensures that such workers are seen by Labour Colony
Medial Center (LCMC) medical officer before allocating him a room in labour colony.
Workers free from communicable disease, are certified for the same by putting a stamp on
a format submitted by contract agency and will proceed for further formalities.
4.2 Labour Colony Medical Center (LCMC)

Sufficient number of labour colonies is provided for workers and each labour colony have
one medical centre with doctor, paramedic and necessary equipments. In addition to this,
there is one medical centre at project site. It is important to provide medical services to all
workers during their stay at labour colony as well as while on the job.
Facilities Available
All routine medicines
All emergency injections
Treatment room: dressing table, oxygen cylinder, suction machine, laryngoscope with
tube, autoclave machine, dressing material, suture material etc.

Observation beds nos. of bed will depend on strength of labour colony.
Round the clock availability of paramedics
Part time/Full time doctor
Ambulance with necessary equipment (Major colonies will have their own ambulance.
Smaller colonies will have Camp vehicle to shift patient)

5.0 Health Awareness & Training
CASHe (Change Agents for Safety, Health & Environment)
Reliance Management is always striving for excellence in each and every field. Hence to
fulfill this dream, the CASHe Project (Change Agents for Safety, Health & Environment)
was initiated as amongst many other initiatives to strengthen the HSE management system
and culture. CASHe activities are in place since 2003. The biggest gain by the project was
inculcating strong occupational health culture in the plant working area.
Various innovative ideas have come up from the shop floor workers in process design
change, modification in PPEs etc. Implementation of various engineering controls and
administrative controls have helped in reduction in exposure to majority of occupational
health hazards like noise, heat, dust, chemical, vibration, illumination as well as
ergonomics. Training and awareness drive is reflected in attitudinal change among workers
regarding occupational health, safety and environment. CASHe activities at Jamnagar
complex are recognized globally in terms of presentations in conferences and publication in
international journal. Swedish experts on OS&H from the National Institute for Working
Life (Stockholm) visited the CASHe Project areas. They appreciated the high level of OSH
awareness and commended our achievements. Jamnagar site has won Dhirubhai Ambani
Trophy for Excellence in Occupational Health for consecutive two years in a row. Won
Golden Peacock Award for Occupational Health and Safety Award instituted by
World Environment Foundation
First aid
A two days training under basic first aid training is given every month in which employees
are taught on basics of emergency first aid and basic life support. Aim is to train all
employees in basic first aid. Almost 500 employees are trained in a calendar year.
Members of auxiliary fire squad are also trained in basic first aid. One day refresher
training is given after 3 years. All electrical personnel are also trained for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR). A volunteers group from first aiders Auxiliary Medical
Squad - is given practical training at medical centre.
Ergonomics
Ergonomics training is given to employees and contract workers wherein how to identify
symptoms, workstation design & various exercises are taught to them.
Other Training
Life style management, stress management, understanding of health card, awareness of
occupational health hazards etc. are some of training modules in which participants are
informed about the specific subject. Health tips are published on intranet, house magazines.
Every year in month of July, occupational health week is observed in which various health
related activities are carried out for a week
Hygiene and Sanitation

The main objective for hygiene and sanitation is to protect employees, their dependants and
labour from different water/ food borne diseases, to prevent epidemics of communicable
diseases, to keep all workers healthy, to monitor potability of drinking water all over the
project and the township. Pest control measures are taken at different places in Refinery
and Township. For effective control of water-borne diseases, sanitary Inspector will
randomly collect water samples every month for biological and chemical analysis. All
canteens are also inspected once in a month.
6.0 Community Services

The Reliance, Jamnagar Complex processes as much as 30 million tons of Crude and
associated Hydrocarbon products per annum. It employs several hundred personnel to work
in various capacities in the plant. As a part of corporate social responsibility services, a

community medical centre was established in nearby village Moti Khavdi during the precommissioning stage of refinery well back in 1995. This Community Medical Centre caters
free of cost, round the clock, comprehensive health services. All the above services will
continue for proposed SEZ and the same will be augmented as and when required.
Mobile Van Clinic

The health centre operates Health on wheels through Mobile van clinic. One doctor
accompanied by one nurse visits five villages namely Nani Khavdi, Meghpar, Gagva,
Gagva gate & Padana each twice a week. Patients are examined & free of cost medicines
is dispensed. A step ahead health centre contributes in various national health programmes
in its own way. Following is a summary of activities carried out.
REPRODUCTIVE & CHILD HEALTH ACTIVITIES

Family planning clinic
Target couples are advised to adopt either temporary or permanent family planning
methods. Free distribution of condoms, oral pills & copper-T insertion is carried out here.
Antenatal clinic
On 1st Thursdays of every month antenatal mothers are examined thoroughly. Iron,
calcium & folic acid are supplemented. Inj. Tetanus Toxoid is given & laboratory tests are
done. All antenatal mothers having pregnancy of more than 5 months screened for
gestational diabetes. To prevent neonatal tetanus in new born, safe delivery kit is given to
all expecting mothers in case of home delivery. Health quiz for village ladies are organized
time to time
Postnatal clinic
Postnatal mothers are given iron & calcium supplementation, pre-vaginal examination done
for
stitches.
Breast
feeding
is
promoted
to
lactating
mothers.
Vaccination clinic
First Wednesdays of every month is fixed for vaccination in children against Vaccine
Preventable Diseases like TB, polio, diphtheria, whooping cough, measles & tetanus. To
prevent night blindness in children, syrup Vitamin A is given to all children from 9
months to 5 yrs. of age
Pulse Polio Drive

Under National Pulse Polio Immunization programme, all children staying at Moti Khavdi
Village, nearby villages, labour colonies, Township and surrounding vicinity are
immunized with polio drops. With help of mass awareness campaign, group meetings,
posters, audiovisual aids etc. 100% target (approx. 3500 eligible children in each round) is
achieved for all the rounds.
Other
To be fathers are counseled (Couple counseling) to take care of their better half to restrict
physical activities & dietary supplementation during antenatal & postnatal periods. Saas
Bahu samelan (Mother in law & Daughter in law meeting), are organized to reduce barrier
between two generations regarding gender bias & family planning.
CAMPS & OTHER ACTIVITIES

Blindness prevention programme.
Vitamin A supplementation is given to all children in age group of 9 months to 5 yrs 6
monthly.
Started cataract surgery to the patients free of cost.
Eye care clinic is started in which renowned eye specialist renders her services.
School health check up camp
Every year school children are examined for refractive eye error, congenital defects, night
blindness, etc.
Community Reproductive Child Health (RCH) Clinic.
A weekly clinic is started at nearby Primary health centre (PHC) at Village Padana, where
eminent gynecologist and pediatrician give medical services to the village women and
children. Medicines are also distributed free of cost.
Multi-diagnostic camp
Every year one multi-disciplinary diagnostic & treatment camp is organized for community
people in which large no. of patients are treated. Eye camps, dental camp, Thallassemia
screening camp are also done regularly in which free diagnosis, treatment, cataract surgery,
spectacles are provided.
Audiovisual camps
On various topics e.g. Hygiene, diarrhea & diet, antenatal care, family planning, AIDS,
Tuberculosis etc. are carried out.
De-addiction camp
Tobacco,
panmasala
is
an
addiction
in school
going
children
&
villagers.
First aid training

The programme is designed to create awareness among the villagers & to make them aware
of actions to be taken during emergency situations. Till date villagers from Moti Khavdi,
Sikka, Padana, Meghpar and Setalus are trained in safety and first aid.
Directly Observed Therapy (DOT) & HIV / AIDS CENTRE, Motikhavdi

At Moti Khavdi Community Medical Centre (MKMC), DOT & HIV/AIDS centre has
became functional from 1st October, 2004 Since inception of DOT center (Oct 2004) and
HIV/AIDS awareness Drive (Sep 2004), more than 23,000 people are contacted one to one.
Total 26 street plays, 231 group meetings are conducted till date. By rapid method, 367
persons are examined for HIV, of which 5 are found positive. They are directed to Guru
GovindSingh Hospital (GGH) for further management. In the clinic, 569 patients are
treated for Sexually Transmitted Diseases. Of 2423 patient examined for sputum, 32 were
detected for TB. Total 33 (including from transferred from other DOTs) have already
completed the treatment. The center has organized lectures, seminars, and street plays for
the migrant labor, truck drivers etc. Large quantities of condoms and literature have been
distributed.
7.0 Emergency and Admission Services

Emergency Department at Occupational Health & Family Welfare Centre is one with
facilities of international standards. The emergency department is staffed round the clock
medical officers and registered nurses. They provide care using state-of-the-art equipments
and advanced patient monitoring systems to respond to any medical situation.
Emergency Services are applicable to: All work related accidents involving employees, agency staff, contractors and
companys guests.
All domestic accidents and non-accidental medical emergencies like- cardiac, acute
abdomen, Heart Attack, surgical emergencies, Status Asthmaticus (severe form of

Bronchial asthma), etc. of employees, their dependents, their relatives, and residents of
township other than employees.
As a part of community service, Reliance provides emergency medical care to the
victims of roadside accidents occurring in the neighbourhood of the refinery, where the
other hospitals/ medical facilities may be far-off.
8.0 Proposed Occupational Health Surveillance for SEZ
As can be seen a well established infrastructure with experienced doctors, paramedics,
occupational health personnel and systems are already in place to cater to the existing
refinery complex and the new refinery complex under construction. The same approach
and systems will be used for occupational health surveillance in the proposed
petrochemical SEZ also. This will call for suitable augmentation of the existing
infrastructure and manpower. As the expertise is already available with Reliance in this
area, augmentation can be carried out to remain best in the industry.
Annexure XIII
Process technology / information

Process hazards analysis
Operating procedures
Work permit system
Management of change
Personnel training and validation
Contractor safety
Incident investigation and communication
Emergency planning and response
Auditing
Pre - startup safety review
Risk Assessment
Documents developed by HSEF Department
Various procedures, plans and policies concerning health, safety, environment and fire
protection activities prepared for complex are documented in the HSE manual which
consists of four parts,
-
Management Systems & Plans

Occupational Health and Environment
Safety
Fire Protection
In addition to the above four parts of HSEF Manual, Major Emergency Management Plan
(Onsite Emergency Plan) Oil Spill Response Plan and Emergency Plan for War or
Warlike Situations have also been prepared. Some of the procedures prepared are listed
below:
Management Systems and Plans
HSE Management System
HSE Training Plan
Environment Management Plan
HSE - S 101
HSE - S 104
HSE - E 101
HSE S 105
HSE Awards Policy

Safety
Basic safety rules for Employees, Contractors &Visitors
Safety Districts and Committees
Safe Work Permit System
Pre-start up safety review
Safety Audits
HSE - S 103
HSE - S 106
HSE - S 201
HSE - S 202
HSE - S 203
Safe Transportation of Hazardous Materials by Road

Personal protective equipment
Safe handling of hazardous substances
Management of plant changes
Procedure for PHA / HAZOP
Incident reporting & Investigation
Safe use of Hoses
Electrical safety
Ionization Radiation safety
Traffic safety
Safety of Contractor Personnel
HSE S 204
HSE - S 205
HSE - S 206
HSE - S 210
HSE - S 211
HSE S 213
HSE S 216
HSE S 220
HSE S 221
HSE S 222
HSE S 223
Emergency Plans
Emergency Response and Control Procedure
( On-site Emergency Plan )
Oil Spill Response Plan
Emergency Plan for War or Warlike Situation
HSE S 229
HSE E 102
HSE S 240
HSEF Audits
Periodically, Health, Safety, Environmental programs and Fire Protection including
management systems, require a thorough audit to exercise proper control. Audits are
conducted periodically on the systems, procedures, and operational aspects to ensure that
a desired level of health, safety and environmental standards are maintained as per the
requirements of company policy and statutory norms.
Major objectives of the audits are:
Ensure that all statutory requirements are met fully and extended to new facilities
and changes.
Ensure that set procedures are complete, up-to-date and compliant with applicable
standards, codes, company policies, good engineering, and process safety
practices.
Ensure that the management systems in place are effective in assuring that the
company and plant policies and procedures are being implemented.
Identify opportunities where the systems and procedures can be strengthened.
To check on training and preparedness for handling emergencies
Cater to public opinion and concern for safe environment.
Various safety audits like two member and Procedure Compliance audits are conducted
by an independent two member and three member teams in all plants in order to verify
the compliance to Work Permit system, Contractor Safety, Scaffoldings, Portable
electrical tools, Personal Protective Equipment and Housekeeping. Mobile crane safety
audit also started as a part of the procedure compliance audit. The ratings in the audits are
counted for quarterly safety performance competitions.
HSE Committees
Committees are excellent forums to promote health, safety and environment in any type
of organization. These committees play a vital role in making health, safety and
environment activities an integral part of operating policies and practices. HSE
committees help the employees to recognize that their co-operation is essential for safe
operation of the complex.
Considering the nature and magnitude of the operations, three tier HSE committees have
been set up in our organization. These are:
Apex Committee
Central Safety Committee
District Safety Committees (24 nos.)
The objective of these committees is to promote co-operation among the employees and
the management in maintaining proper safety, health and environment at work and to
review periodically the measures taken for improving the same. Document HSE - S 106,
'Safety districts and committees', provides the guidelines on formation, scope,
composition, responsibilities and functioning of these committees.
Apex Committee
Apex Committee is the highest body of the management of Reliance Industries Limited.
Daily Apex meetings in Management Control Cockpit (MCC) are started with review of
previous days HSEF incidents, Fire & Gas alarms, reliability issues, etc. The meeting is
chaired by the Site President, coordinated by Site Shift Manager and is attended by Chief
of HSEF.
Central Safety Committee
Central Safety committee is the body consisting of senior management personnel from
Operations, Manufacturing Services and Support Services which advises the management
on all aspects of Health, Safety, Environment and Fire Protection. Regular meetings are
held to review the Health, Safety Environment and Fire Protection performances in the
whole complex.
District Safety Committees
Each safety district shall have a District Safety Committee which consists of
representatives from both management and employees. The District Safety Committee is
an advisory body on the safety, health and environmental issues related to the particular
district. This committee also fulfils the goal of employees participation in safety
management as envisioned in Factories (Amendment) Act; 1987.These committees play a
vital role in highlighting the problems that are specific to the respective districts.
HSEF Promotional activities
Health, Safety Environment and Fire Protection promotion activities are planned to
improve the awareness of Health, Safety, Environment and Fire Protection programs
among the employees and to clearly exhibit management's commitment and concern
towards Health, Safety, Environment and Fire Protection issues. Following are the few
activities that are carried out on a regular basis to promote awareness on health, safety
and environment issues.
Celebration of National Safety Day
- 4th March
Celebration of Fire Services Day
- 14th - 17th April
Celebration of World Environment Day - 5th June
Celebration of Traffic Safety Week
- 2nd Week of March
Celebration of World AIDS prevention Day
Safety Competitions like, Slogan writing, Poster painting, Essay writing, Case
Study Presentation, etc.
Health and fitness camps / campaigns.
Special HSEF learning Programmes / Self Development Modules
Self Development Module is the concept to identify and improve the individuals learning
needs and upgrade their knowledge in various elements. Some of the HSEF knowledge
elements have been identified for each job position under this system. The individual
employees will identify their learning needs of HSEF elements. Therefore to enhance the
knowledge of the employees under the SDM system and also to give focus on special
issues need based Learning programmes have been identified and made.
Safety Initiatives
In line with the Reliance Commitment, Reliance shall strive to be a leader in

the field of management of Health, Safety and Environment, Jamnagar site
has taken several initiatives to improve its safety performance to move towards
the adoption of the best practices and the ultimate achievement of a zero incident
safety performance. The Safety management improvement program is one of such
initiatives which is focused on improving the procedures and culture of the
organization. A prioritized schedule has been prepared which, to begin with,
focuses on the key areas of Incident investigation, corrective actions tracking,
contractor safety management, major hazard management and safety audit.
Reliance group has engaged DuPont Safety Resources as a strategic partner in

our pursuit of excellence in Health, Safety and Environment. As a part of this
engagement for creating World class Safety Culture, restructuring of the Central
HSEF Committee was being done through formation of various Sub-committees
which focuses on specific safety functions/aspects.
A project titled Change Agents for Safety, Health and Environment

(CASHe) was initiated in all the units of Jamnagar refinery complex. This pilot
project is meant to promote a culture of addressing all occupational health issues
(i.e. noise, heat stress, ergonomics and dust) at the plant level by plant personnel
themselves.
HSEF training remains a major forte at Reliance, Jamnagar to further the cause
of safety. All personnel joining the Jamnagar Refinery Complex undergo
intensive fire & safety training. Regular refresher training is also conducted for all
employees every year.
Continuous, systematic education of Company's
contractors and transporters personnel is done for ensuring safe work practices.
Special awareness and training programs are also conducted before taking up a
major shutdown, in the areas of job specific risk assessment, hazards of toxic
gases and pyrophoric material, mechanical isolation and scaffolding. Work permit
workshop which was started last year was continued for permit issuers /
acceptors. External faculty is also invited to give specialized inputs in Process
Safety, Noise Monitoring and Traffic Safety.
To ensure all critical factors involved in an incident are determined through

scientific investigation and key factors are identified to derive the corrective steps
which will eliminate recurrences. With a special focus that all incidents are
reported and investigated within the stipulated time at RIL Jamnagar online
system named as iRIL has been developed and made effective for reporting
incidents including near misses from April 2008.
Developed and implemented structured Reliance Safety observation Process

(ReSOP) with intent of capturing the safe and unsafe observations. ReSOP Portal
was developed which enables tracking of all such observations with effective
from Feb 2008.
A document driven Process Technology Portal (PT) portal has been developed
for easy retrieval and tracking of process safety documents from June 2008. This
portal covers major areas of process Safety viz. Hazards, Process Design and
Equipment Design etc.
In order to enhance the safety skills within the management executives, two
batches of HSE line management workshop was organized. Several senior
management personnel attended the program which was conducted by Shell
Safety expert.
Control Of Substances hazardous to health (COSHH)- In bid to help

employees to effectively control exposure of hazardous substances in the work
places, COSHH assessment for various chemicals has been carried out. Simple
advice in form of Dos & Donts in the workplace has been displayed at all
location where chemical is being handled.
An intranet portal titled CHIP-Chemical Hazard Information Portal has been
developed in-house and launched. This portal is readily accessible to all Reliance
Jamnagar site employees & other Reliance group companies. It contains various
safety information for over 400 hazardous chemical handled at Jamnagar. This
includes one page MSDS, standard MSDS, COSHH assessment sheet, First Aid,
Dos and Donts, TREM Card, COSHH risk Criteria etc., for ready reference and
use.
Safety issues are continuously communicated to all employees at all levels

through the use of printed news letters and electronic media in the form of HSE
flash, HSE vision, Reliance News, What Went Wrong, Learning from incidents ,
Chemical Incident Report Centre, etc.
Community awareness programs are conducted regularly in nearby villages,

covering topics such as, safety in LPG cylinder handling; basic fire fighting &
first aid; actions to be taken in case of a gas leak etc. More than 500 persons were
have benefited form the training so far.
AWARDS
British Safety Council Five Star Audit was conducted in the year 2003. The site was
conferred with prestigious Five Star " rating for its Health and Safety Management
System.
The Baroda Productivity Council also conferred the Best House Keeping Trophy
for the excellent house keeping efforts for the year 2002-03, 2004-05 and 2006-07.
British Safety Council awarded the International Safety Award 2004 to Reliance,
Jamnagar for its firm & demonstrated commitment to health & safety plans for
making safety an important feature of every day work practice.
Reliance Jamnagar site recertified for OHSAS-18001 by LRQA for its Occupational
health and Safety management system compliance in Sept2008.
Greentech Golden Safety Award 2005-06 by Greentech Foundation, New Delhi
Golden Peacock Award for Occupational Health and Safety by World Environment
Foundation, New Delhi for Year 2007
Abbreviations
EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment
SEZ
Special Economic Zone
PVA
Poly Vinyl Acetate
JERP
Jamnagar Export Refinery Project
MEG
Mono Ethylene Glycol
DEG
Di Ethylene Glycol
TEG
Tri Ethylene Glycol
LLDPE
Linear Low Density Polyethylene
SAP
Super Absorbent Polymer
PP
Polypropylene
SBR
Styrene Butadiene Rubber
PBR
Poly Butadiene Rubber
MA
Maleic Anhydride
PX
Paraxylene
OX
Orthoxylene
PTA
Putrefied Teraphthalic acid
PET
Polyethylene Tera-phthalate
POY
Polyesters Complex Polyester Oriented Yarn
PSF
Polyester Stable Fiber
HRSG
Heat recovery steam generation
AAQM
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
SPM
Single Point Mooring
ATF
Aviation Turbine Fuel
MMTPA
Million Tons per Annum
FCC
Fluid Catalytic Cracker
CCR
Continuous Catalytic Regeneration
SWS
Sour Water Stripper
STGs
Steam turbine generators
MTF
Marine Tank Farm
NMHC
non-methane hydrocarbons
HTDS
High Total Dissolved Solids
LTDS
Low Total Dissolved Solids
VLCC
Very Large Crude Carriers
GPCB
Gujarat Pollution Control Board
MoEF
Ministry of Environment and Forests
IEA
International Energy Association
MoPNG
Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas
MBPD
Million Barrel Per Day
APM
Administered Price Mechanism
GSFC
Gujarat State Fertilizer Corporation
GEB
Gujarat Electricity Board
RCO
Reduced Crude Oil
GAIL
Gas Authority of India Limited
TIS
Tank Information System
BOSS
Blending, Optimisation and Supervisory System
DCS
Digital Control Systems
LRS
Lloyds Register of Shipping
TAC
Tariff Advisory Committee
EMP
GT
Gas Turbines
OMIS
Oil Movement Information System
CPCB
Central Pollution Control Board
ii
NMHC
Non-Methane Hydrocarbons
CBDS
Closed Blow Down System
IRS
Indian Remote Sensing
NOAA
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
UNEP
United Nations Environmental Programme
USGS
United States Geological Survey
LISS
Linear Imaging Self Scanner
FAO
Food and Agriculture Organization of United Nations
IAS
Image Analysis System
GIS
Geographic Information System
UNEP/EAP-AP)
UNEP Environmental Assessment Programme for Asia and the Pacific
NRSA
National Remote Sensing Agency
SOI
Survey of India
DIP
Digital Image Processing
NIR
Near Infra Red
SWIR
Short Wave Infra Red
NEERI
National Environmental Engineering Research Institute
SMML
Sulakshani Mines and Minerals Limited
GPS
Global Positioning System
CSIR
Council of Scientific and Industrial Research
EIRA
Environmental Impact and Risk Assessment
ITDA
Integrated Tribal Development Authority
RJIL
Reliance Jamnagar Infrastructure Limited
JERP
Jamnagar Export Refinery Project
iii

Eia PPCJ

Uploaded by

Eia PPCJ

Uploaded by

Sponsor :

Reliance Jamnagar Infrastructure Limited

Consolidated EIA document with Clarifications & Additional

Existing industrial Estate in Jamnagar District

Captive Power Plant (CPP)

Project Cost and Schedule

Establishing Baseline Environmental Status

2.0 Description of the Project

Indian SEZ Policy

Some of the Key benefits of an SEZ are as follows:

The National Economy

The State Economy

Economic Growth of Gujarat

Location & Connectivity

Scale (Size - Scalability)

Regional Attributes of Jamnagar

Targeted Industrial Components

3.0 Process Description

Integrated Gasification Combined Cycle(Petcoke Gasification)

Multifeed Steam Cracker

C4/C5 Based Units

Butyl /Halo Butyl Rubber

C6/C7/C8 based Units

Mono Nitro Benzene

3.10 Desal Plant

3.11 JERP Refinery

3.12 Product, Process and Utility Integration

Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality

Mixing Height/Inversion Study

Existing Ambient Air Quality Status

Surface Water Resources

Noise Levels in Residential and Commercial Areas

Physical Characteristics of Soil

Floristic Structure and Composition

Floristic Characteristic within 15 km

Medicinal Plants in Study Area

4.5.10.1 Agroclimatic Condition of Study Area

4.5.11 Assessment of Wildlife and Avifauna

5.0 Identification and Prediction of Environmental Impacts

Impacts During Construction Phase

Impacts during Operation Phase

Air Pollutant Emissions

Impacts due to Stationary Noise Source

Public Consulation Summary

6.0 Environmental Management Plan

EMP during Construction Phase

Environmental Management Plan during Operational Phase

6.2.3.1 Sewerage Management Plan

Hazardous /Solid Waste Management

Preparation of greenbelt plan keeping in

A note on Occupational and surveillance and safety measures 6.41

Capital/ Recurring Expenditure on Environmental Management

7.0 Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan

Socio Economic Survey

Demographic Profile of Project affected People

False Colour Composite of Study area around Proposed

SEZ Site at Jamnagar

Land use / Land Cover Status around 25 km of the

A View of Thorny Vegetation near the Tebhada Reserve

A View of Mangrove Vegetation near Vadinar Village salt pan

A View of forest observed near the Sansora Reserve Forest

Reef Heron observed near the Vadinar Jetty

Location of SEZ at Jamnagar

Location of SEZ Area

Overall Plot Plan of Proposed SEZ

Study Area around the Proposed SEZ

Existing and Proposed SEZs in India

Water Balance for SEZ (All figures in m3/hr)

Proposed Units of SEZ

Process Flow Diagram for IGCC Unit

Process Flow Diagrams for the Production of Methanol by the

Process Flow Diagram for Acetic Acid

Process Flow diagram for Vinyl Acetate Monomer by the

Process Flow Diagram for Poly Vinyl Acetate

Process Flow Diagram For The Production Of Poly Vinyl

Block Flow Diagram for Multifeed Steam Cracker